Professional Documents
Culture Documents
GRT200 Manual 6F2S1924-G2A-0.26
GRT200 Manual 6F2S1924-G2A-0.26
26)
Instruction manual
GRT200---
S, G, and T positions
TOSHIBA ENERGY SYSTEMS & SOLUTIONS CORPORATION
Safety Precautions
Before using this equipment, please read this chapter carefully.
This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the GR
equipment. Before installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read
and understood.
Explanation of symbols used
Signal words such as DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION, will be followed by
important safety information that must be carefully reviewed.
DANGER
•Current transformer circuit
Never allow the current transformer (CT) secondary circuit connected to this equipment to
be opened while the primary system is live. Opening the CT circuit will produce a
dangerously high voltage.
WARNING
•Exposed terminals
Do not touch the terminals of this equipment while the power is on, as the high voltage
generated is dangerous.
•Residual voltage
Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power
supply. It takes approximately 30 seconds for the voltage to discharge.
•Fiber optic
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT.
ii
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CAUTION
•Earth
The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed.
CAUTION
•Operating environment
The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient temperature, humidity and
dust detailed in the specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration.
•Ratings
Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check
that they conform to the equipment ratings.
•Printed circuit board
Do not attach and remove printed circuit boards when the DC power to the equipment is
on, as this may cause the equipment to malfunction.
•External circuit
When connecting the output contacts of the equipment to an external circuit, carefully
check the supply voltage used in order to prevent the connected circuit from overheating.
•Connection cable
Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.
•Modification
Do not modify this equipment, as this may cause the equipment to malfunction.
•Short-wire (Short-bar)
Do not remove the short-wire/short-bar(s) connected to the frame earth (FG) at the terminal
block on the rear of cases.
•Electric wire between #35 - #37 on the power-supply terminal block
Make sure the wire is connected.
(Exception: This wire needs to be detached for performing the dielectric voltage test.)
iii
6F2S1924 (0.26)
•Disposal
This equipment contains neither expendable supplies nor parts that can be recycled. When
disposing of this equipment, the customer must contact an operator responsible for
industrial waste disposal, and request that the operator dispose of this equipment in
accordance with the local waste disposal regulations; otherwise the person who disposes
of this equipment may be punished under local regulations. When disposing of this
equipment is practiced by the customer acting on their own behalf, it must be done so in a
safe manner according to local regulations. For further information in terms of the disposal,
the customer shall contact to a local dealer and sales staff at Toshiba Energy Systems &
Solutions Corporation (Toshiba ESS, Japan).
This equipment contains neither expendable supplies nor recyclables.
•Plastics material
This equipment contains the following plastics material.
- ABS, Polycarbonate, Acrylic resins, Nylon 66, and others.
•Equipment operation
The user shall have responsibilities to use and install the equipment where the
specifications are designated by the manufacture. Never operate the equipment on the
condition where the manufacture cannot intend. Otherwise, the safety function furnished
into the equipment may not be operated properly.
•Symbols
Symbol Description
iv
6F2S1924 (0.26)
•Copyright
© Toshiba Energy Systems & Solutions Corporation 2020.
All rights reserved.
•Registered Trademarks
Product/Equipment names (mentioned herein) may be trademarks of their respective
companies.
v
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Contents
1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 1
Protection functions ...................................................................................................................... 3
Monitoring and metering functions ............................................................................................. 6
Hardware overview....................................................................................................................... 7
Symbols used in logical diagrams ................................................................................................ 8
Abbreviation................................................................................................................................ 12
Function Block (FB), Function ID, Signal number ................................................................... 13
2 Transformer replica functions ........................................................................................................... 15
Transformer replica function (REPLICA).................................................................................. 16
2.1.1 System configuration applicable ......................................................................................... 17
2.1.2 Protection of transformer classified in ‘Model1’ to ‘Model5’ .............................................. 18
2.1.3 CTs connection in three-phase ............................................................................................ 18
2.1.4 CT connection in natural..................................................................................................... 20
2.1.5 Setting VCT secondary rating............................................................................................. 21
2.1.6 VT connection ...................................................................................................................... 22
2.1.7 Setting .................................................................................................................................. 24
2.1.8 Signal (DataID) ................................................................................................................... 26
Front-end processing function (FEP/FEP_COMMON) ............................................................. 27
3 Relay application ............................................................................................................................... 30
Current differential protection (DIF) ........................................................................................ 31
3.1.1 Relay characteristics ........................................................................................................... 33
3.1.2 CT ratio compensation ........................................................................................................ 37
3.1.3 Compensation of CT secondary currents ............................................................................ 40
3.1.4 Enhanced CT saturation countermeasure function (CTS) ................................................ 44
3.1.5 Decision for fault phases ..................................................................................................... 46
3.1.6 Differential current monitoring function (DIF-SV) ........................................................... 47
3.1.7 Settings and setting guidance ............................................................................................. 48
3.1.8 DIF scheme logic.................................................................................................................. 58
3.1.9 Setting .................................................................................................................................. 61
3.1.10 Signal (Data ID) .................................................................................................................. 62
Restricted earth fault protection (REF) ..................................................................................... 64
3.2.1 Element characteristics....................................................................................................... 65
3.2.2 Setting means ...................................................................................................................... 70
3.2.3 Scheme logic ........................................................................................................................ 72
3.2.4 Setting .................................................................................................................................. 74
3.2.5 Signal (Data ID) .................................................................................................................. 76
Overcurrent protection (OC) ...................................................................................................... 78
3.3.1 Non-directional and directional OC .................................................................................... 79
vi
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.3.2 Inverse definite mean time and definite time characteristic ............................................ 82
3.3.3 Threshold value for activation ............................................................................................ 88
3.3.4 Reset Ratio ........................................................................................................................... 88
3.3.5 Miscellaneous functions ...................................................................................................... 88
3.3.6 Scheme logic ........................................................................................................................ 90
3.3.7 Setting .................................................................................................................................. 91
3.3.8 Signal (Data ID) .................................................................................................................. 99
Earth fault protection (EF) ...................................................................................................... 104
3.4.1 Relay polarity .................................................................................................................... 105
3.4.2 Inverse time and definite time delay characteristic ........................................................ 107
3.4.3 Threshold level for operation .............................................................................................113
3.4.4 Reset Ratio ..........................................................................................................................113
3.4.5 Miscellaneous functions .....................................................................................................113
3.4.6 Scheme logic .......................................................................................................................114
3.4.7 Setting .................................................................................................................................116
3.4.8 Signal (Data ID) ................................................................................................................ 123
Earth fault protection with neutral current (EFIn) ................................................................ 127
3.5.1 Inverse time and definite time delay characteristic ........................................................ 128
3.5.2 Threshold level for operation ............................................................................................ 134
3.5.3 Reset Ratio ......................................................................................................................... 134
3.5.4 Miscellaneous functions .................................................................................................... 134
3.5.5 Scheme logic ...................................................................................................................... 136
3.5.6 Setting ................................................................................................................................ 137
3.5.7 Signal (Data ID) ................................................................................................................ 140
Negative sequence overcurrent protection (OCN)................................................................... 142
3.6.1 Non-directional and directional OCN ............................................................................... 143
3.6.2 Inverse time and definite time delay characteristic ........................................................ 145
3.6.3 Threshold value ................................................................................................................. 151
3.6.4 Reset Ratio ......................................................................................................................... 151
3.6.5 Miscellaneous functions .................................................................................................... 151
3.6.6 Scheme logic ...................................................................................................................... 152
3.6.7 Setting ................................................................................................................................ 154
3.6.8 Signal (Data ID) ................................................................................................................ 158
Broken conductor protection (BCD) ......................................................................................... 160
3.7.1 Equivalent circuit for a one-phase series fault ................................................................ 161
3.7.2 Characteristic and setting ................................................................................................. 162
3.7.3 Miscellaneous functions .................................................................................................... 163
3.7.4 Scheme logic ...................................................................................................................... 163
3.7.5 Setting ................................................................................................................................ 165
vii
6F2S1924 (0.26)
viii
6F2S1924 (0.26)
ix
6F2S1924 (0.26)
x
6F2S1924 (0.26)
xi
6F2S1924 (0.26)
xii
6F2S1924 (0.26)
xiii
6F2S1924 (0.26)
xiv
6F2S1924 (0.26)
xv
6F2S1924 (0.26)
xvi
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1 Introduction
Contents Page
Abbreviation 12 Model numbers and Configuration 3
Function identifies and signals (FB) 13 Monitoring and Metering functions 6
Protection functions 3
Hardware overview 7
Symbols used in logical diagrams 8
1
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The GRT200 (transformer protection relay) is based on the Toshiba GR-200 series IED
platform. It implements high-speed protection for both a transformer and a reactor, and has
high dependability and security for diverse faults such as single-phase faults, multi-phase
faults, overload and over-excitation. It is suitable to use as a main protection and backup
protection of the following transformers and reactors.
Two-winding or three-winding power transformers
Auto-transformers
Generator-transformer unit
Shunt reactor
Table 1.1-1 shows available models in the GRT200 series; the model is depends on the
transformer module for AC analog input (VCT) selected with Ordering codes.
Table 1.1-1 Modes and configuraions in GRT200 series relay
Model Ordering information VCT analog inputs Configuration
Note
numbers (Hardware selection) (Symbols in Table 1.1-1) (example)
3×CTs in zero-sequence-phase
2×CTs in zero-sequence-phase
I1 I3
GRT200-4X- 4×CTs in three-phase (4CT) V
Model 4
-XXX-XX-XX-XX-XXX 1×VT in single-phase (1×1VT) I2 I4
2×VTs in three-phase
GRT200-5X-
Model 5 (2×3VT)
-XXX-XX-XX-XX-XXX
with
- 2 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The GRT200 relay can have mix of different current rating CTs, 1A/5A using appropriate
settings; it works even under the magnetizing inrush and over excitation current condition.
The following additional functions are provided with relay applications.
Monitoring function
Recording function
Automatic supervision
Protection functions
The GRT200 provides the following protection relay functions listed in the tables below.
†Note:Both of ‘Model1’ and ‘Model2’ IEDs are not available (N/A) in the GRT200 series.
Terms ‘‘presents that functions are applicable, whereas term ‘–‘presents that a
function is not applicable.
- 3 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 4 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The DIF and the REF are the main protection functions of transformer. The DIF function
operates with DIF-S1 element, 2F and 5F elements, and DIF-S2(HOC) element. Figure 1.1-1
shows their operation characteristics.
REF (Ie)
DIF-S2
- 5 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Monitoring function:
This function supervises status of protection functions, and displays power system quantities.
It also shows failure information in the CT and VT.
- 6 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Hardware overview
The IED has human machine interface (HMI), which is made of LCD screen, indication lights,
operation and function keys, monitoring jacks, and a USB connector. Voltage, current input
terminals, and binary input and output circuits are provided on the rear..
HMI features:
- Menu-driven human interfaces for setting or viewing of stored data.
- LCD screen (7×21 characters), LED display, 7 function keys and operation keys
Communication features:
- USB for GR-TIEMS
- 7 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3. Marked with : PLC connection points designated by Element ID and its name
Element ID (or Signal No.) Signal name corresponding to Element or Signal No.(Data ID)
Note that the symbol can be used for the reception point coming from the output of PLC
logics.
4. Marked with : Mapping points designated by Signal No. (Data ID) and its name
Signal number (Data ID) Signal name corresponding to Signal No. (Data ID)
1Note that the symbol can be used as a signal reception-point coming from the SAS. The
reception point is mapped to the LN of the IEC61850.
- 8 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
XXX
t 0
Variable timer (XXX ─ YYY: Setting range)
XXX ─ YYY
Delayed drop-off timer
0 t Fixed timer (XXX: Set time)
XXX
0 t
Variable timer (XXX ─ YYY: Setting range)
XXX ─YYY
One-shot timer
A Output A
- 9 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
A B Output
A
1 1 1
& Output
B 1 0 0
0 1 0
0 0 0
OR gate
A B Output
A
1 1 1
≥1 Output
B 1 0 1
0 1 1
0 0 0
XOR gate
A B Output
A
1 1 0
=1 Output
B 1 0 1
0 1 1
0 0 0
Signal inversion
A Output
0 1
A 1 Output
1 0
- 10 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
A S 0 0 No change
Output 1 0 1
B R 0 1 0
1 1 0
Switch Output
+ Output
On On 1
Off 0
- 11 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Abbreviation
Abbreviation Description
ADC Analog to digital converter
CB Circuit Breaker
CT Current Transformer
DS Disconnecting Switch
EF Earth Fault
ES Earthing Switch
LCD Liquid Crystal Display for IED screen (standard LCD screen)
NA Not Applicable
SC Station Computer
- 12 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Abbreviation Description
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
VT Voltage Transformer
FB (Function ID=45A001)
8000101B62 8000101B65
A & ≥1 OC1_OPT
8100101B63
OC1 B &
8200101B64
C
&
Element ID Signal name
&
8800010EBB0 OC1_BLOCK 1
- 13 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 14 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 15 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 2.1-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 16 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(A) P S (F) S
(D)
P
T
T
P S
(B) T
(G)
P S (E)
S
P S P
S
(C)
P
Figure 2.1-1 Examples of system configurations with two and three terminals
(K)
(M)
(I) T S T
P
P S P S
Figure 2.1-2 Examples of system configurations with four and five windings
- 17 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 18 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1CT
5CT
VCT
1CT
5CT
‘Zero ampere control’ feature is provided for the settings [Conn-1CT] to [Conn-5CT]; in
the following example, the VCT currents inputs on the 5CT are set zero (0) unconditionally so
as they are not used in the relay calculation.
VCT
1CT
5CT
- 19 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1CT
I1 I4
[Pol-1CT] = Positive
2CT
[Pol-2CT] = Positive
P
3CT [Pol-3CT] = Negative
I3
[Pol-4CT] = Negative
S T 4CT
[Pol-5CT] = Positive
5CT
I2 I5
S
[Conn-1NCT] = Use
P T [Conn-2NCT] = Use
1NCT [Conn-3NCT] = Use
2NCT
3NCT
- 20 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 2.1-6 illustrates that ‘1NCT’ to ‘3NCT’ are named for the definition:
1NCT: Neutral CT at the primary side
2NCT: Neutral CT at the secondary side
3NCT: Neutral CT at the tertiary side
As for the operation using settings [Conn-1NCT] to [Conn-3NCT], ‘Zero ampere control’
feature is performed. For example in Figure 2.1-8, the VCT measures entering currents at
1NCT and 3NCT are set ‘zero(0)’ so that the measured values are removed in the relay
protection.
VCT
P S [Conn-1NCT] = No Use
[Conn-2NCT] = Use
1NCT [Conn-3NCT] = No Use
2NCT
3NCT
P
[Pol-1NCT] = Positive
[Pol-2NCT] = Negative
S T
[Pol-3NCT] = Positive
1NCT
2NCT
3NCT
- 21 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
2.1.6 VT connection
(i) Connections with target transformer via VCT
The settings [Conn-1VT] and others are provided for the connection of VT(s) on the target
transformer.
VCT VCT
S
P VT VT VT
1VT
VT
P S
2VT
VT
P S Model 1†/2/4
[InType-VT] = 1PP
1 Ø VT
- 22 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
AB C
P S
VCT
Model 3
[InType-1VT] = 1N
1VT
1 Ø VT
- 23 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
2.1.7 Setting
Setting of TP_REPLICA (Function ID: 4F1001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
VecGroupP-W Y/D - Transformer vector group (Primary) Y – – X X X
VecGroupS-W Non / y / d - Transformer vector group (Secondary) y – – X X X
Vec
VecGroupS-C 0 - 11 - Transformer vector group (Secondary) 0 – – X X X
VecGroupT-W Non / y / d - Transformer vector group (Tertiary) y – – X X X
VecGroupT-C 0 - 11 - Transformer vector group (Tertiary) 0 – – X X X
MV Largest 3-phase transformer capacity within
Tr-Capacity 0.10 - 5000.00 1732.05 – – X X X
A the rated capacity
Transformer rated phase-to-phase voltage
Tr-Vn-P 0.1 - 1000.0 kV 500.0 – – X X X
Tr- (Primary)
Transformer rated phase-to-phase voltage
Tr-Vn-S 0.1 - 1000.0 kV 500.0 – – X X X
(Secondary)
Transformer rated phase-to-phase voltage
Tr-Vn-T 0.1 - 1000.0 kV 500.0 – – X X X
(Tertiary)
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-1CT - connected with the first CTs (1CT) of the Primary – – X X X
Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-2CT - connected with the second CTs (2CT) of the Secondary – – X X X
Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-3CT - connected with the third CTs (3CT) of the Tertiary – – X X X
Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-4CT - connected with the forth CTs (4CT) of the No use – – – X X
Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-5CT - connected with the fifth CTs (5CT) of the No use – – – – X
Con Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
Protection of the neutral point connected
Conn-1NCT No use / Use - Use – – X – X
with the first neutral CT of the VCT
Protection of the neutral point connected
Conn-2NCT No use / Use - Use – – X – X
with the second neutral CT of the VCT
Protection of the neutral point connected
Conn-3NCT No use / Use - Use – – – – X
with the third neutral CT of the VCT
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-1VT - connected with the first VT (1VT) of the No use – – – – X
Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
Selection of a transformer winding
No use / Primary /
Conn-2VT - connected with the first VT (2VT) of the No use – – – – X
Secondary / Tertiary
VCT
No use / Primary / Selection of a transformer winding
Conn-VT - Primary – – X X
Secondary / Tertiary connected with the VT (VT) of the VCT
InType-CT 2P / 3P - Currents entering to the CTs on VCT 3P – – X X X
InT InType-1VT 1PN / 1PP / 1N / 3PN / 3PP - Applied voltages on the 1st VTs of VCT 3PN – – – – X
InType-2VT 1PN / 1PP / 1N / 3PN / 3PP - Applied voltages on the 2nd VTs of VCT 3PN – – – – X
InType-VT 1PN / 1PP / 1N - Applied voltages on the VT of VCT 1PP – – X X
Pol-1CT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection at 1CT Positive – – X X X
Pol-2CT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection at 2CT Positive – – X X X
Pol Pol-3CT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection at 3CT Positive – – X X X
Pol-4CT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection at 4CT Positive – – – X X
Pol-5CT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection at 5CT Positive – – – – X
Pol-1NCT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection of the neutral at 1CT Positive – – X – X
- 24 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
Pol-2NCT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection of the neutral at 2CT Positive – – X – X
Pol-3NCT Negative / Positive - Polarity selection of the neutral at 3CT Positive – – – – X
X: Applicable setting –: Not applicable setting
- 25 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 26 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Pol-1CT(Negative/Positive) 4CT-IΔ_1,2,3,
Pol-2CT(Negative/Positive) 4CT-I1
Pol-3CT(Negative/Positive) 4CT-I2
Pol-4CT(Negative/Positive) 4CT-I0
Pol-5CT(Negative/Positive) 5CT-IY_1,2,3
Conn-0VT (Non/Primary/
5CT-IΔ_1,2,3,
Secondary / Tertiary)
5CT-I1
Conn-1VT (N/P/S/T)
5CT-I2
Conn-2VT (N/P/S/T)
5CT-I0
InType-0VT
(1PN/1PP/1N) 1CTn
InType-1VT 2CTn
(3PN/3PP/1PN/1PP/1N) 3CTn
InType-2VT
(3PN/3PP/1PN/1PP/1N)
- 27 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1CT (similar outputs for 2CT, 3CT, 4CT, 5CT, 1NCT, 2NCT and 3NCT)
o Analog inputs (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT, Iab-1CT, Ibc-1CT, Ica-1CT, I1-1CT, I2-
1CT, I0-1CT)
CT ratios
Relay CT ratings (1A or 5A)
- 28 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
VCT
1CT
5CT
VCT
1CT
5CT
𝑰𝒂 − 𝑷 = 𝑰𝒂 − 𝟏𝑪𝑻 + 𝑰𝒂 − 𝟒𝑪𝑻
𝑰𝒃 − 𝑷 = 𝑰𝒃 − 𝟏𝑪𝑻 + 𝑰𝒃 − 𝟒𝑪𝑻
1CT
𝑰𝒄 − 𝑷 = 𝑰𝒄 − 𝟏𝑪𝑻 + 𝑰𝒄 − 𝟒𝑪𝑻
P S
2CT 𝑰𝒂 − 𝑺 = 𝑰𝒂 − 𝟐𝑪𝑻
4CT T
𝑰𝒃 − 𝑺 = 𝑰𝒃 − 𝟐𝑪𝑻
3CT 𝑰𝒄 − 𝑺 = 𝑰𝒄 − 𝟐𝑪𝑻
𝑰𝒂 − 𝑻 = 𝑰𝒂 − 𝟑𝑪𝑻
𝑰𝒃 − 𝑻 = 𝑰𝒃 − 𝟑𝑪𝑻
𝑰𝒄 − 𝑻 = 𝑰𝒄 − 𝟑𝑪𝑻
Figure 2.2-2 Example for relationship between data of each transformer winding and each CT
- 29 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3 Relay application
Contents Pages Pages
Broken conductor protection (BCD) 160 Overvoltage protection (OV) 219
Current differential protection (DIF) 31 Overvoltage protection for phases (OVS) 230
Circuit breaker failure protection (CBF) 180 Overvoltage protection for earth (OVG) 242
Earth fault protection (EF) 104 Overcurrent protection (OC) 78
Earth fault protection with neutral (EFIn) 127 Over-excitation protection (VPH) 266
Frequency protection (FRQ) 252 Restricted earth fault protection (REF) 64
Inrush current detection (ICD) 175 Thermal overload protection (THM) 168
Mechanical trip (MECH) 291 Trip circuit (TRC) 280
Negative sequence OC protection (OCN) 142 Undervoltage protection (UV) 194
Undervoltage protection for phases (UVS) 206
VT failure supervision (VTF) 273
- 30 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[VecGroupP-*]
[VecGroupS-*]
[VecGroupT-*]
[Tr-Capacity]
[Tr-Vn-P], [Tr-Vn-S], [Tr-Vn-T] [DIF-EN](On/Off)
[Conn-*CT] [DIF-S1-EN](On/Off)
[Conn-*NCT] [DIF-S2-EN](On/Off)
[InType-CT]
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.1-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
Protecting 2 windings – – – – – –
Protecting 3 windings – – – – – –
Protecting 4 windings NA – – – – – –
Protecting 5 windings NA – – NA – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 31 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The DIF calculation is based on Kirchhoff ’s law, that is, the vector summation of all
currents flowing into a protected zone must be zero. Figure 3.1-2 illustrates the DIF protection
principle. Differential current (id) is the vector summation of all currents measured at the
relevant CTs. Since current values at the transformer primary side (i1) equal current values
at the transformer secondary side (−i2) under normal or external fault conditions, the
differential currents (id=i1+i2) are zero. On the other hand, in the event of the occurrence of
an internal fault, the differential currents (id) are not zero since current values at the
transformer primary side (i1) are not equal to current values at the transformer secondary side
(−i2), and DIF will operate accordingly.
Primary Secondary
I1 I2
Transformer
i1 i2
id=i1+i2
Differential
current detection DIF
Figure 3.1-2 DIF protection principle
The DIF comprises protection relay elements that operate for differential currents per
phase such as a segregated-phase-current differential relay element (S1), a second-harmonic
detection element (2F), a fifth-harmonic detection element (5F), an enhanced CT saturation
countermeasure element (CTS) and a high-set overcurrent differential relay element (S2).
Consequently, the DIF can initiate a trip signal based upon the operation decision of these
elements.
- 32 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(i) S1 characteristic
The S1 is used to detect all internal faults within a protection zone for a transformer. As
illustrated in Figure 3.1-3, S1 is a percentage-restraining element and it has dual slope
characteristics: the first slope is a weak restraint characteristic (DIF-S1-I1) in small
percentage-of-error current region, the second one is a strong restraint characteristic (DIF-S1-
I2) in large percentage-of-error current region.
Figure 3.1-3 illustrates the DIF_S1-I1 and the DIF-S1-I2 together with a differential
current (Id) and a restraining current (Ir): The Id is a vector summation of all of the phase
currents measured at the relevant CTs; the Ir is the scalar summation of all of the phase
currents.
Id = Ir (one-end infeed)
Id
[DIF-S1-I1]
[DIF-S1-I1] [DIF-S1-I2] Ir
Assuming that an external fault occurs outside the DIF protection zone, high through-
fault currents might cause incorrect operation of the S1 due to CT tolerance. Hence, the DIF-
S1-I2 provides the margin to potential incorrect operations in the large current region and the
S1 has the stability against external faults generating a high-through fault current. Although
high fault currents flow in the event of the occurrence of an internal fault, the highset element
(S2) can clear the fault promptly. Incidentally, CT saturation might occur in the event of the
occurrence of a heavy external fault. In addition to DIF-S1-I2, the DIF also provides CTS as
the countermeasure. (See 3.1.4)
- 33 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
As illustrated in the Figure 3.1-3, the DIF-S1-I1 has a weak restraint characteristic and
hence ensures sensitivity to low-current level faults; the DIF-S1-I1 is expressed using the
following equation:
where,
[DIF-S1-Slope1]: Setting of small current slope
[DIF-S1-I1]: Setting of minimum operating current
where,
kct1: Coefficient1 for CT ratio compensation on Group 1 phase current inputs;
kct2: Coefficient1 for CT ratio compensation on Group 2 phase current inputs;
kct3: Coefficient1 for CT ratio compensation on Group 3 phase current inputs;
kct4: Coefficient1 for CT ratio compensation on Group 4 phase current inputs;
kct5: Coefficient1 for CT ratio compensation on Group 5 phase current inputs;
I1: Phase compensated current2 derived from CT for Group 1;
I2: Phase compensated current2 derived from CT for Group 2;
I3: Phase compensated current2 derived from CT for Group 3;
I4: Phase compensated current2 derived from CT for Group 4;
I5: Phase compensated current2 derived from CT for Group 5.
1Note: The details with regard to CT ratio compensation are described in 3.1.2
and 3.1.2(ii).
2Note: The details with regard to vector group compensation are described in
3.1.2 and 3.1.2(ii).
Furthermore, the phase compensated currents (I1, I2, I3, I4 and I5) can be set to zero
ampere with the generations at the following PLC connection points ‘DIF-I* SetToZero’. As in
stub protection case, they are effective to exclude specific terminal currents from the
calculations in DIF relay characteristic.
DIF-I1 SetToZero: Phase compensated current (I1) will be set to zero ampere;
DIF-I2 SetToZero: Phase compensated current (I2) will be set to zero ampere;
DIF-I3 SetToZero: Phase compensated current (I3) will be set to zero ampere;
DIF-I4 SetToZero: Phase compensated current (I4) will be set to zero ampere;
DIF-I5 SetToZero: Phase compensated current (I5) will be set to zero ampere;
- 34 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The DIF-S1-I2 characteristic has a strong restraint characteristic and hence, has less
probability for a possible incorrect operation in the DIF when high fault currents saturate
relevant CTs during an external fault. The DIF-S1-I2 characteristic is expressed using the
following equation:
Id >[DIF-S1-Slope2]×Ir +([DIF-S1-Slope1]-[DIF-S1-Slope2])×[DIF-S1-I2 ]+(1-[DIF-S1-Slope1])×[DIF-S1-I1 ] (3.1-4)
where,
[DIF-S1-Slope2]: Setting of large current slope
[DIF-S1-I2]: Setting of Knee point located between the area ‘Slope1’ and the area
‘Slope2’
Magnetizing currents appear in the event when a power transformer is overexcited and
which might cause the incorrect operation of S1. The 5F capable of determining the occurrence
of the fifth-harmonic component in accordance with the sensitivity setting is used to detect
overexcitation. The fifth-harmonic component can be used for the detection rather than third-
harmonic component because a power transformer with delta-windings eliminates the third
harmonic component.
- 35 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Id >[DIF-S2-I] (3.1-5)
where,
[DIF-S2-I]: Setting of Sensitivity for S2.
[DIF-S1-I1]
[DIF-S1-I1] [DIF-S1-I2] Ir
- 36 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
𝐼𝑛1
kct1 = ⁄𝐼 (3.1-6)
𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒1
𝐼𝑛2
kct2 = ⁄𝐼 (3.1-7)
𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒2
𝐼𝑛3
kct3 = ⁄𝐼 (3.1-8)
𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒3
𝐼𝑛4
kct4 = ⁄𝐼 (3.1-9)
𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒4
𝐼𝑛5
kct5 = ⁄𝐼 (3.1-10)
𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒5
where,
In1 to In5: Rated secondary current settings for Group 1 to 5 (1A or 5A);
Ibase1 to Ibase5: Secondary base currents for Group 1 to 5.
Ibase1 to Ibase5 are determined using the following equations with the settings for the
transformer capacity, the rated voltage and phase-CT ratios i.e. [1CT Ratio] to [5CT Ratio]1:
T𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑉𝐴)
𝐼𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒1 =
√3 × R𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 (𝑘𝑉) × [1CT Ratio]
T𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑉𝐴)
𝐼𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒2 =
√3 × R𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 (𝑘𝑉) × [2CT Ratio]
T𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑉𝐴)
𝐼𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒3 =
√3 × R𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 (𝑘𝑉) × [3CT Ratio]
T𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑉𝐴)
𝐼𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒4 =
√3 × R𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 (𝑘𝑉) × [4CT Ratio]
T𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑉𝐴)
𝐼𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒5 =
√3 × R𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 (𝑘𝑉) × [5CT Ratio]
1Note: The user can set the [1CT Ratio] to [5CT Ratio] using settings [AI*_Ch*_Ratio].
- 37 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
For more information for the settings VCT ratio using the [ AI*_Ch*_Ratio], see
Chapter Technical description: Transformer module: Setting VCT ratio
Primary Secondary
1CT 40MVA 40MVA 2CT
300/5 154kV 66kV 600/5
A B
3CT
1200/5
Tertiary
12MVA
11kV
Calculation steps, for example, are discussed in Table 3.1-2, but the calculation is made
automatically in the DIF. Thus, the setting values at step 1, 2, 3, and 6 in Table 3.1-2 are
required in the CT ratio compensation.
- 38 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 39 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CT ratio: N1 CT ratio: N4
(*1) (*4)
(*3)
CT ratio: N3
(*2) (*5)
I3
CT ratio: N2 CT ratio: N5
I2 I5
Phase compensation /
Zero-sequence current … Phase compensation /
Zero-sequence current
elimination elimination
…
…
CT ratio compensation CT ratio compensation
kct1i1 kct5i5
DIF calculation
-Star-winding side: each compensated current is calculated by means of taking away the
zero-sequence current from each phase current. This means that phase angle compensation is
not performed at the star-winding side.
- 40 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
-Delta-winding side: each phase-to-phase current is calculated using two phase currents
respectively. Phase angle compensation is performed on the delta winding side.
̇ − 𝐼𝑌𝑏
2𝐼𝑌𝑎 ̇ − 𝐼𝑌𝑐
̇ ̇ − 𝐼∆𝑐
𝐼∆𝑎 ̇
̇ =
𝐼𝑌1 , ̇ =
𝐼Δ1 (3.1-11)
3 √3
̇ − 𝐼Y𝑐
2𝐼Y𝑏 ̇ − 𝐼Y𝑎
̇ ̇ − 𝐼∆𝑎
𝐼∆𝑏 ̇
̇ =
𝐼𝑌2 , ̇ =
𝐼Δ2 (3.1-12)
3 √3
̇ − 𝐼Y𝑎
2𝐼Y𝑐 ̇ − 𝐼Y𝑏
̇ ̇ − 𝐼∆𝑏
𝐼∆𝑐 ̇
̇ =
𝐼Y3 , ̇ =
𝐼Δ3 (3.1-13)
3 √3
where,
IY1, IY2, IY3: Phase compensated currents at star-winding side
IYa, IYb, IYc: Phase currents connected to star-winding side
IΔ1, IΔ2, IΔ3: Phase compensated currents at delta-winding side
IΔa, IΔb, IΔc: Phase currents connected to delta-winding side
̇ − 𝐼Y𝑐
2𝐼Y𝑏 ̇ − 𝐼Y𝑎
̇ ̇ − (𝐼Y𝑐
3𝐼Y𝑏 ̇ + 𝐼Y𝑎
̇ +𝐼Y𝑏
̇ )
̇ =
𝐼𝑌2 = ̇ − 𝐼𝑌0
= 𝐼𝑌𝑏 ̇ (3.1-15)
3 3
- 41 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
̇ − 𝐼Y𝑎
2𝐼Y𝑐 ̇ − 𝐼Y𝑏
̇ ̇ − (𝐼Y𝑎
3𝐼Y𝑐 ̇ + 𝐼Y𝑏
̇ + 𝐼Y𝑐
̇ )
̇ =
𝐼Y3 = ̇ − 𝐼Y0
= 𝐼Y𝑐 ̇ (3.1-16)
3 3
Case 1: Zero-sequence current flows at the star-winding side of a transformer in the event
that an external fault occurs at the start-winding side as illustrated in Figure 3.1-8.
On the other hand, zero-sequence current circulates within the delta-winding and is
not measured at the delta-winding side CTs. As a result, the zero-sequence current at
star-winding side appears as a differential current.
I0 Transformer Ia
I0
I0
I0 Ib
II0
I0
Ic
3I
0
DIF
Case 2: Figure 3.1-9 illustrates that the delta-winding side of a transformer is earthed with
an in-zone earthing transformer. In the event that an external earth fault occurs at
the delta-winding side, the zero-sequence current is only measured at the delta-
winding side CTs, and it appears as a differential current.
- 42 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ia
I0
Ib
I0
Ic
I0
Earthing
Transformer
3I 0
DIF
Figure 3.1-9 External earth fault at delta-winding side with in-zone earthing transformer
- 43 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
A CT saturated current waveform has two distinguishable periods within a cycle: a non-
saturated period and a saturated period. The CTS uses these periods to detect CT saturation
correctly.
DIF Logic
Differential operation
&
Starting
Element (SE) 0 t
&
& & 1
Waveform Discriminating
Element (WDE)
[DIF-CTSat] On
+
Trigger activated
Off-delayTimer:
1 cycle CT Saturation detection function (CTS)
Figure 3.1-10 shows the CTS block diagram consisting of a waveform discriminating
element (WDE), a starting element (SE) and the evolving fault detection element (EVD).
The WDE operates if instantaneous differential current changes to less than a specified
percentage of instantaneous restraining current; the WDE operates during the CT being in
non-saturation. The differential current is zero theoretically during the non-saturation period
within a heavy through-fault current waveform.
- 44 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
ΔIp + ΔIn: Change in the restraining current in positive and negative cycles
Id: Differential current
Ip: Sum of positive input currents
In: Sum of negative input currents
m, m-1, m-2: Sampling timing.
a. Incoming current
b. Outgoing current
c. Differential current
No change period
Figure 3.1-11 CT Secondary Current Waveforms and Differential Current for a heavy external
Fault with CT Saturation
As long as the CT keeps unsaturation, both Id and ΔId are zero. However, when the
change determined by the Equation (3.1-8) becomes a large positive value sufficiently, the
Equation (3.1-6) holds and the WDE operates accordingly. The SE operates instantly in the
event that the SE detects the Id. As a result, the SE and the WDE make an AND output.
In contrast, in the event of the occurrence of a heavy internal fault, CT saturation makes
the ΔId small. WDE does not operate, because the change in restraining current is also small
during this period. As a result, the DIF operation is correctly unblocked during a heavy
internal fault.
The EVD operates when an external fault progresses into an internal fault. The EVD
unblocks the blocking by WDE and SE elements, thus ensuring correct operation for external
faults progressing into internal fault.
The CTS includes a scheme switch [DIF-CTSat] to enable or disable the CTS.
- 45 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The fault phase function is enabled with scheme switch [Phase Mode] to ‘Fault phases’.
Figure 3.1-12 shows the scheme logic of fault phase function.
8C00001B7C
DIF-OPT-1 ≥1 DIF-OPT-A
&
8D00001B7D
DIF-OPT-2 & ≥1 DIF-OPT-B
8E 00001B7E
DIF-OPT-3 & t DIF-OPT-C
≥1
& Decision for
& fault phases
Phase Mode
Operating phases & t
Fault phases
8000801C23
1
Max. Id 8100801C27
2
phases 8200801C2B
3 C
Y
8000901C23 VecGroupP-W
D
A
Max. Ip 8100901C27
B
phases 8200901C2B Y
C VecGroupS-W
D
8000A01C23
A
Max. Is 8100A01C27 Y
B VecGroupT-W
phases 8200A01C2B D
C C
8000B01C23
A
Max. It 8100B01C27
B
phases 8200B01C2B
C
- 46 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IDSV operate
[DIF-S1-I1]
[DIF-IDSV]
[DIF-S1-I1] [DIF-S1-I2] Ir
8000501C23 TDIF-IDSV
8000501B60
1 & DIF-IDSV-1
8100501C27 8100501B61
DIF-SV 2 & DIF-IDSV-2
8200501C2B 8200501B62
3 C & t DIF-IDSV-3
0-300s
- 47 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The value recommended for the DIF-S1-Slope1 setting is 1.5 times the sum of the four
error values. (The “1.5” reflects a margin.)
DIF-S1-Slope2: The DIF-S1-Slope2 is a restraining coefficient for the large current area
in the DIF; its setting is determined from a maximum erroneous differential current, that
appears when a through-fault current flows largely.
DIF-S1-I2: The DIF has dual slope characteristics and hence the break point is placed
with the DIF-S1-I2. The DIF-S1-I2 is set as the multiplier of rated current of CT secondary; it
includes CT ratio correction. The setting value of the DIF-S1-I2 to be greater than the
maximum operating current level, that is reflected as a ratio to the CT secondary rated current;
the DIF-S1-I2 to be between the maximum forced-cooled rated current and the maximum
emergency overload current.
- 48 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(iii) 2f setting
The inrush current includes a second harmonic content (2nd harmonic) on energizing a
transformer. For the detection of the 2nd harmonic, the DIF provides a setting and the setting
value is placed for setting [DIF-2f]. (A setting of 15% is suggested if there is no minimum data
on the 2nd harmonic.)
(iv) 5f setting
When a transformer is in over-excitation condition, a fifth harmonic content (5th harmonic) is
appeared. The 5th harmonic affects protection operations in the IED and hence it is required
to detect the 5th harmonic. Thus, the DIF provides a setting and the setting value is placed for
setting [DIF-5f]. (A setting of 30% is suggested if there is no minimum data on the 5th
harmonic.)
(v) S2 setting
As cited in section 3.1.3(i), the DIF includes the high-set and the setting is determined with
setting [DIF-S2-I]. The setting value should be greater than a maximum inrush current
estimated. Hence, a recommended setting value is greater than the maximum inrush current
multiplied by the kct. (Greater than, “Maximum peak value of Inrush current” ×kct.)
Incidentally, setting [DIF-S2-I] is prescribed with Per-unit (pu). The DIF-S2-I is set as the
multiplier of rated current of secondary CT; it includes CT ratio correction.
Determination of setting
As for transformer windings, there are winding settings and the primary winding setting is
determined with scheme switches [VecGroupP-W]. Likewise, the secondary and the tertiary
windings are determined with scheme switch [VecGroupS-W], and [VecGroupT-W]. When a
transformer unit is Star-winding, a set of 1 is placed for the scheme switch; whereas a set of 2
is placed when another transformer unit is delta-winding.
- 49 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
On the other hand, for phase angle difference, settings are determined with scheme
switches [VecGroupS-C] and [VecGroupT-C]; the scheme switch [VecGroupS-C] is used to set
the phase angle difference between primary and secondary; the scheme switch [VecGroupT-C]
is used to set the phase angle difference between primary and tertiary. The difference is
determined by a lagging angle from the primary winding, and is expressed with a number that
is reflected with 0–11 in time unit. The number corresponds to a lagging degree: e.g., an hour
o’clock corresponds to lagging 30°.
The phase angle matching, that is setting for transformer connection and being complied
with IEC60076-1 is summarized in Table 3.1-5 and Table 3.1-6.
Table 3.1-3 Scheme switch for Star-Star-Delta transformer (an example from Table 3.1-6)
Transformer
Connection settings
(IEC60076-1) VecGroupP- VecGroupS- VecGroupS- VecGroupT- VecGroupT-
W W C W C
Y y 0 d 11 Y y 0 d 11
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
- 50 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 51 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 3.1-5 Setting for phase angle matching of α-method in 2 windings transformers
Transformer connection*1 Settings for phase angle correction Remark
Primary, Secondary Primary Secondary Phase angle diff. Phase angle
(P) (S) [VecGroupP-W] [VecGroupS-W] [VecGroupS-C] matching calc. 2
P: 0 O’clock
Yy0 Y y 0
S: 0 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd0 D d 0
S: 1 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yd1 Y d 1
S: 1 O’clock
P: 11 O’clock
Dy1 D y 1
S: 0 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd2 D d 2
S: 3 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd4 D d 4
S: 5 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yd5 Y d 5
S: 5 O’clock
P: 7 O’clock
Dy5 D y 5
S: 0 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yy6 Y y 6
S: 6 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd6 D d 6
S: 7 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yd7 Y d 7
S: 7 O’clock
- 52 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
P: 5 O’clock
Dy7 D y 7
S: 0 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd8 D d 8
S: 9 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd10 D d 10
S: 11 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yd11 Y d 11
S: 11 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dy11 D y 11
S: 0 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dz10 D d 10
S: 11 O’clock
*1Note: Reference phase is drawn in a dash line and complied with IEC60076-1.
*2Note: Phase angle calculation is discussed in Table 3.1-4.
Transformer connection is complied with IEC60076-1; Table 3.1-6 shows that the DIF,
which protects a two-winding transformer, can cover a three-winding transformer with a
stabilizing-winding circuit.
- 53 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 3.1-6 Setting for phase angle matching of α-method in 3 windings transformers
[VecGroupT-C]
Primary, Secondary, Tertiary Phase angle
[VecGroup
[VecGroup
[VecGroup
Secondary
Primary
Tertiary
P-W]
S-W]
T-W]
(P) (S) (T) matching calc.*2
P: 0 O’clock
Yy0d1 Y y 0 d 1 S: 0 O’clock
T: 1 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yy0d11 Y y 0 d 11 S: 0 O’clock
T: 11 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yd1d1 Y d 1 d 1 S: 1 O’clock
T: 1 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yd11d11 Y d 11 d 11 S: 11 O’clock
T: 11 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dy11d0 D y 11 d 0 S: 0 O’clock
T: 1 O’clock
P: 11 O’clock
Dy1d0 D y 1 d 0 S: 0 O’clock
T: 11 O’clock
P: 1 O’clock
Dd0d0 D d 0 d 0 S: 1 O’clock
T: 1 O’clock
P: 0 O’clock
Yy0y0 Y y 0 y 0 S: 0 O’clock
T: 0 O’clock
*1Note: Reference phase is drawn in a dash line and complied with IEC60076-1.
*2Note: Phase angle calculation is discussed in Table 3.1-4.
- 54 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
2. Phase rotation
The phase relationship between each terminal current, which depends on the transformer
connection and the connection between the transformer and the power system, must be
checked. The phase displacement of a delta-connected side may not be determined only by
the transformer connection described in Table 3.1-5 and Table 3.1-6. Table 3.1-7 shows an
example illustrating the connection between a transformer and power system. The Table
3.1-7 also shows their current vectors when an Yd1 transformer is connected to the power
system with both clockwise and anticlockwise phase rotation. Care should be taken that
the setting for phase angle correction is not corresponding to Table 3.1-6.
- 55 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
leading
Transformer u Transformer u
Each winding a U a a U a
I1a I2a I2a’=I2aI2c I1a I1c I2c I2a’=I2aI2b
connection and b V v b b V v b
I1b I2b I2b’=I2bI2a I1b I1b I2b I2b’=I2bI2c
Incoming/Outgoing c W w c c W w c
I1c I2c I2c’=I2cI2b I1c I1a I2a I2c’=I2cI2a
current
I1a I2b’=I2bI2a I1a I2c’=I2cI2a
Incoming current I2c I2b
I2b I2c
vector and Outgoing I2b’=I2bI2c
30 I2c’=I2cI2b 30
I1c I1b I1c I1b
current vector I2a’=I2aI2c
I2a I2aI2a’=I2aI2b
Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing
Current Current Current Current
Setting VecGroupP-W =Y, VecGroupP-W =Y,
VecGroupS-W =d, VecGroupS-W =d,
VecGroupS-C =1 (Same as Yd1) VecGroupS-C =11 (Same as Yd11)
- 56 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 57 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 58 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C23
1 & & S2-1-OP
8100101C27
S2 2 & & S2-2-OP
8200101C2B
3 C & & S2-3-OP
DIF 8000201C23 t t
1 & & S1-1-OP
8100201C27 &
S1 2
8200201C2B
& & & S1-2-OP
3 C
& t
& & S1-3-OP
DIF-S2-E N On
DIF-S1-E N On
8100001BB0 1
810000EBB0 DIF-TP_BLOCK ≥1
8F00001BB2
8F0000EBB2 DIF_BLOCK 8000001B60
8000301C23 ≥1 1
1 & &
8100301C27
2f 2 &
8200301C2B & 8100001B61
DIF
3 C
& ≥1 1
8000401C23 t &
1
8100401C27 & &
5f 2
& 8200001B62
3 8200401C2B
C & 1
& ≥1
t &
DIF-2f-E N On
DIF-5f-E N On 8F00301B60
≥1
&
Block-Per 8F00401B60
DIF-BlockMod-2f Block-3P
P
≥1
Block-Per &
DIF-BlockMod-5f Block-3P
P
8000001BB4
800000EBB4 DIF-1_BLOCK
8100001BB5
810000EBB5 DIF-2_BLOCK
820000EBB6 DIF-3_BLOCK
8200001BB6
- 59 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000001B64
≥1 DIF-OPT-1
8100001B65
8000001BB3 ≥1 DIF-OPT-2
800000EBB3 DIF_INST_OP 8200001B66
≥1 DIF-OPT-3
TDIF-S2 8000101B60
S2-OPT-1 8200101B63 8000001B63
S2-1-OP ≥1 ≥1 S2-OPT ≥1 DIF-OPT
8100101B61
S2-2-OP S2-OPT-2
≥1
8200101B62
S2-3-OP S2-OPT-3
≥1
0-100s
&
&
& t
TDIF-S1 8000201B60
S1-OPT-1 8100201B63
S1-1-OP ≥1 ≥1 S1-OPT
8100201B61
S1-2-OP ≥1 S1-OPT-2
8200201B62
S1-3-OP S1-OPT-3
≥1
0-100s
&
&
To TRC
& t
DIF-TP1 8000001B70
On & DIF-TRIP1
DIF-TP2 On 8100001B71
& DIF-TRIP2
DIF-TP3 8200001B72
On & DIF-TRIP3
DIF-TP4 On 8300001B73
& DIF-TRIP4
DIF-TP5 8400001B74
On & DIF-TRIP5
DIF-TP6 On 8500001B75
& DIF-TRIP6
- 60 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.1.9 Setting
Setting of TP_DIF (Function ID: 413001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
DIF-EN Off / On - DIF protection enable On – – X X X
DIF-S1-EN Off / On - DIF S1 protection enable On – – X X X
DIF-S2-EN Off / On - DIF S2 protection enable On – – X X X
DIF-2f-EN Off / On - 2f component detection enable On – – X X X
DIF-5f-EN Off / On - 5f component detection enable Off – – X X X
DIF-IdSV-EN Off / On - Id supervision enable Off – – X X X
DIF-CTSat Non / Block - DIF block triggered by CT saturation detection Non – – X X X
DIF-S1-I1 0.10 - 1.00 pu Minimum operating value 0.30 – – X X X
Knee point between small and large current
DIF-S1-I2 1.00 - 40.00 pu 2.00 – – X X X
regions
Small current region percentage slope of Id-Ir
DIF-S1-Slope1 10 - 50 % 50 – – X X X
characteristic
Large current region percentage slope of Id-Ir
DIF-S1-Slope2 10 - 100 % 100 – – X X X
characteristic
TDIF-S1 0.00 - 100.00 s DIF-S1 timer 0.00 – – X X X
DIF-S2-I 2.00 - 20.00 pu DIF S2 operating value 2.00 – – X X X
TDIF-S2 0.00 - 100.00 s DIF-S2 timer 0.00 – – X X X
DIF-2f 10 - 50 % 2f component sensitivity 15 – – X X X
DIF-BlockMode-2f Non / Block-3P / Block-PerP - DIF block mode using 2f components Block-3P – – X X X
DIF-5f 10 - 100 % 5f component sensitivity 30 – – X X X
DIF-BlockMode-5f Non / Block-3P / Block-PerP - DIF block mode using 5f components Block-3P – – X X X
DIF-IdSV 0.05 - 1.00 pu Id supervision sensitivity 0.24 – – X X X
TDIF-IdSV 0 - 300 s Id supervision timer 10 – – X X X
DIF-TP1 Off / On - DIF trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DIF-TP2 Off / On - DIF trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DIF-TP3 Off / On - DIF trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DIF-TP4 Off / On - DIF trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DIF-TP5 Off / On - DIF trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DIF-TP6 Off / On - DIF trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
- 61 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 62 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 63 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
2CT
3CT REF2
T
4CT
Ia+Ib+Ic
5CT
REF
1NCT REF3
In 2NCT
3NCT
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.2-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
– 3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– 2 stages protection – – NA – – – –
– 3 stages protection NA – – NA – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 64 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 3.2-3 shows the REF block diagram that consists of REF-DIF and REF-DEF
elements. REF-DIF is a biased differential current element, whereas REF-DEF is a directional
earth fault element. The REF-DEF element complements the REF-DIF element operation in
the small differential current region, thereby providing security against mal operation
especially when the REF-DIF element has a very high sensitivity (low pick up) setting. For
through fault high current, when phase CTs saturate the operation of REF is blocked by REF-
DEF element. This is achieved due to the maximum limit of the directional characteristics.
REF-□
REF-DIF-□ &
REF-DEF-□
& ≧1
On
REF-□-DEF-EN Off
○
+
- 65 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
REF
Earth fault only
In Figure 3.2-6, a differential current (Id0) and restraining current (Ir0) determines the
dual slope characteristic. The Id0 is a vector summation of phase current of all windings; the
Ir0 is the larger of the residual current or the neutral current.
3I0
IN
S2 REF--SLOPE2
50-100%
S1
[REF--I1]×Max_KCT_REF REF--SLOPE1=10%
Ir0
[REF--I2]×Max_KCT_REF
[REF--I1]×Max_KCT_REF
- 66 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Zero phase differential current Id0- is expressed using the following equation:
where,
KCT1_REF- to KCT5_REF- : CT ratio matching coefficient of 1CT - 5CT
The KCT is calculated automatically as Phase CT ratio / Neutral CT ratio. The neutral CT rating is used
The strong restraint characteristic of the S2 lies on the large current region for a high-
through fault; it is expressed using the following equation:
Ido − > [REF − − slope2] × Ir0 − + (0.1 − [REF − − Slope2]) × [REF − − I2 ] × Max −
(3.2-4)
KCT_REF − + ((1 − 0.1) × [REF − − I1 ] × Max − KCT_REF − )
where,
Max_KCT_REF-: Max (KCT1_REF-, KCT2_REF-, KCT3_REF-, KCT4_REF-,
KCT5_REF-)
: 1 or 2 or 3
- 67 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
VCT
5CT
In
1NCT
2NCT
3NCT
Non-directional 1
element (b)
- 68 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Primary Secondary
CT ratio: 2400/1 CT ratio: 3600/1
KCT1_REF_P=2 KCT2_REF_P=3
I01 I01
CT ratio:
1200/1
REF
IN
- 69 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
4CT
5CT
1NCT REF3
2NCT
3NCT
VCT
REF1-1CT = Use REF2-1CT = No use
1CT REF1 REF1-2CT = No use REF2-2CT = Use
S P REF1-3CT = No use REF2-3CT = Use
2CT REF1-4CT = No use REF2-4CT = No use
REF1-5CT = No use REF2-5CT = No use
3CT REF2
T
4CT
5CT
1NCT REF3
2NCT
3NCT
3CT REF2
S 4CT
5CT
1NCT REF3
2NCT
3NCT
- 70 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3CT REF2
S 4CT
5CT
1NCT REF3
2NCT
3NCT
- 71 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
REF1-EN
&
On
REF1-BLOCK On
1
REF1-INST_OP On
To TRC
REF1-TP1 8000101B61
On
& REF1-TRIP1
REF1-TP2 On 8100101B62
& REF1-TRIP2
REF1-TP3 8200101B63
On
& REF1-TRIP3
REF1-TP4 8300101B64
On
& REF1-TRIP4
REF1-TP5 8400101B65
On
& REF1-TRIP5
REF1-TP6 On 8500101B66
REF1-TRIP6
&
REF1-ALM On 8B00101B6
& C
REF1-ALARM
- 72 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
No Use
REF2-1CT
Use REF2
No Use
REF2-2CT
Use
No Use
REF2-3CT
Use 8000201C23 TREF2
No Use & t 0
REF2-4CT 8000201B60
Use &
≥1 REF2-OPT
No Use 0.00-100.00s
REF2-5CT
Use
REF2-EN
&
On
REF2-BLOCK On
1
REF2-INST_OP On
To TRC
REF2-TP1 8000201B61
On
& REF2-TRIP1
REF2-TP2 On 8100201B62
& REF2-TRIP2
REF2-TP3 8200201B63
On
& REF2-TRIP3
REF2-TP4 8300201B64
On
& REF2-TRIP4
REF2-TP5 8400201B65
On
& REF2-TRIP5
REF2-TP6 On 8500201B66
REF2-TRIP6
&
REF2-ALM On 8B00201B6
& C
REF2-ALARM
REF3-EN
&
On
REF3-BLOCK On
1
REF3-INST_OP On
To TRC
REF3-TP1 8000301B61
On
& REF3-TRIP1
REF3-TP2 On 8100301B62
& REF3-TRIP2
REF3-TP3 8200301B63
On
& REF3-TRIP3
REF3-TP4 8300301B64
On
& REF3-TRIP4
REF3-TP5 8400301B65
On
& REF3-TRIP5
REF3-TP6 On 8500301B66
REF3-TRIP6
&
REF3-ALM On 8B00301B6
& C
REF3-ALARM
- 73 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.2.4 Setting
Setting of TP_REF (Function ID: 414001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
REF1-EN Off / On - REF1 protection enable Off – – X – X
REF REF2-EN Off / On - REF2 protection enable Off – – X – X
REF3-EN Off / On - REF3 protection enable Off – – – – X
REF1-I1 0.05 - 0.50 pu Minimum operating value 0.50 – – X – X
REF1-I2 0.50 - 4.00 pu Knee point between small and large current regions 1.00 – – X – X
REF1-Slope1 10 (fixed) % Small current region percentage slope of Id0-Ir characteristic 10 – – X – X
REF1-Slope2 50 - 100 % Large current region percentage slope of Id0-Ir characteristic 100 – – X – X
REF1-DEF-EN Off / On - CT saturation countermeasure enable Off – – X – X
TREF1 0.00 - 100.00 s REF1 Timer 0.00 – – X – X
REF1-1CT No use / Use - 1CT's residual current used for REF1 calculation Use – – X – X
REF1-2CT No use / Use - 2CT's residual current used for REF1 calculation No use – – X – X
REF1-3CT No use / Use - 3CT's residual current used for REF1 calculation No use – – X – X
REF1
REF1-4CT No use / Use - 4CT's residual current used for REF1 calculation No use – – – – X
REF1-5CT No use / Use - 5CT's residual current used for REF1 calculation No use – – – – X
REF1-TP1 Off / On - REF1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF1-TP2 Off / On - REF1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF1-TP3 Off / On - REF1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF1-TP4 Off / On - REF1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF1-TP5 Off / On - REF1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF1-TP6 Off / On - REF1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF1-ALM Off / On - REF1 alarm enable Off – – X – X
REF2-I1 0.05 - 0.50 pu Minimum operating value 0.50 – – X – X
REF2-I2 0.50 - 4.00 pu Knee point between small and large current regions 1.00 – – X – X
REF2-Slope1 10 (fixed) % Small current region percentage slope of Id0-Ir characteristic 10 – – X – X
REF2-Slope2 50 - 100 % Large current region percentage slope of Id0-Ir characteristic 100 – – X – X
REF2-DEF-EN Off / On - CT saturation countermeasure enable Off – – X – X
TREF2 0.00 - 100.00 s REF2 Timer 0.00 – – X – X
REF2-1CT No use / Use - 1CT's residual current used for REF2 calculation No use – – X – X
REF2-2CT No use / Use - 2CT's residual current used for REF2 calculation Use – – X – X
REF2-3CT No use / Use - 3CT's residual current used for REF2 calculation No use – – X – X
REF2
REF2-4CT No use / Use - 4CT's residual current used for REF2 calculation No use – – – – X
REF2-5CT No use / Use - 5CT's residual current used for REF2 calculation No use – – – – X
REF2-TP1 Off / On - REF2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF2-TP2 Off / On - REF2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF2-TP3 Off / On - REF2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF2-TP4 Off / On - REF2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF2-TP5 Off / On - REF2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF2-TP6 Off / On - REF2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
REF2-ALM Off / On - REF2 alarm enable Off – – X – X
REF3-I1 0.05 - 0.50 pu Minimum operating value 0.50 – – – – X
REF3-I2 0.50 - 4.00 pu Knee point between small and large current regions 1.00 – – – – X
REF3-Slope1 10 (fixed) % Small current region percent slope of Id0-Ir characteristic 10 – – – – X
REF3-Slope2 50 - 100 % Large current region percent slope of Id0-Ir characteristic 100 – – – – X
REF3-DEF-EN Off / On - CT saturation countermeasure enable Off – – – – X
REF3 TREF3 0.00 - 100.00 s REF3 Timer 0.00 – – – – X
REF3-1CT No use / Use - 1CT's residual current used for REF3 calculation No use – – – – X
REF3-2CT No use / Use - 2CT's residual current used for REF3 calculation No use – – – – X
REF3-3CT No use / Use - 3CT's residual current used for REF3 calculation Use – – – – X
REF3-4CT No use / Use - 4CT's residual current used for REF3 calculation No use – – – – X
REF3-5CT No use / Use - 5CT's residual current used for REF3 calculation No use – – – – X
REF3-TP1 Off / On - REF3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – – – X
- 74 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
REF3-TP2 Off / On - REF3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – – – X
REF3-TP3 Off / On - REF3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – – – X
REF3-TP4 Off / On - REF3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – – – X
REF3-TP5 Off / On - REF3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – – – X
REF3-TP6 Off / On - REF3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – – – X
REF3-ALM Off / On - REF3 alarm enable Off – – – – X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 75 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 77 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[OC*-EN](ON/OFF )
[OC*-TarWind](P/S/T)
IY, IΔ, I1, I2, I0, In, CT ratio, VY, VΔ, V1, V2, V0, Type-VT (3PN/3PP/1PN/1N)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.3-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
3.3.1 Non-directional DT/IDMT – – – – – –
3.3.2 Directional DT/IDMT – – NA – – – –
3.3.5(ii) Operation blocked by VTF NA – – NA – – NA – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 78 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Reference voltage or
θ1 Polarizing voltage (Vpol2)
A reference signal, that is, a polarization signal is required by the directional OC element,
the reference signal is derived from a phase-to-phase voltage: for example, the directional OC
element for phase-A (OC-A) uses the phase-B-to-phase-C voltage rotated by 90° (VBC90°) in
- 79 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
the leading direction, this reference signal is illustrated in Figure 3.3-3. The direction of the
current in the protected circuit, in this case the phase-A current (IA), is determined from the
angle measured for IA against VBC90°. The purpose of using VBC in the 90° leading position
is so that the reference voltage (VBC90°) takes the same direction as the phase-A voltage (VA)
because the directional-sensing element requires a reference quantity that is reasonably
constant against which the current in the protected circuit can be compared. As a result, when
a fault occurs, the fault current IA will lag VBC90°. Similarly, for the phase-B directional OC
element (OC-B) where the object current is (IB) the reference voltage (VCA90°) is adopted. The
phase-C directional element (OC-C) uses the same approach as the OC-A and OC-B elements.
Table 3.3-2 shows the relationship between each current and its respective reference voltage.
VBC90°
Leading 90°
VA
VBC
VBC
For a close-in three-phase fault, the three reference voltages VBC90°, VCA90° and
VAB90° may fall below the minimum threshold voltage for the directional OC element. In
order to cover this case, a voltage memory function is used to provide a polarizing signal. The
polarizing signals are provided during three-phase faults so that the OC element is able to
determine the direction of the fault. In addition, the directional element function determines
its output based on the loss of voltage memory and is effective while the fault current flows in
accordance with Figure 3.3-4.
- 80 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Amplitude calculation
|Vpol| Set voltage (OV-Vpol)
If a single phase is connected to a heavy load, and the other phases are not connected to
heavy loads, the user can program separately the directional OC element such that OC will
send a trip signal only when the fault current detected is in the same direction among two
phases or more of the three-phases.
A setting and a scheme switch, as well as the non-directional OC element, provide the
settings for the directional OC element: for example, the user can set the threshold value of
the OC at stage 1 with the setting [OC1] and Forward can be set for the scheme switch [OC1-
Dir]. Setting of the sensing angle (θ) is configured by the setting [OC1-Angle] with the value of
θ set in the range of 0–180°. Figure 3.3-5 shows an example of an angle and a characteristic
set with θ.
Reverse
θ=30°
θ=90°
Max. torque
Forward
Reverse Forward Reverse Forward
Forward Reverse
Reverse
Vpol Vpol
Forward
θ=170°
θ=100°
θ=100° θ=170°
- 81 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can select which characteristic will be applied to each stage of the OC element
by setting a scheme switch. We shall see the scheme switch later.
(i) DT characteristic
The operate time in the DT characteristic will be a constant time and is not affected by the
level of current. The reset time is set to zero so that resetting is performed immediately. The
user can set the operate time using a setting; it is discussed in in sections (v) and (vi).
- 82 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
equation parameters. The inverse-time-reset curve equation and parameters will be discussed
in section (v).
k
t(I) = TMS × {[ α ] + 𝑐} (3.3-1)
(𝐼⁄𝐼 ) − 1
𝑠
where:
t = operate time with constant current I (seconds),
I = operate (energizing) current (amperes),
Is = overcurrent setting (amperes),
TMS = time multiplier setting number,
k, α, c = constants defining curve.
The nine pre-programmed standard characteristic curves are defined in Table 3.3-3. In
addition, one original (user-programmable) curve can be applied. One curve can be chosen for
each OC stage. Figure 3.3-6 illustrates these characteristic curves. For example, the user
should set one for the scheme switch [OC1-Timer]. (“IEC-NI" is for IEC Normal Inverse
characteristic; “IEC-VI” for IEC Very inverse; “IEC-EI” for IEC Extremely Inverse; “UK-LTI” for
UK Long Time Inverse; “IEEE-MI” for IEEE Moderately Inverse; “IEEE-VI” for IEEE Very
Inverse; “IEEE-EI” for IEEE Extremely Inverse; “US-CO8” for US CO8 Inverse; “US-CO2” for
US CO2 Short Time Inverse, and “Original” for user-programmable characteristic.)
In the IDMT, the user can also program the characteristic using time-multiplier-setting
(TMS) for the required operate time. For example, when the IEC characteristic is selected, the
user can set the TMS value using the setting [OC1-TMS-IEC] (incidentally, the default value
for the TMS is 1.00). The other TMSs are also available by the [OC1-TMS-UK], [OC1-TMS-
IEEE], [OC1-TMS-US] and [OC1-TMS-ORG].
Table 3.3-3 Constants for IDMT
Curve type k c
Curve Description α
(IEC 60255-151) sec sec
A IEC Normal Inverse (IEC-NI) 0.14 0.02 0
B IEC Very Inverse (IEC-VI) 13.5 1 0
C IEC Extremely Inverse (IEC-EI) 80 2 0
- UK Long Time Inverse (UK-LTI) 120 1 0
D IEEE Moderately Inverse (IEEE-MI) 0.0515 0.02 0.114
E IEEE Very Inverse (IEEE-VI) 19.61 2 0.491
F IEEE Extremely Inverse (IEEE-EI) 28.2 2 0.1217
- US CO8 inverse (US-CO8) 5.95 2 0.18
- US CO2 short time inverse (US-CO2) 0.02394 0.02 0.01694
- 83 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time characteristic
The user should set DT for the scheme switches [OC1-Timer]. The value of the required operate
time is set for the setting [TOC1] in the range 0.00–300.00s.
Instantaneous activation
The operate time of the instantaneous characteristic is achieved by setting zero for the [TOC1],
but the instantaneous one can also obtained when the logic signal ‘1(High)’ is programmed to
be injected at PLC connection point “OC1_INST_OP”.
- 84 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
kr
t(I) = RTMS × [ β
] (3.3-2)
1 − (𝐼⁄𝐼 )
𝑠
where,
t = time required for the element to reset fully after complete operation (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = threshold setting (amperes),
RTMS = time multiplier setting for resetting,
kr = time required to reset fully after complete operation when the energizing current is
zero (seconds),
β = constants defining curve.
For setting RTMS in the IEEE standard, the user can use the setting [OC1-RTMS-IEEE]
(incidentally, the default value is 1.000). Similarly, setting [OC1-RTMS-US] and setting [OC1-
RTMS-ORG] are provided for the US standard and the original, respectively (For more
information w.r.t the value for kr and β, see Table 3.3-4; Figure 3.3-7 shows the characteristic
curves).
- 85 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
setting [TOC1R]. DEF is allowed to set in the IEEE, US, and ORG. DEF is set
unconditionally in the IEC and UK (see Table 3.3-5).
Figure 3.3-8 illustrates that an integrating value will be influenced dependent on the
DEP or DEF setting. An energized quantity (I), where I is greater than a threshold setting
[OC1], will make an integrating value, which can determine how the element operates. If the
energized quantity (I) falls below the threshold setting [OC1], the element operation will
return to its reset stage after the time t(I) calculated in Equation (3.3-2).
- 86 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time
Energizing current
Energizing current
cleared by tripping
Measuring quantity 0A
Inverse-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
return
Setting
[*-Rtimer]=DEP
Integrator
Trip signal
Definite-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
return
Setting
[*-Rtimer]=DEF
Integrator
Trip signal
Reset time
Integration will be kept in timer [TOC1R].
The integration will start again when the energizing current The integration will be reset when the energizing current
becomes larger than [OC1] within [TOC1R]. does not become larger than [OC1] in [TOC1R].
- 87 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 3.3-5 Type and standard board in the OC1 (A tick shows a selectable function)
IDMT
Characteristics DT
IEC-NI IEC-VI IEC-EI UK-LTI IEEE-MI IEEE-VI IEEE-EI US-CO2 US-CO8 Original
DT
✓
Scheme switch [OC1-Timer]
IEC-NI
IEC-VI ✓
IEC-EI ✓
UK LTI ✓
IEEE-MI ✓
IEEE-VI ✓
IEEE-EI ✓
US-CO2 ✓
US-CO8 ✓
Original ✓
DEF N.A ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
Scheme switch
N.A
[OC1-Rtimer]
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
DEP
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
- 88 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 89 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
≥1 OC1-OR
8000101B61
≥1 OC1PU-OR
OC1-EN On
8000101C20
TOC1
& & t 0 8000101B62
OC1 A 8100101C21 ≥1 OC1-OPT-A
B 8200101C22 & 8100101B63
& t 0
C ≥1 OC1-OPT-B
& & t 0 8200101B64
≥1 OC1-OPT-C
0.00–300s
8000101C24
≥1 &
8000101B65
A & &
OC1 8100101C25 ≥1
B
PU 8200101C26 & ≥1 &
&
C
Block-PerP
& ≥1 & &
OC1-2fBlk Block-3P
ORIGINAL
VTF-P_DETECT &
VTF-S_DETECT OC1-VTF_DETECT
& ≥1
VTF-T_DETECT
&
Primary
Target
Secondary OC1-TARWIND
winding
OC1-TarWind Tertiary
selected &
OC1-VTFBlk Block
≥1
800010EBB0 OC1_BLOCK
800010EBB1 OC1_INST_OP
To TRC
OC1-TP1 On 8000101B66
&
OC1-TRIP1
OC1-TP2 On
& 8000101B67
OC1-TRIP2
OC1-TP3 8000101B68
On &
OC1-TRIP3
OC1-TP4 On
& 8000101B69
OC1-TRIP4
OC1-TP5 On
& 8000101B6A
OC1-TRIP5
OC1-TP6 On
& 8000101B6B
OC1-TRIP6
OC1-ALM On
8000101B6C
& OC1-ALARM
- 90 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.3.7 Setting
Setting of TP_OC (Function ID: 45A001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OC1-EN Off / On - OC1 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC2-EN Off / On - OC2 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC3-EN Off / On - OC3 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC OC4-EN Off / On - OC4 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC5-EN Off / On - OC5 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC6-EN Off / On - OC6 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC7-EN Off / On - OC7 protection enable Off – – X X X
OC8-EN Off / On - OC8 protection enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC1
OC1-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC1-Dir - OC1 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC1-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC1 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC1-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC1 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC1 0.02 - 250.00 A OC1 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC1 0.02 - 25.00 A OC1 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC1-DPR 10 - 100 % OC1 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC1 0.00 - 300.00 s OC1 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC1-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC1 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC1-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC1 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC1-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC1 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC1-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC1 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC1 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC1-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC1 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
OC1 TOC1R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC1 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC1-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC1-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC1 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC1 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC1 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC1-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC1 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC1-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC1 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC1-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC1-2fBlk - OC1 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC1-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC1 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC1-TP1 Off / On - OC1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC1-TP2 Off / On - OC1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC1-TP3 Off / On - OC1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC1-TP4 Off / On - OC1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC1-TP5 Off / On - OC1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC1-TP6 Off / On - OC1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
- 91 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OC1-ALM Off / On - OC1 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC2
OC2-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC2-Dir - OC2 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC2-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC2 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC2-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC2 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC2 0.02 - 250.00 A OC2 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC2 0.02 - 25.00 A OC2 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC2-DPR 10 - 100 % OC2 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC2 0.00 - 300.00 s OC2 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC2-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC2 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC2-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC2 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC2-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC2 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC2-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC2 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC2 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC2-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC2 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOC2R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC2 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC2
OC2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC2-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC2-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC2 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC2 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC2 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC2-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC2 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC2-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC2 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC2-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC2-2fBlk - OC2 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC2-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC2 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC2-TP1 Off / On - OC2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC2-TP2 Off / On - OC2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC2-TP3 Off / On - OC2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC2-TP4 Off / On - OC2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC2-TP5 Off / On - OC2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC2-TP6 Off / On - OC2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC2-ALM Off / On - OC2 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC3
OC3-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
OC3 Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC3-Dir - OC3 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
- 92 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC3-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC3 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC3-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC3 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC3 0.02 - 250.00 A OC3 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC3 0.02 - 25.00 A OC3 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC3-DPR 10 - 100 % OC3 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC3 0.00 - 300.00 s OC3 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC3-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC3 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC3-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC3 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC3-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC3 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC3-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC3 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC3 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC3-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC3 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOC3R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC3 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC3-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC3-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC3 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC3 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC3 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC3-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC3 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC3-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC3 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC3-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC3-2fBlk - OC3 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC3-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC3 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC3-TP1 Off / On - OC3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC3-TP2 Off / On - OC3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC3-TP3 Off / On - OC3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC3-TP4 Off / On - OC3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC3-TP5 Off / On - OC3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC3-TP6 Off / On - OC3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC3-ALM Off / On - OC3 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC4
OC4-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC4-Dir - OC4 directional characteristic NonDir – – X X X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
OC4 IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC4-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC4 reset delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC4-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC4 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC4 0.02 - 250.00 A OC4 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC4 0.02 - 25.00 A OC4 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
- 93 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OC4-DPR 10 - 100 % OC4 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC4 0.00 - 300.00 s OC4 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC4-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC4 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC4-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC4 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC4-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC4 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC4-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC4 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC4 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC4-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC4 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOC4R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC4 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC4-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC4-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC4 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC4 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC4 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC4-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC4 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC4-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC4 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC4-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC4-2fBlk - OC4 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC4-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC4 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC4-TP1 Off / On - OC4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC4-TP2 Off / On - OC4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC4-TP3 Off / On - OC4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC4-TP4 Off / On - OC4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC4-TP5 Off / On - OC4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC4-TP6 Off / On - OC4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC4-ALM Off / On - OC4 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC5
OC5-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC5-Dir - OC5 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC5-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC5 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC5 OC5-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC5 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC5 0.02 - 250.00 A OC5 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC5 0.02 - 25.00 A OC5 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC5-DPR 10 - 100 % OC5 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC5 0.00 - 300.00 s OC5 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC5-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC5 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC5-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC5 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC5-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC5 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC5-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC5 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC5 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC5-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
- 94 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OC5-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC5 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOC5R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC5 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC5-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC5-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC5-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC5-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC5-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC5-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC5 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC5-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC5 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC5 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC5-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC5 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC5-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC5 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC5-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC5-2fBlk - OC5 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC5-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC5 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC5-TP1 Off / On - OC5 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC5-TP2 Off / On - OC5 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC5-TP3 Off / On - OC5 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC5-TP4 Off / On - OC5 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC5-TP5 Off / On - OC5 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC5-TP6 Off / On - OC5 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC5-ALM Off / On - OC5 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC6
OC6-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC6-Dir - OC6 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC6-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC6 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC6-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC6 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC6 0.02 - 250.00 A OC6 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC6 0.02 - 25.00 A OC6 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC6-DPR 10 - 100 % OC6 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
OC6 TOC6 0.00 - 300.00 s OC6 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC6-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC6 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC6-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC6 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC6-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC6 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC6-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC6 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC6 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC6-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC6-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC6 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOC6R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC6 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC6-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC6-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC6-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC6-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC6-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC6-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC6 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
- 95 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OC6-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC6 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC6 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC6-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC6 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC6-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC6 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC6-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC6-2fBlk - OC6 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC6-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC6 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC6-TP1 Off / On - OC6 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC6-TP2 Off / On - OC6 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC6-TP3 Off / On - OC6 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC6-TP4 Off / On - OC6 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC6-TP5 Off / On - OC6 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC6-TP6 Off / On - OC6 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC6-ALM Off / On - OC6 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC7
OC7-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC7-Dir - OC7 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC7-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC7 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC7-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC7 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC7 0.02 - 250.00 A OC7 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC7 0.02 - 25.00 A OC7 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC7-DPR 10 - 100 % OC7 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC7 0.00 - 300.00 s OC7 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC7-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC7 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC7-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC7 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC7-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC7 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC7
OC7-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC7 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC7 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC7-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC7-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC7 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOC7R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC7 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC7-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC7-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC7-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC7-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC7-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC7-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC7 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC7-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC7 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC7 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC7-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC7 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC7-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC7 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC7-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
- 96 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC7-2fBlk - OC7 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC7-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC7 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC7-TP1 Off / On - OC7 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC7-TP2 Off / On - OC7 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC7-TP3 Off / On - OC7 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC7-TP4 Off / On - OC7 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC7-TP5 Off / On - OC7 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC7-TP6 Off / On - OC7 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC7-ALM Off / On - OC7 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OC8
OC8-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
NonDir / Forward /
OC8-Dir - OC8 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OC8-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OC8 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OC8-Angle 0 - 180 deg OC8 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OC8 0.02 - 250.00 A OC8 threshold (in DT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC8 0.02 - 25.00 A OC8 threshold (in IDMT mode) 5.00 – – X X X
OC8-DPR 10 - 100 % OC8 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOC8 0.00 - 300.00 s OC8 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
OC8-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OC8 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC8-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OC8 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC8-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OC8 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC8-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OC8 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OC8 time multiplier of Original inverse
OC8-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
OC8-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC8 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
OC8
TOC8R 0.00 - 300.00 s OC8 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OC8-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC8-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC8-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC8-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OC8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC8-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OC8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OC8-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC8 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OC8-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OC8 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OC8 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC8-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
IEEE inverse curve
OC8 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OC8-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OC8 dependent reset time multiplier of
OC8-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
Original inverse curve
Non / Block-3P / Block-
OC8-2fBlk - OC8 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
PerP
OC8-VTFBlk Non / Block - OC8 pickup blocked the VTF Non – – X1 X1 X1
OC8-TP1 Off / On - OC8 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC8-TP2 Off / On - OC8 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC8-TP3 Off / On - OC8 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC8-TP4 Off / On - OC8 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC8-TP5 Off / On - OC8 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
- 97 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OC8-TP6 Off / On - OC8 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OC8-ALM Off / On - OC8 alarm enable Off – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 98 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 99 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 100 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 101 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 102 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 103 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Dir, Type,
TarWind-P/S/T
Va, Vb, Vc, I0,Type-VT (3PN/3PP/1PN/1PP/1N), CT secondary rating, Full scale, ICD Output
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.4-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
3.4.1 Non-directional DT/IDMT – – – – – –
3.4.2 Directional DT/IDMT – – NA – – – –
3.4.5(ii) Operation blocked by VTF NA – – NA – – NA – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 104 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Reference voltage or
θ Polarizing voltage (−3Vo)
φ
A setting and a scheme switch, as well as the non-directional EF element, provide the
settings for the directional EF element. For example, the user can set the threshold value (IEF)
for stage 1 with the setting [EF1]; Forward can be set for the scheme switch [EF1-Dir]. Setting
- 105 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
of the sensing angle (θ) is configured by the setting [EF1-Angle] with the value of θ set in the
range of 0–180°. Figure 3.4-3 shows an example of an angle and a characteristic using the θ.
Note: In the case of an internal fault, the phase angle is equal to the angle of the zero-
sequence impedance of the system, in a directly-earthed system this value is in
the range of approximately 50° to 90°. The sensing angle θ of the EF element can
be set between 0° to 180°. The minimum voltage necessary to maintain
directionality can be set from 0.5 to 100.0 V.
Reverse
θ=30°
θ=90°
Angle line
Forward
Reverse Forward Reverse Forward
Forward Reverse
Reverse
−3Vo −3Vo
Forward
θ=170°
θ=100°
θ=100° θ=170°
- 106 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can select which characteristic will be applied to each stage of the EF
element by setting a scheme switch. We shall see the scheme switches later.
(i) DT characteristic
The operate time in the DT characteristic will be a constant time and is not affected by the
level of current. The reset time is set to zero so that resetting is performed immediately. The
user can set the operate time using a setting; it is discussed in section (iv).
The reset time of the IDMT is user selectable; either inverse-time-reset or definite-time-
reset is selected. For the inverse-time-rest, the user can choose the reset time for the preset
characteristic from six characteristic curves; i.e. IEEE and US standard five pre-installed
characteristic curves and one user original characteristic carver where the user can set the
- 107 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
equation parameters. The inverse-time-reset curve equation and parameters will be discussed
in section (v).
k
𝑡(𝐼) = 𝑇𝑀𝑆 × {[ α ] + c} (3.4-4)
(I⁄I ) − 1
s
where:
t = operating time for constant current I (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = earth fault current setting (amperes),
TMS = time multiplier setting,
k, α, c = constants defining curve.
The nine pre-programmed standard characteristic curve are defined in Table 3.4-2. In
addition, one original (user-programmable) curve can be applied. One curve can be chosen for
each EF stage. Figure 3.4-4 illustrates these characteristic curves. For example, the user
should set one for the scheme switches [EF1-Timer]. (That is, “IEC-NI” is for IEC Normal
Inverse, “IEC-VI” for IEC Very Inverse, “IEC-EI” for IEC Extremely Inverse, “UK-LTI” for UK
Long Time Inverse, “IEEE-MI “ for IEEE Moderately Inverse, “IEEE-VI” for IEEE Very Inverse,
“IEEE-EI” for IEEE Extremely Inverse, “US-CO2” for US CO2 short time inverse, “US-CO8” for
US CO8 inverse, and “Original” for user-programmable characteristic.)
In the IDMT operation, the user can also program the characteristic using time-
multiplier-setting (TMS) for the required operate time. For example, the IEC characteristic is
selected, the user can set the TMS value using the setting [EF1-TMS-IEC] (incidentally, the
default value of the TMS is 1.00). The other TMSs are also available by the [EF1-TMS-UK],
[EF1-TMS-IEEE], [EF1-TMS-US] and [EF1-TMS-ORG].
Table 3.4-2 Constants for IDMT
Curve type
Curve Description k α c
(IEC 60255-151)
A IEC Normal Inverse (IEC-NI) 0.14 0.02 0
B IEC Very Inverse (IEC-VI) 13.5 1 0
C IEC Extremely Inverse (IEC-EI) 80 2 0
- UK Long Time Inverse (UK-LTI) 120 1 0
D IEEE Moderately Inverse (IEEE-MI) 0.0515 0.02 0.114
E IEEE Very Inverse (IEEE-VI) 19.61 2 0.491
F IEEE Extremely Inverse (IEEE-EI) 28.2 2 0.1217
- US CO8 inverse (US-CO8) 5.95 2 0.18
- US CO2 short time inverse (US-CO2) 0.02394 0.02 0.01694
- 108 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time characteristic
The user should set DT for the scheme switch [EF1-Timer]. The value of the required operate
time is set for the setting [TEF1] in the range 0.00–300.00s.
Instantaneous activation
The instantaneous operation characteristic is achieved by setting zero for the [TEF1], but the
instantaneous one can be also obtained when the logic signal ‘1(High)” is programmed to be
injected at the PLC connection point “EF1_INST_OP”.
- 109 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
example, the user can set DEP for setting [EF1-Rtimer]. The following equation defines the
reset time for the inverse-time-reset characteristic (ref. IEC 60255-151):
kr
𝑡(I) = 𝑅𝑇𝑀𝑆 × [ β
] (3.4-2)
1 − (I⁄I )
s
where:
t = time required for the element to reset fully after complete operation (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = threshold setting (amperes),
kr = time required to reset fully after complete operation when the energizing current is
zero
RTMS = time multiplier setting for resetting.
β = constants defining curve.
For setting RTMS in the IEEE standard, the user can use setting [EF1-RTMS-IEEE]
(incidentally, the default value is 1.000). Similarly, settings [EF1-RTMS-US] and [EF1-RTMS-
ORG] are provided for the US standard and the original, respectively (For more information
w.r.t the values for the kr and β, see Table 3.4-3; Figure 3.4-5 shows the characteristic curves).
- 110 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 111 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 3.4-6 illustrates that an integrating value will be influenced dependent on the
DEP or DEF setting. An energized quantity (I), where I is greater than a threshold setting
[EF1], will make an integrating value, which can determine how the element operates. If the
energized quantity (I) falls below the threshold setting [EF1], the element operation will return
to its reset stage after the time t(I) calculated in Equation (3.4-2).
Time
Energizing current
Energizing current
cleared by tripping
Measured quantity 0A
Inverse-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
operation
Setting Reset
[*-Rtimer]=DEF time
Integrator
Trip signal
The integration can be kept for
timer [TEF1R].
The integration will be reset when the
timer [TEF1R] is expired.
Definite-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
operation
Setting
[*-Rtimer]=DEP
Integrator
Trip signal
- 112 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 3.4-4 Type and standard board in the EF1 (A tick represents a selectable function)
IDMT
Characteristics DT
IEC-NI IEC-VI IEC-EI UK-LTI IEEE-MI IEEE-VI IEEE-EI US-CO2 US-CO8 Original
DT
IEC-NI ✓
Scheme switch [EF1-Timer]
IEC-VI ✓
IEC-EI ✓
UK LTI ✓
IEEE-MI ✓
IEEE-VI ✓
IEEE-EI ✓
US-CO2 ✓
US-CO8 ✓
Original ✓
DEF N.A ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
Scheme switch
N.A
[EF1-Rtimer]
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
DEP
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
- 113 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 114 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C23
EF1 TEF1
& t
& 0 8000101B60
≥1 EF1-OPT
0.00–300s
8000101C27
EF1 PU ≥1
& &
&
EF1-ICD-OR
EF1-TARWIND
EF1-EN On
EF1-VTF_DETECT & ≥1
EF1-VTFBlk Block
800010EBB0 EF1_BLOCK
800010EBB1 EF1_INST_OP
DT DT IDMT
IEC-NI
≥1
IEC-VI
IEC-EI
UK-LTI
IEEE-MI
IEEE-VI
IEEE-EI
US-C02
US-C08
EF1_TYPE ORIGINAL
EF1-TP5 8500101B66
On
& & EF1-TRIP6
EF1-TP6 8B00101B6C
On
& & EF1-ALARM
EF1-ALM
On
- 115 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.4.7 Setting
Setting of TP_EF (Function ID: 45A401)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EF1-EN Off / On - EF1 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF2-EN Off / On - EF2 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF3-EN Off / On - EF3 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF EF4-EN Off / On - EF4 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF5-EN Off / On - EF5 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF6-EN Off / On - EF6 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF7-EN Off / On - EF7 protection enable Off – – X X X
EF8-EN Off / On - EF8 protection enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
EF1-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF1 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF1-Dir - EF1 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF1-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF1 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
EF1-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF1 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF1-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF1 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF1 0.02 - 250.00 A EF1 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF1 0.02 - 25.00 A EF1 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF1-DPR 10 - 100 % EF1 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF1 0.00 - 300.00 s EF1 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF1-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF1 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF1-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF1 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF1-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF1 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF1-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF1 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF1-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF1 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF1 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
EF1 TEF1R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF1 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF1-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF1-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF1 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF1 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF1 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF1-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF1 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF1-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF1 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF1-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF1-2fBlk Non / Block - EF1 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF1-VTFblk Non / Block - EF1 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF1-TP1 Off / On - EF1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF1-TP2 Off / On - EF1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF1-TP3 Off / On - EF1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF1-TP4 Off / On - EF1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF1-TP5 Off / On - EF1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF1-TP6 Off / On - EF1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF1-ALM Off / On - EF1 alarm enable Off – – X X X
- 116 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
Primary / Secondary /
EF2-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF2 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF2-Dir - EF2 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF2-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF2 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
EF2-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF2 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF2-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF2 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF2 0.02 - 250.00 A EF2 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF2 0.02 - 25.00 A EF2 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF2-DPR 10 - 100 % EF2 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF2 0.00 - 300.00 s EF2 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF2-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF2 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF2-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF2 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF2-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF2 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF2-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF2 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF2-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF2 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF2 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
EF2 TEF2R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF2 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF2-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF2-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF2 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF2 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF2 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF2-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF2 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF2-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF2 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF2-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF2-2fBlk Non / Block - EF2 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF2-VTFblk Non / Block - EF2 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF2-TP1 Off / On - EF2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF2-TP2 Off / On - EF2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF2-TP3 Off / On - EF2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF2-TP4 Off / On - EF2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF2-TP5 Off / On - EF2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF2-TP6 Off / On - EF2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF2-ALM Off / On - EF2 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
EF3-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF3 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF3-Dir - EF3 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
EF3
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF3-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF3 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
- 117 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EF3-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF3 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X X
EF3-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF3 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF3 0.02 - 250.00 A EF3 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF3 0.02 - 25.00 A EF3 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF3-DPR 10 - 100 % EF3 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF3 0.00 - 300.00 s EF3 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF3-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF3 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF3-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF3 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF3-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF3 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF3-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF3 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF3-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF3 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF3 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TEF3R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF3 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF3-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF3-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF3 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF3 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF3 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF3-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF3 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF3-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF3 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF3-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF3-2fBlk Non / Block - EF3 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF3-VTFblk Non / Block - EF3 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF3-TP1 Off / On - EF3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF3-TP2 Off / On - EF3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF3-TP3 Off / On - EF3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF3-TP4 Off / On - EF3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF3-TP5 Off / On - EF3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF3-TP6 Off / On - EF3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF3-ALM Off / On - EF3 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
EF4-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF4 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF4-Dir - EF4 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF4-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF4 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
EF4 Original
EF4-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF4 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF4-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF4 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF4 0.02 - 250.00 A EF4 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF4 0.02 - 25.00 A EF4 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF4-DPR 10 - 100 % EF4 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF4 0.00 - 300.00 s EF4 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF4-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF4 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF4-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF4 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF4-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF4 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
- 118 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EF4-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF4 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF4-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF4 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF4 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TEF4R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF4 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF4-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF4-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF4 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF4 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF4 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF4-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF4 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF4-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF4 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF4-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF4-2fBlk Non / Block - EF4 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF4-VTFblk Non / Block - EF4 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF4-TP1 Off / On - EF4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF4-TP2 Off / On - EF4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF4-TP3 Off / On - EF4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF4-TP4 Off / On - EF4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF4-TP5 Off / On - EF4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF4-TP6 Off / On - EF4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF4-ALM Off / On - EF4 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
EF5-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF5 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF5-Dir - EF5 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF5-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF5 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
EF5-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF5 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF5-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF5 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF5 0.02 - 250.00 A EF5 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF5 0.02 - 25.00 A EF5 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF5
EF5-DPR 10 - 100 % EF5 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF5 0.00 - 300.00 s EF5 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF5-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF5 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF5-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF5 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF5-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF5 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF5-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF5 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF5-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF5 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF5-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF5 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TEF5R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF5 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF5-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF5-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF5-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF5-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF5-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF5 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
- 119 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EF5-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF5 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF5-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF5 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF5 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF5-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF5 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF5-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF5 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF5-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF5-2fBlk Non / Block - EF5 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF5-VTFblk Non / Block - EF5 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF5-TP1 Off / On - EF5 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF5-TP2 Off / On - EF5 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF5-TP3 Off / On - EF5 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF5-TP4 Off / On - EF5 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF5-TP5 Off / On - EF5 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF5-TP6 Off / On - EF5 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF5-ALM Off / On - EF5 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
EF6-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF6 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF6-Dir - EF6 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF6-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF6 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
EF6-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF6 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF6-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF6 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF6 0.02 - 250.00 A EF6 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF6 0.02 - 25.00 A EF6 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF6-DPR 10 - 100 % EF6 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF6 0.00 - 300.00 s EF6 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF6-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF6 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF6-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF6 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF6 EF6-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF6 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF6-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF6 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF6-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF6 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF6-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF6 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TEF6R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF6 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF6-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF6-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF6-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF6-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF6-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF6 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF6-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF6 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF6-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF6 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF6 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF6-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF6 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF6-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF6 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF6-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF6-2fBlk Non / Block - EF6 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
- 120 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EF6-VTFblk Non / Block - EF6 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF6-TP1 Off / On - EF6 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF6-TP2 Off / On - EF6 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF6-TP3 Off / On - EF6 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF6-TP4 Off / On - EF6 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF6-TP5 Off / On - EF6 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF6-TP6 Off / On - EF6 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF6-ALM Off / On - EF6 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
EF7-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF7 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF7-Dir - EF7 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF7-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF7 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
EF7-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF7 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF7-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF7 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF7 0.02 - 250.00 A EF7 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF7 0.02 - 25.00 A EF7 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF7-DPR 10 - 100 % EF7 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF7 0.00 - 300.00 s EF7 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF7-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF7 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF7-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF7 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF7-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF7 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF7-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF7 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF7-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF7 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF7-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF7 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
EF7 TEF7R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF7 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF7-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF7-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF7-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF7-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF7-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF7 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF7-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF7 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF7-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF7 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF7 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF7-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF7 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF7-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF7 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF7-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF7-2fBlk Non / Block - EF7 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF7-VTFblk Non / Block - EF7 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF7-TP1 Off / On - EF7 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF7-TP2 Off / On - EF7 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF7-TP3 Off / On - EF7 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF7-TP4 Off / On - EF7 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF7-TP5 Off / On - EF7 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF7-TP6 Off / On - EF7 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF7-ALM Off / On - EF7 alarm enable Off – – X X X
- 121 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
Primary / Secondary /
EF8-TarWind - Target transformer winding for EF8 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
EF8-Dir - EF8 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
EF8-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - EF8 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
EF8-Angle 0 - 180 deg EF8 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
EF8-Vpol 0.5 - 100.0 V EF8 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
EF8 0.02 - 250.00 A EF8 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF8 0.02 - 25.00 A EF8 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X X X
EF8-DPR 10 - 100 % EF8 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TEF8 0.00 - 300.00 s EF8 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X X X
EF8-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EF8 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF8-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EF8 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF8-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EF8 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF8-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EF8 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF8-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EF8 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
EF8-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF8 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
EF8 TEF8R 0.00 - 300.00 s EF8 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
EF8-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF8-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF8-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF8-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EF8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF8-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EF8 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
EF8-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF8 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
EF8-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EF8 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
EF8 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
EF8-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF8 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EF8-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
curve
EF8 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EF8-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
EF8-2fBlk Non / Block - EF8 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
EF8-VTFblk Non / Block - EF8 pickup blocked by VTF operation Non – – – X1 –
EF8-TP1 Off / On - EF8 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF8-TP2 Off / On - EF8 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF8-TP3 Off / On - EF8 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF8-TP4 Off / On - EF8 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF8-TP5 Off / On - EF8 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF8-TP6 Off / On - EF8 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
EF8-ALM Off / On - EF8 alarm enable Off – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 122 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 123 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 124 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 125 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 126 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CT polarity
compensated
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.5-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – NA – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 127 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can select which characteristic will be applied to each stage of the EFIn
element by setting a scheme switch. We shall see the scheme switches later.
(i) DT characteristic
The operate time in the DT characteristic will be a constant time and is not affected by the
level of current. The reset time is set to zero so that resetting is performed immediately. The
user can set the operate time using a setting; it is discussed in section (iv).
The reset time of the IDMT is user selectable; either inverse-time-reset or definite-time-
reset is selected. For the inverse-time-rest, the user can choose the reset time for the preset
characteristic from six characteristic curves; i.e. IEEE and US standard five pre-installed
characteristic curves and one user original characteristic carver where the user can set the
equation parameters. The inverse-time-reset curve equation and parameters will be discussed
in section (v).
k
𝑡(𝐼) = 𝑇𝑀𝑆 × {[ α ] + c} (3.5-1)
(I⁄I ) − 1
s
- 128 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
where:
t = operating time for constant current I (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = earth fault current setting (amperes),
TMS = time multiplier setting,
k, α, c = constants defining curve.
The nine pre-programmed standard characteristic curve are defined in Table 3.4-2. In
addition, one original (user-programmable) curve can be applied. One curve can be chosen for
each EFIn stage. Figure 3.4-4 illustrates these characteristic curves. For example, the user
should set one for the scheme switches [EFIn1-Timer]. (That is, “IEC-NI” is for IEC Normal
Inverse, “IEC-VI” for IEC Very Inverse, “IEC-EI” for IEC Extremely Inverse, “UK-LTI” for UK
Long Time Inverse, “IEEE-MI “ for IEEE Moderately Inverse, “IEEE-VI” for IEEE Very Inverse,
“IEEE-EI” for IEEE Extremely Inverse, “US-CO2” for US CO2 short time inverse, “US-CO8” for
US CO8 inverse, and “Original” for user-programmable characteristic.)
In the IDMT operation, the user can also program the characteristic using time-
multiplier-setting (TMS) for the required operate time. For example, the IEC characteristic is
selected, the user can set the TMS value using the setting [EFIn1-TMS-IEC] (incidentally, the
default value of the TMS is 1.00). The other TMSs are also available by the [EFIn1-TMS-UK],
[EFIn1-TMS-IEEE], [EFIn1-TMS-US] and [EFIn1-TMS-ORG].
Table 3.5-2 Constants for IDMT
Curve type
Curve Description k α c
(IEC 60255-151)
A IEC Normal Inverse (IEC-NI) 0.14 0.02 0
B IEC Very Inverse (IEC-VI) 13.5 1 0
C IEC Extremely Inverse (IEC-EI) 80 2 0
- UK Long Time Inverse (UK-LTI) 120 1 0
D IEEE Moderately Inverse (IEEE-MI) 0.0515 0.02 0.114
E IEEE Very Inverse (IEEE-VI) 19.61 2 0.491
F IEEE Extremely Inverse (IEEE-EI) 28.2 2 0.1217
- US CO8 inverse (US-CO8) 5.95 2 0.18
- US CO2 short time inverse (US-CO2) 0.02394 0.02 0.01694
- 129 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time characteristic
The user should set DT for the scheme switch [EFIn1-Timer]. The value of the required operate
time is set for the setting [TEFIn1] in the range 0.00–300.00s.
Instantaneous activation
The instantaneous operation characteristic is achieved by setting zero for the [TEFIn1], but the
instantaneous one can be also obtained when the logic signal ‘1(High)” is programmed to be
injected at the PLC connection point “EFIN1_INST_OP”.
- 130 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
example, the user can set DEP for the setting [EFIn1-Rtimer]. The following equation defines
the reset time for the inverse-time-reset characteristic (ref. IEC 60255-151):
kr
𝑡(I) = 𝑅𝑇𝑀𝑆 × [ β
] (3.5-2)
1 − (I⁄I )
s
where:
t = time required for the element to reset fully after complete operation (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = threshold setting (amperes),
kr = time required to reset fully after complete operation when the energizing current is
zero
RTMS = time multiplier setting for resetting.
β = constants defining curve.
For setting RTMS in the IEEE standard, the user can use setting [EFIn1-RTMS-IEEE]
(incidentally, the default value is 1.000). Similarly, settings [EFIn1-RTMS-US] and [EFIn1-
RTMS-ORG] are provided for the US standard and the original, respectively (For more
information w.r.t the values for the kr and β, see Table 3.4-3; Figure 3.4-5 shows the
characteristic curves).
- 131 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
for the setting [TEFIn1R]. DEF is allowed to set in the IEEE, US, and ORG. DEF is
set unconditionally in the IEC and UK (See Table 3.4-4).
Figure 3.5-4 illustrates that an integrating value will be influenced dependent on the
DEP or DEF setting. An energized quantity (I), where I is greater than a threshold setting
[EFIn1], will make an integrating value, which can determine how the element operates. If the
energized quantity (I) falls below the threshold setting [EFIn1], the element operation will
return to its reset stage after the time t(I) calculated in Equation (3.4-2).
- 132 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time
Energizing current
Energizing current
cleared by tripping
Measured quantity 0A
Inverse-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
operation
Setting Reset
[*-Rtimer]=DEF time
Integrator
Trip signal
The integration can be kept for
timer [TEFIn1R].
The integration will be reset when the
timer [TEFIn1R] is expired.
Definite-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
operation
Setting
[*-Rtimer]=DEP
Integrator
Trip signal
- 133 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 3.5-4 Type and standard board in the EFIn1 (A tick represents a selectable function)
IDMT
Characteristics DT
IEC-NI IEC-VI IEC-EI UK-LTI IEEE-MI IEEE-VI IEEE-EI US-CO2 US-CO8 Original
DT
✓
Scheme switch [EFIn1-Timer]
IEC-NI
IEC-VI ✓
IEC-EI ✓
UK LTI ✓
IEEE-MI ✓
IEEE-VI ✓
IEEE-EI ✓
US-CO2 ✓
US-CO8 ✓
Original ✓
DEF N.A ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
Scheme switch
[EFIn1-Rtimer]
N.A
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
DEP
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
- 134 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
- 135 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C23
EFIn1 TEFIN1
& t 0 8000101B60
&
≥1 EFIn1-OPT
0.00–300s
8000101C27
EFIn1 PU ≥1
& & &
1NCT
EFIn1-TARWIND 2NCT
3NCT
EFIn1-EN On
800010EBB0 EFIn1_BLOCK 1
800010EBB1 EFIn1_INST_OP
DT
DT
IEC-NI
≥1
IEC-VI IDMT
IEC-EI
UK-LTI
IEEE-MI
IEEE-VI
IEEE-EI
US-C02
EFIn1_TYPE US-C08
ORIGINAL
- 136 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.5.6 Setting
Setting of TP_EFIN (Function ID: 45A801)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EFIn1-EN Off / On - EFIn1 protection enable Off – – X – X
EFI EFIn2-EN Off / On - EFIn2 protection enable Off – – X – X
EFIn3-EN Off / On - EFIn3 protection enable Off – – X – X
EFIn4-EN Off / On - EFIn4 protection enable Off – – X – X
EFIn1-TarWind 1NCT / 2NCT / 3NCT - Target transformer winding for EFIn1 protection 1NCT – – X – X
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI
/ IEC-EI / UK-LTI /
EFIn1-Timer IEEE-MI / IEEE-VI / - EFIn1 delay type DT – – X – X
IEEE-EI / US-CO2 /
US-CO8 / Original
EFIn1 0.02 - 250.00 A EFIn1 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn1 0.02 - 25.00 A EFIn1 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn1-DPR 10 - 100 % EFIn1 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X – X
TEFIn1 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn1 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X – X
EFIn1-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn1 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn1-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn1 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn1-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn1 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn1-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn1 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn1-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn1 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn1 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X – X
TEFIn1R 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn1 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X – X
EFIn1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFI1
EFIn1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn1-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn1-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn1 reset delay type of US DEF – – X – X
EFIn1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn1 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X – X
EFIn1-RTMS- EFIn1 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE inverse
0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
IEEE curve
EFIn1 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EFIn1-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
curve
EFIn1 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EFIn1-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
inverse curve
EFIn1-TP1 Off / On - EFIn1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn1-TP2 Off / On - EFIn1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn1-TP3 Off / On - EFIn1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn1-TP4 Off / On - EFIn1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn1-TP5 Off / On - EFIn1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn1-TP6 Off / On - EFIn1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn1-ALM Off / On - EFIn1 alarm enable Off – – X – X
EFIn2-TarWind 1NCT / 2NCT / 3NCT - Target transformer winding for EFIn2 protection 1NCT – – X – X
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI
/ IEC-EI / UK-LTI /
EFIn2-Timer IEEE-MI / IEEE-VI / - EFIn2 delay type DT – – X – X
IEEE-EI / US-CO2 /
EFI2
US-CO8 / Original
EFIn2 0.02 - 250.00 A EFIn2 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn2 0.02 - 25.00 A EFIn2 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn2-DPR 10 - 100 % EFIn2 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X – X
TEFIn2 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn2 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X – X
EFIn2-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn2 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
- 137 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EFIn2-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn2 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn2-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn2 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn2-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn2 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn2-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn2 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn2 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X – X
TEFIn2R 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn2 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X – X
EFIn2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn2-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn2-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn2 reset delay type of US DEF – – X – X
EFIn2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn2 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X – X
EFIn2-RTMS- EFIn2 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE inverse
0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
IEEE curve
EFIn2 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EFIn2-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
curve
EFIn2 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EFIn2-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
inverse curve
EFIn2-TP1 Off / On - EFIn2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn2-TP2 Off / On - EFIn2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn2-TP3 Off / On - EFIn2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn2-TP4 Off / On - EFIn2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn2-TP5 Off / On - EFIn2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn2-TP6 Off / On - EFIn2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn2-ALM Off / On - EFIn2 alarm enable Off – – X – X
EFIn3-TarWind 1NCT / 2NCT / 3NCT - Target transformer winding for EFIn3 protection 1NCT – – X – X
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI
/ IEC-EI / UK-LTI /
EFIn3-Timer IEEE-MI / IEEE-VI / - EFIn3 delay type DT – – X – X
IEEE-EI / US-CO2 /
US-CO8 / Original
EFIn3 0.02 - 250.00 A EFIn3 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn3 0.02 - 25.00 A EFIn3 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn3-DPR 10 - 100 % EFIn3 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X – X
TEFIn3 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn3 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X – X
EFIn3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn3 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X – X
EFIn3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFI3
EFIn3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn3-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn3-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn3 reset delay type of US DEF – – X – X
EFIn3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn3 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X – X
EFIn3-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn3 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn3-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn3 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn3-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn3 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn3-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn3 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn3-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn3 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn3-RTMS- EFIn3 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE inverse
0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
IEEE curve
EFIn3 dependent reset time multiplier of US inverse
EFIn3-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
curve
- 138 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
EFIn3 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
EFIn3-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X – X
inverse curve
EFIn3-TP1 Off / On - EFIn3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn3-TP2 Off / On - EFIn3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn3-TP3 Off / On - EFIn3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn3-TP4 Off / On - EFIn3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn3-TP5 Off / On - EFIn3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn3-TP6 Off / On - EFIn3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn3-ALM Off / On - EFIn3 alarm enable Off – – X – X
EFIn4-TarWind 1NCT / 2NCT / 3NCT - Target transformer winding for EFIn4 protection 1NCT – – X – X
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI
/ IEC-EI / UK-LTI /
EFIn4-Timer IEEE-MI / IEEE-VI / - EFIn4 delay type DT – – X – X
IEEE-EI / US-CO2 /
US-CO8 / Original
EFIn4 0.02 - 250.00 A EFIn4 threshold (in DT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn4 0.02 - 25.00 A EFIn4 threshold (in IDMT mode) 1.50 – – X – X
EFIn4-DPR 10 - 100 % EFIn4 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X – X
TEFIn4 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn4 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X – X
EFIn4-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn4 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn4-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn4 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn4-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn4 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn4-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn4 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFIn4-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - EFIn4 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X – X
EFI4 EFIn4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn4 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X – X
TEFIn4R 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn4 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X – X
EFIn4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn4-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - EFIn4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn4-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - EFIn4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X – X
EFIn4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn4 reset delay type of US DEF – – X – X
EFIn4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - EFIn4 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X – X
TEFIn3R 0.00 - 300.00 s EFIn4 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X – X
EFIn4-TP1 Off / On - EFIn4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn4-TP2 Off / On - EFIn4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn4-TP3 Off / On - EFIn4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn4-TP4 Off / On - EFIn4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn4-TP5 Off / On - EFIn4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn4-TP6 Off / On - EFIn4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X – X
EFIn4-ALM Off / On - EFIn4 alarm enable Off – – X – X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 139 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 140 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 141 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[OCN*-TarWind](P/S/T)
IY, IΔ, I1, I2, I0, In, CT secondary rating, Full scale, ICD output
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.6-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
Non-directional DT/IDMT – – – – – –
3.6.1
Directional DT/IDMT – – NA – – – –
– Operation blocked by VTF NA – – NA – – NA – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 142 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Reference voltage or
Φ θ Polarizing voltage (-V2)
I2
A setting, a scheme switch, and the non-directional OCN, provide the settings for the
directional OCN: for example, the threshold value (IOCN) at stage 1 is set using the setting
[OCN1] and Forward is set for the scheme switch [OCN1-Dir]. The sensing angle (θ) is set using
the setting [OCN1-Angle], and the θ is set in the range 0–180°. A reference signal (or polarizing
signal –V2) that is derived internally is shown in Figure 3.6-3. Figure 3.6-4 shows an example
of an angle and a characteristic set by the θ.
The operation of the OCN is based on the following equations:
𝐼2 ≥ 𝐼𝑂𝐶𝑁 (3.6-1)
𝐼2 × cos(φ − θ) ≥ 0 (3.6-2)
𝑉2 ≥ 𝑂𝐶𝑁_𝑉𝑝𝑜𝑙 (3.6-3)
where,
I2 = Negative phase sequence current
V2 = Negative phase sequence voltage
−V2 = reference voltage (or polarizing voltage)
Φ = lagging angle
θ = OCN setting angle
IOCN = Setting value of OCN ([OCN1])
OCN_Vpol = Setting value of the polarizing voltage ([OCN-Vpol])
Note: The phase angle in the event of an internal fault is equal to the angle of the zero-
sequence impedance of the system; this value ranges approximately from 50° to
90°. θ of OCN can be set from 0° to 180°. The minimum voltage necessary to
maintain directionality can be set from 0.5 to 25 V.
−V2
VA
V2
Figure 3.6-3 Relationship between negative sequence current and reference voltage
Reverse
θ=30°
θ=90°
Max. torque
Forward
Reverse Forward Reverse Forward
Forward Reverse
Reverse
Vpol Vpol
Forward
θ=170°
θ=100°
θ=100° θ=170°
For the reset time delay in the IDMT, either inverse (dependent)-time-reset or
definite(independent)-time-reset is characterized by the setting.
The user can select which characteristic will be applied to each stage of the OCN
element using scheme switches. We shall see the scheme switches later.
(i) DT characteristic
The operate time in the DT characteristic will be a constant time; it is not affected by the level
of the negative-sequence current. The reset time is set to zero so that resetting is performed
immediately. The user can set the operate time using a setting; it is discussed in sections (iv).
The reset time of the IDMT is also user-selectable; either inverse-time-reset or definite-
time-reset is selected. For the inverse-time-rest, the user can choose the reset time for the
preset characteristic from six characteristic curves; i.e. IEEE and US standard five pre-
installed characteristic curves and one user-original characteristic carver where the user can
set the equation parameters. The inverse-time-reset curve equation and parameters will be
discussed in section (v).
k
𝑡(𝐼) = 𝑇𝑀𝑆 × {[ α ] + c} (3.6-4)
(I⁄I ) − 1
s
where:
t = operating time for constant current I (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = earth fault current setting (amperes),
TMS = time multiplier setting,
k, α, c = constants defining curve.
The nine pre-programmed standard characteristic curve are tabulated in Table 3.6-2;
additionally, one original (user-programmable) curve can be applied. One curve can be chosen
for each OCN stage by setting. Figure 3.6-5 illustrates these characteristic curves. For example,
the user should set one for the scheme switch [OCN1-Timer]: “IEC-NI” for IEC Normal Inverse,
“IEC-VI” for IEC Very Inverse, “IEC-EI” for IEC Extremely Inverse, “UK-LTI” for UK Long Time
Inverse, “IEEE-MI “ for IEEE Moderately Inverse, “IEEE-VI” for IEEE Very Inverse, “IEEE-EI”
for IEEE Extremely Inverse, “US-CO2” for US CO2 short time inverse, “US-CO8” for US CO8
In the IDMT operation, the user can also program the characteristic using time-
multiplier-setting (TMS) for the required operate time. For example, when the IEC
characteristic is selected, the user can set the TMS value using the setting [OCN1-TMS-IEC]
(incidentally, the default value of the TMS is 1.00). The other TMSs are also available by the
[OCN1-TMS-UK], [OCN1-TMS-IEEE], [OCN1-TMS-US] and [OCN1-TMS-ORG].
Table 3.6-2 Constants for IDMT
Curve type
Curve Description k α c
(IEC 60255-151)
A IEC Normal Inverse (IEC-NI) 0.14 0.02 0
B IEC Very Inverse (IEC-VI) 13.5 1 0
C IEC Extremely Inverse (IEC-EI) 80 2 0
- UK Long Time Inverse (UK-LTI) 120 1 0
D IEEE Moderately Inverse (IEEE-MI) 0.0515 0.02 0.114
E IEEE Very Inverse (IEEE-VI) 19.61 2 0.491
F IEEE Extremely Inverse (IEEE-EI) 28.2 2 0.1217
- US CO8 inverse (US-CO8) 5.95 2 0.18
- US CO2 short time inverse (US-CO2) 0.02394 0.02 0.01694
Time characteristic
The user should set DT for the scheme switch [OCN1-Timer]. The value of the required operate
time is set for the setting [TOCN1] in the range 0.00–300.00s.
Instantaneous activation
The instantaneous operation characteristic is achieved by setting zero for the [TOCN1], but the
instantaneous one can be also obtained when the logic signal “1 (High)” is programmed to be
injected at PLC connection point “OCN1_INST_OP”.
kr
𝑡(I) = 𝑅𝑇𝑀𝑆 × [ β
] (3.6-5)
1 − (I⁄I )
s
where:
t = time required for the element to reset fully after complete operation (seconds),
I = energizing current (amperes),
Is = threshold setting (amperes),
kr = time required to reset fully after complete operation when the energizing current is
zero
RTMS = time multiplier setting for resetting.
β = constants defining curve.
For setting RTMS in the IEEE standard, the user can use setting [OCN1-RTMS-IEEE]
(incidentally, the default value is 1.000). Similarly, settings [OCN1-RTMS-US] and [OCN1-
RTMS-ORG] are provided for the US standard and the original, respectively (For more
information w.r.t the values for kr and β, see Table 3.6-3; Figure 3.6-6 shows the characteristic
curves).
Figure 3.6-7 illustrates that an integrating value will be influenced dependent on the
DEP or DEF setting. An energized quantity (I), where I is greater than a threshold setting
[OCN1], will make an integrating value, which can determine how the element operates. If the
energized quantity (I) falls below the threshold setting [OCN1], the element operation will
return to its reset stage after the time t(I) calculated in Equation (3.6-5).
Time
Energizing current
Energizing current
cleared by tripping
Measuring quantity 0A
Inverse-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
return
Setting
[*-Rtimer]=DEP
Integrator
Trip signal
Definite-time-reset characteristic
Stage to element
return
Setting
[*-Rtimer]=DEF
Integrator
Trip signal
Reset time
Integration will be kept in timer [TOCN1R].
The integration will start again when the energizing current The integration will be reset when the energizing current
becomes larger than [OCN1] within [TOCN1R]. does not become larger than [OCN1] in [TOCN1R].
Table 3.6-4 Type and standard board in the OCN1 (A tick represents a selectable function)
IDMT
Characteristics DT
IEC-NI IEC-VI IEC-EI UK-LTI IEEE-MI IEEE-VI IEEE-EI US-CO2 US-CO8 Original
DT
✓
Scheme switch [OCN1-Timer]
IEC-NI
IEC-VI ✓
IEC-EI ✓
UK LTI ✓
IEEE-MI ✓
IEEE-VI ✓
IEEE-EI ✓
US-CO2 ✓
US-CO8 ✓
Original ✓
DEF N.A ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓† ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
Scheme switch
[OCN1-Rtimer]
N.A
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
DEP
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
N.A ✓
operation during VTF. Non is set for the scheme switch [OCN1-VTFBlk] as a default.
Note: The VTF function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: VT
failure supervision.
8000101C23 TOCN1
OCN1 t 0 8000101B60
& &
≥1 OCN1-OPT
0.00-300.00s
8000101C27
OCN1 PU
&
≥1
&
IEC-NI
IEC-VI
OCN1-EN ON
IEC-EI
UK-LTI
OCN1-VTF_DETECT IEEE-MI
&
OCN1-VTFBLK IEEE-VI
BLOCK
IEEE-EI
≥1
US-C02
800010EBBO OCN1_BLOCK
US-C08
ORIGINAL
800010EBB1 OCN1_INST_OP
To TRC
OCN1-TP1 8000101B61
On & OCN1-TRIP1
OCN1-TP2 8100101B62
On & OCN1-TRIP2
OCN1-TP3 8200101B63
On & OCN1-TRIP3
OCN1-TP4 8300101B64
On
& OCN1-TRIP4
OCN1-TP5 8400101B65
On & OCN1-TRIP5
OCN1-TP6 8500101B66
On
& OCN1-TRIP6
OCN1-ALM 8B00101B67
On
& OCN1-ALARM
3.6.7 Setting
Setting of TP_OCN (Function ID: 45AC01)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OCN1-EN Off / On - OCN1 protection enable Off – – X X X
OCN OCN2-EN Off / On - OCN2 protection enable Off – – X X X
OCN3-EN Off / On - OCN3 protection enable Off – – X X X
OCN4-EN Off / On - OCN4 protection enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
OCN1-TarWind - Target transformer winding for OCN1 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
OCN1-Dir - OCN1 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OCN1-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OCN1 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OCN1-Angle 0 - 180 deg OCN1 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OCN1-Vpol 0.5 - 25.0 V OCN1 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
OCN1 0.02 - 250.00 A OCN1 threshold (in DT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN1 0.02 - 25.00 A OCN1 threshold (in IDMT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN1-DPR 10 - 100 % OCN1 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOCN1 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN1 operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
OCN1-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN1 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN1-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN1 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN1-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN1 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN1-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN1 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN1-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN1 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN1 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
OCN
TOCN1R 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN1 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
1
OCN1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN1-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN1-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN1 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OCN1-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN1 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OCN1 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
OCN1-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN1 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OCN1-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN1 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
OCN1-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN1-2fBlk Non / Block - OCN1 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
OCN1-VTFBlk Non / Block - OCN1 operation blocked by VTF Non – – – – –
OCN1-TP1 Off / On - OCN1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN1-TP2 Off / On - OCN1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN1-TP3 Off / On - OCN1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN1-TP4 Off / On - OCN1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN1-TP5 Off / On - OCN1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN1-TP6 Off / On - OCN1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN1-ALM Off / On - OCN1 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
OCN OCN2-TarWind - Target transformer winding for OCN2 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
2
NonDir / Forward /
OCN2-Dir - OCN2 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
- 154 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OCN2-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OCN2 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OCN2-Angle 0 - 180 deg OCN2 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OCN2-Vpol 0.5 - 25.0 V OCN2 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
OCN2 0.02 - 250.00 A OCN2 threshold (in DT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN2 0.02 - 25.00 A OCN2 threshold (in IDMT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN2-DPR 10 - 100 % OCN2 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOCN2 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN2 operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
OCN2-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN2 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN2-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN2 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN2-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN2 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN2-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN2 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN2-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN2 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN2 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOCN2R 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN2 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OCN2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN2-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN2-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN2 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OCN2-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN2 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OCN2 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
OCN2-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN2 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OCN2-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN2 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
OCN2-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN2-2fBlk Non / Block - OCN2 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
OCN2-VTFBlk Non / Block - OCN2 operation blocked by VTF Non – – – – –
OCN2-TP1 Off / On - OCN2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN2-TP2 Off / On - OCN2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN2-TP3 Off / On - OCN2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN2-TP4 Off / On - OCN2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN2-TP5 Off / On - OCN2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN2-TP6 Off / On - OCN2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN2-ALM Off / On - OCN2 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
OCN3-TarWind - Target transformer winding for OCN3 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
OCN3-Dir - OCN3 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
OCN IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
3 OCN3-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OCN3 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OCN3-Angle 0 - 180 deg OCN3 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X – X
OCN3-Vpol 0.5 - 25.0 V OCN3 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
OCN3 0.02 - 250.00 A OCN3 threshold (in DT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN3 0.02 - 25.00 A OCN3 threshold (in IDMT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
- 155 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OCN3-DPR 10 - 100 % OCN3 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOCN3 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN3 operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
OCN3-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN3 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN3-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN3 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN3-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN3 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN3-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN3 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN3-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN3 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN3 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOCN3R 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN3 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
OCN3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN3-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN3-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN3 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OCN3-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN3 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OCN3 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
OCN3-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN3 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OCN3-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN3 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
OCN3-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN3-2fBlk Non / Block - OCN3 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
OCN3-VTFBlk Non / Block - OCN3 operation blocked by VTF Non – – – – –
OCN3-TP1 Off / On - OCN3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN3-TP2 Off / On - OCN3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN3-TP3 Off / On - OCN3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN3-TP4 Off / On - OCN3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN3-TP5 Off / On - OCN3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN3-TP6 Off / On - OCN3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN3-ALM Off / On - OCN3 alarm enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
OCN4-TarWind - Target transformer winding for OCN4 protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
NonDir / Forward /
OCN4-Dir - OCN4 directional characteristic NonDir – – X – X
Reverse
DT / IEC-NI / IEC-VI /
IEC-EI / UK-LTI / IEEE-
OCN4-Timer MI / IEEE-VI / IEEE-EI / - OCN4 delay type DT – – X X X
US-CO2 / US-CO8 /
Original
OCN4-Angle 0 - 180 deg OCN4 directional characteristic angle 45 – – X X
OCN
OCN4-Vpol 0.5 - 25.0 V OCN4 polarizing voltage level 3.0 – – X X X
4
OCN4 0.02 - 250.00 A OCN4 threshold (in DT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN4 0.02 - 25.00 A OCN4 threshold (in IDMT mode) 2.00 – – X X X
OCN4-DPR 10 - 100 % OCN4 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X X X
TOCN4 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN4 operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
OCN4-TMS-IEC 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN4 time multiplier of IEC inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN4-TMS-UK 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN4 time multiplier of UK inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN4-TMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN4 time multiplier of IEEE inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN4-TMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN4 time multiplier of US inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN4-TMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - OCN4 time multiplier of Original inverse curve 1.000 – – X X X
OCN4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN4 reset delay type of IEEE DEF – – X X X
TOCN4R 0.00 - 300.00 s OCN4 definite time reset delay 0.00 – – X X X
- 156 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OCN4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN4-kr 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OCN4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN4-b 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OCN4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X X X
OCN4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN4 reset delay type of US DEF – – X X X
OCN4-Rtimer DEF / DEP - OCN4 reset delay type of ORG DEF – – X X X
OCN4 dependent reset time multiplier of IEEE
OCN4-RTMS-IEEE 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN4 dependent reset time multiplier of US
OCN4-RTMS-US 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN4 dependent reset time multiplier of Original
OCN4-RTMS-ORG 0.010 - 50.000 - 1.000 – – X X X
inverse curve
OCN4-2fBlk Non / Block - OCN4 operation block by 2f-detection Non – – X X X
OCN4-VTFBlk Non / Block - OCN4 operation blocked by VTF Non – – – – –
OCN4-TP1 Off / On - OCN4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN4-TP2 Off / On - OCN4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN4-TP3 Off / On - OCN4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN4-TP4 Off / On - OCN4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN4-TP5 Off / On - OCN4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN4-TP6 Off / On - OCN4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
OCN4-ALM Off / On - OCN4 alarm enable Off – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 157 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 158 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 159 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Three broken conductor protections (BCD-P, BCD-S, BCD-T) are designed to determine
unbalance conditions in each transformer winding caused by an open circuited conductor. For
simplicity, the BCD-P function is only discussed here, but the others are also applicable.
IY, I∆, I1, I2 I0, In, CT secondary rating, Full scale, ICD Output
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.7-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– BDC-P,BCD-S,BCD-T – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 160 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
k1 1– k1
I1F I1F
k1Z1 (1-k1)Z1
E1A
E
Positive sequence 1
k2Z2 I2F I2F (1-k2)Z2
B
Zero sequence
I1F
k1Z1 k2Z2 (1-k2)Z2 (1-k1)Z1
K0Z0 (1-k0)Z0
E1A E1B
I1F Z2
Z1
E1A Z0 E1B
Series fault results in positive sequence current (I1F), negative sequence current (I2F) and
zero phase sequence current (I0F) in single-phase. These are defined by the following equations:
𝐼1𝐹 + 𝐼2𝐹 + 𝐼0𝐹 = 0 (3.7-1)
𝑍2𝐹 𝐼2𝐹 ∙ 𝑍0𝐹 𝐼0𝐹 = 0 (3.7-2)
𝐸1𝐴 ∙ 𝐸1𝐵 = 𝑍1𝐹 𝐼1𝐹 ∙ 𝑍2𝐹 𝐼2𝐹 (3.7-3)
Where,
E1A ,E1B: power source voltage
Z1: positive-sequence impedance
Z2: negative-sequence impedance
- 161 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
From Equation (3.7-1), (3.7-2), and (3.7-3), the following equations are derived:
𝑍2 + 𝑍0
𝐼1𝐹 = (𝐸 − 𝐸1𝐵 ) (3.7-4)
𝑍1 𝑍2 + 𝑍1 𝑍0 + 𝑍2 𝑍0 1𝐴
−𝑍0
𝐼2𝐹 = (𝐸 − 𝐸1𝐵 ) (3.7-5)
𝑍1 𝑍2 + 𝑍1 𝑍0 + 𝑍2 𝑍0 1𝐴
−𝑍2
𝐼0𝐹 = (𝐸 − 𝐸1𝐵 ) (3.7-6)
𝑍1 𝑍2 + 𝑍1 𝑍0 + 𝑍2 𝑍0 1𝐴
The magnitude of the fault current depends on impedance across the system, difference
in phase angle, and magnitude between the power source voltages from both the ends.
As described earlier, BCD-P element detects the fault by measuring the ratio of negative-
sequence current to positive-sequence current (I2F/I1F). The ratio can also be defined with
negative-sequence impedance (Z2) and zero-sequence impedance (Z0); hence, the equation of
the ratio is expressed as follows:
𝐼2𝐹 |𝐼2𝐹 | 𝑍0
= = (3.7-7)
𝐼1𝐹 |𝐼1𝐹 | 𝑍2 + 𝑍0
The ratio value is 0.5 or higher when the zero-sequence impedance is larger than the
negative-sequence impedance. The ratio, thus, is close to 1.0 if the system is high-impedance
earthed or a one-end earthed system.
I2
|𝐼2 |
൘|𝐼 | ≥ [BCD-P]-𝑠𝑒𝑡𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔
1
0 I1
0.04×In
- 162 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 163 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C23 8000101B60
BCD-P TBCD-P
& t 0
& BCD-P-OPT
0.00 to 300.00s
ICD-P-OR
On
BCD-P-EN
8000001BB0
800010EBB0 BCD-P-BLOCK 1
To TRC
On 8000101B61
BCD-P-TP1 &
≥1 8000001B61
BCD-TRIP1
On 8100101B62
BCD-P-TP2 &
8200101B63
BCD-P-TP3 On &
8300101B64 ≥1 8100001B62
On BCD-TRIP2
BCD-P-TP4 &
8400101B65
BCD-P-TP5 On &
8500101B66 ≥1 8200001B63
BCD-TRIP3
BCD-P-TP6 On
&
8B00101B6C ≥1 8300001B64
On BCD-TRIP4
BCD-P -ALM &
≥1 8400001B65
BCD-TRIP5
≥1 8500001B66
BCD-TRIP6
≥1 8B00001B6C
BCD-ALARM
BCD-S-TRIP1
BCD-S Function logics
BCD-S-TRIP6
BCD-S -ALARM
BCD-T-TRIP1
BCD-T Function logics
BCD-T-TRIP6
BCD-T-ALARM
Negative-sequence currents in the system normally affect the setting values in the [BCD-
P]. The BCD-P function determines the ratio (I2F/I1F) continuously. The user can check the
present ratio along with the maximum value (I21 max), measured 15 minutes earlier. It is
recommended that the user should distinguish the present ratio against the value during
commissioning stage; the user should set a value for [BCD-P] from 130% to 150% of the ratio
that was checked.
Note: The ratio (I2F/ I1F) is displayed only when the current in positive-sequence (or load
current) on the secondary circuit is larger than 2% of the rated current on
secondary circuit.
- 164 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.7.5 Setting
Setting of TP_BCD (Function ID: 45B001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
BCD-P-EN Off / On - BCD-Primary protection enable Off – – X X X
BCD BCD-S-EN Off / On - BCD-Secondary protection enable Off – – X X X
BCD-T-EN Off / On - BCD-Tertiary protection enable Off – – X X X
BCD-P 0.10 - 1.00 - BCD-Primary relay operating value (I2/I1) 0.20 – – X X X
TBCD-P 0.00 - 300.00 s BCD-Primary operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
BCD-P-2fBlk Non / Block - BCD-Primary operation block by ICD Non – – X X X
BCD-P-TP1 Off / On - BCD-P trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-
BCD-P-TP2 Off / On - BCD-P trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
P
BCD-P-TP3 Off / On - BCD-P trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-P-TP4 Off / On - BCD-P trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-P-TP5 Off / On - BCD-P trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-P-TP6 Off / On - BCD-P trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-P-ALM Off / On - BCD-Primary alarm enable Off – – X X X
BCD-S 0.10 - 1.00 - BCD-Secondary relay operating value (I2/I1) 0.20 – – X X X
TBCD-S 0.00 - 300.00 s BCD-Secondary operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
BCD-S-2fBlk Non / Block - BCD-Secondary operation block by ICD Non – – X X X
BCD-S-TP1 Off / On - BCD-S trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-S BCD-S-TP2 Off / On - BCD-S trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-S-TP3 Off / On - BCD-S trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-S-TP4 Off / On - BCD-S trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-S-TP5 Off / On - BCD-S trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-S-TP6 Off / On - BCD-S trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-S-ALM Off / On - BCD-Secondary alarm enable Off – – X X X
BCD-T 0.10 - 1.00 - BCD-Tertiary relay operating value (I2/I1) 0.20 – – X X X
TBCD-T 0.00 - 300.00 s BCD-Tertiary operating delay time 1.00 – – X X X
BCD-T-2fBlk Non / Block - BCD-Tertiary operation block by ICD Non – – X X X
BCD-T-TP1 Off / On - BCD-T trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-
BCD-T-TP2 Off / On - BCD-T trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
T
BCD-T-TP3 Off / On - BCD-T trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-T-TP4 Off / On - BCD-T trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-T-TP5 Off / On - BCD-T trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-T-TP6 Off / On - BCD-T trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
BCD-T-ALM Off / On - BCD-Tertiary alarm enable Off – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 165 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 166 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 167 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[THMT-EN](ON/OFF )
[THM-TarWind](P/S/T)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.8-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 168 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.8.1 Characteristic
(i) Thermal state determination
The THM function simulates the change of thermal state using an algorithm; THM can detect
an overload condition. Thermal state (θ) is determined using the following equation:
𝐼2 −𝑡⁄
θ= 2 (1 − 𝑒 τ) × 100 (%) (3.8-1)
𝐼𝐴𝑂𝐿
where I is the load current applied; IAOL is the allowable overload current; is the thermal time
constant. The user should select the value of in accordance with the heating and cooling
characteristics for the generator stator that is to be protected. Therefore, with regard to the
thermal time constant for heating, a value of should be set using setting [TTHM]. Conversely,
with regard to cooling, set the value of for setting [TTHM-rad].
Thermal state 0% is the cold state, whereas 100% reflects the thermal limit—which is
the point at which no further temperature rise can be tolerated safely and the system should
be disconnected. The thermal limit for any given system is subject to setting [THM], which
determines the value of overload current. The THM function signals a trip when the value of
θ is at 100%.
where,
q: Unbalance factor in the generator, setting [THM-q]; the unbalance factor is used
for motor/generator protection; the user can obtain the information with regard to
‘q’ from the motor/generator manufacturer.
†Note:If the user prefers to use the form for THM given in IEC 60255-8, set Max phase
for scheme switch [THM-Itype]. In this case, THM determines the largest of the
three individual phase currents.
The period of time for a trip to occur depends not only on the degree of overload, but also
on the degree of load current prior to reaching the overload state. The period of the trip, that
is, depends on whether the overload is applied from ‘cold’ or ‘hot’. THM has thresholds for
alarm and trip; hence, the two thresholds exist independently.
- 169 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
used to define the cold state. Equation (3.8-4) is used to define the hot state:
𝐼2
t = τ ∙ Ln [ 2 ] (3.8-3)
𝐼 2 − 𝐼𝐴𝑂𝐿
𝐼 2 − 𝐼𝑃2
t = τ ∙ Ln [ 2 ] (3.8-4)
𝐼 2 − 𝐼𝐴𝑂𝐿
where t is the time to trip in minutes for a constant overload current of I, I is the overload
current (largest phase current in amperes), IAOL is the permitted overload current (amperes),
Ip is the pre-load current (amperes), τ is the thermal time constant (minutes), and Ln is the
natural logarithm.
In Equation (3.8-3), cold curves are special versions of the hot curves where Ip is zero,
catering for the situation where a cold system is switched onto an immediate overload.
Figure 3.8-2(left) shows the cold state for the condition where an overload has been
switched onto a previously un-loaded system. Figure 3.8-2(right) shows the hot state for the
condition where an overload is switched onto a system that has previously been loaded to 90%
of its capacity. Both figures are in accordance with the IEC 60255-149 standard curves, and
are drawn for a range of settings for time constant ().
100
100
Operate Time (minutes)
10
10
1
1 100
50
0.1 100
20 50
10
20
0.1 10
5
0.01 5
2
2
1
1
0.01 0.001
1 10 1 10
Overload Current Overload Current
(Multiple of IAOL) (Multiple of IAOL)
- 170 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The threshold is set using the setting [THM-Alarm] as a percentage of the tripping
threshold. The alarm signal is not generated when Off is set for the scheme switch [THMA-EN].
The trip signal is not generated when Off is set for the scheme switch [THMT-EN]. PLC signals
THMA_BLOCK and THMT_BLOCK are used to block the operation of the THM.
- 171 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C23
8000101B60
& &
A
THM-OPT-ALARM
THM 8100201C23
T 8100201B60
& &
THM-OPT-TRIP
Primary
THM-TARWIN Secondary
D Tertiary
THMA-EN
ON
THMT-EN
ON
1
800010EBB0 THMA_BLOCK
810020EBB0 THMT_BLOCK
1
8000001B60 To TRC
& & THM-TRIP1
THM-TP1 On
8100001B61
& & THM-TRIP2
THM-TP2 On
8200001B62
& & THM-TRIP3
THM-TP3 On
8300001B63
& & THM-TRIP4
THM-TP4 On 8400001B64
& & THM-TRIP5
THM-TP5 8500001B65
On
& & THM-TRIP6
THM-TP6
On &
8B00001B6B
≥1
& & THM-ALARM
THM-ALM On
- 172 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.8.4 Setting
Setting of TP_THM (Function ID: 451401)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for THM
THM-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary protection
THM 0.40 - 2.00 A Thermal overload current at 1A rating 1.00 – – X X X
THM 2.00 - 10.00 A Thermal overload current at 5A rating 5.00 – – X X X
Comm TTHM 0.5 - 500.0 min Heating thermal time constant 10.0 – – X X X
on TTHM-rad 0.5 - 500.0 min Cooling thermal time constant 10.0 – – X X X
"Calculation using maximum phase current
THM-Itype Max phase / Equivalent - Equivalent – – X X X
or equivalent heating current"
Unbalance factor relating to the additional
THM-q 0 - 10 - 0 – – X X X
heat produced by I2
THMT-EN Off / On - Thermal protection enable Off – – X X X
THM-TP1 Off / On - THM trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
THM-TP2 Off / On - THM trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
THM-TP3 Off / On - THM trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
THMT
THM-TP4 Off / On - THM trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
THM-TP5 Off / On - THM trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
THM-TP6 Off / On - THM trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
THM-ALM Off / On - THM alarm enable Off – – X X X
THMA-EN Off / On - Thermal alarm enable Off – – X X X
THMA
THM-Alarm 50 - 100 % "Thermal alarm level multiplier 80 – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 173 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 174 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[ICD-2f](ON/OFF )
[ICD-TarWind](P/S/T)
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT; Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT; Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT; Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT;
Ia-5CT, Ib-5CT, Ic-5CT; CT secondary rating, Full scale
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.9-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
✓: Applicable NA: Not applicable TBD: To be determined
- 175 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.9.2 Characteristic
The ICD function examines the ratio of second harmonic current (I2f) to the fundamental
current (I1f) for each phase. If the ratio|I2f |⁄|I1f | is larger than a setting value (ICD-2f), the
ICD function will identify the presence of inrush current. Figure 3.9-2 shows the characteristic
and the hatched area shows the operation region. In this figure, the threshold is represented
with setting [ICD-OC].
I2f
ICD-2f(%) = tanθ×100
|I2f|/|I1f|ICD-2f(%) ICD
&
|I1f|ICD–OC
0 I1f
ICD–OC
As shown in Figure 3.9-2, settings [ICD-2F] and [ICD-OC] should be used when the
detection of 2nd harmonic inrush current is required. The user should set On for the scheme
switch [ICD-EN] to enable the ICD function.
- 176 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
A 8000041C24 8000011C24
& ICD-P-A
ICD
B 8100041C25 8100011C25
& ICD-P-B
C 8200041C26 8200011C26
& ICD-P-C
8300041C23 8300011C23
≥ & ICD-P-OR
ICD-OR
8000021C24
& ICD-S-A
& 8100021C25
ICD-S-B
8200021C26
& ICD-S-C
8300021C23 ICD-A
& ICD-S-OR
ICD-B
8000031C24
& ICD-T-A ICD-C
8100031C25
& ICD-T-B
8200031C26
& ICD-T-C
8300031C23
& ICD-T-OR
Primary
Secondary
ICD-TarWind
Tertiary
- 177 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.9.4 Setting
Setting of TP_ICD (Function ID: 480A01)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
ICD-EN Off / On - ICD function enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for ICD
ICD-TarWind - Primary – – X X X
Tertiary calculation
ICD-2f 10 - 50 % Sensitivity for 2f component detection 15 – – X X X
ICD
Threshold of fundamental current at 1A
ICD-OC 0.10 - 5.00 A 0.50 – – X X X
rating
Threshold of fundamental current at 5A
ICD-OC 0.50 - 25.00 A 2.50 – – X X X
rating
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 178 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 179 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[CBF*-EN](ON/OFF )
[OCCBF*-EN](ON/OFF)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.10-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
– Number of elements 3 – – 4 – – 5 – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available
- 180 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
For issuing the ‘re-trip’ command, the user should set On for the scheme switch [CBF1-
Retrip]. Two operation modes are provided for the ‘re-trip’ command: (i) internal mode and (ii)
external mode. The user can choice a mode using scheme switch [CBF1-Retrip].
(i) Internal mode: If On is set for the scheme switch [CBF1-Retrip], the CBF1
function is ready for issuing a ‘re-trip’ command. In the CBF1 function, the OCCBF1
element generates a ‘re-trip’ signal when other protection functions operate.
(ii) External mode: When On-T is set for the scheme switch [CBF1-Retrip], the CBF1
function generates a ‘re-trip’ command based on the operation of other protection
functions. The external mode overrides the operation of OCCBF1 relay; this can be
used in case of transfer trip command coming from remote end CB protection.
The user should set On for the scheme switch [OCCBF1] for the re-trip command. When
a time delay is needed for ‘re-trip’ operation, set a delay time for the setting [TCBF1-RE]. The
user should coordinate the time delay with the CB response time. The coordination time is
described later (See Section 3.10.5(ii)). ‘Re-trip’ command has an advantage since it can avoid
unnecessary tripping of an adjacent CB or an upstream CB. This is particularly required
during maintenance and testing of the system.
- 181 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CB so that CB is being tripped securely. If the ‘re-trip’ command cannot trip the primary CB
in technically sound, the CBF1 feature will issue a ‘back-up trip’ command. The back-up trip
is used as a last resort to clear the fault. For issuing the ‘back-up trip’ command, the user is
required to set On or ON-AftRe for the scheme switch [CBF1-Trip]:
If On is set for the scheme switch [CBF1-Trip], then “back-up trip” is issued without
waiting for “re-trip”.
If On-AftRe is set for the scheme switch [CBF1-Trip], then “back-up trip” is issued only
after “re-trip”.
Adjacent CB Close
Open
On
Trip signal from other function
Off Trip of primary Trip of primary CB Off
CB (ordinary (Re-trip)
trip)
State of the primary CB Close
Tcb Tcb
Run
OCCBF1 stage Stop Toc Toc Stop
On
TCBF1-RE
Timer#1 (TCBF1-RE) Off Off
On
Operation of Re-trip Off Off
On
TCBF1-TP
Timer#2 (TCBF1-TP) Off Off
On
CBF1 trip signal Off Off
Figure 3.10-2 Time chart of re-trip and backup trip during CBF1 operation
Figure 3.10-2 shows the sequence diagram of CBF1 operation; it shows that the primary
CB is unable to trip whereas the adjacent CB can be tripped. The CBF1 function operates by
the reception of signals from other protection functions.
Suppose that the fault is cleared if the primary CB is tripped normally. After that, the
OCCBF1 relay drops-off before Timer#1 (TCBF1-RE) times out. Accordingly, the CBF1
function will be stopped.
If the OCCBF1 function continues to operate after the CB being tripped with an normal
trip command and Timer #1 (TCBF1-RE) times out, the ‘re-trip’ command is required to trip
the primary CB. If the primary CB is tripped by the ‘re-trip’ command, the OCCBF1 relay will
drop off before Timer#2 (TCBF1-TP) times out; accordingly, the CBF1 function will stop.
- 182 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
If the primary CB fails to be tripped by the ‘re-trip’ command; if the OCCBF1 relay
continues to operate and Timer#2 (TCBF1-TP) times out, the CBF1 function shall issue a back-
up trip command for the adjacent CB to clear the fault, as a last resort.
800010EBB8 SUB.CBF1-A
≥1
810010EBB9 SUB.CBF1-B ≥1
820010EBBA SUB.CBF1-C ≥1
830010EBBB SUB.CBF1
≥1 & &
≥1 & &
800010EBB1 EXT.CBF1_START-A
800010EBB6 CBFI-RE_INST
≥18000101B63 To TRC
& 8000101B64
800010EBB5 CBF1_BLOCK
OFF & CBF1-RETRIP1
8100101B65
ON & &
8200101B66
CBF1-RETRIP2
CBF1-Retrip ON-T
& &
8300101B67 CBF1 -RETRIP3
CBF1-EN ON
CBF1-EN=ON
& CBF1 -RETRIP4
On 8400101B68
CBF1-RETP1
On &
CBF1-RETP2 8500101B69 CBF1 -RETRIP5
On &
CBF1-RETP3 CBF1 -RETRIP6
On
CB1F-RETP4
On
CBF1-RETP5
On
CBF1-RETP6
When wishing to issue CBF trip commands without the operation of the OCCBF1 element, the
IED is able to issue them with external signals at PLC connection points ‘SUB.CBF1-*’. This
technique will be achieved when the user programs to inject a ‘CB close (closed) state signal’
at the ‘SUB.CBF1-*’ points. It is useful if the CBF function cannot determine the conditions of
breaker failures, when OCCBF1 element fails to detect small fault currents.
- 183 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
TCBF1-TP
CBF1-START-A & t 0 CBF1-TRIP-A
≥1 ≥1
CBF1-START-B & t 0 8000101B70
CBF1-TRIP-B
≥1 ≥1
CBF1-START-C & t 0 CBF1-TRIP-C 8100101B71
≥1 ≥1
0.00 to 300.00s 8200101B72
CBF1-RETRIP-A 8000101B73
& &
CBF1- RETRIP-B ≥1
& &
CBF1-TRIP
OFF
ON &
CBF1-Trip ON-AftRe
&
CBF1-EN ON
800010EBB7 CBF1-TP_INST
To TRC
8000101B74
CBF1-TP1 On & CBF1-TRIP1
8100101B75
CBF1-TP2 On & CBF1-TRIP2
8200101B76
CBF1-TP3 On & CBF1 -TRIP3
8300101B77
CB1F-TP4 On
& CBF1 -TRIP4
8400101B78
CBF1-TP5 On & CBF1 -TRIP5
8500101B79
CBF1-TP6 On CBF1 -TRIP6
&
Setting [TCBF1-TP] = Output relay operating time on Re-Trip + Breaker opening time +
OCCBF1 reset time + Margin
=10ms + 40ms + 10ms + 20ms
=80ms
If “re-trip” command is not used, the user should set the same value for the settings [TCBF1-
TP] and [TCBF1-RE].
- 184 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.10.6 Setting
Setting of TP_CBF (Function ID: 45B401)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
CBF1-EN Off / On - CBF1 protection enable Off – – X X X
CBF2-EN Off / On - CBF2 protection enable Off – – X X X
CBF
CBF3-EN Off / On - CBF3 protection enable Off – – X X X
CBF4-EN Off / On - CBF4 protection enable Off – – – X X
CBF5-EN Off / On - CBF5 protection enable Off – – – – X
CBF1 current flow decision enable using OC relay
OCCBF1-EN Off / On - On – – X X X
element
CBF1-Retrip Off / On / On-T - CBF1 retrip operating mode On – – X X X
CBF1-Trip Off / On / On-AftRe - CBF1 trip operating mode On – – X X X
OCCBF1 0.02 - 25.00 A OCCBF1 relay operate level (Current flow detection) 5.00 – – X X X
TCBF1-RE 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF1 retrip timer 0.150 – – X X X
CBF1-RETP1 Off / On - CBF1 command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-RETP2 Off / On - CBF1 relay command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-RETP3 Off / On - CBF1 relay command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1 CBF1-RETP4 Off / On - CBF1 relay command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-RETP5 Off / On - CBF1 relay command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-RETP6 Off / On - CBF1 relay command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – X X X
TCBF1-TP 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF1 trip timer 0.200 – – X X X
CBF1-TP1 Off / On - CBF1 trip command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-TP2 Off / On - CBF1 trip command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-TP3 Off / On - CBF1 trip command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-TP4 Off / On - CBF1 trip command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-TP5 Off / On - CBF1 trip command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF1-TP6 Off / On - CBF1 trip command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2 current flow decision enable using OC relay
OCCBF2-EN Off / On - On – – X X X
element
CBF2-Retrip Off / On / On-T - CBF2 retrip operating mode On – – X X X
CBF2-Trip Off / On / On-AftRe - CBF2 trip operating mode On – – X X X
OCCBF2 0.02 - 25.00 A OCCBF2 relay operate level (Current flow detection) 5.00 – – X X X
TCBF2-RE 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF2 retrip timer 0.150 – – X X X
CBF2-RETP1 Off / On - CBF2 relay command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-RETP2 Off / On - CBF2 relay command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-RETP3 Off / On - CBF2 relay command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2 CBF2-RETP4 Off / On - CBF2 relay command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-RETP5 Off / On - CBF2 relay command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-RETP6 Off / On - CBF2 relay command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – X X X
TCBF2-TP 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF2 trip timer 0.200 – – X X X
CBF2-TP1 Off / On - CBF2 trip command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-TP2 Off / On - CBF2 trip command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-TP3 Off / On - CBF2 trip command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-TP4 Off / On - CBF2 trip command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-TP5 Off / On - CBF2 trip command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF2-TP6 Off / On - CBF2 trip command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3 current flow decision enable using OC relay
OCCBF3-EN Off / On - On – – X X X
element
CBF3-Retrip Off / On / On-T - CBF3 retrip operating mode On – – X X X
CBF3 CBF3-Trip Off / On / On-AftRe - CBF3 trip operating mode On – – X X X
OCCBF3 0.02 - 25.00 A OCCBF3 relay operate level (Current flow detection) 5.00 – – X X X
TCBF3-RE 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF3 retrip timer 0.150 – – X X X
CBF3-RETP1 Off / On - CBF3 relay command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – X X X
- 185 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
CBF3-RETP2 Off / On - CBF3 relay command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-RETP3 Off / On - CBF3 relay command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-RETP4 Off / On - CBF3 relay command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-RETP5 Off / On - CBF3 relay command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-RETP6 Off / On - CBF3 relay command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – X X X
TCBF3-TP 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF3 trip timer 0.200 – – X X X
CBF3-TP1 Off / On - CBF3 trip command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-TP2 Off / On - CBF3 trip command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-TP3 Off / On - CBF3 trip command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-TP4 Off / On - CBF3 trip command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-TP5 Off / On - CBF3 trip command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF3-TP6 Off / On - CBF3 trip command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – X X X
CBF4 current flow decision enable using OC relay
OCCBF4-EN Off / On - On – – – X X
element
CBF4-Retrip Off / On / On-T - CBF4 retrip operating mode On – – – X X
CBF4-Trip Off / On / On-AftRe - CBF4 trip operating mode On – – – X X
OCCBF4 0.02 - 25.00 A OCCBF4 relay operate level (Current flow detection) 5.00 – – – X X
TCBF4-RE 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF4 retrip timer 0.150 – – – X X
CBF4-RETP1 Off / On - CBF4 relay command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-RETP2 Off / On - CBF4 relay command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-RETP3 Off / On - CBF4 relay command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4 CBF4-RETP4 Off / On - CBF4 relay command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-RETP5 Off / On - CBF4 relay command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-RETP6 Off / On - CBF4 relay command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – – X X
TCBF4-TP 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF4 trip timer 0.200 – – – X X
CBF4-TP1 Off / On - CBF4 trip command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-TP2 Off / On - CBF4 trip command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-TP3 Off / On - CBF4 trip command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-TP4 Off / On - CBF4 trip command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-TP5 Off / On - CBF4 trip command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF4-TP6 Off / On - CBF4 trip command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – – X X
CBF5 current flow decision enable using OC relay
OCCBF5-EN Off / On - On – – – – X
element
CBF5-Retrip Off / On / On-T - CBF5 retrip operating mode On – – – – X
CBF5-Trip Off / On / On-AftRe - CBF5 trip operating mode On – – – – X
OCCBF5 0.02 - 25.00 A OCCBF5 relay operate level (Current flow detection) 5.00 – – – – X
TCBF5-RE 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF5 retrip timer 0.150 – – – – X
CBF5-RETP1 Off / On - CBF5 relay command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-RETP2 Off / On - CBF5 relay command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-RETP3 Off / On - CBF5 relay command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5 CBF5-RETP4 Off / On - CBF5 relay command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-RETP5 Off / On - CBF5 relay command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-RETP6 Off / On - CBF5 relay command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – – – X
TCBF5-TP 0.000 - 300.000 s CBF5 trip timer 0.200 – – – – X
CBF5-TP1 Off / On - CBF5 trip command output from TP1 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-TP2 Off / On - CBF5 trip command output from TP2 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-TP3 Off / On - CBF5 trip command output from TP3 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-TP4 Off / On - CBF5 trip command output from TP4 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-TP5 Off / On - CBF5 trip command output from TP5 B0 contact Off – – – – X
CBF5-TP6 Off / On - CBF5 trip command output from TP6 B0 contact Off – – – – X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 186 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 187 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 188 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 189 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 190 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 191 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 192 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 193 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[UV*-EN](ON/OFF )
[UV*-TarWind](P/S/T)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; and check the order number for the “G&T position” whilst
referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.11-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features NA – – NA – – NA – –
– Number of stages (0) – – (0) – – (0) – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 194 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The inner circle shows the area in which the UV1 function is blocked when the value of
the block voltage is set for [UVBLK]. Setting [TUVBLK] is also provided so that the user can
delay blocking the UV1 element using the setting.
Drop-off
Pickup
o V
UV block
- 195 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
𝑘
t(G) = TMS × {[ 𝑎 ] + 𝑐} (3.11-1)
1 − (𝑉⁄𝑉 )
𝑠
where,
t = operating time (seconds),
V = energizing voltage (voltage),
Vs = pickup voltage setting (voltage),
TMS = time multiplier setting.
- 196 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1000.000
100.000
Operating Time (secs)
TMS=10
10.000
TMS=5
TMS=2
TMS=1
1.000
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Applied Voltage (x Vs)
As for an intermittent fault (the former in the figure), the time counter does not reach
the trip level. In the other word, the UV1 element will be paralyzed in the reset time [TUV1R].
If a series of fault occurs, the time counter increase corresponding to the duration of series
faults. When the time counter reaches the trip level, then the UV1 element issues a trip signal
after a certain delay. After issuing the trip signal, if a series of fault disappears completely, the
operation of the UV1 element is expired after the reset time [TUV1R].
- 197 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
When the user requires resetting the operation of the UV1 element immediately, setting
zero for the settings [TUV1R] is needed. Consequently, when a voltage is recovered over the
reset threshold (drop-off), the operation of the UV1 element is reset promptly.
Condition fault occurrence
Intermittent fault A series fault
T3
Tripping
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2
Increment process in time Reset of time counter
T1: Resetting time set by the user counter
T2: Actual resetting time in the relay operation Value maintenance of time counter
T3: Time gap between fault occurrence and relay start time
Figure 3.11-4 Faults occurrences and reset operation when IDMT being applied
- 198 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
element can produce six trip signals so that other scheme switches [UV1-TP2] to [UV1-TP6] are
provided. Except for the trip signals, an alarm signal can be also generated when On is set for
scheme switch [UV1-ALM].
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
- 199 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
UV1-EN
On
8000101C20 TUV1
8000101B62
A & & t 0 UV1-OPT-A
8100101C21 &
≥1 8100101B63
UV1 B t 0
8200101C22 & & & UV1-OPT-B
≥1
C 8200101B64
& & t 0 UV1-OPT-C
& ≥1
≥1 8000101B60
0.00 - 300.00s
UV1-OR
&
8000101C24 &
A 8000101B65
8100101C25 &
UV1 ≥1 UV1-OPT
B
PU 8200101C26
C
≥1 8000101B61
UV1PU-OR
UV1-TarWind
UV1-VTFBlk
On
UV1-TarWind 8000001C20
A &
8100001C21
UVBLK1 B TUVBLK1
8200001C22
t 0
C UVBLK1
0.00 - 300.00s
1 ≥1
NON UVBLK1
UV-Test
On
Primary Target
Secondary
UV1-TarWind winding
Tertiary
UVBLK
selected
From VTF
VTF-P_DETECT
&
&
VTF-S_DETECT UV1-VTF_DETECT
& ≥1
VTF-T_DETECT ≥1 1
&
On
UV1-VTFBlk
800010EBB0 UV1_BLOCK
DT
IDMT
UV1-Timer
Original ≥1
8000101B66 To TRC
UV1-TP1 On & 8000001B70
8100101B67 ≥1
On UV-TRIP1
UV1-TP2 &
8200101B68
UV1-TP3 On &
8300101B69 8100001B71
≥1
On UV-TRIP2
UV1-TP4 &
8400101B6A
UV1-TP5 On & 8500101B6B 8200001B72
≥1 UV-TRIP3
UV1-TP6 On
&
8B00101B6C ≥1 8300001B73
On UV-TRIP4
UV1-ALM &
8400001B74
≥1
UV-TRIP5
8500001B75
≥1
UV-TRIP6
8B00001B7B
≥1
UV-ALARM
UV4-TRIP1
UV4 function logics
UV4-TRIP6
UV4-ALARM
- 200 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.11.5 Setting
Setting of TP_UV(Function ID: 473001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
UVBLK-EN Off / On - UV block function enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UVBLK 5.0 - 20.0 V UV block threshold (10.0) – – X1 – X1
TUVBLK 0.00 - 300.00 s UV block delay time (10.00) – – X1 – X1
UV1-EN Off / On - UV1 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TarWind Primary / Secondary / Tertiary - Target transformer winding for UV1 protection (Primary) – – X1 – X1
UV1-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UV1 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UV1 5.0 - 130.0 V UV1 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UV1-DPR 100 - 120 % UV1 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUV1 0.00 - 300.00 s UV1 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UV1 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUV1R 0.0 - 300.0 s UV1 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UV1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UV1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV1 UV1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV1-VTFBlk Non / Block - UV1 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TP1 Off / On - UV1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TP2 Off / On - UV1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TP3 Off / On - UV1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TP4 Off / On - UV1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TP5 Off / On - UV1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV1-TP6 Off / On - UV1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV1-ALM Off / On - UV1 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV2-EN Off / On - UV2 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TarWind Primary / Secondary / Tertiary - Target transformer winding for UV2 protection (Primary) – – X1 – X1
UV2-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UV2 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UV2 5.0 - 130.0 V UV2 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UV2-DPR 100 - 120 % UV2 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUV2 0.00 - 300.00 s UV2 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UV2 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUV2R 0.0 - 300.0 s UV2 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UV2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UV2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV2 UV2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV2-VTFBlk Non / Block - UV2 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TP1 Off / On - UV2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TP2 Off / On - UV2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TP3 Off / On - UV2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TP4 Off / On - UV2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TP5 Off / On - UV2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV2-TP6 Off / On - UV2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV2-ALM Off / On - UV2 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV3-EN Off / On - UV3 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TarWind Primary / Secondary / Tertiary - Target transformer winding for UV3 protection (Primary) – – X1 – X1
UV3-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UV3 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UV3 5.0 - 130.0 V UV3 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UV3-DPR 100 - 120 % UV3 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
UV3
TUV3 0.00 - 300.00 s UV3 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UV3 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUV3R 0.0 - 300.0 s UV3 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UV3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UV3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
- 201 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
UV3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV3-VTFBlk Non / Block - UV3 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TP1 Off / On - UV3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TP2 Off / On - UV3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TP3 Off / On - UV3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TP4 Off / On - UV3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TP5 Off / On - UV3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV3-TP6 Off / On - UV3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV3-ALM Off / On - UV3 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV4-EN Off / On - UV4 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TarWind Primary / Secondary / Tertiary - Target transformer winding for UV4 protection (Primary) – – X1 – X1
UV4-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UV4 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UV4 5.0 - 130.0 V UV4 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UV4-DPR 100 - 120 % UV4 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUV4 0.00 - 300.00 s UV4 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UV4 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUV4R 0.0 - 300.0 s UV4 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UV4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UV4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV4 UV4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UV4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UV4-VTFBlk Non / Block - UV4 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TP1 Off / On - UV4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TP2 Off / On - UV4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TP3 Off / On - UV4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TP4 Off / On - UV4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TP5 Off / On - UV4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV4-TP6 Off / On - UV4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (On) – – X1 – X1
UV4-ALM Off / On - UV4 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
X: Applicable setting, X1: Applicable depending on the software “G&N”, –: Not applicable
setting
- 202 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 203 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 204 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 205 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[UVS*-EN](ON/OFF )
[UVS*-TarWind](P/S/T
)
1W-VΔ_1,2,3; 2W-VΔ_1,2,3; 3W-VΔ_1,2,3; Type-VT_P,S,T(3PN/3PP/1PP)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.12-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features NA – – NA – – NA – –
– Number of stages (0) – – (0) – – (0) – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 206 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The inner circle shows the area in which the UVS1 function is blocked when the value of
the block voltage is set for [UVSBLK]. Setting [TUVSBLK] is also provided so that the user can
delay blocking the UVS1 element using the setting.
Drop-off
Pickup
o V
UV block
- 207 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
𝑘
t(G) = TMS × {[ 𝑎] + 𝑐} (3.12-1)
1 − (𝑉⁄𝑉 )
𝑠
where,
t = operating time (seconds),
V = energizing voltage (voltage),
Vs = pickup voltage setting (voltage),
TMS = time multiplier setting.
- 208 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1000.000
100.000
Operating Time (secs)
TMS=10
10.000
TMS=5
TMS=2
TMS=1
1.000
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Applied Voltage (x Vs)
As for an intermittent fault (the former in the figure), the time counter does not reach
the trip level. In the other word, the UVS1 element will be paralyzed in the reset time
[TUVS1R].
If a series of fault occurs, the time counter increase corresponding to the duration of series
faults. When the time counter reaches the trip level, then the UVS1 element issues a trip
command after a certain delay. After issuing the trip signal, if a series of fault disappears
completely, the operation of the UVS1 element is expired after the reset time [TUVS1R].
- 209 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
When the user requires resetting the operation of the UVS1 element immediately, setting
zero for the settings [TUVS1R] is needed. Consequently, when a voltage is recovered over the
reset threshold (drop-off), the operation of the UVS1 element is reset promptly.
Condition fault occurrence
Intermittent fault A series fault
T3
Tripping
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2
Increment process in time Reset of time counter
T1: Resetting time set by the user counter
T2: Actual resetting time in the relay operation Value maintenance of time counter
T3: Time gap between fault occurrence and relay start time
Figure 3.12-4 Faults occurrences and reset operation when IDMT being applied
- 210 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
element operates. In accordance with the trip signal received in the TRC function, it drives the
binary output circuit (BO), which can energize the trip coil to open the circuit breaker. The
UVS1 element can produce six trip signals so that other scheme switches [UVS1-TP2] to [UVS1-
TP6] are provided. Except for the trip signals, an alarm signal can be also generated when On
is set for scheme switch [UVS1-ALM].
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
- 211 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
UVS1-EN On
8000101C20 TUVS1
8000101B62
AB & & t 0 UVS1-OPT-AB
8100101C21 &
≥1 8100101B63
UVS1 BC t 0
8200101C22 & & & UVS1-OPT-BC
≥1
CA 8200101B64
& & & t 0 UVS1-OPT-CA
≥1
≥1 8000101B60
0.00 - 300.00s
UV1-OR
&
8000101C24 &
AB 8000101B65
8100101C25 &
UVS1 ≥1 UVS1-OPT
BC
PU 8200101C26
CA
≥1 8000101B61
UVS1PU-OR
UVS1-TarWind
UVS1-VTFBlk
On
8000001C20
AB &
8100001C21
UVSBLK BC TUVSBLK1
8200001C22
t 0
CA UVSBLK1
0.00 - 300.00s
1 ≥1
NON UVSBLK1
UVS-Test
On
Primary Target
Secondary
UVS1-TarWind winding
Tertiary
selected
From VTF
VTF-P_DETECT
&
&
VTF-S_DETECT UVS1-VTF_DETECT
& ≥1
VTF-T_DETECT ≥1 1
&
On
UVS1-VTFBlk
800010EBB0 UV1_BLOCK
DT
IDMT
UVS1-Timer
Original ≥1
8000101B66 To TRC
UVS1-TP1 On & 8000001B70
8100101B67 ≥1
On UVS-TRIP1
UVS1-TP2 &
8200101B68
UVS1-TP3 On &
8300101B69 8100001B71
≥1
UVS1-TP4 On UVS-TRIP2
&
8400101B6A
UVS1-TP5 On & 8500101B6B 8200001B72
≥1
UVS1-TP6 On UVS-TRIP3
&
8B00101B6C ≥1 8300001B73
8400001B74
≥1
UVS-TRIP5
8500001B75
≥1
UVS-TRIP6
8B00001B7B
≥1
UVS-ALARM
UVS4-TRIP1
UVS4 function logics
UVS4-TRIP6
UVS4-ALARM
- 212 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.12.5 Setting
Setting of TP_UVS (Function ID: 473401)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
UVSBLK-EN Off / On - UVS block function enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Comm
UVSBLK 5.0 - 20.0 V UVS block threshold (10.0) – – X1 – X1
on
TUVSBLK 0.00 - 300.00 s UVS block delay time (10.00) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-EN Off / On - UVS1 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for UVS1
UVS1-TarWInd - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
UVS1-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UVS1 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UVS1 5.0 - 130.0 V UVS1 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-DPR 100 - 120 % UVS1 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUVS1 0.00 - 300.00 s UVS1 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UVS1 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUVS1R 0.0 - 300.0 s UVS1 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UVS1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS1-VTFBlk Non / Block - UVS1 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UVS1
UVS1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
UVS1-TP1 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
UVS1-TP2 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
UVS1-TP3 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
UVS1-TP4 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
UVS1-TP5 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
UVS1-TP6 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS1-ALM Off / On - UVS1 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UVS2-EN Off / On - UVS2 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for UVS2
UVS2-TarWInd - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
UVS2-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UVS2 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UVS2 5.0 - 130.0 V UVS2 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS2-DPR 100 - 120 % UVS2 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUVS2 0.00 - 300.00 s UVS2 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UVS2-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UVS2 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUVS2R 0.0 - 300.0 s UVS2 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UVS2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS2 UVS2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS2-VTFBlk Non / Block - UVS2 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UVS2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
UVS2-TP1 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
UVS2-TP2 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
UVS2-TP3 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
UVS2-TP4 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
UVS2-TP5 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
- 213 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
UVS2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
UVS2-TP6 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS2-ALM Off / On - UVS2 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-EN Off / On - UVS3 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for UVS3
UVS3-TarWInd - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
UVS3-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UVS3 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UVS3 5.0 - 130.0 V UVS3 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-DPR 100 - 120 % UVS3 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUVS3 0.00 - 300.00 s UVS3 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UVS3 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUVS3R 0.0 - 300.0 s UVS3 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UVS3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS3-VTFBlk Non / Block - UVS3 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UVS3
UVS3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
UVS3-TP1 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
UVS3-TP2 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
UVS3-TP3 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
UVS3-TP4 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
UVS3-TP5 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
UVS3-TP6 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS3-ALM Off / On - UVS3 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
UVS4-EN Off / On - UVS4 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for UVS4
UVS4-TarWInd - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
UVS4-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - UVS4 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
UVS4 5.0 - 130.0 V UVS4 threshold (60.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS4-DPR 100 - 120 % UVS4 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TUVS4 0.00 - 300.00 s UVS4 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
UVS4-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - UVS4 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TUVS4R 0.0 - 300.0 s UVS4 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
UVS4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - UVS4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS4 UVS4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - UVS4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
UVS4-VTFBlk Non / Block - UVS4 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
UVS4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
UVS4-TP1 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
UVS4-TP2 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
UVS4-TP3 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
UVS4-TP4 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
UVS4-TP5 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
- 214 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
UVS4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
UVS4-TP6 Off / On - (On) – – X1 – X1
circuit
UVS4-ALM Off / On - UVS4 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
X: Applicable setting, X1: Applicable depending on the software “G&N”, –: Not applicable
setting
- 215 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 216 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 217 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 218 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[OV*-EN](ON/OFF )
[OV*-TarWind](P/S/T)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.13-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features NA – – NA – – NA – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 219 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Pickup
V
Dropoff
0 V
For example, with regard to the OV1 element, suppose the user sets a pick-up value in
P.U for setting [OV1]. Then the user should set a drop-off value using setting [OV1-DPR], which
configures the ratio of the PU to the DO.
Pick-up characteristic
- 220 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The operate time of the inverse (dependent) time characteristic is inversely proportional to the
level of the voltage condition. Figure 3.13-3 shows the invers time characteristic of the OV
element when a multiplier setting [OV1-TMS] is used. The OV element uses Equation (3.13-1)
to be in conformity to IEC 60255-127:
𝑘
t(G) = TMS × {[ 𝑎 ] + 𝑐} (3.13-1)
(𝑉⁄𝑉 ) − 1
𝑠
where,
t = operating time (seconds),
V = energizing voltage (voltage),
Vs = pickup voltage setting (voltage), and
TMS = time multiplier setting to adjust a curve
If the user will require a user-programmable (original) curve in the inverse time
characteristic, it is provided when the constants of k, a, c are set, as shown in Table 3.13-2. For
example, the user-programmable (original) curve in the OV1 element will be acquired when
Original is set for the scheme switch [OV1-Timer], and when values of respective constants are
set for [OV1-k], [OV1-a], and [OV1-C].
- 221 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1000.000
10.000
TMS = 10
TMS = 5
1.000
TMS = 2
TMS = 1
0.100
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Applied Voltage (x Vs)
Reset feature
The user should set the time for resetting. Figure 3.13-4 shows that examples of the pick-up
and the drop-off relevant to both the fault occurrences and the operation time. The value of the
time counter furnished in the OV1 element is incremented if faults occur.
As for an intermittent fault (the former in the figure), the time counter will not reach the
trip level. In the other words, the operation of the OV1 element is paralyzed in the reset time
set by [TOV1R].
If a series of fault occurs repeatedly (the latter in the figure), and if the value of the time
counter reaches at trip level, the OV1 element will issue a trip signal after a certain delay.
After issuing the trip signal, if a series of fault completely disappears after issuing the trip
signal, the value of the time counter will be expired after the reset time [TOV1R].
When the user requires resetting the operation of the OV1 element immediately, setting
zero for the settings [TOV1R] is needed. Consequently, when a voltage falls below the reset
- 222 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T3
Tripping
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2
Increment process in time Reset of time counter
T1: Resetting time set by the user counter
T2: Actual resetting time in the relay operation Value maintenance of time counter
T3: Time gap between fault occurrence and relay start time
Figure 3.13-4 Faults occurrences and reset operation when IDMT being applied
- 223 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
are provided. Except for the trip signals, an alarm signal can be also generated when On is set
for scheme switch [OV1-ALM].
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
8000101C24 &
OV1-OPT-A
A
8100101C25 &
OV1 OV1-OPT-B
B
PU 8200101C26
C OV1-OPT-C
≥1 8000101B61
OV1PU-OR
OV1-EN
On
OV1-TARWIND
OV1-VTF-DETECT
&
≥1 1
OV1-VTFBlk
On
800010EBB0 OV1_BLOCK
DT DT
IDMT IDMT
OV1-Timer ≥1
Original
To TRC
8000101B66
OV1-TP1 On & 8000001B70
8100101B67 ≥1
On OV-TRIP1
OV1-TP2 &
8200101B68
OV1-TP3 On &
8300101B69 8100001B71
≥1
OV1-TP4 On OV-TRIP2
&
8400101B6A
OV1-TP5 On & 8500101B6B 8200001B72
≥1
OV1-TP6 On OV-TRIP3
&
8B00101B6C ≥1 8300001B73
8400001B74
≥1
OV-TRIP5
8500001B75
≥1
OV-TRIP6
8B00001B7B
≥1
OV-ALARM
OV4-TRIP1
OV4 function logics
OV4-TRIP6
OV4-ALARM
- 224 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OV1-EN Off / On - OV1 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OV1
OV1-TarWind - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OV1-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - OV1 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OV1 1.0 - 220.0 V OV1 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OV1-DPR 10 - 100 % OV1 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOV1 0.00 - 300.00 s OV1 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OV1 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOV1R 0.0 - 300.0 s OV1 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OV1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OV1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV1
OV1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV1-VTFBlk Non / Block - OV1 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TP1 Off / On - OV1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TP2 Off / On - OV1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TP3 Off / On - OV1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TP4 Off / On - OV1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TP5 Off / On - OV1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV1-TP6 Off / On - OV1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV1-ALM Off / On - OV1 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-EN Off / On - OV2 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OV2
OV2-TarWind - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OV2-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - OV2 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OV2 1.0 - 220.0 V OV2 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OV2-DPR 10 - 100 % OV2 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOV2 0.00 - 300.00 s OV2 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OV2 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOV2R 0.0 - 300.0 s OV2 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OV2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OV2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV2
OV2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV2-VTFBlk Non / Block - OV2 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TP1 Off / On - OV2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TP2 Off / On - OV2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TP3 Off / On - OV2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TP4 Off / On - OV2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TP5 Off / On - OV2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-TP6 Off / On - OV2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV2-ALM Off / On - OV2 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-EN Off / On - OV3 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OV3
OV3-TarWind - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OV3-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - OV3 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OV3 1.0 - 220.0 V OV3 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OV3 OV3-DPR 10 - 100 % OV3 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOV3 0.00 - 300.00 s OV3 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OV3 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOV3R 0.0 - 300.0 s OV3 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OV3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OV3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
- 225 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OV3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV3-VTFBlk Non / Block - OV3 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TP1 Off / On - OV3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TP2 Off / On - OV3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TP3 Off / On - OV3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TP4 Off / On - OV3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TP5 Off / On - OV3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-TP6 Off / On - OV3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV3-ALM Off / On - OV3 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-EN Off / On - OV4 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OV4
OV4-TarWind - (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OV4-Timer DT / IDMT / Original - OV4 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OV4 1.0 - 220.0 V OV4 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OV4-DPR 10 - 100 % OV4 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOV4 0.00 - 300.00 s OV4 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OV4 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOV4R 0.0 - 300.0 s OV4 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OV4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OV4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV4
OV4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OV4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OV4-VTFBlk Non / Block - OV4 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TP1 Off / On - OV4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TP2 Off / On - OV4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TP3 Off / On - OV4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TP4 Off / On - OV4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TP5 Off / On - OV4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-TP6 Off / On - OV4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OV4-ALM Off / On - OV4 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
X: Applicable setting, X1: Applicable depending on the software “G&N”, –: Not applicable
setting
- 226 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 227 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 228 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 229 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[OVS*-EN](ON/OFF )
[OVS*-TarWind](P/S/T)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.14-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D 3E 3F
– Main features NA NA NA
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 230 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Pickup
V
Dropoff
0 V
For example, with regard to the OVS1 element, suppose the user sets a pick-up value in
P.U for setting [OVS1]. Then the user should set a drop-off value using setting [OVS1-DPR],
which configures the ratio of the PU to the DO.
Pick-up characteristic
- 231 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The operate time of the inverse (dependent) time characteristic is inversely proportional to the
level of the voltage condition. Figure 3.14-3 shows the invers time characteristic of the OVS
element when a multiplier setting [OVS1-TMS] is used. The OVS element uses Equation
(3.14-1) to be in conformity to IEC 60255-127:
𝑘
t(G) = TMS × {[ 𝑎 ] + 𝑐} (3.14-1)
(𝑉⁄𝑉 ) − 1
𝑠
where,
t = operating time (seconds),
V = energizing voltage (voltage),
Vs = pickup voltage setting (voltage), and
TMS = time multiplier setting to adjust a curve
If the user will require a user-programmable (original) curve in the inverse time
characteristic, it is provided when the constants of k, a, c are set, as shown in Table 3.14-2. For
example, the user-programmable (original) curve in the OVS1 element will be acquired when
Original is set for the scheme switch [OVS1-Timer], and when values of respective constants
are set for [OVS1-k], [OVS1-a], and [OVS1-C].
- 232 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1000.000
10.000
TMS = 10
TMS = 5
1.000
TMS = 2
TMS = 1
0.100
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Applied Voltage (x Vs)
Reset feature
The user should set the time for resetting. Figure 3.14-4 shows that examples of the pick-up
and the drop-off relevant to both the fault occurrences and the operation time. The value of the
time counter furnished in the OVS1 element is incremented if faults occur.
As for an intermittent fault (the former in the figure), the time counter will not reach the
trip level. In the other words, the operation of the OVS1 element is paralyzed in the reset time
set by [TOVS1R].
If a series of fault occurs repeatedly (the latter in the figure), and if the value of the time
counter reaches at trip level, the OVS1 element will issue a trip signal after a certain delay.
After issuing the trip signal, if a series of fault completely disappears after issuing the trip
signal, the value of the time counter will be expired after the reset time [TOVS1R].
When the user requires resetting the operation of the OVS1 element immediately, setting
zero for the settings [TOVS1R] is needed. Consequently, when a voltage falls below the reset
- 233 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T3
Tripping
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2
Increment process in time Reset of time counter
T1: Resetting time set by the user counter
T2: Actual resetting time in the relay operation Value maintenance of time counter
T3: Time gap between fault occurrence and relay start time
Figure 3.14-4 Faults occurrences and reset operation when IDMT being applied
- 234 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
OVS1 element can produce six trip signals so that other scheme switches [OVS1-TP2] to
[OVS1-TP6] are provided. Except for the trip signals, an alarm signal can be also generated
when On is set for scheme switch [OVS1-ALM].
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
- 235 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C20 TOVS1
8000101B62
AB & & t 0 OVS1-OPT-AB
8100101C21 &
≥1 8100101B63
OVS1 BC t 0
8200101C22 & & & OVS1-OPT-BC
≥1
CA 8200101B64
& & t 0 OVS1-OPT-CA
& ≥1
≥1 8000101B60
0.00 - 300.00s
OVS1-OR
&
8000101C24 &
AB
8100101C25 &
OVS1
BC
PU 8200101C26
CA
≥1 8000101B61
OVS1PU-OR
OVS1-EN
On
OVS1-TARWIND
OVS1-VTF-DETECT
&
≥1 1
OVS1-VTFBlk
On
800010EBB0 OVS1_BLOCK
DT DT
IDMT IDMT
OVS1-Timer ≥1
Original
OVS1-OPT-AB
8000101B65 OVS1-OPT
≥1
OVS1-OPT-BC
To TRC
OVS1-OPT-CA 8000101B66
OVS1-TP1 On & 8000001B60
8100101B67 ≥1
On OVS-TRIP1
OVS1-TP2 &
8200101B68
OVS1-TP3 On &
8300101B69 8100001B61
≥1
On OVS-TRIP2
OVS1-TP4 &
8400101B6A
OVS1-TP5 On & 8500101B6B 8200001B62
≥1 OVS-TRIP3
OVS1-TP6 On
&
8B00101B6C ≥1 8300001B63
On OVS-TRIP4
OVS1-ALM &
8400001B64
≥1
OVS-TRIP5
8500001B65
≥1
OVS-TRIP6
8B00001B6B
≥1
OVS-ALARM
OVS4-TRIP1
OVS4 function logics
OVS4-TRIP6
OVS4-ALARM
- 236 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.14.6 Setting
Setting of TP_OVS (Function ID: 465801)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OVS1 OVS1-EN Off / On - OVS1 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / - Target transformer winding for OVS1
OVS1-TarWind (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVS1-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVS1 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OVS1 1.0 - 220.0 V OVS1 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-DPR 10 - 100 % OVS1 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOVS1 0.00 - 300.00 s OVS1 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVS1 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOVS1R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVS1 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-a 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-c 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS1 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVS1 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TP1 Off / On - OVS1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TP2 Off / On - OVS1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TP3 Off / On - OVS1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TP4 Off / On - OVS1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TP5 Off / On - OVS1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-TP6 Off / On - OVS1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS1-ALM Off / On - OVS1 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2 OVS2-EN Off / On - OVS2 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / - Target transformer winding for OVS2
OVS2-TarWind (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVS2-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVS2 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OVS2 1.0 - 220.0 V OVS2 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-DPR 10 - 100 % OVS2 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOVS2 0.00 - 300.00 s OVS2 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVS2 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOVS2R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVS2 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-a 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-c 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS2 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVS2 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TP1 Off / On - OVS2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TP2 Off / On - OVS2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TP3 Off / On - OVS2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TP4 Off / On - OVS2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TP5 Off / On - OVS2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-TP6 Off / On - OVS2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS2-ALM Off / On - OVS2 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3 OVS3-EN Off / On - OVS3 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / - Target transformer winding for OVS3
OVS3-TarWind (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVS3-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVS3 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OVS3 1.0 - 220.0 V OVS3 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-DPR 10 - 100 % OVS3 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOVS3 0.00 - 300.00 s OVS3 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVS3 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOVS3R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVS3 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-a 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
- 237 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OVS3-c 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS3 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVS3 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TP1 Off / On - OVS3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TP2 Off / On - OVS3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TP3 Off / On - OVS3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TP4 Off / On - OVS3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TP5 Off / On - OVS3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-TP6 Off / On - OVS3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS3-ALM Off / On - OVS3 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4 OVS4-EN Off / On - OVS4 protection enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / - Target transformer winding for OVS4
OVS4-TarWind (Primary) – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVS4-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVS4 delay type (DT) – – X1 – X1
OVS4 1.0 - 220.0 V OVS4 threshold (120.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-DPR 10 - 100 % OVS4 drop-out/pick-up ratio (100) – – X1 – X1
TOVS4 0.00 - 300.00 s OVS4 operating delay time (in DT mode) (1.00) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVS4 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) (1.000) – – X1 – X1
TOVS4R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVS4 definite time reset delay (0.0) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-a 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-c 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVS4 user original curve coefficient (0.00000) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVS4 operation block by VTF (Non) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TP1 Off / On - OVS4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TP2 Off / On - OVS4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TP3 Off / On - OVS4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TP4 Off / On - OVS4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TP5 Off / On - OVS4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-TP6 Off / On - OVS4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit (Off) – – X1 – X1
OVS4-ALM Off / On - OVS4 alarm enable (Off) – – X1 – X1
X: Applicable setting, X1: Applicable depending on the software “G&N”, –: Not applicable setting
- 238 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 239 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 240 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 241 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[OVG*-EN](ON/OFF )
[OVG*-TarWind](P/S/T)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.15-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D 3E 3F
– Main features NA NA NA
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 242 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Pickup
V
Dropoff
0 V
For example, with regard to the OVG1 element, suppose the user sets a pick-up value in
P.U for setting [OVG1]. Then the user should set a drop-off value using setting [OVG1-DPR],
which configures the ratio of the PU to the DO.
Pick-up characteristic
- 243 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The operate time of the inverse (dependent) time characteristic is inversely proportional to the
level of the voltage condition. Figure 3.13-3 shows the invers time characteristic of the OVG
element when a multiplier setting [OVG1-TMS] is used. The OVG element uses Equation
(3.13-1) to be in conformity to IEC 60255-127:
𝑘
t(G) = TMS × {[ 𝑎 ] + 𝑐} (3.15-1)
(𝑉⁄𝑉 ) − 1
𝑠
where,
t = operating time (seconds),
V = energizing voltage (voltage),
Vs = pickup voltage setting (voltage), and
TMS = time multiplier setting to adjust a curve
If the user will require a user-programmable (original) curve in the inverse time
characteristic, it is provided when the constants of k, a, c are set, as shown in Table 3.13-2. For
example, the user-programmable (original) curve in the OVG1 element will be acquired when
Original is set for the scheme switch [OVG1-Timer], and when values of respective constants
are set for [OVG1-k], [OVG1-a], and [OVG1-C].
- 244 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1000.000
10.000
TMS = 10
TMS = 5
1.000
TMS = 2
TMS = 1
0.100
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Applied Voltage (x Vs)
Reset feature
The user should set the time for resetting. Figure 3.13-4 shows that examples of the pick-up
and the drop-off relevant to both the fault occurrences and the operation time. The value of the
time counter furnished in the OVG1 element is incremented if faults occur.
As for an intermittent fault (the former in the figure), the time counter will not reach the
trip level. In the other words, the operation of the OVG1 element is paralyzed in the reset time
set by [TOVG1R].
If a series of fault occurs repeatedly (the latter in the figure), and if the value of the time
counter reaches at trip level, the OVG1 element will issue a trip signal after a certain delay.
After issuing the trip signal, if a series of fault completely disappears after issuing the trip
signal, the value of the time counter will be expired after the reset time [TOVG1R].
When the user requires resetting the operation of the OVG1 element immediately, setting
zero for the settings [TOVG1R] is needed. Consequently, when a voltage falls below the reset
- 245 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T3
Tripping
T1 T1 T1 T1
T2 T2
Increment process in time Reset of time counter
T1: Resetting time set by the user counter
T2: Actual resetting time in the relay operation Value maintenance of time counter
T3: Time gap between fault occurrence and relay start time
Figure 3.15-4 Faults occurrences and reset operation when IDMT being applied
- 246 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
OVG1 element can produce six trip signals so that other scheme switches [OVG1-TP2] to
[OVG1-TP6] are provided. Except for the trip signals, an alarm signal can be also generated
when On is set for scheme switch [OVG1-ALM].
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
8000101C27
&
OVG1 PU
OVG1-TARWIND
OVG1-EN
On
OVG1-VTF-DETECT &
≥1 1
OVG1-VTFBLK
On
800010EBB0 OVG1_BLOCK
DT
IDMT
OVG1-Timer ≥1
Original
8000101B61 To TRC
OVG1-TP1 On & 8000001B60
8100101B62 ≥1
OVG1-TP2 On & OVG-TRIP1
8200101B63
OVG1-TP3 On &
8300101B64 ≥1 8100001B61
OVG1-TP4 On OVG -TRIP2
&
8400101B65
OVG1-TP5 On & 8500101B66 8200001B62
≥1
OVG1-TP6 On OVG -TRIP3
&
8B00101B6B ≥1 8300001B63
8400001B64
≥1
OVG -TRIP5
8500001B65
≥1
OVG -TRIP6
8B00001B6B
≥1
OVG -ALARM
OVG4-TRIP1
OVG4 function logics
OVG4-TRIP6
OVG4-ALARM
- 247 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.15.6 Setting
Setting of TP_OVG (Function ID: 465401)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OVG1-EN Off / On - OVG1 protection enable Off – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OVG1
OVG1-TarWind - Primary – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVG1-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVG1 delay type DT – – X1 – X1
OVG1 1.0 - 220.0 V OVG1 threshold 20.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG1-DPR 10 - 100 % OVG1 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X1 – X1
TOVG1 0.00 - 300.00 s OVG1 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X1 – X1
OVG1-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVG1 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) 1.000 – – X1 – X1
TOVG1R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVG1 definite time reset delay 0.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG1-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVG1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG1-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG1-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG1 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG1-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVG1 operation block by VTF Non – – X1 – X1
OVG1
OVG1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
OVG1-TP1 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
OVG1-TP2 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
OVG1-TP3 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
OVG1-TP4 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
OVG1-TP5 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
OVG1-TP6 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG1-ALM Off / On - OVG1 alarm enable Off – – X1 – X1
OVG2-EN Off / On - OVG2 protection enable Off – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OVG2
OVG2-TarWind - Primary – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVG2-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVG2 delay type DT – – X1 – X1
OVG2 1.0 - 220.0 V OVG2 threshold 20.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG2-DPR 10 - 100 % OVG2 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X1 – X1
TOVG2 0.00 - 300.00 s OVG2 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X1 – X1
OVG2-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVG2 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) 1.000 – – X1 – X1
TOVG2R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVG2 definite time reset delay 0.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG2-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVG2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG2-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG2-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG2 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG2-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVG2 operation block by VTF Non – – X1 – X1
OVG2
OVG2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
OVG2-TP1 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
OVG2-TP2 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
OVG2-TP3 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
OVG2-TP4 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
OVG2-TP5 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
OVG2-TP6 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG2-ALM Off / On - OVG2 alarm enable Off – – X1 – X1
- 248 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
OVG3-EN Off / On - OVG3 protection enable Off – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OVG3
OVG3-TarWind - Primary – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVG3-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVG3 delay type DT – – X1 – X1
OVG3 1.0 - 220.0 V OVG3 threshold 20.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG3-DPR 10 - 100 % OVG3 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X1 – X1
TOVG3 0.00 - 300.00 s OVG3 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X1 – X1
OVG3-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVG3 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) 1.000 – – X1 – X1
TOVG3R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVG3 definite time reset delay 0.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG3-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVG3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG3-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG3-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG3 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG3-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVG3 operation block by VTF Non – – X1 – X1
OVG3
OVG3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
OVG3-TP1 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
OVG3-TP2 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
OVG3-TP3 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
OVG3-TP4 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
OVG3-TP5 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
OVG3-TP6 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG3-ALM Off / On - OVG3 alarm enable Off – – X1 – X1
OVG4-EN Off / On - OVG4 protection enable Off – – X1 – X1
Primary / Secondary / Target transformer winding for OVG4
OVG4-TarWind - Primary – – X1 – X1
Tertiary protection
OVG4-Type DT / IDMT / Original - OVG4 delay type DT – – X1 – X1
OVG4 1.0 - 220.0 V OVG4 threshold 20.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG4-DPR 10 - 100 % OVG4 drop-out/pick-up ratio 100 – – X1 – X1
TOVG4 0.00 - 300.00 s OVG4 operating delay time (in DT mode) 1.00 – – X1 – X1
OVG4-TMS 0.010 - 100.000 - OVG4 time multiplier (in IDMT mode) 1.000 – – X1 – X1
TOVG4R 0.0 - 300.0 s OVG4 definite time reset delay 0.0 – – X1 – X1
OVG4-k 0.00000 - 500.00000 - OVG4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG4-a 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG4-c 0.00000 - 10.00000 - OVG4 user original curve coefficient 0.00000 – – X1 – X1
OVG4-VTFBlk Non / Block - OVG4 operation block by VTF Non – – X1 – X1
OVG4
OVG4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO
OVG4-TP1 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO
OVG4-TP2 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO
OVG4-TP3 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO
OVG4-TP4 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO
OVG4-TP5 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO
OVG4-TP6 Off / On - On – – X1 – X1
circuit
OVG4-ALM Off / On - OVG4 alarm enable Off – – X1 – X1
X: Applicable setting, X1: Applicable depending on the software “G&N”, –: Not applicable setting
- 249 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 250 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 251 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The DFRQ is used to isolate two interconnected systems when the rate of frequency-
change is very rapid and to retain the power system stability.
- 252 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
To simplify, stage 1 is discussed only, but the other stages (stage 2 to stage 6) are
applicable. The FRQ/DFRQ1 stage is only discussed for simplicity, but the FRQ/DFRQ2 to
FRQ/DFRQ8 stages are applicable. The FRQ1/DFRQ1 stages operates using switch [FRQ1-
EN], [DFRQ1-EN]; the transformer winding to be protected is selected using [FRQ-TarWind].
element sequence
FEP_COMMON
CT polarity
[FRQ*-EN](ON/OFF)
compensated
DFRQ1 to DFRQ6
DFRQ
FRQ/DFRQ DFRQ logic Trip signal
relay sequence
element
[DFRQ*-EN](ON/OFF)
[FRQ-TarWind](P/S/T)
1W -VY_ 1, 1W -VΔ_ 1, 1W -V1, 2W -VY_ 1, 2W -VΔ_ 1, 2W -V1, 3W -VY_ 1, 3W -VΔ_ 1, 3W -V1, Type-VT_ P,S,T(3PN/3PP/1PN/1PP)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.16-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 253 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can select stage 1 to detect either over-frequency state or under-frequency state
using the scheme switch [FRQ1-Chara]. For example, if UnderFrq is set for the scheme switch
[FRQ1-Chara], the stage 1 determines the under-frequency state when an under frequency is
observed (Figure 3.16-2(a)). The user can set the threshold value in [FRQ1]. Conversely, if
OverFrq is set for the scheme switch, the stage 1 determines the over-frequency state when an
over frequency is observed (Figure 3.16-2(b)).
The UF or OF element can output a trip signal; the output decisions of UF and OF
tripping are properly carried out in every interval. To delay the generation of trip signal, the
user can use a delay timer to postpone the generation using the setting [TFRQ1].
Hz Hz
OF stage 1
operation zone
frequency
Pickup
frequency
Pickup
UF stage 1
operation zone
o o
V V
Pickup voltage (FRQBLK) Pickup voltage (FRQBLK)
- 254 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Hz
Δf
Δt
sec
The user can set state 1 to detect whether a frequency is rising or descending using the
scheme switch [DFRQ1-Chara]. For example, when Rise is set for the scheme switch [DFRQ1-
Chara], the DFRQ examines the gradient of frequency-change (Δf/Δt) is up. Conversely, when
Down is set for the scheme switch, the DFRQ examines the gradient of frequency-change
(Δf/Δt) is down. Setting [DFRQ1] is used to configure an operation threshold; the operation
threshold is configured with Hertz per second.
The operation of the DFRQ stage is blocked when the FRQBLK operates. That is, if a
- 255 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
measured voltage is below the setting [FRQBLK], any operation of the DFRQ stage is blocked.
The FRQBLK element is discussed in section 3.16.1(ii).
The under-voltage block (FRQBLK) element is used to block the FRQ operation, as
described earlier (section 3.16.1(ii)).
- 256 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8700001C23 To DFRQ
FRQBLK
(UVBLK) 1 NON FRQBLK
8000101BB1
8000101C23 TFRQ1 8000101B60
t 0
OF & & 800010EBB1 FRQ1-OPT
FRQ1 1 & ≥1 8000101B61
0.00 - 300.00s To TRC
On & 8000001B60
FRQ1 -TP1 8100101B62
UF ≥1 FRQ-TRIP1
& FRQ1 -TP2 On &
8200101B63
On 8100001B61
FRQ1 -TP3 &
Primary 8300101B64 FRQ-TRIP2
FRQ-TarWind On ≥1
Secondary FRQ1 -TP4 &
8400101B65
Tertiary On &
FRQ1-TarWind FRQ1 -TP5
8500101B66
OverFrq On
FRQ1 -TP6 &
UnderFrq
FRQ1-Chara
8100201C23 TFRQ2 8100201B60
8B00101B6C
t 0
OF & & On &
FRQ2 & ≥1 FRQ1 -ALM
1
0.00 - 300.00s
8100201BB1
UF 8500001B65
& 810020EBB1 FRQ2-OPT FRQ-TRIP6
≥1
8000201B61
FRQ-TarWind
OverFrq
UnderFrq
FRQ6-Chara
On
FRQ1-EN
On 8500601BB1
FRQ2-EN
850060EBB1 FRQ6-OPT
8000601B61
850060EBB0 FRQ6-BLOCK 1
- 257 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
From FRQ
NON FRQBLK
FRQ-TARWIND
8000111BB1
8000111C23 8000111B60
& ≥1 & &
OF 800011EBB1 DFRQ1-OPT TO TRC
DFRQ1 1 8000111B61
On & 8000001B68
DFRQ1 -TP1 8100111B62
UF ≥1 DFRQ-TRIP1
& DFRQ1 -TP2 On &
OverFrq 8200111B63
On 8100001B69
UnderFrq DFRQ1 -TP3 &
DFRQ1-Chara 8300111B64 DFRQ-TRIP2
On ≥1
FRQ-TARWIND DFRQ1 -TP4 &
8100211C23 8100211B60 8400111B65
On &
& ≥1 & &
DFRQ1 -TP5
OF 8500111B66
DFRQ2 1 On
DFRQ1 -TP6 &
UF
& 8B00111B6C
OverFrq On &
DFRQ1 -ALM
UnderFrq
DFRQ2-Chara
8100211BB1
8500001B6D
810021EBB1 DFRQ2-OPT DFRQ-TRIP6
≥1
8000211B61
On
DFRQ1-EN
On 8500611BB1
DFRQ2-EN
850061EBB1 DFRQ6-OPT
8000611B61
850061EBB0 DFRQ6-BLOCK 1
- 258 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.16.4 Setting
Setting of TP_FRQ (Function ID: 475A01)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
FRQ-EN Off / On - FRQ protection enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
FRQ-TarWind - Target transformer winding for FRQ protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
FRQBLK 40.0 - 100.0 V Voltage level of FRQ protection blocking 40.0 – – X X X
FRQ FRQ1-EN Off / On - FRQ1 protection enable Off – – X X X
1-6 FRQ2-EN Off / On - FRQ2 protection enable Off – – X X X
FRQ3-EN Off / On - FRQ3 protection enable Off – – X X X
FRQ4-EN Off / On - FRQ4 protection enable Off – – X X X
FRQ5-EN Off / On - FRQ5 protection enable Off – – X X X
FRQ6-EN Off / On - FRQ6 protection enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ1-EN Off / On - DFRQ1 protection enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ2-EN Off / On - DFRQ2 protection enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ DFRQ3-EN Off / On - DFRQ3 protection enable Off – – X X X
1-6 DFRQ4-EN Off / On - DFRQ4 protection enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ5-EN Off / On - DFRQ5 protection enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ6-EN Off / On - DFRQ6 protection enable Off – – X X X
FRQ1-Chara OverFrq / UnderFrq - The selection of FRQ1 characteristic Frequency UnderFrq – – X X X
FRQ1 -10.00 - 10.00 Hz FRQ1 threshold -1.00 – – X X X
TFRQ1 0.00 - 300.00 s FRQ1 timer 1.00 – – X X X
FRQ1-TP1 Off / On - FRQ1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ1 FRQ1-TP2 Off / On - FRQ1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ1-TP3 Off / On - FRQ1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ1-TP4 Off / On - FRQ1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ1-TP5 Off / On - FRQ1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ1-TP6 Off / On - FRQ1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ1-ALM Off / On - FRQ1 alarm enable Off – – X X X
FRQ2-Chara OverFrq / UnderFrq - The selection of FRQ2 characteristic Frequency UnderFrq – – X X X
TFRQ2 0.00 - 300.00 s FRQ2 timer 1.00 – – X X X
FRQ2-TP1 Off / On - FRQ2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ2-TP2 Off / On - FRQ2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ2
FRQ2-TP3 Off / On - FRQ2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ2-TP4 Off / On - FRQ2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ2-TP5 Off / On - FRQ2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ2-TP6 Off / On - FRQ2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ2-ALM Off / On - FRQ2 alarm enable Off – – X X X
FRQ3-Chara OverFrq / UnderFrq - The selection of FRQ3 characteristic Frequency UnderFrq – – X X X
FRQ3 -10.00 - 10.00 Hz FRQ3 threshold -1.00 – – X X X
TFRQ3 0.00 - 300.00 s FRQ3 timer 1.00 – – X X X
FRQ3-TP1 Off / On - FRQ3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ3-TP2 Off / On - FRQ3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ3
FRQ3-TP3 Off / On - FRQ3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ3-TP4 Off / On - FRQ3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ3-TP5 Off / On - FRQ3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ3-TP6 Off / On - FRQ3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ3-ALM Off / On - FRQ3 alarm enable Off – – X X X
FRQ4-Chara OverFrq / UnderFrq - The selection of FRQ4 characteristic Frequency UnderFrq – – X X X
FRQ4 -10.00 - 10.00 Hz FRQ4 threshold -1.00 – – X X X
FRQ4 TFRQ4 0.00 - 300.00 s FRQ4 timer 1.00 – – X X X
FRQ4-TP1 Off / On - FRQ4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ4-TP2 Off / On - FRQ4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ4-TP3 Off / On - FRQ4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
- 259 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
FRQ4-TP4 Off / On - FRQ4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ4-TP5 Off / On - FRQ4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ4-TP6 Off / On - FRQ4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ4-ALM Off / On - FRQ4 alarm enable Off – – X X X
FRQ5-Chara OverFrq / UnderFrq - The selection of FRQ5 characteristic Frequency UnderFrq – – X X X
FRQ5 -10.00 - 10.00 Hz FRQ5 threshold -1.00 – – X X X
TFRQ5 0.00 - 300.00 s FRQ5 timer 1.00 – – X X X
FRQ5-TP1 Off / On - FRQ5 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ5 FRQ5-TP2 Off / On - FRQ5 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ5-TP3 Off / On - FRQ5 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ5-TP4 Off / On - FRQ5 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ5-TP5 Off / On - FRQ5 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ5-TP6 Off / On - FRQ5 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ5-ALM Off / On - FRQ5 alarm enable Off – – X X X
FRQ6-Chara OverFrq / UnderFrq - The selection of FRQ6 characteristic Frequency UnderFrq – – X X X
FRQ6 -10.00 - 10.00 Hz FRQ6 threshold -1.00 – – X X X
TFRQ6 0.00 - 300.00 s FRQ6 timer 1.00 – – X X X
FRQ6-TP1 Off / On - FRQ6 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ6-TP2 Off / On - FRQ6 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ6
FRQ6-TP3 Off / On - FRQ6 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ6-TP4 Off / On - FRQ6 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ6-TP5 Off / On - FRQ6 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ6-TP6 Off / On - FRQ6 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
FRQ6-ALM Off / On - FRQ6 alarm enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ1-
Rise / Down - The selection of DFRQ1 characteristic Rise or Down Down – – X X X
Chara
DFRQ1 0.1 - 15.0 Hz/s DFRQ1 threshold 0.5 – – X X X
DFRQ1-TP1 Off / On - DFRQ1 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ DFRQ1-TP2 Off / On - DFRQ1 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
1 DFRQ1-TP3 Off / On - DFRQ1 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ1-TP4 Off / On - DFRQ1 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ1-TP5 Off / On - DFRQ1 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ1-TP6 Off / On - DFRQ1 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ1-ALM Off / On - DFRQ1 alarm enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ2 -10.00 - 10.00 Hz FRQ2 threshold -1.00 – – X X X
DFRQ2-
Rise / Down - The selection of DFRQ2 characteristic Rise or Down Down – – X X X
Chara
DFRQ2-TP1 Off / On - DFRQ2 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ DFRQ2-TP2 Off / On - DFRQ2 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
2 DFRQ2-TP3 Off / On - DFRQ2 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ2-TP4 Off / On - DFRQ2 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ2-TP5 Off / On - DFRQ2 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ2-TP6 Off / On - DFRQ2 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ2-ALM Off / On - DFRQ2 alarm enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ3-
Rise / Down - The selection of DFRQ3 characteristic Rise or Down Down – – X X X
Chara
DFRQ3 0.1 - 15.0 Hz/s DFRQ3 threshold 0.5 – – X X X
DFRQ DFRQ3-TP1 Off / On - DFRQ3 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
3 DFRQ3-TP2 Off / On - DFRQ3 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ3-TP3 Off / On - DFRQ3 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ3-TP4 Off / On - DFRQ3 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ3-TP5 Off / On - DFRQ3 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ3-TP6 Off / On - DFRQ3 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
- 260 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
DFRQ3-ALM Off / On - DFRQ3 alarm enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ4-
Rise / Down - The selection of DFRQ4 characteristic Rise or Down Down – – X X X
Chara
DFRQ4 0.1 - 15.0 Hz/s DFRQ4 threshold 0.5 – – X X X
DFRQ4-TP1 Off / On - DFRQ4 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ
DFRQ4-TP2 Off / On - DFRQ4 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
4
DFRQ4-TP3 Off / On - DFRQ4 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ4-TP4 Off / On - DFRQ4 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ4-TP5 Off / On - DFRQ4 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ4-TP6 Off / On - DFRQ4 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ4-ALM Off / On - DFRQ4 alarm enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ5-
Rise / Down - The selection of DFRQ5 characteristic Rise or Down Down – – X X X
Chara
DFRQ5 0.1 - 15.0 Hz/s DFRQ5 threshold 0.5 – – X X X
DFRQ5-TP1 Off / On - DFRQ5 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ
DFRQ5-TP2 Off / On - DFRQ5 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
5
DFRQ5-TP3 Off / On - DFRQ5 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ5-TP4 Off / On - DFRQ5 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ5-TP5 Off / On - DFRQ5 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ5-TP6 Off / On - DFRQ5 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ5-ALM Off / On - DFRQ5 alarm enable Off – – X X X
DFRQ6-
Rise / Down - The selection of DFRQ6 characteristic Rise or Down Down – – X X X
Chara
DFRQ6 0.1 - 15.0 Hz/s DFRQ6 threshold 0.5 – – X X X
DFRQ6-TP1 Off / On - DFRQ6 trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ
DFRQ6-TP2 Off / On - DFRQ6 trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
6
DFRQ6-TP3 Off / On - DFRQ6 trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ6-TP4 Off / On - DFRQ6 trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ6-TP5 Off / On - DFRQ6 trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ6-TP6 Off / On - DFRQ6 trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
DFRQ6-ALM Off / On - DFRQ6 alarm enable Off – – X X X
- 261 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 262 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 263 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 264 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 265 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[VPHT-EN](ON/OFF)
[VPH*-TarWind](P/S/T)
1W-VY_1, 1W-VΔ_1, 1W-V1, 2W-VY_1, 2W-VΔ_1, 2W-V1, 3W-VY_1, 3W-VΔ_1, 3W-V1, Type-VT_P,S,T(3PN/3PP/1PN/1PP)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.17-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 266 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.17.1 Characteristics
As shown in Figure 3.17-2, the user can configure VPH feature using the H element, the L
element, the T element, and the A element.
V/F
HT
VPH-H T
A
LT
VPH-L
VPH-A
VPH-LT
VPH-HT
TVPH-A
TVPH-H
log t
where, Rated voltage is the rated voltage of the transformer winding referred to the secondary
side of the VT.
(i) H element
The characteristic of the H element is represented by equation (3.17-2):
|𝑽⁄𝑭| ≥ 𝑯 (3.17-2)
where,
H: maximum operation value of the H element
The user can set the value of the maximum operation using the setting [VPH-H] in pu.
(ii) L element
The characteristic of the L element is represented by equation (3.17-3):
|𝑽⁄𝑭| ≥ 𝑳 (3.17-3)
where,
- 267 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can set the value of the minimum operation using the setting [VPH-L] in pu.
(iii) T element
The characteristic of the T element is represented by equations (3.17-4) and (3.17-5):
∑(|𝑽⁄𝑭| − 𝒂) ≥ 𝒃 (3.17-4)
(𝑳𝑻 × 𝑳) − (𝑻𝑻 × 𝑯) 𝑳𝑻 × 𝑻𝑻 × (𝑯 − 𝑳)
𝒂= 𝒃= (3.17-5)
(𝑳𝑻 − 𝑻𝑻) (𝑳𝑻 − 𝑻𝑻)
where,
TT: A representative time required to determine the minimum operation time in
the T element
LT: Corresponded time to determine the maximum operation time in the T element
The user can set the values of TT and LT using the settings [VPH-HT] and [VPH-LT].
(iv) A element
The characteristic of the A element is represented by equation (3.17-6):
𝑽 ⁄𝑭 ≥ 𝑨 (3.17-6)
where,
A: threshold to signal the alarm
The user can set the A element using the setting [VPH-A] in percentage.
- 268 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000201B60
8000201C23
VPH-T-OPT
T 8300201B62
& TVPHH
8100201C27 8100201B61 ≥1 VPH-OPT
t 0
VPH-H-OPT
VPH H &
8200101C23 0.00 to 1000.00s
TVPHA 8200101B60
A & VPH-A-OPT
t 0
0.00 to 1000.00s
VPH-Test On
Primary
Secondary
Tertiary
VPH-TarWind
On
VPHT-EN
&
1
810020EBB0 VPHT_BLOCK
On
VPHA-EN
&
820010EBB0 VPHA_BLOCK 1 To TRC
8000001B60
VPH-TP4 On VPH-TRIP4
& 8400001B64
VPH-TP5 On & VPH-TRIP5
8500001B65
VPH-TP6 On VPH-TRIP6
&
- 269 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
will be integrated with inverse time characteristic. If the user wishes to have a VPH test from
an early stage, On should be set for the setting [VPH-Test] so that the integral state will be
initialized.
- 270 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.17.3 Setting
Setting of TP_VPH (Function ID: 476A01)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
VPH-EN Off / On - VPH protection enable Off – – X X X
Primary / Secondary /
VPH-TarWind - Target transformer winding for V/f protection Primary – – X X X
Tertiary
VPHA-EN Off / On - VPH alarm enable Off – – X X X
VPH-V 100.0 - 120.0 V Rated secondary voltage 100.0 – – X X X
VPHT-EN Off / On - VPH protection enable Off – – X X X
VPH-L 1.05 - 1.30 pu Low level i.e. pick up level for V/f protection 1.05 – – X X X
VPH-H 1.10 - 1.40 pu High level (definite time level) for V/f protection 1.40 – – X X X
Operate time at low level of Inverse time curve for
VPH-LT 1.00 - 600.00 s 1.00 – – X X X
V/f protection
Operate time at high level of Inverse time curve
VPH-HT 1.00 - 600.00 s 600.00 – – X X X
for V/f protection
Reset time after removing overexcitation
VPH-RT 60.00 - 3600.00 s 250.00 – – X X X
condition
TVPHH 0.00 - 1000.00 s Definite time delay at high level setting 10.00 – – X X X
VPH-ALM Off / On - VPH alarm enable Off – – X X X
VPH-TP1 Off / On - VPH trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
VPH-TP2 Off / On - VPH trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
VPH-TP3 Off / On - VPH trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
VPH-TP4 Off / On - VPH trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
VPH-TP5 Off / On - VPH trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
VPH-TP6 Off / On - VPH trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
VPH-A 1.03 - 1.40 pu Alarm level for V/f protection 1.03 – – X X X
TVPHA 0.00 - 1000.00 s Definite time delay for Alarm 10.00 – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 271 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 272 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Suppose the VTF function detects the failure in the VT circuit. If the failure is cleared,
the VTF function can see that the VT secondary circuit in three-phases are in healthy condition.
Accordingly, the VTF function can abandon to stop the operation of the relay elements. That
is, the relay elements that have been blocked will be allowed to operate again. This makes the
alarms screened are be reset automatically.
FEP_
1W-VY_1,2,3 VTF VTF logic TP_UV
VTF1_P,~ VTF-OPERATION TP_UVS
COMMON
relay sequence
2W-VY_1,2,3 TP_OV
VTF2_T
element TP_OVS
3W-VY_1,2,3 TP_OVG
CT polarity
Type-VT_P,ST TP_OCN
compensated
(3PN)
VTF1_EN(Off/On)
VTF2_EN(Off/On
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.18-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features NA – – NA – – NA – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 273 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The following description pertains to VTF detection for primary winding of transformer.
The VTF detection for secondary and tertiary winding is similar.
3.18.2 Logic
Figure 3.18-2 shows the logics of VTF. As described earlier, the failure of the VT is divided
into VTF1-P_DET_T and VTF2-P_DET_T.
- 274 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1Note: OCD element is common for both VTF1 detection and VTF2 detection. The OCD
output signal is generated based on OCD-AT, OCD-BT, and OCD-CT. For more
information, see Chapter Relay application: Protection common.
It is possible to select the VTF detection criterion using the scheme switch [VTF1-P-EN]
or [VTF2-P-EN].
3.18.3 Usage
Suppose On is set for both the scheme switches [VTF1-P-EN] and [VTF2-P-EN], if the VTF
detects the failure of the VT, then the VTF1-P_DET_T is not reset even if the blocking element
(OCD) operates subsequent to VTF detection. The VTF2-P_DET_T is also not reset even if the
blocking elements (OCD and EFVTF) operate subsequent to VTF detection. The VTF1-P_DET
_T and VTF2-P_DET_T are reset when the operation of the UVVTF-P and the OVGVTF-P are
reset.
When OPT-On is set for both the scheme switches [VTF1-P_EN] and [VTF2-P_EN], VTF
detection is reset when the blocking element becomes active subsequent to VTF detection.
If the VTF receives PLC signal (VTF-P_BLOCK), the operation of the VTF is blocked.
- 275 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000101C20
A 8100101B61
8100101C21 ≥1
UVVTF-P B &
≥1 VTF1-P_DET
8200101C22
C 1 1 KC_VTTP_P1
t 0 S
OCD-P-A S VTF1-P_DET_T
& 0.015s
OCD-P-B
T ≥1 t 0 R
≥1 1 ≥1
OCD-P-C
T R
0.1s
T
VTF1-P_DET_T & 1
t 0
1 &
10s
On
VTF1-P-EN
≥1
OPT-On
8800101C27 8200101B62
OVGVTF-P &
≥1 VTF2-P_DET
1
8400101C23 1 KC_VTTP_P2
EFVTF-P
t 0 S
S ≥1 VTF2-P_DET_T
≥1 & 0.015s
t 0 R
1 ≥1
R
0.1s
VTF2-P_DET_T & 1
&
On
VTF2-P-EN
≥1
OPT-On
CB-P_CLOSE 1 1
0.2s
1
800010EBB0 VTF-P_BLOCK ≥1
AMF-OFF 8000101B63
≥1 VTF-P_ALARM
8100101B64
t 0
VTF1-P_DET_T VTF1-P_ALARM
10s
8200101B65
VTF2-P_DET_T t 0 VTF2-P_ALARM
10s 8000101B66
≥1 VTF-P_DETECT
EXTERNAL-P_VTF
- 276 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.18.4 Setting
Setting of TP_VTF (Function ID: 492001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
VTF1-P-EN Off / On / OPT-On - Primary winding VTF1 enable (Off) – – – – –
VTF1-P Under voltage level for primary winding
UVVTF1-P 1.0 - 220.0 V (20.0) – – – – –
VTF1
VTF2-P-EN Off / On / OPT-On - Primary winding VTF2 enable (Off) – – – – –
Zero sequence over voltage level for Primary
OVGVTF2-P 1.0 - 220.0 V (20.0) – – – – –
winding VTF2
VTF2-P Zero sequence over current level for Primary
EFVTF2-P 0.10 - 50.00 A (0.20) – – – – –
winding VTF2 blocking at 1A rating
Zero sequence over current level for Primary
EFVTF2-P 0.50 - 250.00 A (1.00) – – – – –
winding VTF2 blocking at 5A rating
VTF1-S-EN Off / On / OPT-On - Secondary winding VTF1 enable (Off) – – – – –
VTF1-S Under voltage level for secondary winding
UVVTF1-S 1.0 - 220.0 V (20.0) – – – – –
VTF1
VTF2-S-EN Off / On / OPT-On - Secondary winding VTF2 enable (Off) – – – – –
Zero sequence over voltage level for
OVGVTF2-S 1.0 - 220.0 V (20.0) – – – – –
secondary winding VTF2
Zero sequence over current level for
VTF2-S EFVTF2-S 0.10 - 50.00 A secondary winding VTF2 blocking at 1A (0.20) – – – – –
rating
Zero sequence over current level for
EFVTF2-S 0.50 - 250.00 A secondary winding VTF2 blocking at 5A (1.00) – – – – –
rating
VTF1-T-EN Off / On / OPT-On - Tertiary winding VTF1 enable (Off) – – – – –
VTF1-T Under voltage level for tertiary winding
UVVTF1-T 1.0 - 220.0 V (20.0) – – – – –
VTF1
VTF2-T-EN Off / On / OPT-On - Tertiary winding VTF2 enable (Off) – – – – –
Zero sequence over voltage level for tertiary
OVGVTF2-T 1.0 - 220.0 V (20.0) – – – – –
winding VTF2
VTF2-T Zero sequence over current level for tertiary
EFVTF2-T 0.10 - 50.00 A (0.20) – – – – –
winding VTF2 blocking at 1A rating
Zero sequence over current level for tertiary
EFVTF2-T 0.50 - 250.00 A (1.00) – – – – –
winding VTF2 blocking at 5A rating
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 277 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 278 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 279 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
As shown in Figure 3.19-1, the TRC logic consists of two parts: (1) Trip-command collection,
(2) Alarm signal generation. The trip signals are transferred to Binary IO modules†. In
addition, the TRC logic generates trigger signals, which are used for the operation of the
recording function‡.
†Note:The driver of binary output (BO) circuit will generates a trip command for the CB.
Hence, the user should connect TRIP-COMMAND1–6 to the BO circuit. In Figure
3.19-1, the single-line diagram example shows BO1 assigned to the CB1 on the
primary winding using binary output BO1, whereas BO6 assigned to adjacent
CB6. CB2 to CB5 are assigned for the CBs on the secondary and tertiary
windings. Chapter Technical description: Binary IO module discusses how to use
the BO circuits. Chapter Relay application: Circuit breaker failure protection
discusses breaker failure philosophy with regard to the primary CB and the back-
up CB.
‡Note: See Chapter Recording function for more information.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.19-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
- 280 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
FC02-TRIP1 BO7
FC02-TRIP2
BO8
FC02-TRIP3
FC02-TRIP4
FC02-TRIP5
FC2
BO n
FC02-TRIP6
FC02-ALARM
FC02-OPT-AR
FC02-OPT-BR GEN.TRIP
FC02-OPT-CR
GEN._ALARM Recording
function
Alarm signal
OPT.PHASE-A
generation
OPT.PHASE-B
OPT.PHASE-C
FC32-TRIP1 and others OPT.PHASE-N
FC32
Transformer
T
CB2
CB3
CB6 CB1
P S CB4
Gen
CB5
Connection example
- 281 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Binary outputs (BO†) circuits must be selected in order to energize the trip coils of the CB1–
CB6. The user should connect the CB1–6 trip coils with the BOs. The BO drivers output ‘TRIP-
COMMAND1 etc.† Alarm-signal generation logic provides a trigger signal for the recording
function‡.
†Note:The internal connection between TRC and BIO should be achieved using BIO
settings or the PLC function. As the PLC monitoring points “TRIP-COMMAND1”–
“TRIP-COMMAND6” are designated using Element IDs ‘8000001B67’–
‘8500001B6C’.The user must program them for preferred BO circuits using the
settings [Input signal1] to [Input signal8] for respective BOs at binary IO module.
The externally wired connection between the BIO module and trip coil circuit is
made on the rear terminals. For more information with regard to the BO circuit
concerning the Element ID (Data ID), see Chapter Technical description: Binary
IO module.
‡Note: For information on recording, see Chapter Recording function.
- 282 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 283 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The TRC logic has PLC connection points. For example, if the user wishes to trip the CB
using a signal generated by external relay, the signal should be inputted at the PLC connection
point: TRIP*_ADD.
- 284 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
DIF_TRIP1 8000001B60
FC01:DIF
FC02:REF DIF_TRIP2 ≥1 FC-TRIP1
FC03:OC
DIF_TRIP3
FC04:EF
FC05:EFIn DIF_TRIP4
DIF_TRIP5 800000EBB0 TRIP1_ADD
FC06:OCN
FC07:BCD DIF_TRIP6
FC08:THM
FC09:CBF
FC10:(N.A.)
FC11:(N.A.)
FC12:(N.A.)
FC13:OV
FC14:OVS
FC15:OVG
FC16:UV
FC17:UVS
FC18:FRQ
FC19:DFRQ 8500001B65
FC20:VPH
FC21:MECH ≥1 FC-TRIP6
FC22:(N.A.)
FC23:(N.A.)
FC24:(N.A.) 850000EBB5 TRIP6_ADD
MECH_TRIP1
FC25:(N.A.)
FC26:(N.A.) MECH_TRIP2
FC27:(N.A.) MECH_TRIP3
FC28:(N.A.) MECH_TRIP4
FC29:(N.A.) MECH_TRIP5
FC30:(N.A.)
FC31:(N.A.) MECH_TRIP6
FC32:(N.A.)
- 285 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000001B67
FC-TRIP1
S
≥1 TRIP-COMMAND1
&
R
8100001B68
FC-TRIP2
S
≥1 TRIP-COMMAND2
&
R
8200001B69
FC-TRIP3
S
≥1 TRIP-COMMAND3
&
R
8300001B6A
FC-TRIP4
S ≥1 TRIP-COMMAND4
&
R
8400001B6B
FC-TRIP5
S
≥1 TRIP-COMMAND5
&
R
8500001B6C
FC-TRIP6
S
≥1 TRIP-COMMAND6
&
R
On 8000001B6D
Lockout Off
≥1 ≥1 GEN.TRIP
800000EBBB LOCKOUT_RESET
If the user wishes to reset the output signals “TRIP_COMMAND1–6” using an external signal,
the output signals “TRIP_COMMAND1–6” can be reset using the PLC connection point
“LOCKOUT_RESET”. (This operation is selected when the user sets the scheme switch
[Lockout] On.)
- 286 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000001B71
OPT.PHASE-A
Protection
functions FC*-OPT-AR
≥1
FC01
8C0000EBB7 OPT.P-A_ADD
FC02
8100001B72
OPT.PHASE-A 8000001B
FC*-OPT-BR
≥1 OPT-AR
8D0000EBB7 OPT.P-B_ADD
8200001B73
FC32 OPT.PHASE-A 8100001B
FC*-OPT-CR
≥1 OPT-BR
8E0000EBB9 OPT.P-C_ADD
8300001B74
& OPT.PHASE-N 8200001B
≥1
OPT-CR
FC*_ALARM 8B0001B66
≥1
GEN.ALARM
8B0000EBB5 ALARM_ADD
- 287 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.19.4 Setting
Setting of TP_TRC (Function ID: 4A3001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
Lockout Off / On – Trip signal lockout enable Off – – X X X
- 288 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 289 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 290 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[METH*-EN](ON/OFF)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 3.20-2 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 291 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
800010EBB2 MECH1-INST-OP
8000101B66 To TRC
MECH1-TP1 On & 8000001B70
8100101B67 ≥1
On MECH-TRIP1
MECH1-TP2 &
8200101B68
MECH1-TP3 On &
8300101B69 8100001B71
≥1
MECH1-TP4 On MECH-TRIP2
&
8400101B6A
MECH1-TP5 On & 8500101B6B 8200001B72
≥1
MECH1-TP6 On MECH-TRIP3
&
8B00101B6C ≥1 8300001B73
On MECH-TRIP4
MECH1-ALM &
8400001B74
≥1 MECH-TRIP5
8500001B75
≥1
MECH-TRIP6
8B00001B7B
≥1
MECH-ALARM
MECH16 logic
MECH16-TRIP1
MECH16-TRIP6
- 292 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
switch [MECH1-TP1], ‘MECH1-TRIP1’ signal is transferred for the TRC function if the MECH1
function has an external trip signal. In accordance with the external trip signal received in the
TRC function, it drives the binary output circuit (BO), which can energize the trip coil to open
the circuit breaker. The MECH1 logic can produce six trip signals so that other scheme
switches [MECH1-TP2] to [MECH1-TP6] are provided. Except for the trip signals, an alarm
signal can be also generated when On is set for scheme switch [MECH1-ALM].
Note: The TRC function is discussed separately. See Chapter Relay application: Trip
circuit.
- 293 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3.20.2 Setting
Setting of TP_MECH (Function ID: 487001)
Default Model
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
MECH1-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip1 enable Off – – X X X
MECH2-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip2 enable Off – – X X X
MECH3-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip3 enable Off – – X X X
MECH4-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip4 enable Off – – X X X
MECH5-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip5 enable Off – – X X X
MECH6-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip6 enable Off – – X X X
MECH7-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip7 enable Off – – X X X
MEC
MECH8-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip8 enable Off – – X X X
H
MECH9-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip9 enable Off – – X X X
MECH10-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip10 enable Off – – X X X
MECH11-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip11 enable Off – – X X X
MECH12-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip12 enable Off – – X X X
MECH13-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip13 enable Off – – X X X
MECH14-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip14 enable Off – – X X X
MECH15-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip15 enable Off – – X X X
MECH16-EN Off / On - Mechanical trip16 enable Off – – X X X
TMECH1 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip1 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH1-TP1 Off / On - MECH1 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH1-TP2 Off / On - MECH1 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH1-TP3 Off / On - MECH1 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H1 MECH1-TP4 Off / On - MECH1 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH1-TP5 Off / On - MECH1 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH1-TP6 Off / On - MECH1 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH1-ALM Off / On - MECH1 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH2 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip2 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH2-TP1 Off / On - MECH2 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH2-TP2 Off / On - MECH2 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH2-TP3 Off / On - MECH2 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H2 MECH2-TP4 Off / On - MECH2 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH2-TP5 Off / On - MECH2 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH2-TP6 Off / On - MECH2 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH2-ALM Off / On - MECH2 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH3 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip3 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH3-TP1 Off / On - MECH3 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH3-TP2 Off / On - MECH3 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH3-TP3 Off / On - MECH3 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H3 MECH3-TP4 Off / On - MECH3 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH3-TP5 Off / On - MECH3 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH3-TP6 Off / On - MECH3 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH3-ALM Off / On - MECH3 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH4 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip4 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH4-TP1 Off / On - MECH4 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH4-TP2 Off / On - MECH4 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH4-TP3 Off / On - MECH4 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H4 MECH4-TP4 Off / On - MECH4 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH4-TP5 Off / On - MECH4 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH4-TP6 Off / On - MECH4 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH4-ALM Off / On - MECH4 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH5 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip5 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MEC
MECH5-TP1 Off / On - MECH5 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H5
MECH5-TP2 Off / On - MECH5 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
- 294 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
MECH5-TP3 Off / On - MECH5 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH5-TP4 Off / On - MECH5 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH5-TP5 Off / On - MECH5 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH5-TP6 Off / On - MECH5 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH5-ALM Off / On - MECH5 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH6 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip6 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH6-TP1 Off / On - MECH6 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH6-TP2 Off / On - MECH6 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH6-TP3 Off / On - MECH6 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H6 MECH6-TP4 Off / On - MECH6 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH6-TP5 Off / On - MECH6 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH6-TP6 Off / On - MECH6 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH6-ALM Off / On - MECH6 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH7 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip7 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH7-TP1 Off / On - MECH7 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH7-TP2 Off / On - MECH7 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH7-TP3 Off / On - MECH7 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H7 MECH7-TP4 Off / On - MECH7 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH7-TP5 Off / On - MECH7 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH7-TP6 Off / On - MECH7 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH7-ALM Off / On - MECH7 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH8 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip8 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH8-TP1 Off / On - MECH8 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH8-TP2 Off / On - MECH8 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH8-TP3 Off / On - MECH8 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H8 MECH8-TP4 Off / On - MECH8 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH8-TP5 Off / On - MECH8 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH8-TP6 Off / On - MECH8 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH8-ALM Off / On - MECH8 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH9 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip9 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH9-TP1 Off / On - MECH9 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH9-TP2 Off / On - MECH9 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH9-TP3 Off / On - MECH9 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H9 MECH9-TP4 Off / On - MECH9 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH9-TP5 Off / On - MECH9 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH9-TP6 Off / On - MECH9 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH9-ALM Off / On - MECH9 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH10 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip10 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH10-TP1 Off / On - MECH10 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH10-TP2 Off / On - MECH10 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH10-TP3 Off / On - MECH10 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H10 MECH10-TP4 Off / On - MECH10 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH10-TP5 Off / On - MECH10 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH10-TP6 Off / On - MECH10 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH10-ALM Off / On - MECH10 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH11 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip11 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH11-TP1 Off / On - MECH11 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH11-TP2 Off / On - MECH11 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH11-TP3 Off / On - MECH11 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H11 MECH11-TP4 Off / On - MECH11 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH11-TP5 Off / On - MECH11 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH11-TP6 Off / On - MECH11 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH11-ALM Off / On - MECH11 alarm enable Off – – X X X
- 295 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents setting
1 2 3 4 5
value
TMECH12 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip12 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH12-TP1 Off / On - MECH12 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH12-TP2 Off / On - MECH12 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH12-TP3 Off / On - MECH12 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H12 MECH12-TP4 Off / On - MECH12 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH12-TP5 Off / On - MECH12 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH12-TP6 Off / On - MECH12 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH12-ALM Off / On - MECH12 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH13 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip13 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH13-TP1 Off / On - MECH13 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH13-TP2 Off / On - MECH13 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH13-TP3 Off / On - MECH13 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H13 MECH13-TP4 Off / On - MECH13 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH13-TP5 Off / On - MECH13 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH13-TP6 Off / On - MECH13 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH13-ALM Off / On - MECH13 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH14 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip14 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH14-TP1 Off / On - MECH14 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH14-TP2 Off / On - MECH14 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH14-TP3 Off / On - MECH14 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H14 MECH14-TP4 Off / On - MECH14 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH14-TP5 Off / On - MECH14 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH14-TP6 Off / On - MECH14 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH14-ALM Off / On - MECH14 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH15 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip15 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH15-TP1 Off / On - MECH15 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH15-TP2 Off / On - MECH15 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH15-TP3 Off / On - MECH15 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H15 MECH15-TP4 Off / On - MECH15 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH15-TP5 Off / On - MECH15 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH15-TP6 Off / On - MECH15 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH15-ALM Off / On - MECH15 alarm enable Off – – X X X
TMECH16 0.00 - 300.00 s Mechanical trip16 timer 0.00 – – X X X
MECH16-TP1 Off / On - MECH16 Trip signal1 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH16-TP2 Off / On - MECH16 Trip signal2 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MEC MECH16-TP3 Off / On - MECH16 Trip signal3 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
H16 MECH16-TP4 Off / On - MECH16 Trip signal4 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH16-TP5 Off / On - MECH16 Trip signal5 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH16-TP6 Off / On - MECH16 Trip signal6 for TRC driving BO circuit On – – X X X
MECH16-ALM Off / On - MECH16 alarm enable Off – – X X X
X: Applicable setting, X1: Setting depending on other functions, –: Not applicable setting
- 296 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 297 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 298 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 299 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 300 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 301 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 302 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 303 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 4.1-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 304 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SPOS20 function
SPOS20_STD_RPT
DPOS function
≥1
Reception of “DCB”
DPOS01 function
DPOS72 function
DPOS72_STD_RPT
DPSY function
TPOS function
SOFTSW function
TMCHG function
Reception of “DCB”
TMCHG function
- 305 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
In Figure 4.1-1, the CMNCTRL1 function generates a message denoted with the number
1; Figure 4.1-2 exemplifies that the IED-1 generates the “stVal” message 1. In addition, IEDs-
2 to -10 are also required to receive message 1, this is denoted with the number 2. For
IEC61850 communication, the “stVal” messages 1 and 2 are carried by GOOSE publish and
GOOSE subscribe. Thus, for all IEDs (i.e., IED-1 to IED-10 of Figure 4.1-2), it is required to
set the GOOSE publish destination corresponding to the message.
1 2 2 2
Figure 4.1-3 demonstrates how the GOOSE publish destination is set with regard to the
DCB message. The user is required to set the destination for each respective IED by selecting
the signal “DCB SND OR”, corresponding to the GOOSE publish, this must be performed at
the respective screens in GR-TIEMS†. That is, the user should select the “stVal” item for each
IED. After setting, the user should write the setting date for each respective IED.
○
1 Selected IED
○2 Required settings in
the respective IEDs.
- 306 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CMNCTRL2
function
PLC_O_BIT_0201 For
・Event record function
5A0101 800200EF40 PLC_BIT_0201 (5A0101 8002001F40)
・Communication (required mapping)
Information ・LEDs
cascaded§ ・IED screen display
・Binary output module
etc…
†Note:The user should recognize that the reason messages are only available for
operation with the GCS1000 control system manufactured by Toshiba.
- 307 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 308 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
4.1.5 Setting
CMNCTRL setting list (FunctionID:5A0001)
Default
Units
Setting item Range Contents Notes
setting value
QBLK Off / On – Setting “On” to neglect the value of quality signal Off
- 309 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 310 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Connection points
CMNCTRL2 (Function ID: 5A0101)
Element ID Name Description
320000EF43 CHK_NMI_M Main CPU Monitoring Siganal1
- 311 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 312 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Control hierarchy
It is important that the user understand the meaning of the terms ‘control-right’ and ‘control-
hierarchy’ in connection with the functioning of the control and monitoring applications in the
sub-station automation system (SAS) and the sub-station control and monitoring system
(SCMS). For instance, when we wish to operate a device (such as a piece of switchgear or
others), the system has the device forbidden to operate if the system is unable to give a ‘control-
right’ for the device using the ‘control-hierarchy’. Figure 4.2-1 depicts the control-hierarchy;
the control-hierarchy is made of three control-levels, two selector-switches, and three control-
points. Either control command of three control-points is permitted so that the other
commands will be forbidden in the system. On this account, no collision of control-points exists
within the system.
Control-point in RCC
Network level
Control-point in OWS/EWS
Communication
EWS OWS
Selector switch
(43R) RCC EWS/OWS
Station level
Control-point in LCP
ON/OFF operation on LCD(MIMIC)
Bay level
Control-right
Switchgear and others
Control levels Selector switches Control points and positions of selector switches
- 313 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The part ○
1 and ○
2 logics are programmed so that, the control-right signal can be
distributed to the respective control applications. With regard to the LEDR function, PLC
connection point “LEDR01_CTRL_RIGHT” has been programmed using DOUT_BOOL feature
(for example). Therefore, the control-right signal is transferred to the select and operate-
condition logic‡ when the user connects the control-hierarchy with the LEDR function using
“LEDR01_CTRL_RIGHT”.
‡Note:The select-condition and operate-condition logic are used to decide upon the
execution of a select command or an operate command in the LEDR function. For
more detail, see chapter Control and monitoring application: LEDR function:
Operate condition and Select condition. Other functions, such as SPOS, DPOS,
etc. have the same logic; the user is required to do the connection.
- 314 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
○
1 Checking the bay level ○
2 Distribution of the control-right
RemoteLocalKey_43BCU
From LOCMT
DIN_UNIT UNIT_TO_BOOL LEDR_CTRL_RIGHT
LRSW01_LR_ST FID DO
DTYPE ST DOUT_BOOL
(530001 3109001001) FID ST
DID
DTYPE
DID
DI
To LEDR
528001 820701ED50 LEDR01_CTRL_RIGHT Select
condition logic
GCNT00_CTRL_RIGHT
DOUT_BOOL
Operate
FID ST
condition logic
DTYPE
DID
DI
To GCNT01-32
540001 800E00ED5A GCNT00IN_TMP_51 Select
condition logic
Operate
condition logic
- 315 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Local to remote
&
1≥
If the user does not touch the
operation/function keys on the front panel &
within 35 min. in the local control, the IED
will be changed for the remote control
unconditionally.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 4.3-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 316 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note:As a rule, the control commands have parameters. For example, the “Off to On”
and “On to Off” control directions that are used in commands are pre-configured
as parameters in the communication protocol. Note that the parameters vary
depending upon the respective protocol used, such as IEC61850, Modbus and
others. For IEC61850, Table 4.3-2 shows the parameters defined: the rule for
control direction can be found in “ctlVal”, the command publisher is recognized
using the parameter “origin”. For more information about the parameters, see
Appendix IEC61850 MICS and PICS.
- 317 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 318 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 319 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1Note: For the operation, see Chapter User interface: Outline. Note that pressing the
“CLEAR” key causes the Reset of the LEDs.
2Note: For more information, see Chapter Engineering tool.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 4.4-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 320 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Operate logic
0 t
Failed
0.3s
Select condition‡
- 321 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[LEDDR1_EN]
On
- 322 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 4.4-3 PLC connection point (Input point on select condition logic)
Signal Number Signal Name Description M/O
- 323 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Operate logic
Operate command
Operate logic
“Do nothing”
Operation Failed
- 324 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Failed Do nothing
Failed Do nothing
Cancel logic
Cancel command
Cancel logic
Operate condition‡
From KEYINPUT
240001 31000E1730
LEDR_KEY_CLEAR
CLEAR
- 325 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[LEDDR1_EN]
On
- 326 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LEDR function. Additionally, the user should connect the signal LED_RST_CMD with the LED
logic.
†Note:For more information on LED logics, see Chapter Technical description: Human
machine interface: LED indicators.
Figure 4.4-9 Settings for LED-03 circuit provided by “Setting I/O menu” of GR-TIEMS
- 327 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SBO defined in LN
- 328 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SBOw
Oper
Cancel
Origin
stSeld
sboClass† (choice ”operate-once”)
ctlmodel (choice ”SBOes or SBOns”)
†”sboClass” can be found by scrolling down.
Oper
origin
ctlmodel (choice ”DOes or DOns” )
- 329 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Note: “Status (ST)” is defined in the function constraint (FC) of the IEC 61850.
- 330 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 4.4-6 Mapping signals required for LEDRs object for LLN0
Object_reference Attribute Type FC Signal Number Signal Name
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper ctlVal BOOLEAN CO
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper ctlNum INT8U CO
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper T Timestamp CO
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper Test BOOLEAN CO
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper Check Check CO 5280017007016D08 LEDR01_CONTROL_REQ
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper$origin orCat orCategory CO
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper$origin orIdent Octet64 CO
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs ctlModel ctlModel CF
Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs sboClass sboClass CF
- 331 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
4.4.6 Setting
TLEDRSTCTRL (Function ID: 528001)
Default setting
Setting item Range Units Contents Notes
value
LEDDR1-EN Off / On - LEDR01 Reset Control Enable Off
- 332 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Mapping point
TLEDRSTCTRL (Function ID: 528001)
Element ID Name Description
7007016D08 LEDR01_CONTROL_REQ Dev01 control request
- 333 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 4.5-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 334 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
4.5.1 Function
(i) Mode sensor
The MDCTRL function can monitor the state change (On to TEST / TEST to Off) in the IED.
To use this monitoring function, On should be set for the scheme switch [MDCTRL-EN] prior to
operation. During the operation, a select signal and an operate signal are provided for the
TEST-FB when the SAS provides a test command for the IED; hence, the MDCTRL function
comes with two time-out timers. Setting [MDCTRL-SELRST] provides a time-out timer for
canceling a select command; setting [MDCTRL-EXERST] provides a time-out timer for
canceling an operate command.
Table 4.5-3 PLC connection point (Input signal for select condition logic)
Signal Number Signal Name Description M/O
- 335 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 336 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SBOw
Oper
Cancel
Origin
stSeld
sboClass† (choice ”operate-once”)
ctlmodel (choice ”SBOes or SBOns” )
†”sboClass” can be found by scrolling down.
Oper
origin
ctlmodel (choice ”DOes or DOns” )
- 337 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 338 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 4.5-5 Mapping signals required for LLNO object in MDCTRL01 function
Object_reference Attribute Type FC Signal Number Signal Name
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw ctlVal Mod CO
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw ctlNum INT8U CO
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw T Timestamp CO
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw Test BOOLEAN CO
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw Check Check CO
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw$origin orCat orCategory CO
System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw$origin orIdent Octet64 CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper ctlVal Mod CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper ctlNum INT8U CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper T Timestamp CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper Test BOOLEAN CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper Check Check CO 5500017013016D08 MDCTRL01_CONTROL_REQ
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper$origin orCat orCategory CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Oper$origin orIdent Octet64 CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Cancel ctlVal Mod CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Cancel ctlNum INT8U CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Cancel T Timestamp CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Cancel Test BOOLEAN CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Cancel$origin orCat orCategory CO
System/LLN0$Mod$Cancel$origin orIdent Octet64 CO
System/LLN0$Mod ctlModel ctlModel CF
System/LLN0$Mod sboTimeout INT32U CF
System/LLN0$Mod sboClass sboClass CF
†Note: The attribute is defined in the IEC 61850 standard; “CO” stands for “Control”
and “CF” stands for “Configuration” in the functional constraint (FC).
Check “Input”
- 339 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
4.5.3 Setting
MDCTRL (Function ID: 550001)
Default setting
Setting item Range Units Contents Notes
value
- 340 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8313011E89 MODE01_OEC_F_CS MDCTRL01 Test direction execute command fail condition signal
- 341 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Mapping point
MDCTRL(Function ID: 550001)
Element ID Name Description
7013016D08 MDCTRL01_CONTROL_REQ MDCTRL01 correction request from cmm
- 342 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Closed/Open signals
GCNT01_ CNT_ VAL
Inputs 320E 011D20
Changes in device status
(e.g., operations of 43S) BI 540001 800E 01E DE 0 GCNT01_ PLC_ SGNL GCNT01
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 4.6-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
– Number of counters 8 – – 8 – – 8 – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 343 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Signal acquisition timing must be adjusted in accordance with the application, in that the
acquisition should be regulated for the nature of the signal; hence, several settings are
provided in the GCNT functions. Thirty-two independent GCNT counters† are available. That
is, counters GCNT01 to GCNT32† can operate simultaneously. The values counted are stored
in the non-volatile memory so that they are not erased if the power supply to the IED is
interrupted.
For simplicity, only the GCNT01 function is discussed; the features in the remaining GCNT02–
GCNT32 functions are identical to the GCNT01 function.
a. On (Closed) signals
Counter 1 2 … n …
Counter 1 2 … n …
Counter 1 2 … n …
- 344 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CNTMAX] and set a user-preferred value. Note that the user can set the maximum number
from 9 to 2147483647.
Counter
10 10 10
5 5 5
- 345 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Operate logic
Operate command
Operate logic
Output signal to BO
The GCNT01 function can issue a “Complete” signal at the output point
“GCNT01_SLD_CSCN”, when the GCNT01 function determines that the input signal
“Remote-Reset-Control” is true. If the GCNT01 function determines that the “Remote-Reset-
Control” is not true, the GCNTS01 function returns to the “Wait for a command” stage.
- 346 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 347 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[GCNT01-HMI]
On
[DPOS01-EN]
On
- 348 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 4.6-4 PLC Connection point (Input signals from the control hierarchy logic)
Signal Number Signal Name Description M/O
Table 4.6-5 PLC Monitoring points (Signal “select complete/ failed” for BIO)
Signal Number Signal Name Description
540001 000E011D91 GCNT01_TMP_01 GCNT01 count change selected signal(stSeld) for SAS
540001 000E021D91 GCNT02_TMP_01 GCNT02 count change selected signal(stSeld) for SAS
540001 000E031D91 GCNT03_TMP_01 GCNT03 count change selected signal(stSeld) for SAS
540001 000E041D91 GCNT04_TMP_01 GCNT04 count change selected signal(stSeld) for SAS
… … …
- 349 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
540001 000E201D91 GCNT32_TMP_01 GCNT32 count change selected signal(stSeld) for SAS
- 350 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Operate logic
Operate command
Operate logic
Output signal to BO
The GCNT01 function can issue a “Success to cancel” signal at the monitoring point
“GCNT01_CC_SSCN”, when the GCNT01 function has determined that the signal “Remote-
cancel” is true. Another signal “Operation failed” is issued if the function is able to determine
that the signal “Remote-cancel” is not true.
Input Cancel logic in GCNT01 Output
“Do nothing”
Operation Failed
- 351 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 352 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Failed Do nothing
Output signal to BO
The GCNT01 function, in Figure 4.6-11, can provide a signal at the point “GCNT01_OK_CSC”,
when the GCNT01 function determines that the signal “Remote-Reset-Control” is true.
Input Operate logic in GCNT01 Output
Operate condition‡
Statics-counter
- 353 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Failed Do nothing
Counter
10:48 1/8
COUNT1 (No Assign) +
0
COUNT2 (No Assign) +
0
COUNT3 (No Assign) +
0
Output signal to BO
The GCNT01 function can provide a signal at the point “GCNT01_OK_CSC”, when the new
value applied from the sub-menu is appropriate.
- 354 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[GCNT01-HMI]
On
[DPOS01-EN]
On
- 355 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 356 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SBO defined in LN
- 357 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SBOw
Oper
Cancel
Origin
stSeld
sboClass† (choice ”operate-once”)
ctlmodel (choice ”SBOes or SBOns”)
†”sboClass” can be found by scrolling down.
Oper
Origin
ctlmodel (choice ”SBOes or SBOns” )
- 358 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 4.6-10 Mapping signals required for GIGO3302 object in GCNT01 function
Object_reference Attribute Type FC Signal Number Signal Name
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$origin orCat orCategory ST 540001300e011D23 GCNT01_CNT_ORCAT
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$origin orIdent Octet64 ST 5400016A0e011FA7 GCNT01_CNT_ORIDENT
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO stVal INT32 ST 540001320e011D20 GCNT01_CNT_VAL
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO q Quality ST 3010013110041005 Qual_Val
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO t Timestamp ST 2003019010001006 SYS_TIME
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO stSeld BOOLEAN ST 540001000E011D91 GCNT01_TMP_01
Note: “Status (ST)” is defined in the function constraint (FC) of the IEC 61850.
- 359 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 4.6-11 Mapping signals required for ISCSO object for GIGO3302
Object_reference Attribute Type FC Signal Number Signal Name
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper ctlVal INT32 CO
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper ctlNum INT8U CO
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper T Timestamp CO
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper Test BOOLEAN CO
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper Check Check CO 540001 700E016D09 GCNT01_CMM_REQ
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper$origin orCat orCategory CO
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper$origin orIdent Octet64 CO
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO ctlModel ctlModel CF
Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO sboClass sboClass CF
Check “Input”
- 360 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
4.6.6 Setting
GCNT (Function ID: 540001)
Default setting
Setting device Range Units Contents Notes
value
Note: The number of counters in the GCNT depends on IED model. We omit the setting
tables of GCNT03 etc. because the setting items are the same except the device
number.
- 361 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Note: In the table above, the user will only find Element IDs and their names for the 1st
device, but a 2nd and other devices are also provided in the GCNT function. We
have omitted the Element IDs and their names for the other devices to improve
readability. Use the rule described below when the user wishes to obtain the
Element IDs and their names for the other devices.
Rule: The same types of signal monitoring points are provided in every device;
hence, the user can find the same ones for all of the other devices. For
example, when the user wishes to find the “GCNT01_CTR_SGUCN” point
for the 2nd device, use the description of “GCNT02_CTR_SGUCN” in place
- 362 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 363 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
5 Technical Description
Contents Pages Pages
Case structure and slot layout 368 CPU 393
Type using compression terminals 368
-1/1 size case 368 Date and time 450
-1/2 size case 373 -Time synchronization 451
-3/4 size case 371 -DST(Summer time) 456
Type using ring terminals 375 -Time zone 455
-1/1 size case 375
-1/2 size case 380 Function keys with LEDs 437
-3/4 size case 378
Group setting for relays 459
Binary IO module (BI, BO, and BIO) 400
-Input circuits 402 LED indicators 437
-Input features 401
-Output circuits 413 Monitoring jacks 447
-Output features 411
-BI1A module 419 Operation keys 449
-BI2A module 419
-BI3A module 419 Power supply module (PWS) 433
-BO1A module 420
-BO2A module 420 Transformer module for AC (VCT) 382
-BIO1A module 421 -VCT49B terminals 383
-BIO2A module 421 -VCT44B terminals 384
-BIO3A module 422 -VCT44B and VCT48B terminals 385
-Ratio 389
Communication modules 394 -Rated current 391
-100Base-TX/1000Base-T 394
-100Base-FX 394
-1000Base-LX 394
-RS485 394
-Fiber optic 394
-IRIG-B000 394
- 364 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The IED hardware consists of a case, modules, and a human machine interface (HMI). For
instance, Figure 5-1shows the structure of the GR-series IED which is mounted in 3/4×19” rack.
The user can find that the IED consists of a transformer module (VCT), a signal processing
and communication module (CPU), binary input and output modules (BI, BI, and BIO, and a
power supply module (PWS), which can be mounted in an order from left to right. The IED
case, which is designed for rack mount as shown in Figure 5-1, has two flanges attached on the
IED sides. Figure 5-2 shows hardware block diagram. The module structure depends on the
GR-series models, IED cases, and the customer specification. Therefore, the user should check
and confirm the actual modules with the ordering number in advance.
(The description of IED case helps to understand the IED structure and its functions.
Based on slot reference, terminal block, slot reference, GR-Series selects different cases. VCT,
CPU, BI, BO and BIO modules, PWS and HMI are described sequentially in this chapter. The
user is required to understand information provided in this chapter when wiring between the
IED and external devices and setting of the IED are performed. Hence, the user is required to
read this chapter thoroughly.)
Figure 5-1 Modules in 3/4 19” rack’s chassis (Front view, removed the front panel)
- 365 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
VCT CPU
V VT×m
BO
Auxiliary
relay Binary output
×18
HMI
BI
LCD/MIMIC
Photo coupler Binary input
×18
LEDs
Function Key
Power PWS
- 366 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 5.1-1 Terminal type and case structure (1/2 size case, back view)
- 367 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
PWS terminal block is placed on the far left side; hence, the user finds it with alpha-
numeric reference “T9”, and that is discussed later (see section 5.5).
Communication modules, which are placed between VCT and BIOs, are labeled with “C11”
to “C15”. Those are provided for LAN, IEC61850 communication, etc.
- 368 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T9 T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C11
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C12
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
C13
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 C14
26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 C15 FG1
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
E
39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
T9 T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic diagram
- 369 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T9 T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1 VC2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C11
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C12
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
C13
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 C14
26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 C15 FG1 FG2
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
E
39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
T9 T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1 VC2
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic diagram
Figure 5.1-3 Type using compression terminals (1/1 size case, dual VCTs)
- 370 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 371 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 C12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
13 13 13 13 13 13 13
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
15 15 15 15 15 15 15
16 16 16 16 16 16 16
17 17 17 17 17 17 17
18 18 18 18 18 18 18
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
C13
21 21 21 21 21 21 21
22 22 22 22 22 22 22
23 23 23 23 23 23 23
24 24 24 24 24 24 24
C14
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
26 26 26 26 26 26 26
27 27 27 27 27 27 27
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
29 29 29 29 29 29 29
30 30 30 30 30 30 30
31 31 31 31 31 31 31
32 32 32 32 32 32 32
33 33 33 33 33 33 33
FG1
C15
34 34 34 34 34 34 34
35 35 35 35 35 35 35
36 36 36 36 36 36 36
37 37 37 37 37 37 37
38 38 38 38 38 38 38
E
39 39 39 39 39 39 39
40 40 40 40 40 40 40
T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic figure
- 372 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 373 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 C11
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10
11 11 11 11 C12
12 12 12 12
13 13 13 13
14 14 14 14
15 15 15 15
16 16 16 16
17 17 17 17
18 18 18 18
C13
19 19 19 19
20 20 20 20
21 21 21 21
22 22 22 22
23 23 23 23
24 24 24 24
C14
25 25 25 25
26 26 26 26
27 27 27 27
28 28 28 28
29 29 29 29
30 30 30 30
31 31 31 31
32 32 32 32
33 33 33 33
FG1
C15
34 34 34 34
35 35 35 35
E
36 36 36 36
37 37 37 37
38 38 38 38
39 39 39 39
40 40 40 40
FG FGB FGA
T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic diagram
- 374 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Viewing from the front side (Figure 5.1-6 and Figure 5.1-7.a)
Slots are provided for mounting modules. A transformer module (VCT), a signal processing and
communication module (CPU), and a power supply module (PWS) are mounted at predefined
locations in the case. Binary IO modules (BI, BO, and BIO) are placed in slots (IO#1, IO#2, …),
these slot locations are determined before factory shipment. For detailed information on slot
locations, module types and their connections for all IEDs, see external connection figures. (See
Appendix: Typical external connection).
Viewing from the rear side (Figure 5.1-6 and Figure 5.1-7.b)
The terminal blocks for the case viewed from the rear is shown. They are labeled with alpha-
numeric reference “T1”, “T2” and so on. Terminal screw numbers relate to circuits individually,
and the user has to check their circuits (see section 5.4 or later). A BIO module is identified by
its alpha-numeric reference (or slot reference) on the IED case. For example, the user can
identify that slot “IO#1” is linked with alpha-numeric reference “T1”.
PWS terminal block is placed on the far left side; hence, the user finds it with alpha-
numeric reference “T8” when the VCT is mounted in the case. That circuit is discussed later
(see section 5.5)
Communication modules, which are between VCT and BIOs, are labeled with “C11” to
“C15”. Those are used for LAN, IEC61850 communication, etc.
- 375 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
3 4
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
C12
5 6
7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
7 8
9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10
9 10
11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12
11 12
13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14
13 14
15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16
C13
15 16
17 18 17 18 17 18 17 18 17 18 17 18 17 18
17 18
21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22
21 22
23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24
23 24
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
C14
26 26 26 26 26 26 26
25 26
27 28 27 28 27 28 27 28 27 28 27 28 27 28
27 28
29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30
29 30
31 32 31 32 31 32 31 32 31 32 31 32 31 32
31 32
33 34 33 34 33 34 33 34 33 34 33 34 33 34
FG1
C15
33 34
35 36 35 36 35 36 35 36 35 36 35 36 35 36
E
35 36
37 38 37 38 37 38 37 38 37 38 37 38 37 38
38
FG
T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic diagram
- 376 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1 VC2
C11
1 2 1 2 1 1 2
1
3 4 3 4 3 3 4
3
5 6 5 6 5 5 6
5
7 8 7 8 7 7 8
C12
7
9 10 9 10 9 9 10
9
11 12 11 12 11 11 12
11
13 14 13 14 13 13 14
13
15 15 15 15
C13
16 16 16
15
17 18 17 18 17 17 18
17
21 22 21 22 21 21 22
21
23 24 23 24 23 23 24
23
25 26 25 26 25 25 26
25
27 28 27 28 27 27 28 C14
27
29 30 29 30 29 29 30
29
31 32 31 32 31 31 32
31
33 34 33 34 33 33 34
33
35 35 36 35 35
FG1 FG2
36 36
C15
E
35
37 38 37 38 37 37 38
FG
FG FGB FGA
T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1 VC2
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic diagram
Figure 5.1-7 Type using ring terminals (1/1 size case, dual VCTs)
- 377 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 378 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
1
2
3
4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
5
2 6
1
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
7
4 8
C12
3
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
9
6 10
5
7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
11
8 12
7
9 10 9 10 9 10 9 13 10
10 14
9
11 12 11 12 11 12 11 15 12
12 16
11
13 14 13 14 13 14 13 17 14
13
14
15 16 15 16 15 16 15
18
19 16 C13
16 20
15
17 18 17 18 17 18 17 18
18
17
21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22
22
21
23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24
24
23
25 26 25 26 25 26 25 26
26
C14
25
27 28 27 28 27 28 27 28
28
27
29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30
30
29
31 32 31 32 31 32 31 32
32
31
33 34 33 34 33 34 33 34
33
34
35 36 35 36 35 36 35 36 C15 FG1
36
35
37 38 37 38 37 38 37 38
E
38
FG
FG FGB FGA
T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic figure
- 379 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 380 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
1 2 1 2
1
2
3 4 3 4
3
4
5 6 5 6
C12
5
6
7 8 7 8
7
8
9 10 9 10
9
10
11 12 11 12
11
12
13 14 13 14
13
14
15 16 15 16 C13
15
16
17 18 17 18
17
18
21 22 21 22
21
22
23 24 23 24
23
24
25 26 25 26
25
26 C14
27 28 27 28
27
28
29 30 29 30
29
30
31 32 31 32
31
32
33 34 33 34
33
34 FG1
C15
35 36 35 36
35
36
37 38 37 38
E
38
FG
FG FGB FGA
T3 T2 T1 VC1
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
c. Schematic diagram
- 381 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Note: The screens above are samples. For more information about the operaion on the
LCD screen, see chapter User interface..
- 382 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Voltages VCT49B
Va Va-VT
Jumper
Vb Vb-VT Terminal Input Type of AC analog
Screw position input
Vc Vc-VT Number signal(3) input
(4)
channel(5)
Currents from 1st winding
Ia 1 2 Voltage NA AI1_Ch1
Ia-1CT Va(1)
Ib
Ib-1CT
3 4 Vb(1) Voltage NA AI1_Ch2
IN
In-2NCT
- 383 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ib
Ib-2CT
9 10 Ic-1CT(2) Current W5 AI1_Ch5
Ic
Ic-4CT
Residual current
- 384 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(Not used)
Jumper
Terminal Input Type of AC analog
Currents from 1st winding
Ia
Screw position input
Ia-1CT Number signal input channel(4)
(3)
Ib
Ib-1CT
1 2 NA NA NA NA
Ic
Ic-1CT 3 4
Residual current – – – –
Ib
Ib-2CT
9 10 Ic-1CT(1) Current W5 AI1_Ch5
- 385 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
We can find that the VCT48B mounted at another VCT#2 slot references
Va Va-1VT
AC
Jumper
Vb Vb-1VT Terminal Input Type of analog
Screw position input
Vc-1VT
Vc
Number signal input channel
(3)
(4)
Voltages at 2nd location
Vc-2VT
5 6 Vc-1VT(1) Voltage NA AI2_Ch3
Vc
7 8 – – – –
9 10 Va-2VT(1) Voltage NA AI2_Ch5
11 12 Vb-2VT(1) Voltage NA AI2_Ch6
Currents from 4th winding 13 14 Vc-2VT(1) Voltage NA AI2_Ch7
Ia
Ia-4CT
15 16 – – – –
Ib
Ib-4CT 17 18 Ia-4CT(2) Current W9 AI2_Ch9
Ic
Ic-4CT 19 20 Ib-4CT(2) Current W10 AI2_Ch10
Residual current
Ic
Ic-5CT
27 28 Ic-5CT(2) Current W14 AI2_Ch14
Residual current
- 386 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1Note: When the size of the IED case is 1/1, two alpha-numeric references (VC1 and VC2)
and two slot references (VCT#1 and VCT#2) are available.
2Note: For the standard VCT, the number of the last terminal screw is “No. 30”.
- 387 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
VC1
VC1
VCT Alpha-
numeric Module type
reference
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Short-bar1 18
19
20
21
22
FG1 23
24
Frame ground 25
terminal on the case
26
27
28
29
30
1
Short-bar
FG1
- 388 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 389 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note: For more information on the IED operation, see Chapter User interface: AC
analog input.
‡Note:The number of AC analog input channels depends on the configuration of the VCT
type and the VCT slot. Thereby, the user has to set the value of the VCT ratio
corresponding to a specific auxiliary VT/CT.
- 390 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The locations of the Jumpers are designated with the marks “W1” to “W14”, which are
printed on the circuit board of the VCT. These “W*” marks correspond to the AC analog input
channel numbers discussed previously.
Front Rear
Tr.1 Tr.2
W1
W2
W3 Tr.3 Tr.4
Location of Jumpers
W4
Connector
Jumpers
W5
Tr.5 Tr.6
W6
W7
W8
W9 Tr.7 Tr.8
W10
W11
W12 Tr.9
W13 Tr.10
W14
Tr.11
Tr.12 Tr.13 Tr.14
header header
- 391 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note: Number of auxiliary CTs depends on the configuration of the VCT type and the
VCT slot. Thereby, the user has to set the rating corresponding to a specific
auxiliary CT. For more information, see Chapter User interface: AC analog input.
- 392 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CPU
CPM2
COM#1
CPU COM#2
COM#3
COM#4
COM#5
BIO#2 COM#3
BIO#3
BIO#4
BIO#5
BIO#6 COM#4
BIO#7
BIO#8
COM#5 IRIG-B
393
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Symbol
TX
RX
Symbol
RX
B2 B2(Disuse)
COM-B
A3 A3
B3 B3
COMM TX GND
C11
C12
- 394 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
C11 C11
C12 C12
Figure 5.3-4 100Base-FX module (left for single port; right for dual ports)
C12
4. RS485 module
RS485 module has a PCB connector. The module should be connected with a shielded-twisted-
pair cable; it is used for communication in the IEC60870-5-103, Modbus, and DNP. The
terminal arrangement and references are shown below. The cable sheath should be connected
with the frame ground (FG) in the IED case. For the use of the a shielded-twisted-pair cable,
the user should note that the total length should be less than 1200 meter (0.75 miles); the
terminal resistor (150 ohms) should be connected when any connector is not connected. For
setting the parameters, see Chapter Communication protocol: RS485 communication.
- 395 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Sheath
Top
PCB connector A1 A cable for
A1 B1 B1 an IED
COM-A(+)
A2
A2 B2 Sheath
COM-B(−) B2
A cable for
A3 B3 A3
another
Bottom
COMM(GND) B3
IED
0V
C11
C12
6. IRIG-B000 module
IRIG-B000 module is used to receive the digital signal generated with an external clock; the
signal is in conformity to serial IRIG-B000 format. Note that the IRIG-B000 module is able to
receive digital signal (TTL) only (i.e., the reception of AM signal is not applicable). This module
is isolated using a photo coupler; the user should note A2 and B2 connectors are not used. The
peak value of IRIG-B000 signal should be greater than 3.5 volts; the IRIG-B000 module has
the input resistor (about 3k ohm). Thus, the terminal resistor can be required when the IRIG-
B000 signal is delivered for several devices; the value of the terminal resistor depends on the
- 396 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
number of deliveries and the performance of the external clocks. For setting of time
synchronization, see Chapter Technical Description: Clock function.
Top
PCB connector A1
A1 B1 B1 SIG
A2 (Disuse)
A2 B2
B2 (Disuse)
A3 B3 A3
Bottom B3 GND
a. View from connector edge b. Port circuit
C11
C12
- 397 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 5.3-9 exemplifies IED has a LAN module (1000BASE-FX) at C11. RS485 and IRIG-B
modules are located at C13 and C15.
C12
RS485
C12 Blank
Blank C13
C13 •A1
485
•A2•
B1 COM-A
•B2
•A3• COM-B
•B3
• • COMM
C14
C14 Blank
IRIG-B000
FG1
E C15
C15
FGE
FG1
398
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 5.3-10 illustrates a structure, which has 100BASE-FX, RS385, and IRIG-B000 modules.
C12
RS485
C12 100BASE
-FX
Blank C13
C13 •A1
485
•A2•
B1 COM-A
•B2
•A3• COM-B
•B3
• • COMM
C14
C14 Blank
IRIG-B000
FG1
E C15
C15
FGE
FG1
399
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 400 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
-Polarity dependent
1
(+)
-Independent circuit 2
BI1
(−)
2 BI2A -Isolated using photo Circuit
number
coupler
Screw on terminal block
-Polarity dependent
- Independent circuit
-Variable threshold
3 BI3A -Isolated using photo
Polarity
coupler Terminal screw
number
-Polarity dependent (+)
1
BI1 BI1
-Sharing common
Circuit number
connections (+)
2
BI2
Circuit
number
Terminal screw
number
34
(+)
BI32
35
(−) Photo coupler
36
(−)
37
(−)
38
(−)
4 BIO1A
5 BIO2A Same as BI1A Same as BI1A and BI2A
6 BIO3A
The user can find the connector of binary IO modules, the terminal number and
arrangement of the binary input circuits in section 5.4.5.
- 401 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.4-3 Setting items for binary input circuits in the standard type
Units
Setting item1 Range Contents Default
- 402 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.4-4 Setting items for binary input circuits in the variable type (i.e., BI2A module)
Units
Setting devices Range Contents Default
As an example, Figure 5.4-1 shows the binary input circuit of the BI1A in order to help
understand the settings. The BI1A consists of 18 binary input circuits and each circuit has
three settings:
Setting threshold level
Comparison feature for contact chatter
CPL switches (“Delayed pick-up and delayed drop-off signal” and “Logic level
inversion”), used as basis of input signal characteristics.
- 403 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Normal On &
[INVERSE-SW]
Inverse [BI1-CPL] Off
8101011111 8101011110
On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer 8101011172
BI2-NC BI2
t 0 0 t & ≥1
BI2 BI2-CPL
0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & ≥1
1
&
Normal On &
[INVERSE-SW]
Inverse [BI2-CPL] Off
8201021110 8201021110
On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer
BI3-NC BI3 8201021172
t 0 0 t & ≥1
BI3 BI3-CPL
0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & ≥1
1
&
Normal On &
[INVERSE-SW]
Inverse [BI3-CPL] Off
8********** BIn
BIn-NC BIn
On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer 8**********
t 0 0 t & ≥1
BIn BIn-CPL
0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & ≥1
1
&
Normal On &
[INVERSE-SW]
Inverse [BIn-CPL] Off
Low
[THRES_Lvl]
High
R1
R1
Respective element IDs (i.e., 8001001172 and others) designate respective signal
monitoring points of the binary input circuits (i.e., BI1-CPL and others). Thus, the user can
handle the signals on the binary input circuit using element ID together with function ID.
When we assume that the BI1A module is at IO#1 slot in the IED case, and if the user wishes
to see the first circuit signal of this BI1A module, the user can identify its signal† using the
element ID (8001001172) and the function ID of IO#1 slot‡.
- 404 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note:The user can see the signals of the binary input circuits on the IED screen.
Chapter User interface: Monitoring-sub menu discusses how to see the state of the
binary input circuits.
‡Note:Function IDs identify every IO slots. For example, IO#1 slot has been identified by
the function ID “200B001”. Therefore, when the user wishes to program the signal
“BI1-CPL” on the BI1A at IO#1, the user should designate its signal using the
function ID “200B001” and Element ID “8001001172”. On the other hand, when
the signal “BI2-CPL” on the BI1A at IO#2 is required to program, the user should
designate that signal using the function ID “200B002” and Element ID
“8001001172”. For more information with regard to the function ID and the Data
ID at IO#1, see sections 5.4.6(i), 5.4.7(i), and others.
- 405 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Binary input circuits #1 to #3 follow the setting [BI1-3_PICKUP] and the user should set
the value between 18 to 222V DC2 for this setting. For the setting [BI4-6_PICKUP], the above
mentioned value holds true for #4 to #6 binary input circuits; similarly the setting [BI7-
9_PICKUP] is used for #7 to #9 binary input circuits; and finally the setting [BI10-12_PICKUP]
is used for #10 to #12 binary input circuits.
1Note: The threshold value is fixed for all types of BIO modules except the BI2A. The
user should notice that “binary IO module voltage type” influences these values
(see the 1st note in Table 5.4-1). These particular values are found when 220V dc
type is used.
2Note: In the variable type, the user can set the threshold arbitrarily between 18 to 222V
in DC, and can regulate its threshold voltage in a voltage step. Table 5.4-5 shows
the corresponding values with regard to guaranteed and typical thresholds in
response to the setting values. Note that the operation in the variable type is
segmented into ‘Operate’, ‘Intermediate’, ‘and ‘Non-operate’ areas, which are
decided by the guaranteed-pick-up, typical-pick-up, and guaranteed-drop-off
levels, as illustrated in Figure 5.4-2.
- 406 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 407 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Input voltage
Operating area
Non-operating area
Imported signal by
binary input circuit
t
- 408 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 409 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IO#n
IO#4
IO#2
IO#3
IO#1
IO_SLOT1 IO_SLOT3
Setting table (input) Setting table (in & out)
Figure 5.4-4 BO and BIO setting tables related to IO_slot1 and IO_slot3
The setting table of section 5.4.6 is available for all binary IO modules except for the BI2A
module; thus, the user should understand and select the setting points that are relevant to the
BI1A module. That is, for the BI1A, the user should choose the setting items of reference (i.e.,
binary input circuits #1 to #18) from IO_SLOT1 setting table. On the other hand, for the BIO1A
module, the user should choose the setting items of reference (i.e., binary input circuits #1 to
#7) from IO_SLOT3 setting table. The IO_SLOT3 setting table for the binary input circuits are
shown in sec. 5.4.6. The setting operation via the IED screen is discussed later. (See chapter
User interface: I/O setting sub-menu)
- 410 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The arrangement of the BO types is determined for every binary IO module, as shown in
Table 5.4-1 and Table 5.4-6. The difference in the types and number of BOs are also found in
section 5.4.5.
- 411 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.4-6 Output circuits and features associated with binary IO module
No Type Binary output feature Example Symbol Applied
sign module
1 Fast -Normally open (N/O) Terminal screw BIO3A
-Dry contact BO1(F) number
operating
-Closure is the fastest 1
(F) amongst all of the BO types. 2
Type
-Make & Carry: 5A cont.
BO number
-Break: 0.15A at 290Vdc
-OP Time: 3ms (typical) N/O contact
connections 37
-Make and carry: 8A cont. BO number
36
-Break: 0.1A at 250Vdc N/O
0.2A at 125Vdc 38
-OP Time: 8ms (typical) N/C
Contact
- 412 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Unit
Setting items Contents Default
Data_ID
BO1_CPL Off / On – Switch On for programmable operation Off
BO1 Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the first input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal2 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the second input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal3 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the third input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal4 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the forth input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal5 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the fifth input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal6 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the sixth input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal7 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the seventh input on BO1. Not assigned1
Input signal8 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the eighth input on BO1. Not assigned1
LOGIC-SW AND/OR/XOR – Switch for logic-gate operation on BO1 AND
On Delay Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Set a value for an on-delay-timer on BO1 0.000
Off Delay Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Set a value for an off-delay-timer on BO1 0.000
INVERSE-SW Normal / Inverse s Inversion operation of BO1 signal Normal
TIMER-SW OFF/Delay/Dwell/Latch – Selection of a type in the delay timer on BO1 OFF
Logic Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Setting Off Delay Timer for Delay and Dwell 0.000
Reset signal (Preferred Data ID) – Setting Data ID for Latch Not assigned1
BO2_CPL Off / On – Switch On for programmable operation Off
BO2 Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the first input on BO2. Not assigned1
….. ….. ….. …..
Input signal8 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the eighth input on BO2 Not assigned1
LOGIC-SW AND/OR/XOR – Switch for logic-gate operation on BO2 AND
On Delay Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Set a value for an on-delay-timer on BO2 0.000
Off Delay Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Set a value for an off-delay-timer on BO2 0.000
INVERSE-SW Normal / Inverse – Inversion operation of BO2 signal Normal
TIMER-SW OFF/Delay/Dwell/Latch – Selection of a type in the delay timer on BO2 OFF
Logic Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Setting Off Delay Timer for Delay and Dwell 0.000
Reset signal (Preferred Data ID) – Setting Data ID for Latch Not assigned1
…..
Input signal8 (Preferred Data ID) – Set a Data ID at the eighth input on BOn Not assigned1
LOGIC-SW AND/OR/XOR – Switch for logic-gate operation on BOn AND
On Delay Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Set a value for an on-delay-timer on BOn 0.000
Off Delay Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Set a value for an off-delay-timer on BOn 0.000
INVERSE-SW Normal / Inverse – Inversion operation of BOn signal Normal
TIMER-SW OFF/Delay/Dwell/Latch – Selection of a type in the delay timer on BOn OFF
Logic Timer 0.000 to 300.000 s Setting Off Delay Timer for Delay and Dwell 0.000
Reset signal (Preferred Data ID) – Setting Data ID for Latch Not assigned1
1Note: The user can set a reset signal and eight input signals with Data IDs. Data IDs
are listed as a signal monitoring point for each function. Setting items are
summarized in each slot. (See sections 5.4.8(i) and 5.4.8(ii))
- 413 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 5.4-5 shows the binary output circuits on the BO1A module in order to help
understand the settings. The BO1A consists of 18 binary output circuits and every circuit has
timers and switches. The features of the CPLs are divided into the five components as listed
below:
CPL switch
Selection of input signals
Logic gate switch
Delayed pick-up/delayed drop-off
Logic level inversion
Logic timer switch
From relay
application and To external
control functions devices
8002001112 Contact
On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer
[LOGIC-SW] & ≥1
t 0 0 t BO1
Input signal 1 DRIVER BO1
&
AND
1 & Logic Timer ≥1 & ≥1
Input signal 2 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & 0 t
Input signal 3 OR & 8002001113
≥1 [INVERSE-SW]
Normal
Off
Inverse On &
XOR Delay &
0.000-300.000s [BO1_CPL] Off
≥1 Dwell
Input signal 8
[TIMER-SW] Latch &
F/F
Reset signal
310200E11D BO1-SOURCE
810201112 Contact
[LOGIC-SW] On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer
& ≥1 BO2
Input signal 1 t 0 0 t DRIVER BO2
&
AND
1 & Logic Timer ≥1 & ≥1
Input signal 2 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & 0 t
Input signal 3 OR &
810201113
≥1 [INVERSE-SW]
Normal
Off
Inverse On & BO2 RB
XOR Delay &
0.000-300.000s [BO2_CPL] Off
≥1 Dwell
Input signal 8
[TIMER-SW] Latch &
F/F
Reset signal
310201E11D BO2-SOURCE
820202112 Contact
[LOGIC-SW] On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer
& ≥1 BO3
Input signal 1 t 0 0 t DRIVER BO3
&
AND
1 & Logic Timer ≥1 & ≥1
Input signal 2 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & 0 t
Input signal 3 OR & 8202021113
≥1 [INVERSE-SW]
Normal
Off
Inverse On & BO3 RB
XOR Delay &
0.000-300.000s [BO3_CPL] Off
≥1 Dwell
Input signal 8
[TIMER-SW] Latch &
F/F
Reset signal
310202E11D BO3-SOURCE
8********* Contact
[LOGIC-SW] On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer
& ≥1 BOn
Input signal 1 t 0 0 t DRIVER BOn
&
AND
1 & Logic Timer ≥1 & ≥1
Input signal 2 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & 0 t
Input signal 3 OR &
8*********
≥1 [INVERSE-SW]
Normal
Off
Inverse On & BOn RB
XOR Delay &
0.000-300.000s [BOn_CPL] Off
≥1 Dwell
Input signal 8
[TIMER-SW] Latch &
F/F
Reset signal
3102E**11D BOn-SOURCE
Figure 5.4-5 Binary Output Circuit for the BO1A (#1 to #n=18)
In Figure 5.4-5 respective element IDs (i.e., 8002001112 and others) designate respective
- 414 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
signal monitoring points of the binary output circuits. The user can monitor the operations of
the binary output circuit using element ID together with function ID. When we assume that a
BO1A module is at IO#2 slot in the IED case, and if the user wishes to monitor the first-circuit
in the BO1A module, the user can see the operation using the element ID (8002001112) and
the function ID† of IO#2 slot.
†Note: A function ID identifies every IO slots. For example, with regard to the function
ID and the Data ID at IO#1 slot, see section 5.4.9(i). On the other hand, for IO#2
slot see section 5.4.9(ii).
- 415 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Instant type
When the user uses a binary output signal without the following characteristics, the user
should set Off for the scheme switch [TIMER-SW].
Delay type
If the user requires a binary output signal with a delayed characteristic, the user should set
Delay for scheme switch [TIMER-SW] and set the value of the pulse width using setting [Logic
timer].
Dwell type
For instance, if the user requires a binary output signal as a one shot pulse, the user should
set Dwell for scheme switch [TIMER-SW] and set the value of the pulse width using setting
[Logic timer]. If the input signals received have a shorter duration than the set value in the
setting [Logic timer], the pulse width will be equal to the setting value. On the other hand, if
the duration of the input signals are longer than that of the set value, the pulse width will be
equal to the width of the input signals.
Latch type
If the user requires a binary output signal to be removed by a reset signal, the user should set
Latch for scheme switch [TIMER-SW] and key the Data ID of the reset signal for setting [Reset
signal]. Since the binary output signal is removed with the Data ID, the user should determine
the Data ID from other functions. The Data ID is designated by the signal monitoring point for
each function and the user should set the [Reset signal] setting.
Note: When Latch is set, the state of BO circuit will be sustained during power turn-
on/off.
- 416 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IO#n
IO#2
IO#4
IO#3
IO#1
BO1A BIO1A
IO_SLOT2 IO_SLOT3
Setting table (output) Setting table (in & out)
Figure 5.4-6 BO and BIO modules and setting tables related to IO_SLOT2 and IO_SLOT3
Figure 5.4-6 illustrates an example of a binary IO module arrangement and the binary
output circuit printed circuit boards (PCBs). If the user wishes to set the binary output circuits,
the setting targets are on BO1A and BIO1A at locations IO#2 and IO#3. The user should key
the CPL settings from the setting tables for the IO2_SLOT and IO3_SLOT.
The setting table is available for all binary IO modules; thus, the user should understand
and select setting points that are relevant to the BO1A and BIO1A. That is, for the BO1A the
user should choose the setting terms of reference (i.e., binary output circuits #1 to #18) from
- 417 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IO_SLOT2. On the other hand, for the BIO1A, the setting terms of reference (i.e., binary output
circuits #1 to #10) are from IO_SLOT3. These setting tables are shown in section 5.4.8(ii).
Figure 5.4-10 shows a diagram of how an actual terminal block connects with circuits of the
module. The use can identify the correspondence using the left side block figure and the right
side schematic figure. If the user takes account of wiring works on the BI1A, their targets are
designated with terminal screw numbers (1 to 40) that are shown next to the terminal block.
Slot number labeled by alpha-numeric reference “T*” is used to identify the location of the slot,
and the asterisk(*) is substituted for any one of the slot numbers. For the actual
implementation of a binary IO module, the user should examine the arrangement of binary IO
modules from External connection figures, which are shown separately. (See Appendix: Typical
external connection)
Polarity is shown on some input-and-output circuits, hence, the user should check the polarity
sign (+) or (−), respectively.
- 418 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
FG
- 419 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
BO1A BO2A
1 1
(+)
BO1(SF) 2 BO1(H) 2
(−)
3 3
(+)
BO2(SF) 4 BO2(H) 4
(−)
5 5
(+)
BO3(SF) 6 BO3(H) 6
(−)
7 7
(+)
BO4(SF) 8 BO4(H) 8
(−)
9 9
(+)
BO5(SF) 10 BO5(H) 10
(−)
11 11
(+)
BO6(SF) 12 BO6(H) 12
(−)
13 13
(+)
BO7 14 BO7(H) 14
(−)
15 15
(+)
BO8 16 BO8(H) 16
(−)
17 17
(+)
BO9 18 BO9(H) 18
(−)
21 21 (+)
BO10 22 BO10(H) 22 (−)
23 23 (+)
BO11 24 BO11(H) 24 (−)
25 25 (+)
BO12 26 BO12(H) 26 (−)
27 27 (+)
BO13 28 BO13(H) 28 (−)
29 29 (+)
BO14 30 BO14(H) 30 (−)
31 31 (+)
BO15 32 BO15(H) 32 (−)
33 33 (+)
BO16 34 BO16(H) 34 (−)
35
BO17 36
37
BO18 38
Schematic figures
- 420 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(+) 1 1 (+) 1
BI1 (+) BI1 BI1
(−) 2 2 (−) 2
(−)
(+) 3 3 (+) 3
BI2 (+) BI2 BI2
(−) 4 4 (−) 4
(−)
(+) 5 5 (+) 5
BI3 (+) BI3 BI3
(−) 6 6 (−) 6
(−)
(+) 7 7 (+) 7
BI4 (+) BI4 BI4
(−) 8 8 (−) 8
(−)
(+) 9 9 (+) 9
BI5 (+) BI5 BI5
(−) 10 10 (−) 10
(−)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11
BI6 (+) BI6 BI6
(−) 12 12 (−) 12
(−)
(+) 13 13 (+) 13
BI7 (+) BI7 BI7
(−) 14 14 (−) 14
(−)
15 15 15
BO1(SF) (+) (+)
16 16 BI8 16 BI8
(−) (−)
17 17
BO2(SF) (+) BI9
18 18
(−)
21 21 21
BO3(SF) 22 (+) 22 BI10 BO1(F) 22
23 (−) 23 23
BO4(SF) 24 (+) 24 BI11 BO2(F) 24
25 (−) 25 25
BO5(SF) 26 (+) 26 BI12 BO3(F) 26
27 (−) 27 27
BO6(SF) 28 BO1(SF) 28 BO4(F) 28
29 29 29
BO7 30 BO2(SF) 30 BO5(F) 30
31 31 31
BO8 32 BO3(SF) 32 BO6(F) 32
33 33 33
BO9 34 BO4 34 BO7 34
35 35 35
37 37 37
BO10 36 BO5 36 BO8 36
38 38 38
Schematic figures
Figure 5.4-9 Input and output arrangements in BIO1A, BIO2A and BIO3A
Note: For more detailed circuit information, refer to Table 5.4-2 or Table 5.4-6.
- 421 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
BIO3A
T* T*
(+) 1
1 2 BI1
2 (−)
(+) 3
3 1 2 BI2
(−) 4
4
3 4 (+) 5
5 BI3
(−) 6
6
5 6 (+) 7
7 BI4
(−) 8
8 7 8
(+) 9
9 BI5
(−) 10
10 9 10
(+) 11
11 BI6
12 11 12 (−) 12
13 (+) 13
13 14 14 BI7
14 (−)
15 (+) 15
15 16 16 BI8
16 (−)
17 17 18
18
19 21 22
20
23 24
25 26
21 21
27 28 BO1(F)
22 22
23 29 30 23
BO2(F) 24
24
25 31 32 25
BO3(F) 26
26 33 34
27 27
BO4(F) 28
28 35 36
29 29
30 37 38 BO5(F) 30
31 31
32 BO6(F) 32
33 Ring type terminal 33
34 BO7 34
35
36 35
37 Terminal screw numbers 37
38 are denoted with the BO8 36
39 same one.
40 38
- 422 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
FG FG
Figure 5.4-11 The BI2A module and its frame ground screw
Note: The BI2A is earthed to the frame’s ground screw (FG) using a short wire.
- 423 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
…… …… …… …… ……
…… …… …… …… ……
- 424 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 425 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 426 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 427 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 428 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Units
Setting item Range Contents Notes
value
- 429 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 430 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 431 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 432 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
T* T*
PWS PWS
T
1* Ring plug type
2
3 terminal block
4
5 T*
6 2
2
7
8 1 2 4
4
9
10 FAIL15 3 4
FAIL15
3 3
11
12 5 6 1
13 1
14 7 8
15 9 10
16
17 8 11 12 8
18 10
19 10 13 14
20 FAIL25
FAIL25 9 15 16 9
17 18
7 7
21 22
21
22 23 24
23
24 25 26
25 29 29
26 Positive(+) DC 27 28 Positive(+) DC
30
27
30
/ 29 30 /
28
31 DC 31 DC
29 Negative(−) 31 32 Negative(−)
30 32 32
33 34
31
35 Short-wire1 35
32
33 35 36
36 36
34 Short-wire1 37 38
35 37 37
FG
36
37 Short-bar2(B) 38
38
38 Short-wire2(A)
39
40
E E
FG FG
FG
E3 E3
Figure 5.5-1 shows the difference between ‘Compression plug type terminal’ and ‘Ring type
terminal’. Alpha-numeric reference “T*” identifies slot locations, and an asterisk “*” shows its
slot number. An external connection figure illustrates the PSW location (see Appendix: Typical
External connection).
- 433 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CAUTION
1Note: The connection (triplet lines) between terminal screw No. 35 and terminal screw
No. 37 is made with a short-wire, which is installed by the manufacturer. Read
Appendix: Notes for the dielectric voltage test carefully and follow the instructions
during testing.
2ANote: The connection–for Type using compression terminals–between terminal screw
38 and screw labeled “FG” is made with a short-wire by the manufacturer.
2BNote: The connection–for Type using ring terminals–between terminal screw 37 and
screw labeled “FG” is made with a short-bar by the manufacturer.
3Note: For installation, the user should connect the case earth screw labeled “E” to the
protective earth of the panel or others using earthing wire, such that its cross-
section is AWG9 or larger.
- 434 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
JP4 JP4
3 3
2 2
1 1
- 435 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LED indicators
(#1–#26) Screen
Indicator label
Operation keys
Function keys
(F1–F7)
Monitoring jacks
(Term A/B/C) USB port
- 436 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The LED indicators‡ (#3 to #26) are also provided as user-programmable indicators.
Figure 5.6-2 shows the schematic diagrams. Each LED indicator can be lit and controlled using
a logic-gate-switch setting and others. For simplicity, we discuss setting the LED indicator #3
only, but the user can take account that setting the other LED indicators (#4 to #26) is the
same as the #3. Table 5.6-1 shows the LED indicator settings; Table 5.6-2 shows the signal
monitoring points on all LED indicator logics.
‡Note:Setting menus of the LED indicator are also discussed in Chapter User interface:
I/O setting sub-menu.
- 437 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LED-03
3100031001
[On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer] LED indicator #3
& ≥1
[Input signal 1] t 0 0 t DRIVER
& AND & [Logic Timer] ≥1
[Input signal 2] 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s
1
& 0 t
[Input signal 3]
&
≥1 OR [INVERSE-SW] Normal 0.000-300.000s
Inverse
Off &
=1 XOR
Delay
[Input signal 8]
[LOGIC-SW] Dwell & Blink
Blink
[TIMER-SW]
Latch &
F/F
[Reset signal]
LED-04
3100041001 LED indicator #4
[On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer]
& ≥1
[Input signal 1] t 0 0 t DRIVER
& AND & [Logic Timer] ≥1
[Input signal 2]
0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s
1
[Input signal 3]
& 0 t
&
≥1 OR 0.000-300.000s
[INVERSE-SW] Normal
Inverse
Off &
=1 XOR
Delay
[Input signal 8]
Dwell &
[LOGIC-SW] Blink
Blink
[TIMER-SW]
Latch &
F/F
[Reset signal]
LED-26
31001A100
[On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer] LED indicator #26
& ≥1
[Input signal 1] t 0 0 t DRIVER
& AND & [Logic Timer] ≥1
[Input signal 2] 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s
1
& 0 t
[Input signal 3]
&
≥1 OR [INVERSE-SW] Normal 0.000-300.000s
Inverse
Off &
=1 XOR
Delay
[Input signal 8]
Dwell &
[LOGIC-SW] Blink
Blink
[TIMER-SW]
Latch &
F/F
[Reset signal]
- 438 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Instant type
When required not to have the below characteristics (v)-2, (v)-3, and (v)-4, the user should set
Off for the scheme switch [TIMER-SW].
Delay type
If the user requires lighting the LED indicator with a delayed characteristic, the user should
set Delay for scheme switch [TIMER-SW] and set the value of the pulse width using setting
[Logic timer].
Dwell type
For instance, if the user requires lighting the LED indicator as a one shot pulse, the user
should set Dwell for scheme switch [TIMER-SW] and set the value of the pulse width using
setting [Logic timer]. If the input signals received have a shorter duration than the set value
in the setting [Logic timer], the pulse width will be equal to the setting value. On the other
hand, if the duration of the input signals are longer than that of the set value, the pulse width
will be equal to the width of the input signals.
Latch type
If the user requires lighting the LED indicator to be removed by a reset signal, the user should
set Latch for scheme switch [TIMER-SW]; the user should set the Data ID of the reset signal
for setting [Reset signal]. Since lighting the LED indicator is cleared with the Data ID, the
user should determine the Data ID from other functions. The Data ID is designated by the
signal monitoring point for each function and the user should set the [Reset signal] setting.
- 439 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Default setting
Setting items Range Units Contents
value
- 440 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.6-2 Signal monitoring points on all LED indicator (Function ID: 201B01)
Element ID Name Description
3100021001 ERROR Error LED
- 441 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
For testing, the user can also program to generate binary signals when the user presses
the F1 to F7 keys. The F1 to F7 circuits have LEDs; accordingly, the user can also program to
light the LEDs using the settings.
- 442 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
“BO1”
Setting Data ID “F1 Signal designated by
setting [Input signal 1] ≥1 (200B01_8002001112)
SIGNAL” for the Signal to the
device
“FUNC-KEY1” [Input signal 1] [Input signal 2] DRIVER BO1
& ≥1
Pressing the F1 key (240001_ 3100001730)
[Input signal 3]
& “BO1-RB”
F1 [Input signal 4] [BO1_CPL] On
Off
&
(200B01_8002001113)
[Input signal 5]
To contact health
[Input signal 6]
check
[Input signal 7]
[Input signal 8]
“F1 SIGNAL”
Setting Data ID (240001_ 3100001737) PLC connection point in BO1
“BO1_SOURCE”
&
for the [Signal]† 200B01 310200E11D BO1_SOURCE
[Logic] Instant
Toggle
The user can select either Toggle or Instant modes for the signal generation using scheme
switch [LOGIC], as shown in Table 5.6-4. Thus, the user can substitute “F1-SIGNAL (240001
310001737)” for the “FUNC-KEY1 SIGNAL (240001 310001730)”, provided the Toggle mode
is preferred. In the Table 5.6-7 the other FUNC-KEY2 to FUNC-KEY7 are shown.
Table 5.6-4 Signal mode selection using setting [LOGIC]
Setting Generated signal corresponding to pressing the function key
Pressing Key
Toggle
Binary signal
Pressing Key
Instant
Binary signal
- 443 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
31001B1001
[On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer] F1 LED logic
& ≥1
t 0 0 t LED-F1
[Input signal 1] DRIVER
& AND & [Logic Timer] ≥1
[Input signal 2] 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s
1
& 0 t
[Input signal 3]
&
≥1 OR [INVERSE-SW] Normal 0.000-300.000s
Inverse
Off &
=1 XOR
Delay
[Input signal 8]
Dwell &
[LOGIC-SW] Blink
Blink
[TIMER-SW]
Latch &
F/F
[Reset signal]
[On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer] 31001C1001 F2 LED logic
& ≥1
[Input signal 1] t 0 0 t LED-F2
DRIVER
& AND 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s 1 & [Logic Timer] ≥1
[Input signal 2] & 0 t
[Input signal 3]
[INVERSE-SW]
&
≥1 OR Normal 0.000-300.000s
Inverse
Off &
=1 XOR
Delay
[Input signal 8]
Dwell &
[LOGIC-SW] Blink
Blink
[TIMER-SW]
Latch &
F/F
[Reset signal]
……….
Screen Jump / Assign Signal /
Function - Operation mode for the F7 key Screen Jump
No Assign
F7
Signal (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the input on F7 key (No Assigned)
Logic Instant / Toggle - Switch for logic-gate operation on F7 Instant
- 444 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.6-6 Settings of LEDs on the Function keys (Function ID: 240001)
Default setting
Setting items Range Units Contents
value
Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the first input on F1 (No Assigned)
Input signal2 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the second input on F1. (No Assigned)
Input signal3 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the third input on F1. (No Assigned)
Input signal4 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the forth input on F1. (No Assigned)
Input signal5 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the fifth input on F1. (No Assigned)
Input signal6 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the sixth input on F1. (No Assigned)
Input signal7 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the seventh input on F1. (No Assigned)
F1 Input signal8 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the eighth input on F1. (No Assigned)
Reset signal (Preferred Data ID) - Setting Data ID for "Latch" circuit (No Assigned)
LOGIC-SW AND / OR / XOR - Switch for logic-gate operation on F1 AND
INVERSE-SW Normal / Inverse - Inversion operation of F1 signal Normal
TIMER-SW Off/Delay/Dwell/Latch/Blink - Selection of a type in the delay timer on F1 Off
On Delay Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Set a value for an on-delay-timer on F1 0.00
Off Delay Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Set a value for an off-delay-timer on F1 0.00
Logic Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Off delay timer value for "Delay" and "Dwell" circuit 0.00
Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the first input on F2 (No Assigned)
Input signal2 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the second input on F2. (No Assigned)
Input signal3 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the third input on F2. (No Assigned)
Input signal4 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the forth input on F2. (No Assigned)
Input signal5 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the fifth input on F2. (No Assigned)
Input signal6 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the sixth input on F2. (No Assigned)
Input signal7 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the seventh input on F2. (No Assigned)
F2 Input signal8 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the eighth input on F2. (No Assigned)
Reset signal (Preferred Data ID) - Setting Data ID for "Latch" circuit (No Assigned)
LOGIC-SW AND / OR / XOR - Switch for logic-gate operation on F2 AND
INVERSE-SW Normal / Inverse - Inversion operation of F2 signal Normal
TIMER-SW Off/Delay/Dwell/Latch/Blink - Selection of a type in the delay timer on F2 Off
On Delay Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Set a value for an on-delay-timer on F2 0.00
Off Delay Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Set a value for an off-delay-timer on F2 0.00
Logic Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Off delay timer value for "Delay" and "Dwell" circuit 0.00
……….
Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the first input on F7 (No Assigned)
Input signal2 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the second input on F7. (No Assigned)
Input signal3 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the third input on F7. (No Assigned)
Input signal4 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the forth input on F7. (No Assigned)
Input signal5 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the fifth input on F7. (No Assigned)
Input signal6 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the sixth input on F7. (No Assigned)
Input signal7 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the seventh input on F7. (No Assigned)
F7 Input signal8 (Preferred Data ID) - Set a Data ID at the eighth input on F7. (No Assigned)
Reset signal (Preferred Data ID) - Setting Data ID for "Latch" circuit (No Assigned)
LOGIC-SW AND / OR / XOR - Switch for logic-gate operation on F7 AND
INVERSE-SW Normal / Inverse - Inversion operation of F7 signal Normal
TIMER-SW Off/Delay/Dwell/Latch/Blink - Selection of a type in the delay timer on F7 Off
On Delay Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Set a value for an on-delay-timer on F7 0.00
Off Delay Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Set a value for an off-delay-timer on F7 0.00
Logic Timer 0.00 – 300.00 s Off delay timer value for "Delay" and "Dwell" circuit 0.00
- 445 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.6-7 Signal monitoring points for KEYINPUT (Function ID: 240001)
Element ID Name Description
3100001737 F1 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F1 referring the setting [LOGIC]
3100011737 F2 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F2 referring the setting [LOGIC]
3100021737 F3 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F3 referring the setting [LOGIC]
3100031737 F4 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F4 referring the setting [LOGIC]
3100041737 F5 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F5 referring the setting [LOGIC]
3100051737 F6 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F6 referring the setting [LOGIC]
3100061737 F7 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F7 referring the setting [LOGIC]
Table 5.6-8 Signal monitoring points for function LEDs (Function ID: 201B01)
Element ID Name Description
31001B1001 LED-F1 Signal generated during pressing the F1 key
- 446 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
When the user wishes to test the phase-A element the OC1 relay using an oscilloscope,
for example, set the phase-A monitoring point (44001 8000011C20†) for the setting [Term A],
as shown in Figure 5.6-5. Consequently, the OC1 operating signal is outputted to the jack at
the Term A. The LED at the Term A is also lit in step with the output signal. The user can use
to monitor the phase-B and phase-C signals using by settings respective Data IDs for the [Term
B] and [Term C]. We shall see the menus for the Term A to Term C in Chapter User interface:
Test sub-menu: Signal monitoring screen.
OC function
(Function ID: 440001) Monitoring jack (Function ID: 201301) Jacks and LEDs
Signal designated by
setting [Term A] DRIVER Term Signal to the
440001 8000011C20
A oscilloscope
A
OC1 440001 8100011C21
B “TEST-A”
440001 8200011C22 (201B01_3100221001)
C
Term A LED
Signal designated by
setting [Term B] DRIVER Term Signal to the
B oscilloscope
“TEST-B”
(201B01_3100231001)
Term B LED
Signal designated by
setting [Term C] DRIVER Term Signal to the
C oscilloscope
“TEST-C”
(201B01_3100241001)
Term C LED
- 447 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.6-11 Signal monitoring points for monitoring jack LEDs (Function ID: 201B01)
Element ID Name Description
3100221001 TEST-A TEST-A
- 448 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 5.6-12 Signal monitoring points for L/R LEDs (Function ID: 201B01)
Element ID Name Description
3100251001 LOC LED Local
Table 5.6-13 Signal monitoring points for KEYINPUT (Function ID: 240001)
Element ID Name Description
3100081730 CANCEL Key situation of CANCEL
- 449 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Clock function
Clock function (or time function) provides the time information for recording upon occurrence
of the fault; it includes a synchronization function when the reference clock is available out of
the IED. The clock is operated referring the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC‡) when the
UTC is selected; the clock can run in accordance with the user’s time zone and summer
time(DST)† by referring the UTC when the time zone and the DST are set. The explanation is
also found in Chapter User interface: Time sub-menu.
†Note:In other words, it is called “daylight saving time (DST)”. For setting, see section
5.7.5.
‡Note:For example, the Internet and World Wide Web standards run in the UTC. For
more information, see section 5.7.4.
- 450 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LAN
………….
IED_1 IED_2 IED_n
Setting procedure
The user should make the following steps in respective IEDs.
1) Set SNTP for the setting [Time Sync Src]; then set On for the setting [SNTP].
2) Set the address of a time server using settings [Server1]. The settings [Server2],
[Server3], and [Server4] are provided for other time-servers.
3) Check that the SNTP is shown under the ActivSyncSrc, as shown in Figure 5.7-4.
4) Check to see that the time zone and the DST are set correctly (see 5.7.4 and 5.7.5).
Clock
10:00 1/2
[Time] +
2012-11-21 10:00:05
[Format]
YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss
[ActiveSyncSrc] > Check “SNTP” being shown under ActiveSyncSrc.
SNTP
- 451 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IED
IRIG-B000†
Clock
10:00 1/2
Signal [Time] +
A1 2012-11-21 10:00:05
IRIG-B signal
[Format]
generator Unit GND
A3 YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss
[ActiveSyncSrc]
IRIG-B
Figure 5.7-5 IED connected with the signal generator unit using IRIG-B000 module
†Note:See Chapter Technical description: Signal processing and communication module.
Setting procedure
The user should make the following steps in respective IEDs.
1) Set IRIG-B for the setting [Time Sync Src]; then set On for the setting [IRIG-SYNC].
2) Check that the IRIG-B is shown under the ActivSyncSrc, as shown in Figure 5.7-6.
Clock
10:00 1/2
[Time] +
2012-11-21 10:00:05
[Format]
YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss
[ActiveSyncSrc]
Check “IRIG-B” being shown under ActiveSyncSrc.
IRIG-B
- 452 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IED
BI1
BI1A (200B01 8001001111)
1
2 BI1
3
4 BI2
5
6 BI3
7
8 BI4
9
10 BI5 Setting [BI_ID]
11
12 BI6
13
14 BI7
15
16 BI8
17
18 BI9 Clock
21
22 BI10
23
24 BI11
25
26 BI12
27
Signal generator 28 BI13
29
30 BI14
31
32 BI15
1Hz squire wave 33
34 BI16
35
36 BI17
37
38 BI18
IO#1
Figure 5.7-7 IED connected with the signal generator via BI module
†Note:The BI1 circuit is just used for the explanation; hence, an actual BI circuit should
be selected in accordance with wiring cables. For more information of the BI
circuit, see Chapter Technical description: Binary IO module.
- 453 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Setting procedure
The user should make the following steps in respective IEDs.
1) Set BI for the setting [Time Sync Src]; then set On for the setting [BI-SYNC].
2) Check BI is shown under the ActivSyncSrc, as shown in Figure 5.7-8.
3) Set a Data_ID for setting [BI_ID]. For example, as shown in the Figure 5.7-7, when
the user wishes to inject the signal at the BI1 on the IO#1 slot, the user should set
BI1(200B01 8001001111) for the setting [BI_ID].
4) Set a time adjuster for the setting [SYNC ADJ]. For example, set a value (e.g., −0.050s)
for setting [SYNC ADJ]. The setting is used when the clock function should be
synchronized before reaching the 1Hz square-wave due to the propagation or the
operating time on the BI circuit.
Clock
10:00 1/2
[Time] +
2012-11-21 10:00:05
[Format]
YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss
[ActiveSyncSrc]
BI
- 454 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 455 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Beginning of the DST at 01:00 a.m. in Mar. 29 E nding of the DST at 02:00 a.m. in Oct. 25
March October
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
1 1 2 3 4
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 26 27 28 29 30
30 31
Transposed Transposed
March October
Week Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Week Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
3 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 3 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
4 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 4 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
5 29 30 31 5 29 30
- 456 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
March October
Week Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Week Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
3 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 3 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
4 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 4 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
5 29 30 31 5 29 30
Figure 5.7-11 DST setting examples by the day (1st or 15th) of month
- 457 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
5.7.6 Setting
Setting of CLOCK (Function ID: 200301)
Unit Default setting
Setting item Range Contents Notes
s value
Timezone -14.00 - 14.00 hour Time zone 0.00
--- / SNTP / BI /
TimeSyncSrc - Time sync source SNTP
MODBUS / IRIG-B
YYYYMMDD /
Date_fmt MMDDYYYY / - YMD/MDY/DMY YYYYMMDD
DDMMYYYY
Date_delimiter -///. - - or / or . -
Time_delimiter :/. - : or period :
Sec_delimiter ./, - . or , .
SummerTime Off / On - Summer time enable Off
IS_UTC_base Off / On - Is setting value base on UTC? On
Start_Month 1 - 12 - Start month 3
Start_Week 1-5 - Start week 5
--- / Sun. / Mon. / Tue.
Start_Wday / Wed. / Thr. / Fri. / - Start day of week Sun.
Sat.
Start_Hour 0 - 23 - Start hour 1
End_Month 1 - 12 - End month 10
End_Week 1-5 - End week 5
--- / Sun. / Mon. / Tue.
End_Wday / Wed. / Thr. / Fri. / - End day of week Sun.
Sat.
End_Hour 0 - 23 - End hour 1
- 458 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Settings
Protection (Relay)
Group1 setting
OC
EF
OV
UV
THM
TRC
Group2 setting
OC
EF
OV
UV
THM
TRC
Group8 setting
OC
EF
OV
UV
THM
TRC
- 459 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
consists of a binary input circuit (BI1), a number generation function (‘Binary selection’
provided in basic functions of the PLC editor), and the signal reception point. That is, when
the B1 switch is closed, a signal enters the BI1 circuit and is carried to the Binary selection;
accordingly the Binary selection, which is programmed to generate a group number ‘2’ in UNIT
when signal ‘1’ is injected in BOOL(BIT), can generates and inject the group number ‘2’ at the
‘PLC_Group_ENUM’. Consequently, the Setting function (201400) starts change the group
from number ‘1’ to ‘2’. Note that changing is only performed during the BI1 is closed in the
example logic; hence, the setting number goes back to ‘1’ when the BI1 is open.
GR200 IED
Binary selection
(+) (–)
IO_SLOT1 (200B01)
BI1 8001001110 Entering → Leaving 201400 314000E1A0 PLC_Group_ENUM Operation of
BI1 changing
‘1’ in BOOL ‘2’ in UNIT
‘0’ in BOOL ‘1’ in UNIT
BI2 8101011110
BI2
1
DIN_BOOL
FID DO
DTYPE ST
DID
Figure 5.8-3 exemplifies that selecting a group among eight groups is required by the
usage of three BI circuits (i.e., Group 1→Group2, Group3,… Group8).
- 460 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
BI3_2
DIN_BOOL TON DOUT_UNIT_1
UDINT#16#200B03 FID DO IN Q BOOL_TO_UNIT MUL
DOUT_UNIT
UDINT#16#80 DTYPE ST Unit#16#201400 FID ST
Delay time# PT ET
UDINT#16#01011111 DID UDINT#16#2 Unit#16#31 DTYPE
XX ms
Unit#16#4000E1A0 DID
DI
BI3_3
DIN_BOOL TON
UDINT#16#200B03 ADD ADD
FID DO IN Q BOOL_TO_UNIT
MUL
UDINT#16#80 DTYPE ST
UDINT#16#01021111 DID Delay time# PT ET
XX ms UDINT#16#4
UDINT#16#1
(iii) Setting
Setting_PF (Function ID: 201400)
Default setting
Setting item Range Units Contents Notes
value
3010011001 COM_CHG
3010031001 CTRL_CHG
3010021001 PRO_CHG
3010001001 SYS_CHG
- 461 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
6 Engineering tool
Contents Pages Pages
Common tools 465 Tool for Fault recorder 466
Configuration tools 466 Tool for Disturbance recorder 466
Comparison of settings 465 Tool for Event recorder 466
Configuration in IEC 61850 467 Label creator 465
Connection with PC 464 Logging management 465
Double command blocking (DCB) 465 Project management 465
Settings for Relay and control functions 466
Settings for Input and output signals 466
Settings for Event recorder 467
Setting of Interlock (ILK) 467
Signal monitor 465
Status monitor 465
- 462 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Overview of GR-TIEMS
When engineering, monitoring, record viewing, and test support functions are required in the
IED, the user can handle these advanced and integrated functions using GR-Series Toshiba
IED Engineering and Monitoring Software (GR-TIEMS). The GR-TIEMS should be installed
into a PC prior to engineering. After that, the user can view the IED states (Table 6.1-1) on a
PC screen connected with the IED. The user can also program the IED using the GR-TIEMS.
The GR-TIEMS is software to retrieve and analyze power system quantities, fault and
event records. The user can change the settings in the respective IEDs when the PC is
connected with the IED via a USB or a LAN. For more information in the GR-TIEMS
operations, see separate manual “Operation manual GR-TIEMS (6F2M1082)”.
- 463 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Connection
Figure 6.2-1 illustrates that the user can connect the local PC with the IED (type B receptacle)
using a USB cable. Alternatively, the user can connect the local PC with the IED by connecting
a RJ45 cable to the LAN port (if available in the IED). In Figure 6.2-2, when using the LAN
port, the user has to select the communications option, which can be found from the Main menu
in GR-TIEMS (go to “Tool” ->“Option…”; “Option” dialog will be displayed; change
communications option with the second tab – ‘Communication’).
Tip: See Chapter Communication protocol.
IED
LAN
USB Cable
Personal Computer
- 464 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Common tools
(i) Project management
Project files are required to engage sub-engineering tools. The user can manage to read/write
the project file of the IED using the project management function. The user can also see the
contents of the project files.
(ii) Comparison
When the user wishes to get the comparison between respective IEDs, using the compare
function the user can get the comparison data for Setting, Setting I/O, Setting Event List,
Disturbance record binary signal, PLC, and IEC61850.
(iv) Logging
The user can view the recorded data with regard to the logging date/time. As the user can also
find operation recorded when an operator/engineer logs into the IED, analyzing a problem is
possible when an error is detected during the IED operations.
Monitoring tools
The user can monitor status and measurement value obtained in the IED using the monitoring
tools. All signals monitored are tabulated in the monitoring list dialog. When the user wishes
to monitor a signal, select a signal in the monitoring list dialog after the operation of the drag-
drop on the monitoring window. The monitoring tools can generate an exporting layout file in
the CSV; it also can obtain the layout file in the CSV.
- 465 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Record tools
(i) Fault record
Fault records are including measuring information before and after the occurrence of the faults.
Accordingly, the user can see information before the fault so that the user can analyze the fault
more precisely. The user can select a fault from the recorded lists; the user can save it into the
fault information file in the CSV. The user can also view the fault records when the exported
data file in the CSV are retrieved into the IED.
Note: In the IED the date and time is clocked in the coordinated universal time (UTC)
when the clock is selected to operate in UTC. In the record tools within the PC the
date and time is treated in the UTC. Notice that the time in the UTC is converted
for the local time when the recording time is displayed on the PC. For the clock
operation if the user selects neither the UTC, the time zone or the daylight saving
time (the summer time), displaying incorrect time may result in between the IED
and the PC. For more information about the clock and time, see Chapter Technical
description: Clock function.
- 466 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 467 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
7 PLC function
Contents Pages
About PLC function 469 PLC driver 470
BIT (Boolean) type 470
Error check 469 USINT (Unsigned short integer) type 472
IED screen information 469 UNIT (Unsigned integer) type 472
UDINT (Unsigned double integer) type 473
SINT (Short integer) type 473
INT (Integer) type 473
DINT (Double integer) type 473
Timer variable setting 474
Setting [UTM1] ~ [UTM24] 476
- 468 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[00000006] [00000000]
[00000000] [00000000]
[00000000] [00000000]
Figure 7.2-1 Error code at 1st row and 1st column on Monitoring sub-menu
- 469 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
PLC driver
The PLC driver is provided for the user-programmed logic.
- 470 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 471 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 472 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 473 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 7.4-1 shows that a delay timer “TON1” has been set 500ms in the PLC logic, but the
user can set new value using the setting [UTM1] (e.g., the user can change 500ms to 200ms on
the LCD). Since an internal IED memory is able to access the [UTM1], the IED can operate
with new value of the [UTM1] when new one is set.
PLC editor
Timer FB
Constant value set
Fixed PLC = 500ms
Input Output
- 474 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
On
FB output Off
On
FB input Off
Run
Counter Stop
0 15 30 45 60
Timer counter
(millisecond)
[UTM1] = 30 ms [UTM1] = 10 ms
Figure 7.4-2 Input and output time chart on TON1 delay timer
Note: Entering new value for the setting [UTM1] does not make the timer counter reset,
if the timer counter is running.
FB output Off
On
FB input Off
Run
[UTM2] = 30 ms [UTM2] = 60 ms
Figure 7.4-3 Input and output time chart onTON2 delay timer
Note: If the FB output has be yielded already, when new value is set for the timer and
that new value is longer input signal duration, the timer counter is not reset.
- 475 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
UTM24 +
0 ms
- 476 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 477 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 478 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8 Recording function
Contents Pages Pages
Disturbance recorder 507 Event recorder 497
-Data in COMTRADE 514 -Setup 505
-Maximum number of recording 508 -Trigger signals 497
-Recording signals 509 -Trigger modes 504
-Recording time and capacities 507 Transferring recording information 518
-Relays within disturbance recorder 507
-Trigger settings for PLC 514
-Types of recording information 514
- 479 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The recording function consists of three recording features: (1) Fault recorder, (2) Event
recorder, and (3) Disturbance recorder. The fault recorder collects the information about the
power system quantities when a fault occurs. The event recorder groups state information
when the changes are detected. The disturbance recorder is designed to memory the various
quantities—numerical analog data and logic data (binary data)—from the monitoring function
and the BIO modules; it is possible to analyze the disturbance using the engineering tool (GR-
TIMES), which can draw several chronological waves.
Fault recorder
During the fault, the fault recorder can memorize reasons by equipment failures/operation
states, system information etc. It commences by injecting a signal coming from the TRC alarm-
signal generation logic, but is also started by a trigger provided by PLC function. The fault
recorder captures the following items for each fault:
Date and time at the fault
Tripped phase information
Operating mode information
Fault and pre-fault quantities
†Note:A number of the operation identifiers are provided by the protection functions. For
- 480 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
example, the ‘OC1-OPT-A’ operation identifier is used to identify the pickup in the
first element of the overcurrent function (OC1) in phase-A. See respective
protection functions in Chapter Relay application.
‡Note:64 logical signals are selectable for recording. For example in this purpose, the
user may choose an operation signal on the circuits of the BIO modules (BIOs).
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-1CT].
I1-1CT, I2-1CT, I0-1CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT) for [Conn-1CT]= 2P
Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-2CT].
I1-2CT, I2-2CT, I0-2CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT) for [Conn-2CT]= 2P
Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-3CT].
I1-3CT, I2-3CT, I0-3CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT) for [Conn-3CT]= 2P
Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P [InType-VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect for the representative voltage (V-P)
V1-P, V2-P, V0-P [InType-VT]= 3PP: Recorded exclusive voltages (Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P, V1-P, V2-P, V0-P)
Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S [InType-VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect for the representative voltage (V-S)
V1-S, V2-S, V0-S [InType-VT]= 3PP: Recorded exclusive voltages (Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S, V1-S, V2-S, V0-S)
Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T [InType-VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect for the representative voltage (V-T)
V1-T, V2-T, V0-T [InType-VT]= 3PP: Recorded exclusive voltages (Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T, V1-T, V2-T, V0-T)
I1-P, I2-P, I0-P Recorded ones except symmetrical (I1-P, I2-P, I0-P) for [InType-CT]= 2P
I1-S, I2-S, I0-S Recorded ones except symmetrical (I1-S, I2-S, I0-S) for [InType-CT]= 2P
- 481 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
I1-T, I2-T, I0-T Recorded ones except symmetrical (I1-T, I2-T, I0-T) for [InType-CT]= 2P
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-1CT].
I1-1CT, I2-1CT, I0-1CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT) for [Conn-1CT]= 2P
Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-2CT].
I1-2CT, I2-2CT, I0-2CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT) for [Conn-2CT]= 2P
Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-3CT].
I1-3CT, I2-3CT, I0-3CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT) for [Conn-3CT]= 2P
Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-4CT].
I1-4CT, I2-4CT, I0-4CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT) for [Conn-4CT]= 2P
Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P [InType-VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect for the representative voltage (V-P)
V1-P, V2-P, V0-P [InType-VT]= 3PP: Recorded exclusive voltages (Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P, V1-P, V2-P, V0-P)
Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S [InType-VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect for the representative voltage (V-S)
V1-S, V2-S, V0-S [InType-VT]= 3PP: Recorded exclusive voltages (Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S, V1-S, V2-S, V0-S)
Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T [InType-VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect for the representative voltage (V-T)
V1-T, V2-T, V0-T [InType-VT]= 3PP: Recorded exclusive voltages (Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T, V1-P, V2-T, V0-T)
- 482 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-1CT].
I1-1CT, I2-1CT, I0-1CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT) for [Conn-1CT]= 2P
Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-2CT].
I1-2CT, I2-2CT, I0-2CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT) for [Conn-2CT]= 2P
Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-3CT].
I1-3CT, I2-3CT, I0-3CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT) for [Conn-3CT]= 2P
Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-4CT].
I1-4CT, I2-4CT, I0-4CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT) for [Conn-4CT]= 2P
Ia-5CT, Ib-5CT, Ic-5CT Recording currents flowing in the CT set with the [Conn-5CT].
I1-5CT, I2-5CT, I0-5CT Recorded ones except symmetrical (Ia-5CT, Ib-5CT, Ic-5CT) for [Conn-5CT]= 2P
Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN: Recorded ones expect the representative voltage (V-P)
Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN: Recorded expect for the representative voltage (V-S)
Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN: Recorded expect for the representative voltage (V-T)
I1-P, I2-P, I0-P Recorded ones except symmetrical (I1-P, I2-P, I0-P) for [InType-CT]= 2P
I1-S, I2-S, I0-S Recorded ones except symmetrical (I1-S, I2-S, I0-S) for [InType-CT]= 2P
I1-T, I2-T, I0-T Recorded ones except symmetrical (I1-T, I2-T, I0-T) for [InType-CT]= 2P
- 483 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
have the information about evolving faults, which is able to memory up to 32 developing faults.
Quantitates when the fault occurred are shown below messages○ g .
f ○
Figure 8.1-1 Information of the fault recorder displayed on the IED screen
†Note:For more screen information, see Chapter User interface: Record sub-menu.
- 484 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Fault Record#1 ○
a Record Num ber (#1)
11:12 1/222
2012-07-25 ○
b Date and Tim e at Fault (YYYY-MM-DD)
10:48:21.223
Phase AB ○
c Tripped phase inform ation
Trip 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6
OC1 ○
d Mode inform ation
Screen scroll down 2012-07-25 ○
e Detail inform ation about evolving faults
10:48:22.421
OC1, OC2
2012-07-25 Deta
10:48:22.835
E volving fault#1
OC1, OC2, OC3
2012-07-25
10:48:23.649
OC1, OC2, OC3, OC4, EF1
Fault values ○
f Fault quantities ARC Sh
Ia-1CT
1234.56kA 123.4deg
Ib-1CT
1234.56kA 123.4deg
Ic-1CT
1234.56kA 123.4deg
PreFault values ○
g Pre-fault quantities
Ia-1CT ○
h Pre-fau
1234.56kA 123.4deg
Ib-1CT
1234.56kA 123.4deg
Ic-1CT
1234.56kA 123.4deg
- 485 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 486 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.1-4 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘3D’ software in Model3
Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection
Data IDs Screen names points Data IDs Screen names points
[OP Mode ID1] 413001 8100201B63 [OP Mode Name1] DIF-S1 S1-OPT [OP Mode ID97] Not assigned [OP Mode Name97] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID2] 413001 8200101B63 [OP Mode Name2] DIF-S2 S2-OPT [OP Mode ID98] Not assigned [OP Mode Name98] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID3] 414001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name3] REF1 REF-P-OPT [OP Mode ID99] Not assigned [OP Mode Name99] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID4] 414001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name4] REF2 REF-S-OPT [OP Mode ID100] Not assigned [OP Mode Name100] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID5] Not assigned [OP Mode Name5] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID101] Not assigned [OP Mode Name101] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID6] 45A001 8000101B65 [OP Mode Name6] OC1 OC1-OPT [OP Mode ID102] Not assigned [OP Mode Name102] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID7] 45A001 8100201B65 [OP Mode Name7] OC2 OC2-OPT [OP Mode ID103] Not assigned [OP Mode Name103] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID8] 45A001 8200301B65 [OP Mode Name8] OC3 OC3-OPT [OP Mode ID104] Not assigned [OP Mode Name104] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID9] 45A001 8300401B65 [OP Mode Name9] OC4 OC4-OPT [OP Mode ID105] Not assigned [OP Mode Name105] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID10] 45A001 8400501B65 [OP Mode Name10] OC5 OC5-OPT [OP Mode ID106] Not assigned [OP Mode Name106] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID11] 45A001 8500601B65 [OP Mode Name11] OC6 OC6-OPT [OP Mode ID107] Not assigned [OP Mode Name107] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID12] 45A001 8600701B65 [OP Mode Name12] OC7 OC7-OPT [OP Mode ID108] Not assigned [OP Mode Name108] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID13] 45A001 8700801B65 [OP Mode Name13] OC8 OC8-OPT [OP Mode ID109] Not assigned [OP Mode Name109] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID14] 45A401 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name14] EF1 EF1-OPT [OP Mode ID110] Not assigned [OP Mode Name110] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID15] 45A401 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name15] EF2 EF2-OPT [OP Mode ID111] Not assigned [OP Mode Name111] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID16] 45A401 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name16] EF3 EF3-OPT [OP Mode ID112] Not assigned [OP Mode Name112] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID17] 45A401 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name17] EF4 EF4-OPT [OP Mode ID113] Not assigned [OP Mode Name113] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID18] 45A401 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name18] EF5 EF5-OPT [OP Mode ID114] Not assigned [OP Mode Name114] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID19] 45A401 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name19] EF6 EF6-OPT [OP Mode ID115] Not assigned [OP Mode Name115] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID20] 45A401 8600701B60 [OP Mode Name20] EF7 EF7-OPT [OP Mode ID116] Not assigned [OP Mode Name116] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID21] 45A401 8700801B60 [OP Mode Name21] EF8 EF8-OPT [OP Mode ID117] Not assigned [OP Mode Name117] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID22] 45A801 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name22] EFIn1 EFIn1-OPT [OP Mode ID118] Not assigned [OP Mode Name118] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID23] 45A801 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name23] EFIn2 EFIn2-OPT [OP Mode ID119] Not assigned [OP Mode Name119] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID24] 45A801 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name24] EFIn3 EFIn3-OPT [OP Mode ID120] Not assigned [OP Mode Name120] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID25] 45A801 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name25] EFIn4 EFIn4-OPT [OP Mode ID121] Not assigned [OP Mode Name121] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID26] 487001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name26] MECH1 MECH1-OPT [OP Mode ID122] Not assigned [OP Mode Name122] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID27] 487001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name27] MECH2 MECH2-OPT [OP Mode ID123] Not assigned [OP Mode Name123] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID28] 487001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name28] MECH3 MECH3-OPT [OP Mode ID124] Not assigned [OP Mode Name124] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID29] 487001 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name29] MECH4 MECH4-OPT [OP Mode ID125] Not assigned [OP Mode Name125] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID30] 487001 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name30] MECH5 MECH5-OPT [OP Mode ID126] Not assigned [OP Mode Name126] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID31] 487001 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name31] MECH6 MECH6-OPT [OP Mode ID127] Not assigned [OP Mode Name127] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID32] 487001 8600701B60 [OP Mode Name32] MECH7 MECH7-OPT [OP Mode ID128] Not assigned [OP Mode Name128] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID33] 487001 8700801B60 [OP Mode Name33] MECH8 MECH8-OPT [OP Mode ID201] Not assigned [OP Mode Name201] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID34] 487001 8800901B60 [OP Mode Name34] MECH9 MECH9-OPT [OP Mode ID202] Not assigned [OP Mode Name202] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID35] 487001 8900A01B60 [OP Mode Name35] MECH10 MECH10-OPT [OP Mode ID203] Not assigned [OP Mode Name203] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID36] 487001 8A00B01B60 [OP Mode Name36] MECH11 MECH11-OPT [OP Mode ID204] Not assigned [OP Mode Name204] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID37] 487001 8B00C01B60 [OP Mode Name37] MECH12 MECH12-OPT [OP Mode ID205] Not assigned [OP Mode Name205] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID38] 487001 8C00D01B60 [OP Mode Name38] MECH13 MECH13-OPT [OP Mode ID206] Not assigned [OP Mode Name206] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID39] 487001 8D00E01B60 [OP Mode Name39] MECH14 MECH14-OPT [OP Mode ID207] Not assigned [OP Mode Name207] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID40] 487001 8E00F01B60 [OP Mode Name40] MECH15 MECH15-OPT [OP Mode ID208] Not assigned [OP Mode Name208] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID41] 487001 8F01001B60 [OP Mode Name41] MECH16 MECH16-OPT [OP Mode ID209] Not assigned [OP Mode Name209] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID42] 451401 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name42] THM-A THM-OPT-ALARM [OP Mode ID210] Not assigned [OP Mode Name210] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID43] 451401 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name43] THM-T THM-OPT-TRIP [OP Mode ID211] Not assigned [OP Mode Name211] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID44] 476A01 8200101B60 [OP Mode Name44] VPH-A VPH-A-OPT- [OP Mode ID212] Not assigned [OP Mode Name212] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID45] 476A01 8300201B62 [OP Mode Name45] VPH-T VPH-OPT [OP Mode ID213] Not assigned [OP Mode Name213] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID46] 45AC01 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name46] OCN1 OCN1-OPT [OP Mode ID214] Not assigned [OP Mode Name214] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID47] 45AC01 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name47] OCN2 OCN2-OPT [OP Mode ID215] Not assigned [OP Mode Name215] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID48] 45AC01 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name48] OCN3 OCN3-OPT [OP Mode ID216] Not assigned [OP Mode Name216] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID49] 45AC01 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name49] OCN4 OCN4-OPT [OP Mode ID217] Not assigned [OP Mode Name217] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID50] 45B001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name50] BCD-P BCD-P-OPT [OP Mode ID218] Not assigned [OP Mode Name218] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID51] 45B001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name51] BCD-S BCD-S-OPT [OP Mode ID219] Not assigned [OP Mode Name219] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID52] 45B001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name52] BCD-T BCD-T-OPT [OP Mode ID220] Not assigned [OP Mode Name220] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID53] 45B401 8000101B63 [OP Mode Name53] CBF1-RE CBF1 retrip operated [OP Mode ID221] Not assigned [OP Mode Name221] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID54] 45B401 8000101B73 [OP Mode Name54] CBF1-TP CBF1-TRIP [OP Mode ID222] Not assigned [OP Mode Name222] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID55] 45B401 8100201B63 [OP Mode Name55] CBF2-RE CBF2 retrip operated [OP Mode ID223] Not assigned [OP Mode Name223] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID56] 45B401 8100201B73 [OP Mode Name56] CBF2-TP CBF2-TRIP [OP Mode ID224] Not assigned [OP Mode Name224] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID57] 45B401 8200301B63 [OP Mode Name57] CBF3-RE CBF3 retrip operated [OP Mode ID225] Not assigned [OP Mode Name225] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID58] 45B401 8200301B73 [OP Mode Name58] CBF3-TP CBF3-TRIP [OP Mode ID226] Not assigned [OP Mode Name226] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID59] Not assigned [OP Mode Name59] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID227] Not assigned [OP Mode Name227] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID60] Not assigned [OP Mode Name60] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID228] Not assigned [OP Mode Name228] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID61] Not assigned [OP Mode Name61] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID229] Not assigned [OP Mode Name229] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID62] Not assigned [OP Mode Name62] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID230] Not assigned [OP Mode Name230] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID63] 475A01 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name63] FRQ1 FRQ1-OPT [OP Mode ID231] Not assigned [OP Mode Name231] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID64] 475A01 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name64] FRQ2 FRQ2-OPT [OP Mode ID232] Not assigned [OP Mode Name232] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID65] 475A01 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name65] FRQ3 FRQ3-OPT [OP Mode ID233] Not assigned [OP Mode Name233] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID66] 475A01 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name66] FRQ4 FRQ4-OPT [OP Mode ID234] Not assigned [OP Mode Name234] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID67] 475A01 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name67] FRQ5 FRQ5-OPT [OP Mode ID235] Not assigned [OP Mode Name235] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID68] 475A01 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name68] FRQ6 FRQ6-OPT [OP Mode ID236] Not assigned [OP Mode Name236] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID69] 475A01 8000111B60 [OP Mode Name69] DFRQ1 DFRQ1-OPT [OP Mode ID237] Not assigned [OP Mode Name237] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID70] 475A01 8100211B60 [OP Mode Name70] DFRQ2 DFRQ2-OPT [OP Mode ID238] Not assigned [OP Mode Name238] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID71] 475A01 8200311B60 [OP Mode Name71] DFRQ3 DFRQ3-OPT [OP Mode ID239] Not assigned [OP Mode Name239] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID72] 475A01 8300411B60 [OP Mode Name72] DFRQ4 DFRQ4-OPT [OP Mode ID240] Not assigned [OP Mode Name240] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID73] 475A01 8400511B60 [OP Mode Name73] DFRQ5 DFRQ5-OPT [OP Mode ID241] Not assigned [OP Mode Name241] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID74] 475A01 8500611B60 [OP Mode Name74] DFRQ6 DFRQ6-OPT [OP Mode ID242] Not assigned [OP Mode Name242] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID75] Not assigned [OP Mode Name75] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID243] Not assigned [OP Mode Name243] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID76] Not assigned [OP Mode Name76] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID244] Not assigned [OP Mode Name244] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID77] Not assigned [OP Mode Name77] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID245] Not assigned [OP Mode Name245] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID78] Not assigned [OP Mode Name78] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID246] Not assigned [OP Mode Name246] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID79] Not assigned [OP Mode Name79] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID247] Not assigned [OP Mode Name247] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID80] Not assigned [OP Mode Name80] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID248] Not assigned [OP Mode Name248] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID81] Not assigned [OP Mode Name81] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID249] Not assigned [OP Mode Name249] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID82] Not assigned [OP Mode Name82] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID250] Not assigned [OP Mode Name250] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID83] Not assigned [OP Mode Name83] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID251] Not assigned [OP Mode Name251] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID84] Not assigned [OP Mode Name84] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID252] Not assigned [OP Mode Name252] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID85] Not assigned [OP Mode Name85] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID253] Not assigned [OP Mode Name253] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID86] Not assigned [OP Mode Name86] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID254] Not assigned [OP Mode Name254] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID87] Not assigned [OP Mode Name87] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID255] Not assigned [OP Mode Name255] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID88] Not assigned [OP Mode Name88] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID256] Not assigned [OP Mode Name256] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID89] Not assigned [OP Mode Name89] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID257] Not assigned [OP Mode Name257] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID90] Not assigned [OP Mode Name90] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID258] Not assigned [OP Mode Name258] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID91] Not assigned [OP Mode Name91] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID259] Not assigned [OP Mode Name259] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID92] Not assigned [OP Mode Name92] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID260] Not assigned [OP Mode Name260] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID93] Not assigned [OP Mode Name93] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID261] Not assigned [OP Mode Name261] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID94] Not assigned [OP Mode Name94] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID262] Not assigned [OP Mode Name262] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID95] Not assigned [OP Mode Name95] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID263] Not assigned [OP Mode Name263] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID96] Not assigned [OP Mode Name96] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID264] Not assigned [OP Mode Name264] - Not assigned
- 487 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.1-5 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘3E software in Model4
Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection
Data IDs Screen names points Data IDs Screen names points
[OP Mode ID1] 413001 8100201B63 [OP Mode Name1] DIF-S1 S1-OPT [OP Mode ID97] Not assigned [OP Mode Name97] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID2] 413001 8200101B63 [OP Mode Name2] DIF-S2 S2-OPT [OP Mode ID98] Not assigned [OP Mode Name98] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID3] Not assigned [OP Mode Name3] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID99] Not assigned [OP Mode Name99] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID4] Not assigned [OP Mode Name4] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID100] Not assigned [OP Mode Name100] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID5] Not assigned [OP Mode Name5] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID101] Not assigned [OP Mode Name101] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID6] 45A001 8000101B65 [OP Mode Name6] OC1 OC1-OPT [OP Mode ID102] Not assigned [OP Mode Name102] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID7] 45A001 8100201B65 [OP Mode Name7] OC2 OC2-OPT [OP Mode ID103] Not assigned [OP Mode Name103] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID8] 45A001 8200301B65 [OP Mode Name8] OC3 OC3-OPT [OP Mode ID104] Not assigned [OP Mode Name104] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID9] 45A001 8300401B65 [OP Mode Name9] OC4 OC4-OPT [OP Mode ID105] Not assigned [OP Mode Name105] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID10] 45A001 8400501B65 [OP Mode Name10] OC5 OC5-OPT [OP Mode ID106] Not assigned [OP Mode Name106] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID11] 45A001 8500601B65 [OP Mode Name11] OC6 OC6-OPT [OP Mode ID107] Not assigned [OP Mode Name107] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID12] 45A001 8600701B65 [OP Mode Name12] OC7 OC7-OPT [OP Mode ID108] Not assigned [OP Mode Name108] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID13] 45A001 8700801B65 [OP Mode Name13] OC8 OC8-OPT [OP Mode ID109] Not assigned [OP Mode Name109] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID14] 45A401 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name14] EF1 EF1-OPT [OP Mode ID110] Not assigned [OP Mode Name110] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID15] 45A401 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name15] EF2 EF2-OPT [OP Mode ID111] Not assigned [OP Mode Name111] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID16] 45A401 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name16] EF3 EF3-OPT [OP Mode ID112] Not assigned [OP Mode Name112] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID17] 45A401 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name17] EF4 EF4-OPT [OP Mode ID113] Not assigned [OP Mode Name113] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID18] 45A401 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name18] EF5 EF5-OPT [OP Mode ID114] Not assigned [OP Mode Name114] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID19] 45A401 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name19] EF6 EF6-OPT [OP Mode ID115] Not assigned [OP Mode Name115] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID20] 45A401 8600701B60 [OP Mode Name20] EF7 EF7-OPT [OP Mode ID116] Not assigned [OP Mode Name116] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID21] 45A401 8700801B60 [OP Mode Name21] EF8 EF8-OPT [OP Mode ID117] Not assigned [OP Mode Name117] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID22] Not assigned [OP Mode Name22] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID118] Not assigned [OP Mode Name118] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID23] Not assigned [OP Mode Name23] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID119] Not assigned [OP Mode Name119] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID24] Not assigned [OP Mode Name24] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID120] Not assigned [OP Mode Name120] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID25] Not assigned [OP Mode Name25] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID121] Not assigned [OP Mode Name121] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID26] 487001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name26] MECH1 MECH1-OPT [OP Mode ID122] Not assigned [OP Mode Name122] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID27] 487001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name27] MECH2 MECH2-OPT [OP Mode ID123] Not assigned [OP Mode Name123] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID28] 487001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name28] MECH3 MECH3-OPT [OP Mode ID124] Not assigned [OP Mode Name124] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID29] 487001 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name29] MECH4 MECH4-OPT [OP Mode ID125] Not assigned [OP Mode Name125] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID30] 487001 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name30] MECH5 MECH5-OPT [OP Mode ID126] Not assigned [OP Mode Name126] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID31] 487001 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name31] MECH6 MECH6-OPT [OP Mode ID127] Not assigned [OP Mode Name127] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID32] 487001 8600701B60 [OP Mode Name32] MECH7 MECH7-OPT [OP Mode ID128] Not assigned [OP Mode Name128] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID33] 487001 8700801B60 [OP Mode Name33] MECH8 MECH8-OPT [OP Mode ID201] Not assigned [OP Mode Name201] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID34] 487001 8800901B60 [OP Mode Name34] MECH9 MECH9-OPT [OP Mode ID202] Not assigned [OP Mode Name202] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID35] 487001 8900A01B60 [OP Mode Name35] MECH10 MECH10-OPT [OP Mode ID203] Not assigned [OP Mode Name203] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID36] 487001 8A00B01B60 [OP Mode Name36] MECH11 MECH11-OPT [OP Mode ID204] Not assigned [OP Mode Name204] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID37] 487001 8B00C01B60 [OP Mode Name37] MECH12 MECH12-OPT [OP Mode ID205] Not assigned [OP Mode Name205] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID38] 487001 8C00D01B60 [OP Mode Name38] MECH13 MECH13-OPT [OP Mode ID206] Not assigned [OP Mode Name206] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID39] 487001 8D00E01B60 [OP Mode Name39] MECH14 MECH14-OPT [OP Mode ID207] Not assigned [OP Mode Name207] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID40] 487001 8E00F01B60 [OP Mode Name40] MECH15 MECH15-OPT [OP Mode ID208] Not assigned [OP Mode Name208] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID41] 487001 8F01001B60 [OP Mode Name41] MECH16 MECH16-OPT [OP Mode ID209] Not assigned [OP Mode Name209] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID42] 451401 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name42] THM-A THM-OPT-ALARM [OP Mode ID210] Not assigned [OP Mode Name210] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID43] 451401 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name43] THM-T THM-OPT-TRIP [OP Mode ID211] Not assigned [OP Mode Name211] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID44] 476A01 8200101B60 [OP Mode Name44] VPH-A VPH-A-OPT- [OP Mode ID212] Not assigned [OP Mode Name212] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID45] 476A01 8300201B62 [OP Mode Name45] VPH-T VPH-OPT [OP Mode ID213] Not assigned [OP Mode Name213] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID46] 45AC01 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name46] OCN1 OCN1-OPT [OP Mode ID214] Not assigned [OP Mode Name214] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID47] 45AC01 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name47] OCN2 OCN2-OPT [OP Mode ID215] Not assigned [OP Mode Name215] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID48] 45AC01 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name48] OCN3 OCN3-OPT [OP Mode ID216] Not assigned [OP Mode Name216] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID49] 45AC01 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name49] OCN4 OCN4-OPT [OP Mode ID217] Not assigned [OP Mode Name217] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID50] 45B001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name50] BCD-P BCD-P-OPT [OP Mode ID218] Not assigned [OP Mode Name218] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID51] 45B001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name51] BCD-S BCD-S-OPT [OP Mode ID219] Not assigned [OP Mode Name219] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID52] 45B001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name52] BCD-T BCD-T-OPT [OP Mode ID220] Not assigned [OP Mode Name220] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID53] 45B401 8000101B63 [OP Mode Name53] CBF1-RE CBF1 retrip operated [OP Mode ID221] Not assigned [OP Mode Name221] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID54] 45B401 8000101B73 [OP Mode Name54] CBF1-TP CBF1-TRIP [OP Mode ID222] Not assigned [OP Mode Name222] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID55] 45B401 8100201B63 [OP Mode Name55] CBF2-RE CBF2 retrip operated [OP Mode ID223] Not assigned [OP Mode Name223] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID56] 45B401 8100201B73 [OP Mode Name56] CBF2-TP CBF2-TRIP [OP Mode ID224] Not assigned [OP Mode Name224] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID57] 45B401 8200301B63 [OP Mode Name57] CBF3-RE CBF3 retrip operated [OP Mode ID225] Not assigned [OP Mode Name225] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID58] 45B401 8200301B73 [OP Mode Name58] CBF3-TP CBF3-TRIP [OP Mode ID226] Not assigned [OP Mode Name226] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID59] 45B401 8300401B63 [OP Mode Name59] CBF4-RE CBF4 retrip operated [OP Mode ID227] Not assigned [OP Mode Name227] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID60] 45B401 8300401B73 [OP Mode Name60] CBF4-TP CBF4-TRIP [OP Mode ID228] Not assigned [OP Mode Name228] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID61] Not assigned [OP Mode Name61] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID229] Not assigned [OP Mode Name229] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID62] Not assigned [OP Mode Name62] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID230] Not assigned [OP Mode Name230] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID63] 475A01 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name63] FRQ1 FRQ1-OPT [OP Mode ID231] Not assigned [OP Mode Name231] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID64] 475A01 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name64] FRQ2 FRQ2-OPT [OP Mode ID232] Not assigned [OP Mode Name232] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID65] 475A01 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name65] FRQ3 FRQ3-OPT [OP Mode ID233] Not assigned [OP Mode Name233] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID66] 475A01 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name66] FRQ4 FRQ4-OPT [OP Mode ID234] Not assigned [OP Mode Name234] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID67] 475A01 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name67] FRQ5 FRQ5-OPT [OP Mode ID235] Not assigned [OP Mode Name235] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID68] 475A01 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name68] FRQ6 FRQ6-OPT [OP Mode ID236] Not assigned [OP Mode Name236] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID69] 475A01 8000111B60 [OP Mode Name69] DFRQ1 DFRQ1-OPT [OP Mode ID237] Not assigned [OP Mode Name237] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID70] 475A01 8100211B60 [OP Mode Name70] DFRQ2 DFRQ2-OPT [OP Mode ID238] Not assigned [OP Mode Name238] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID71] 475A01 8200311B60 [OP Mode Name71] DFRQ3 DFRQ3-OPT [OP Mode ID239] Not assigned [OP Mode Name239] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID72] 475A01 8300411B60 [OP Mode Name72] DFRQ4 DFRQ4-OPT [OP Mode ID240] Not assigned [OP Mode Name240] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID73] 475A01 8400511B60 [OP Mode Name73] DFRQ5 DFRQ5-OPT [OP Mode ID241] Not assigned [OP Mode Name241] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID74] 475A01 8500611B60 [OP Mode Name74] DFRQ6 DFRQ6-OPT [OP Mode ID242] Not assigned [OP Mode Name242] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID75] Not assigned [OP Mode Name75] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID243] Not assigned [OP Mode Name243] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID76] Not assigned [OP Mode Name76] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID244] Not assigned [OP Mode Name244] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID77] Not assigned [OP Mode Name77] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID245] Not assigned [OP Mode Name245] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID78] Not assigned [OP Mode Name78] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID246] Not assigned [OP Mode Name246] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID79] Not assigned [OP Mode Name79] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID247] Not assigned [OP Mode Name247] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID80] Not assigned [OP Mode Name80] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID248] Not assigned [OP Mode Name248] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID81] Not assigned [OP Mode Name81] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID249] Not assigned [OP Mode Name249] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID82] Not assigned [OP Mode Name82] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID250] Not assigned [OP Mode Name250] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID83] Not assigned [OP Mode Name83] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID251] Not assigned [OP Mode Name251] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID84] Not assigned [OP Mode Name84] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID252] Not assigned [OP Mode Name252] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID85] Not assigned [OP Mode Name85] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID253] Not assigned [OP Mode Name253] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID86] Not assigned [OP Mode Name86] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID254] Not assigned [OP Mode Name254] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID87] Not assigned [OP Mode Name87] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID255] Not assigned [OP Mode Name255] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID88] Not assigned [OP Mode Name88] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID256] Not assigned [OP Mode Name256] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID89] Not assigned [OP Mode Name89] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID257] Not assigned [OP Mode Name257] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID90] Not assigned [OP Mode Name90] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID258] Not assigned [OP Mode Name258] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID91] Not assigned [OP Mode Name91] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID259] Not assigned [OP Mode Name259] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID92] Not assigned [OP Mode Name92] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID260] Not assigned [OP Mode Name260] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID93] Not assigned [OP Mode Name93] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID261] Not assigned [OP Mode Name261] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID94] Not assigned [OP Mode Name94] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID262] Not assigned [OP Mode Name262] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID95] Not assigned [OP Mode Name95] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID263] Not assigned [OP Mode Name263] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID96] Not assigned [OP Mode Name96] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID264] Not assigned [OP Mode Name264] - Not assigned
- 488 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.1-6 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘3F software in Model5
Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection
Data IDs Screen names points Data IDs Screen names points
[OP Mode ID1] 413001 8100201B63 [OP Mode Name1] DIF-S1 S1-OPT [OP Mode ID97] Not assigned [OP Mode Name97] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID2] 413001 8200101B63 [OP Mode Name2] DIF-S2 S2-OPT [OP Mode ID98] Not assigned [OP Mode Name98] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID3] 414001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name3] REF1 REF-P-OPT [OP Mode ID99] Not assigned [OP Mode Name99] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID4] 414001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name4] REF2 REF-S-OPT [OP Mode ID100] Not assigned [OP Mode Name100] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID5] 414001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name5] REF3 REF-T-OPT [OP Mode ID101] Not assigned [OP Mode Name101] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID6] 45A001 8000101B65 [OP Mode Name6] OC1 OC1-OPT [OP Mode ID102] Not assigned [OP Mode Name102] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID7] 45A001 8100201B65 [OP Mode Name7] OC2 OC2-OPT [OP Mode ID103] Not assigned [OP Mode Name103] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID8] 45A001 8200301B65 [OP Mode Name8] OC3 OC3-OPT [OP Mode ID104] Not assigned [OP Mode Name104] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID9] 45A001 8300401B65 [OP Mode Name9] OC4 OC4-OPT [OP Mode ID105] Not assigned [OP Mode Name105] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID10] 45A001 8400501B65 [OP Mode Name10] OC5 OC5-OPT [OP Mode ID106] Not assigned [OP Mode Name106] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID11] 45A001 8500601B65 [OP Mode Name11] OC6 OC6-OPT [OP Mode ID107] Not assigned [OP Mode Name107] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID12] 45A001 8600701B65 [OP Mode Name12] OC7 OC7-OPT [OP Mode ID108] Not assigned [OP Mode Name108] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID13] 45A001 8700801B65 [OP Mode Name13] OC8 OC8-OPT [OP Mode ID109] Not assigned [OP Mode Name109] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID14] 45A401 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name14] EF1 EF1-OPT [OP Mode ID110] Not assigned [OP Mode Name110] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID15] 45A401 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name15] EF2 EF2-OPT [OP Mode ID111] Not assigned [OP Mode Name111] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID16] 45A401 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name16] EF3 EF3-OPT [OP Mode ID112] Not assigned [OP Mode Name112] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID17] 45A401 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name17] EF4 EF4-OPT [OP Mode ID113] Not assigned [OP Mode Name113] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID18] 45A401 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name18] EF5 EF5-OPT [OP Mode ID114] Not assigned [OP Mode Name114] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID19] 45A401 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name19] EF6 EF6-OPT [OP Mode ID115] Not assigned [OP Mode Name115] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID20] 45A401 8600701B60 [OP Mode Name20] EF7 EF7-OPT [OP Mode ID116] Not assigned [OP Mode Name116] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID21] 45A401 8700801B60 [OP Mode Name21] EF8 EF8-OPT [OP Mode ID117] Not assigned [OP Mode Name117] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID22] 45A801 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name22] EFIn1 EFIn1-OPT [OP Mode ID118] Not assigned [OP Mode Name118] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID23] 45A801 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name23] EFIn2 EFIn2-OPT [OP Mode ID119] Not assigned [OP Mode Name119] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID24] 45A801 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name24] EFIn3 EFIn3-OPT [OP Mode ID120] Not assigned [OP Mode Name120] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID25] 45A801 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name25] EFIn4 EFIn4-OPT [OP Mode ID121] Not assigned [OP Mode Name121] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID26] 487001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name26] MECH1 MECH1-OPT [OP Mode ID122] Not assigned [OP Mode Name122] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID27] 487001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name27] MECH2 MECH2-OPT [OP Mode ID123] Not assigned [OP Mode Name123] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID28] 487001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name28] MECH3 MECH3-OPT [OP Mode ID124] Not assigned [OP Mode Name124] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID29] 487001 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name29] MECH4 MECH4-OPT [OP Mode ID125] Not assigned [OP Mode Name125] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID30] 487001 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name30] MECH5 MECH5-OPT [OP Mode ID126] Not assigned [OP Mode Name126] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID31] 487001 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name31] MECH6 MECH6-OPT [OP Mode ID127] Not assigned [OP Mode Name127] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID32] 487001 8600701B60 [OP Mode Name32] MECH7 MECH7-OPT [OP Mode ID128] Not assigned [OP Mode Name128] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID33] 487001 8700801B60 [OP Mode Name33] MECH8 MECH8-OPT [OP Mode ID201] Not assigned [OP Mode Name201] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID34] 487001 8800901B60 [OP Mode Name34] MECH9 MECH9-OPT [OP Mode ID202] Not assigned [OP Mode Name202] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID35] 487001 8900A01B60 [OP Mode Name35] MECH10 MECH10-OPT [OP Mode ID203] Not assigned [OP Mode Name203] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID36] 487001 8A00B01B60 [OP Mode Name36] MECH11 MECH11-OPT [OP Mode ID204] Not assigned [OP Mode Name204] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID37] 487001 8B00C01B60 [OP Mode Name37] MECH12 MECH12-OPT [OP Mode ID205] Not assigned [OP Mode Name205] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID38] 487001 8C00D01B60 [OP Mode Name38] MECH13 MECH13-OPT [OP Mode ID206] Not assigned [OP Mode Name206] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID39] 487001 8D00E01B60 [OP Mode Name39] MECH14 MECH14-OPT [OP Mode ID207] Not assigned [OP Mode Name207] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID40] 487001 8E00F01B60 [OP Mode Name40] MECH15 MECH15-OPT [OP Mode ID208] Not assigned [OP Mode Name208] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID41] 487001 8F01001B60 [OP Mode Name41] MECH16 MECH16-OPT [OP Mode ID209] Not assigned [OP Mode Name209] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID42] 451401 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name42] THM-A THM-OPT-ALARM [OP Mode ID210] Not assigned [OP Mode Name210] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID43] 451401 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name43] THM-T THM-OPT-TRIP [OP Mode ID211] Not assigned [OP Mode Name211] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID44] 476A01 8200101B60 [OP Mode Name44] VPH-A VPH-A-OPT- [OP Mode ID212] Not assigned [OP Mode Name212] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID45] 476A01 8300201B62 [OP Mode Name45] VPH-T VPH-OPT [OP Mode ID213] Not assigned [OP Mode Name213] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID46] 45AC01 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name46] OCN1 OCN1-OPT [OP Mode ID214] Not assigned [OP Mode Name214] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID47] 45AC01 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name47] OCN2 OCN2-OPT [OP Mode ID215] Not assigned [OP Mode Name215] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID48] 45AC01 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name48] OCN3 OCN3-OPT [OP Mode ID216] Not assigned [OP Mode Name216] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID49] 45AC01 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name49] OCN4 OCN4-OPT [OP Mode ID217] Not assigned [OP Mode Name217] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID50] 45B001 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name50] BCD-P BCD-P-OPT [OP Mode ID218] Not assigned [OP Mode Name218] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID51] 45B001 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name51] BCD-S BCD-S-OPT [OP Mode ID219] Not assigned [OP Mode Name219] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID52] 45B001 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name52] BCD-T BCD-T-OPT [OP Mode ID220] Not assigned [OP Mode Name220] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID53] 45B401 8000101B63 [OP Mode Name53] CBF1-RE CBF1 retrip operated [OP Mode ID221] Not assigned [OP Mode Name221] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID54] 45B401 8000101B73 [OP Mode Name54] CBF1-TP CBF1-TRIP [OP Mode ID222] Not assigned [OP Mode Name222] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID55] 45B401 8100201B63 [OP Mode Name55] CBF2-RE CBF2 retrip operated [OP Mode ID223] Not assigned [OP Mode Name223] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID56] 45B401 8100201B73 [OP Mode Name56] CBF2-TP CBF2-TRIP [OP Mode ID224] Not assigned [OP Mode Name224] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID57] 45B401 8200301B63 [OP Mode Name57] CBF3-RE CBF3 retrip operated [OP Mode ID225] Not assigned [OP Mode Name225] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID58] 45B401 8200301B73 [OP Mode Name58] CBF3-TP CBF3-TRIP [OP Mode ID226] Not assigned [OP Mode Name226] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID59] 45B401 8300401B63 [OP Mode Name59] CBF4-RE CBF4 retrip operated [OP Mode ID227] Not assigned [OP Mode Name227] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID60] 45B401 8300401B73 [OP Mode Name60] CBF4-TP CBF4-TRIP [OP Mode ID228] Not assigned [OP Mode Name228] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID61] 45B401 8400501B63 [OP Mode Name61] CBF5-RE CBF5 retrip operated [OP Mode ID229] Not assigned [OP Mode Name229] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID62] 45B401 8400501B73 [OP Mode Name62] CBF5-TP CBF5-TRIP [OP Mode ID230] Not assigned [OP Mode Name230] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID63] 475A01 8000101B60 [OP Mode Name63] FRQ1 FRQ1-OPT [OP Mode ID231] Not assigned [OP Mode Name231] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID64] 475A01 8100201B60 [OP Mode Name64] FRQ2 FRQ2-OPT [OP Mode ID232] Not assigned [OP Mode Name232] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID65] 475A01 8200301B60 [OP Mode Name65] FRQ3 FRQ3-OPT [OP Mode ID233] Not assigned [OP Mode Name233] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID66] 475A01 8300401B60 [OP Mode Name66] FRQ4 FRQ4-OPT [OP Mode ID234] Not assigned [OP Mode Name234] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID67] 475A01 8400501B60 [OP Mode Name67] FRQ5 FRQ5-OPT [OP Mode ID235] Not assigned [OP Mode Name235] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID68] 475A01 8500601B60 [OP Mode Name68] FRQ6 FRQ6-OPT [OP Mode ID236] Not assigned [OP Mode Name236] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID69] 475A01 8000111B60 [OP Mode Name69] DFRQ1 DFRQ1-OPT [OP Mode ID237] Not assigned [OP Mode Name237] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID70] 475A01 8100211B60 [OP Mode Name70] DFRQ2 DFRQ2-OPT [OP Mode ID238] Not assigned [OP Mode Name238] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID71] 475A01 8200311B60 [OP Mode Name71] DFRQ3 DFRQ3-OPT [OP Mode ID239] Not assigned [OP Mode Name239] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID72] 475A01 8300411B60 [OP Mode Name72] DFRQ4 DFRQ4-OPT [OP Mode ID240] Not assigned [OP Mode Name240] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID73] 475A01 8400511B60 [OP Mode Name73] DFRQ5 DFRQ5-OPT [OP Mode ID241] Not assigned [OP Mode Name241] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID74] 475A01 8500611B60 [OP Mode Name74] DFRQ6 DFRQ6-OPT [OP Mode ID242] Not assigned [OP Mode Name242] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID75] Not assigned [OP Mode Name75] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID243] Not assigned [OP Mode Name243] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID76] Not assigned [OP Mode Name76] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID244] Not assigned [OP Mode Name244] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID77] Not assigned [OP Mode Name77] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID245] Not assigned [OP Mode Name245] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID78] Not assigned [OP Mode Name78] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID246] Not assigned [OP Mode Name246] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID79] Not assigned [OP Mode Name79] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID247] Not assigned [OP Mode Name247] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID80] Not assigned [OP Mode Name80] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID248] Not assigned [OP Mode Name248] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID81] Not assigned [OP Mode Name81] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID249] Not assigned [OP Mode Name249] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID82] Not assigned [OP Mode Name82] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID250] Not assigned [OP Mode Name250] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID83] Not assigned [OP Mode Name83] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID251] Not assigned [OP Mode Name251] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID84] Not assigned [OP Mode Name84] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID252] Not assigned [OP Mode Name252] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID85] Not assigned [OP Mode Name85] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID253] Not assigned [OP Mode Name253] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID86] Not assigned [OP Mode Name86] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID254] Not assigned [OP Mode Name254] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID87] Not assigned [OP Mode Name87] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID255] Not assigned [OP Mode Name255] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID88] Not assigned [OP Mode Name88] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID256] Not assigned [OP Mode Name256] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID89] Not assigned [OP Mode Name89] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID257] Not assigned [OP Mode Name257] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID90] Not assigned [OP Mode Name90] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID258] Not assigned [OP Mode Name258] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID91] Not assigned [OP Mode Name91] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID259] Not assigned [OP Mode Name259] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID92] Not assigned [OP Mode Name92] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID260] Not assigned [OP Mode Name260] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID93] Not assigned [OP Mode Name93] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID261] Not assigned [OP Mode Name261] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID94] Not assigned [OP Mode Name94] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID262] Not assigned [OP Mode Name262] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID95] Not assigned [OP Mode Name95] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID263] Not assigned [OP Mode Name263] - Not assigned
[OP Mode ID96] Not assigned [OP Mode Name96] - Not assigned [OP Mode ID264] Not assigned [OP Mode Name264] - Not assigned
- 489 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8.1.4 Setting
FAULT_RECORD(Function ID: 200602)
Setting items Range Unit Contents Default Note
- 490 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 491 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 492 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 493 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 494 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 495 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 496 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Event recorder
Signals are generated in the logics of BIO modules etc. in the IED. The event recorder can
memory the generated signals as events. To operate the event recorder, the user should pick a
preferred signal as a trigger of the event recorder; the event recorder can have 768 triggers,
some of which have been set as a default. The user can group the triggers into three categories;
consequently, it is possible that a number of the events are divided depending on the degree of
the errors, the meaning of the operations, and the signals of relay elements, etc. The user can
also program how an event is to be detected. An event is recorded with millisecond accuracy.
The information are memorized until the number of the events reaching 1024; the oldest event
will be deleted when a new event appears.
Pulse train
3000001001
FR_CLR List of ‘Event record1’
FAULT RECORD (200602)
Event #3
On 2012-07-25 10:31:12
Event #3 F.Record clear ‘On’
Event #2
3010001001
Active group Active group
2012-07-25 10:56:12
SYS_CHG Set group change
‘3’ Changed to ‘4’
Setting_PF (201400)
Event #2
Figure 8.2-1 Relation between function signals and triggers for Event record1
Figure 8.2-1 illustrates signals connected with triggers in the event recorder. For example,
‘SYS_CHG’ is connected with trigger#7 using the [Trigger ID7] and ‘FR_CLR’ is connected with
- 497 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
trigger#14 using the [Trigger ID14]. Note that the both triggers (#7 and #14) are smaller than
the setting [End of E.Record-1]=256; hence, the both are listed in the ‘Event recored1’ list.
Keep in mind that the event names are set by the [Event Name7] and [Event Name14]. All
ones are tabulated in Table 8.2-1 to Table 8.2-5.
†Note:The GR-TIEMS uses terms ‘Level1’, ‘Level2’, and ‘Level3’ to represent the ‘Event
Record1’, ‘Event Record2’, and ‘Event Record3’. The scope of each level is the same
as the scope of each group. The GR-TIEMS does not show unused triggers and
Trigger ID numbers automatically when the triggers are displayed on the screen.
- 498 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.2-1 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 in ‘3D’ software in Model3
Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names
[Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] 475A01 8100211B60 On-Off DFRQ2 [Trigger ID181] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID2] 220001 3110211001 On-Off ErrorLevel2 [Trigger ID92] 475A01 8200311B60 On-Off DFRQ3 [Trigger ID182] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID3] 220001 3110221001 On-Off Minor error [Trigger ID93] 475A01 8300411B60 On-Off DFRQ4 [Trigger ID183] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID4] 220001 3110231001 On-Off ErrorLevel4 [Trigger ID94] 475A01 8400511B60 On-Off DFRQ5 [Trigger ID184] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID5] 220001 3110241001 On-Off ErrorLevel5 [Trigger ID95] 475A01 8500611B60 On-Off DFRQ6 [Trigger ID185] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID6] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID96] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID186] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID7] 201400 3200001001 Change Set. group change [Trigger ID97] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID187] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID8] 201400 3010001001 On System set. change [Trigger ID98] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID188] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID9] 201400 3010011001 On Comm. set. change [Trigger ID99] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID189] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID10] 201400 3010021001 On Prot. set. change [Trigger ID100] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID190] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID11] 201400 3010031001 On Ctrl. set. change [Trigger ID101] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID191] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID12] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID102] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID192] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID13] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID103] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID193] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID14] 204201 3000001001 On F.Record clear [Trigger ID104] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID194] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID15] 200710 3001001001 On E.Record1 clear [Trigger ID105] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID195] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID16] 200710 3002001001 On E.Record2 clear [Trigger ID106] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID196] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID17] 200710 3003001001 On E.Record3 clear [Trigger ID107] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID197] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID18] 200401 30A0001001 On D.Record clear [Trigger ID108] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID198] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID19] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID109] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID199] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID20] 413001 8100201B63 On-Off DIF-S1 [Trigger ID110] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID200] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID21] 413001 8200101B63 On-Off DIF-S2 [Trigger ID111] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID201] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID22] 414001 8000101B60 On-Off REF1 [Trigger ID112] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID202] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID23] 414001 8100201B60 On-Off REF2 [Trigger ID113] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID203] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID24] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID114] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID204] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID25] 45A001 8000101B65 On-Off OC1 [Trigger ID115] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID205] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID26] 45A001 8100201B65 On-Off OC2 [Trigger ID116] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID206] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID27] 45A001 8200301B65 On-Off OC3 [Trigger ID117] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID207] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID28] 45A001 8300401B65 On-Off OC4 [Trigger ID118] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID208] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID29] 45A001 8400501B65 On-Off OC5 [Trigger ID119] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID209] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID30] 45A001 8500601B65 On-Off OC6 [Trigger ID120] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID210] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID31] 45A001 8600701B65 On-Off OC7 [Trigger ID121] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID211] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID32] 45A001 8700801B65 On-Off OC8 [Trigger ID122] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID212] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID33] 45A401 8000101B60 On-Off EF1 [Trigger ID123] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID213] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID34] 45A401 8100201B60 On-Off EF2 [Trigger ID124] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID214] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID35] 45A401 8200301B60 On-Off EF3 [Trigger ID125] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID215] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID36] 45A401 8300401B60 On-Off EF4 [Trigger ID126] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID216] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID37] 45A401 8400501B60 On-Off EF5 [Trigger ID127] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID217] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID38] 45A401 8500601B60 On-Off EF6 [Trigger ID128] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID218] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID39] 45A401 8600701B60 On-Off EF7 [Trigger ID129] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID219] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID40] 45A401 8700801B60 On-Off EF8 [Trigger ID130] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID220] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID41] 45A801 8000101B60 On-Off EFIn1 [Trigger ID131] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID221] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID42] 45A801 8100201B60 On-Off EFIn2 [Trigger ID132] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID222] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID43] 45A801 8200301B60 On-Off EFIn3 [Trigger ID133] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID223] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID44] 45A801 8300401B60 On-Off EFIn4 [Trigger ID134] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID224] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID45] 487001 8000101B60 On-Off MECH1 [Trigger ID135] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID225] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID46] 487001 8100201B60 On-Off MECH2 [Trigger ID135] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID226] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID47] 487001 8200301B60 On-Off MECH3 [Trigger ID136] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID227] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID48] 487001 8300401B60 On-Off MECH4 [Trigger ID137] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID228] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID49] 487001 8400501B60 On-Off MECH5 [Trigger ID138] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID229] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID50] 487001 8500601B60 On-Off MECH6 [Trigger ID140] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID230] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID51] 487001 8600701B60 On-Off MECH7 [Trigger ID141] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID231] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID52] 487001 8700801B60 On-Off MECH8 [Trigger ID142] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID232] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID53] 487001 8800901B60 On-Off MECH9 [Trigger ID143] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID233] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID54] 487001 8900A01B60 On-Off MECH10 [Trigger ID144] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID234] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID55] 487001 8A00B01B60 On-Off MECH11 [Trigger ID145] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID235] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID56] 487001 8B00C01B60 On-Off MECH12 [Trigger ID146] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID236] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID57] 487001 8C00D01B60 On-Off MECH13 [Trigger ID147] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID237] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID58] 487001 8D00E01B60 On-Off MECH14 [Trigger ID148] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID238] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID59] 487001 8E00F01B60 On-Off MECH15 [Trigger ID149] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID239] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID60] 487001 8F01001B60 On-Off MECH16 [Trigger ID150] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID240] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID61] 451401 8000101B60 On-Off THM-A [Trigger ID151] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID241] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID62] 451401 8100201B60 On-Off THM-T [Trigger ID152] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID242] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID63] 476A01 8200101B60 On-Off VPH-A [Trigger ID153] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID243] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID64] 476A01 8300201B62 On-Off VPH-T [Trigger ID154] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID244] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID65] 45AC01 8000101B60 On-Off OCN1 [Trigger ID155] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID245] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID66] 45AC01 8100201B60 On-Off OCN2 [Trigger ID156] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID246] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID67] 45AC01 8200301B60 On-Off OCN3 [Trigger ID157] 4A3001 8000001B6D On-Off GEN.TRIP [Trigger ID247] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID68] 45AC01 8300401B60 On-Off OCN4 [Trigger ID158] 4A3001 8B00001B66 On-Off GEN.ALARM [Trigger ID248] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID69] 45B001 8000101B60 On-Off BCD-P [Trigger ID159] 4A3001 8000001B71 On-Off OPT.PHASE-A [Trigger ID249] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID70] 45B001 8100201B60 On-Off BCD-S [Trigger ID160] 4A3001 8100001B72 On-Off OPT.PHASE-B [Trigger ID250] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID71] 45B001 8200301B60 On-Off BCD-T [Trigger ID161] 4A3001 8200001B73 On-Off OPT.PHASE-C [Trigger ID254] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID72] 45B401 8000101B63 On-Off CBF1-RE [Trigger ID162] 4A3001 8300001B74 On-Off OPT.PHASE-N [Trigger ID252] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID73] 45B401 8000101B73 On-Off CBF1-TP [Trigger ID163] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID253] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID74] 45B401 8100201B63 On-Off CBF2-RE [Trigger ID164] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID254] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID75] 45B401 8100201B73 On-Off CBF2-TP [Trigger ID165] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID255] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID76] 45B401 8200301B63 On-Off CBF3-RE [Trigger ID166] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID256] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID77] 45B401 8200301B73 On-Off CBF3-TP [Trigger ID167] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID78] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID168] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID79] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID169] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID80] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID170] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID81] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID171] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID82] 475A01 8000101B60 On-Off FRQ1 [Trigger ID172] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID83] 475A01 8100201B60 On-Off FRQ2 [Trigger ID173] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID84] 475A01 8200301B60 On-Off FRQ3 [Trigger ID174] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID85] 475A01 8300401B60 On-Off FRQ4 [Trigger ID175] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID86] 475A01 8400501B60 On-Off FRQ5 [Trigger ID176] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID87] 475A01 8500601B60 On-Off FRQ6 [Trigger ID177] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID88] 475A01 8000111B60 On-Off DFRQ1 [Trigger ID178] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID89] 475A01 8100211B60 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID179] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID90] 475A01 8200311B60 On-Off ErrorLevel2 [Trigger ID180] (Not Assigned) Off -
- 499 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.2-2 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 in ‘3E’ software in Model4
Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names
[Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] 475A01 8100211B60 On-Off DFRQ2 [Trigger ID181] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID2] 220001 3110211001 On-Off ErrorLevel2 [Trigger ID92] 475A01 8200311B60 On-Off DFRQ3 [Trigger ID182] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID3] 220001 3110221001 On-Off Minor error [Trigger ID93] 475A01 8300411B60 On-Off DFRQ4 [Trigger ID183] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID4] 220001 3110231001 On-Off ErrorLevel4 [Trigger ID94] 475A01 8400511B60 On-Off DFRQ5 [Trigger ID184] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID5] 220001 3110241001 On-Off ErrorLevel5 [Trigger ID95] 475A01 8500611B60 On-Off DFRQ6 [Trigger ID185] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID6] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID96] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID186] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID7] 201400 3200001001 Change Set. group change [Trigger ID97] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID187] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID8] 201400 3010001001 On System set. change [Trigger ID98] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID188] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID9] 201400 3010011001 On Comm. set. change [Trigger ID99] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID189] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID10] 201400 3010021001 On Prot. set. change [Trigger ID100] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID190] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID11] 201400 3010031001 On Ctrl. set. change [Trigger ID101] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID191] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID12] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID102] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID192] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID13] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID103] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID193] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID14] 204201 3000001001 On F.Record clear [Trigger ID104] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID194] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID15] 200710 3001001001 On E.Record1 clear [Trigger ID105] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID195] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID16] 200710 3002001001 On E.Record2 clear [Trigger ID106] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID196] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID17] 200710 3003001001 On E.Record3 clear [Trigger ID107] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID197] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID18] 200401 30A0001001 On D.Record clear [Trigger ID108] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID198] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID19] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID109] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID199] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID20] 413001 8100201B63 On-Off DIF-S1 [Trigger ID110] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID200] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID21] 413001 8200101B63 On-Off DIF-S2 [Trigger ID111] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID201] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID22] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID112] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID202] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID23] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID113] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID203] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID24] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID114] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID204] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID25] 45A001 8000101B65 On-Off OC1 [Trigger ID115] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID205] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID26] 45A001 8100201B65 On-Off OC2 [Trigger ID116] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID206] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID27] 45A001 8200301B65 On-Off OC3 [Trigger ID117] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID207] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID28] 45A001 8300401B65 On-Off OC4 [Trigger ID118] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID208] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID29] 45A001 8400501B65 On-Off OC5 [Trigger ID119] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID209] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID30] 45A001 8500601B65 On-Off OC6 [Trigger ID120] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID210] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID31] 45A001 8600701B65 On-Off OC7 [Trigger ID121] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID211] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID32] 45A001 8700801B65 On-Off OC8 [Trigger ID122] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID212] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID33] 45A401 8000101B60 On-Off EF1 [Trigger ID123] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID213] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID34] 45A401 8100201B60 On-Off EF2 [Trigger ID124] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID214] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID35] 45A401 8200301B60 On-Off EF3 [Trigger ID125] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID215] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID36] 45A401 8300401B60 On-Off EF4 [Trigger ID126] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID216] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID37] 45A401 8400501B60 On-Off EF5 [Trigger ID127] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID217] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID38] 45A401 8500601B60 On-Off EF6 [Trigger ID128] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID218] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID39] 45A401 8600701B60 On-Off EF7 [Trigger ID129] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID219] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID40] 45A401 8700801B60 On-Off EF8 [Trigger ID130] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID220] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID41] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID131] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID221] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID42] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID132] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID222] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID43] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID133] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID223] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID44] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID134] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID224] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID45] 487001 8000101B60 On-Off MECH1 [Trigger ID135] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID225] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID46] 487001 8100201B60 On-Off MECH2 [Trigger ID135] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID226] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID47] 487001 8200301B60 On-Off MECH3 [Trigger ID136] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID227] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID48] 487001 8300401B60 On-Off MECH4 [Trigger ID137] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID228] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID49] 487001 8400501B60 On-Off MECH5 [Trigger ID138] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID229] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID50] 487001 8500601B60 On-Off MECH6 [Trigger ID140] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID230] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID51] 487001 8600701B60 On-Off MECH7 [Trigger ID141] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID231] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID52] 487001 8700801B60 On-Off MECH8 [Trigger ID142] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID232] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID53] 487001 8800901B60 On-Off MECH9 [Trigger ID143] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID233] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID54] 487001 8900A01B60 On-Off MECH10 [Trigger ID144] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID234] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID55] 487001 8A00B01B60 On-Off MECH11 [Trigger ID145] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID235] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID56] 487001 8B00C01B60 On-Off MECH12 [Trigger ID146] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID236] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID57] 487001 8C00D01B60 On-Off MECH13 [Trigger ID147] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID237] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID58] 487001 8D00E01B60 On-Off MECH14 [Trigger ID148] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID238] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID59] 487001 8E00F01B60 On-Off MECH15 [Trigger ID149] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID239] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID60] 487001 8F01001B60 On-Off MECH16 [Trigger ID150] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID240] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID61] 451401 8000101B60 On-Off THM-A [Trigger ID151] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID241] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID62] 451401 8100201B60 On-Off THM-T [Trigger ID152] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID242] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID63] 476A01 8200101B60 On-Off VPH-A [Trigger ID153] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID243] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID64] 476A01 8300201B62 On-Off VPH-T [Trigger ID154] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID244] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID65] 45AC01 8000101B60 On-Off OCN1 [Trigger ID155] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID245] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID66] 45AC01 8100201B60 On-Off OCN2 [Trigger ID156] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID246] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID67] 45AC01 8200301B60 On-Off OCN3 [Trigger ID157] 4A3001 8000001B6D On-Off GEN.TRIP [Trigger ID247] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID68] 45AC01 8300401B60 On-Off OCN4 [Trigger ID158] 4A3001 8B00001B66 On-Off GEN.ALARM [Trigger ID248] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID69] 45B001 8000101B60 On-Off BCD-P [Trigger ID159] 4A3001 8000001B71 On-Off OPT.PHASE-A [Trigger ID249] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID70] 45B001 8100201B60 On-Off BCD-S [Trigger ID160] 4A3001 8100001B72 On-Off OPT.PHASE-B [Trigger ID250] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID71] 45B001 8200301B60 On-Off BCD-T [Trigger ID161] 4A3001 8200001B73 On-Off OPT.PHASE-C [Trigger ID254] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID72] 45B401 8000101B63 On-Off CBF1-RE [Trigger ID162] 4A3001 8300001B74 On-Off OPT.PHASE-N [Trigger ID252] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID73] 45B401 8000101B73 On-Off CBF1-TP [Trigger ID163] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID253] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID74] 45B401 8100201B63 On-Off CBF2-RE [Trigger ID164] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID254] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID75] 45B401 8100201B73 On-Off CBF2-TP [Trigger ID165] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID255] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID76] 45B401 8200301B63 On-Off CBF3-RE [Trigger ID166] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID256] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID77] 45B401 8200301B73 On-Off CBF3-TP [Trigger ID167] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID78] 45B401 8300401B63 On-Off CBF4-RE [Trigger ID168] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID79] 45B401 8300401B73 On-Off CBF4-TP [Trigger ID169] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID80] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID170] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID81] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID171] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID82] 475A01 8000101B60 On-Off FRQ1 [Trigger ID172] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID83] 475A01 8100201B60 On-Off FRQ2 [Trigger ID173] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID84] 475A01 8200301B60 On-Off FRQ3 [Trigger ID174] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID85] 475A01 8300401B60 On-Off FRQ4 [Trigger ID175] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID86] 475A01 8400501B60 On-Off FRQ5 [Trigger ID176] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID87] 475A01 8500601B60 On-Off FRQ6 [Trigger ID177] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID88] 475A01 8000111B60 On-Off DFRQ1 [Trigger ID178] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID89] 475A01 8100211B60 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID179] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID90] 475A01 8200311B60 On-Off ErrorLevel2 [Trigger ID180] (Not Assigned) Off -
- 500 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.2-3 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 in ‘3F’ software in Model5
Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names
[Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] 475A01 8100211B60 On-Off DFRQ2 [Trigger ID181] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID2] 220001 3110211001 On-Off ErrorLevel2 [Trigger ID92] 475A01 8200311B60 On-Off DFRQ3 [Trigger ID182] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID3] 220001 3110221001 On-Off Minor error [Trigger ID93] 475A01 8300411B60 On-Off DFRQ4 [Trigger ID183] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID4] 220001 3110231001 On-Off ErrorLevel4 [Trigger ID94] 475A01 8400511B60 On-Off DFRQ5 [Trigger ID184] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID5] 220001 3110241001 On-Off ErrorLevel5 [Trigger ID95] 475A01 8500611B60 On-Off DFRQ6 [Trigger ID185] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID6] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID96] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID186] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID7] 201400 3200001001 Change Set. group change [Trigger ID97] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID187] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID8] 201400 3010001001 On System set. change [Trigger ID98] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID188] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID9] 201400 3010011001 On Comm. set. change [Trigger ID99] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID189] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID10] 201400 3010021001 On Prot. set. change [Trigger ID100] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID190] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID11] 201400 3010031001 On Ctrl. set. change [Trigger ID101] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID191] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID12] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID102] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID192] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID13] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID103] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID193] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID14] 204201 3000001001 On F.Record clear [Trigger ID104] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID194] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID15] 200710 3001001001 On E.Record1 clear [Trigger ID105] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID195] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID16] 200710 3002001001 On E.Record2 clear [Trigger ID106] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID196] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID17] 200710 3003001001 On E.Record3 clear [Trigger ID107] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID197] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID18] 200401 30A0001001 On D.Record clear [Trigger ID108] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID198] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID19] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID109] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID199] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID20] 413001 8100201B63 On-Off DIF-S1 [Trigger ID110] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID200] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID21] 413001 8200101B63 On-Off DIF-S2 [Trigger ID111] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID201] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID22] 414001 8000101B60 On-Off REF1 [Trigger ID112] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID202] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID23] 414001 8100201B60 On-Off REF2 [Trigger ID113] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID203] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID24] 414001 8200301B60 On-Off REF3 [Trigger ID114] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID204] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID25] 45A001 8000101B65 On-Off OC1 [Trigger ID115] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID205] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID26] 45A001 8100201B65 On-Off OC2 [Trigger ID116] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID206] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID27] 45A001 8200301B65 On-Off OC3 [Trigger ID117] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID207] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID28] 45A001 8300401B65 On-Off OC4 [Trigger ID118] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID208] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID29] 45A001 8400501B65 On-Off OC5 [Trigger ID119] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID209] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID30] 45A001 8500601B65 On-Off OC6 [Trigger ID120] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID210] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID31] 45A001 8600701B65 On-Off OC7 [Trigger ID121] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID211] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID32] 45A001 8700801B65 On-Off OC8 [Trigger ID122] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID212] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID33] 45A401 8000101B60 On-Off EF1 [Trigger ID123] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID213] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID34] 45A401 8100201B60 On-Off EF2 [Trigger ID124] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID214] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID35] 45A401 8200301B60 On-Off EF3 [Trigger ID125] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID215] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID36] 45A401 8300401B60 On-Off EF4 [Trigger ID126] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID216] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID37] 45A401 8400501B60 On-Off EF5 [Trigger ID127] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID217] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID38] 45A401 8500601B60 On-Off EF6 [Trigger ID128] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID218] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID39] 45A401 8600701B60 On-Off EF7 [Trigger ID129] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID219] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID40] 45A401 8700801B60 On-Off EF8 [Trigger ID130] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID220] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID41] 45A801 8000101B60 On-Off EFIn1 [Trigger ID131] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID221] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID42] 45A801 8100201B60 On-Off EFIn2 [Trigger ID132] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID222] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID43] 45A801 8200301B60 On-Off EFIn3 [Trigger ID133] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID223] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID44] 45A801 8300401B60 On-Off EFIn4 [Trigger ID134] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID224] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID45] 487001 8000101B60 On-Off MECH1 [Trigger ID135] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID225] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID46] 487001 8100201B60 On-Off MECH2 [Trigger ID135] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID226] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID47] 487001 8200301B60 On-Off MECH3 [Trigger ID136] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID227] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID48] 487001 8300401B60 On-Off MECH4 [Trigger ID137] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID228] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID49] 487001 8400501B60 On-Off MECH5 [Trigger ID138] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID229] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID50] 487001 8500601B60 On-Off MECH6 [Trigger ID140] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID230] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID51] 487001 8600701B60 On-Off MECH7 [Trigger ID141] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID231] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID52] 487001 8700801B60 On-Off MECH8 [Trigger ID142] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID232] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID53] 487001 8800901B60 On-Off MECH9 [Trigger ID143] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID233] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID54] 487001 8900A01B60 On-Off MECH10 [Trigger ID144] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID234] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID55] 487001 8A00B01B60 On-Off MECH11 [Trigger ID145] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID235] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID56] 487001 8B00C01B60 On-Off MECH12 [Trigger ID146] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID236] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID57] 487001 8C00D01B60 On-Off MECH13 [Trigger ID147] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID237] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID58] 487001 8D00E01B60 On-Off MECH14 [Trigger ID148] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID238] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID59] 487001 8E00F01B60 On-Off MECH15 [Trigger ID149] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID239] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID60] 487001 8F01001B60 On-Off MECH16 [Trigger ID150] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID240] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID61] 451401 8000101B60 On-Off THM-A [Trigger ID151] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID241] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID62] 451401 8100201B60 On-Off THM-T [Trigger ID152] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID242] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID63] 476A01 8200101B60 On-Off VPH-A [Trigger ID153] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID243] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID64] 476A01 8300201B62 On-Off VPH-T [Trigger ID154] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID244] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID65] 45AC01 8000101B60 On-Off OCN1 [Trigger ID155] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID245] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID66] 45AC01 8100201B60 On-Off OCN2 [Trigger ID156] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID246] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID67] 45AC01 8200301B60 On-Off OCN3 [Trigger ID157] 4A3001 8000001B6D On-Off GEN.TRIP [Trigger ID247] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID68] 45AC01 8300401B60 On-Off OCN4 [Trigger ID158] 4A3001 8B00001B66 On-Off GEN.ALARM [Trigger ID248] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID69] 45B001 8000101B60 On-Off BCD-P [Trigger ID159] 4A3001 8000001B71 On-Off OPT.PHASE-A [Trigger ID249] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID70] 45B001 8100201B60 On-Off BCD-S [Trigger ID160] 4A3001 8100001B72 On-Off OPT.PHASE-B [Trigger ID250] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID71] 45B001 8200301B60 On-Off BCD-T [Trigger ID161] 4A3001 8200001B73 On-Off OPT.PHASE-C [Trigger ID254] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID72] 45B401 8000101B63 On-Off CBF1-RE [Trigger ID162] 4A3001 8300001B74 On-Off OPT.PHASE-N [Trigger ID252] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID73] 45B401 8000101B73 On-Off CBF1-TP [Trigger ID163] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID253] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID74] 45B401 8100201B63 On-Off CBF2-RE [Trigger ID164] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID254] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID75] 45B401 8100201B73 On-Off CBF2-TP [Trigger ID165] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID255] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID76] 45B401 8200301B63 On-Off CBF3-RE [Trigger ID166] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID256] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID77] 45B401 8200301B73 On-Off CBF3-TP [Trigger ID167] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID78] 45B401 8300401B63 On-Off CBF4-RE [Trigger ID168] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID79] 45B401 8300401B73 On-Off CBF4-TP [Trigger ID169] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID80] 45B401 8400501B63 On-Off CBF5-RE [Trigger ID170] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID81] 45B401 8400501B73 On-Off CBF5-TP [Trigger ID171] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID82] 475A01 8000101B60 On-Off FRQ1 [Trigger ID172] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID83] 475A01 8100201B60 On-Off FRQ2 [Trigger ID173] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID84] 475A01 8200301B60 On-Off FRQ3 [Trigger ID174] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID85] 475A01 8300401B60 On-Off FRQ4 [Trigger ID175] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID86] 475A01 8400501B60 On-Off FRQ5 [Trigger ID176] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID87] 475A01 8500601B60 On-Off FRQ6 [Trigger ID177] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID88] 475A01 8000111B60 On-Off DFRQ1 [Trigger ID178] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID89] 475A01 8100211B60 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID179] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID90] 475A01 8200311B60 On-Off ErrorLevel2 [Trigger ID180] (Not Assigned) Off -
- 501 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.2-4 Event2 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 and [End of E.Record-2]=512
Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names
[Trigger ID257] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID347] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID437] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID258] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID348] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID438] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID259] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID349] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID439] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID260] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID350] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID440] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID261] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID351] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID441] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID262] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID352] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID442] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID263] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID353] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID443] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID264] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID354] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID444] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID265] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID355] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID445] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID266] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID356] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID446] 530001 3109001001 Change R/L Key
[Trigger ID267] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID357] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID447] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID268] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID358] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID448] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID269] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID359] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID449] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID270] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID360] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID450] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID271] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID361] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID451] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID272] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID362] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID452] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID273] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID363] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID453] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID274] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID364] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID454] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID275] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID365] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID455] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID276] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID366] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID456] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID277] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID367] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID457] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID278] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID368] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID458] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID279] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID369] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID459] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID280] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID370] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID460] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID281] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID371] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID461] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID282] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID372] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID462] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID283] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID373] 528001 3107011EA1 On LED RST [Trigger ID463] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID284] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID374] No Assign Off - [Trigger ID464] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID285] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID375] No Assign Off - [Trigger ID465] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID286] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID376] No Assign Off - [Trigger ID466] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID287] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID377] 540001 000E001F41 On CNTVAL CTRL [Trigger ID467] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID288] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID378] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID468] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID289] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID379] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID469] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID290] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID380] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID470] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID291] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID381] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID471] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID292] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID382] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID472] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID293] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID383] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID473] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID294] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID384] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID474] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID295] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID385] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID475] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID296] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID386] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID476] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID297] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID387] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID477] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID298] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID388] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID478] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID299] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID389] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID479] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID300] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID390] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID480] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID301] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID391] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID481] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID302] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID392] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID482] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID303] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID393] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID483] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID304] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID394] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID484] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID305] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID395] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID485] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID306] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID396] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID486] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID307] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID397] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID487] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID308] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID398] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID488] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID309] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID399] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID489] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID310] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID400] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID490] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID311] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID401] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID491] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID312] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID402] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID492] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID313] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID403] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID493] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID314] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID404] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID494] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID315] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID405] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID495] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID316] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID406] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID496] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID317] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID407] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID497] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID318] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID408] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID498] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID319] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID409] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID499] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID320] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID410] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID500] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID321] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID411] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID501] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID322] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID412] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID502] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID323] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID413] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID503] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID324] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID414] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID504] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID325] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID415] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID505] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID326] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID416] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID506] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID327] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID417] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID507] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID328] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID418] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID508] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID329] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID419] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID509] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID330] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID420] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID510] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID331] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID421] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID511] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID332] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID422] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID512] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID333] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID423] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID334] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID424] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID335] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID425] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID336] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID426] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID337] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID427] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID338] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID428] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID339] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID429] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID340] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID430] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID341] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID431] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID342] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID432] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID343] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID433] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID344] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID434] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID345] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID435] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID346] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID436] (Not Assigned) Off -
- 502 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[Trigger ID513] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID603] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID693] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID514] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID604] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID694] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID515] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID605] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID695] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID516] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID606] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID696] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID517] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID607] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID697] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID518] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID608] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID698] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID519] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID609] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID699] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID520] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID610] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID700] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID521] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID611] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID701] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID522] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID612] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID702] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID523] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID613] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID703] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID524] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID614] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID704] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID525] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID615] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID705] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID526] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID616] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID706] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID527] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID617] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID707] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID528] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID618] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID708] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID529] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID619] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID709] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID530] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID620] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID710] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID531] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID621] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID711] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID532] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID622] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID712] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID533] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID623] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID713] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID534] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID624] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID714] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID535] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID625] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID715] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID536] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID626] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID716] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID537] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID627] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID717] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID538] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID628] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID718] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID539] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID629] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID719] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID540] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID630] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID720] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID541] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID631] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID721] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID542] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID632] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID722] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID543] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID633] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID723] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID544] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID634] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID724] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID545] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID635] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID725] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID546] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID636] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID726] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID547] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID637] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID727] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID548] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID638] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID728] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID549] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID639] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID729] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID550] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID640] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID730] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID551] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID641] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID731] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID552] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID642] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID732] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID553] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID643] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID733] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID554] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID644] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID734] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID555] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID645] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID735] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID556] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID646] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID736] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID557] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID647] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID737] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID558] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID648] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID738] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID559] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID649] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID739] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID560] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID650] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID740] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID561] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID651] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID741] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID562] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID652] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID742] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID563] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID653] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID743] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID564] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID654] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID744] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID565] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID655] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID745] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID566] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID656] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID746] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID567] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID657] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID747] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID568] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID658] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID748] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID569] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID659] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID749] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID570] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID660] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID760] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID571] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID661] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID761] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID572] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID662] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID762] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID573] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID663] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID763] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID574] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID664] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID764] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID575] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID665] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID765] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID576] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID666] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID766] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID577] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID667] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID767] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID578] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID668] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID768] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID579] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID669] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID580] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID670] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID581] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID671] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID582] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID672] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID583] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID673] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID584] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID674] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID585] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID675] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID586] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID676] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID587] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID677] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID588] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID678] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID589] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID679] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID590] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID680] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID591] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID681] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID592] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID682] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID593] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID683] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID594] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID684] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID595] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID685] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID596] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID686] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID597] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID687] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID598] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID688] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID599] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID689] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID600] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID690] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID601] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID691] (Not Assigned) Off -
[Trigger ID602] (Not Assigned) Off - [Trigger ID692] (Not Assigned) Off -
- 503 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 504 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
of group settings (e.g., the ‘SYS_CHG’ signal; which has been connected with the trigger#9
using the setting [Trigger ID9], as default; we have been discussed in Chapter Technical
description: Group setting for protection functions.)
occurred for the event#1. Preceding event#2, event#3, etc. are shown below the event#1.
Similarly, the information about the ‘Event Record2’ and ‘Event Record3’ groups are displayed
on the IED screen.
†Note:For more information about the screen operation, see Chapter User interface:
Record sub-menu.
Event Record1 ○
a Event record1 list
10:48 1/4
#1 2012-07-26 ○
b The latest event#1
12:34:51.223
F.Record clear ○
c Trigger inform ation
On ○
d Trigger m ode inform ation
#2 2012-07-25
Screen scroll down 10:56:12.021
○
e Event#2
- 505 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8.2.5 Setting
EVENTRECORD(Function ID: 200710)
Setting items Range Unit Contents Default Note
End of E.Record-1 0 to 768 – The last position of the event group1 (Level1) 256
End of E.Record-2 0 to 768 – The last position of the event group2 (Level2) 512
Trigger ID1 (Preferred DataID) – Trigger signal1 for the operation
On / Off / On-Off /
Tigger Mode1 – Mode setting for the detection
Change
Event name1 (Preferred name) – Name of the trigger signal1
Trigger ID2 (Preferred DataID) – Trigger signal2 for the operation
On / Off / On-Off /
Tigger Mode2 – Mode setting for the detection
Change
See tables in this
Event name2 (Preferred name) – Name of the trigger signal2
section
…… …… – ……
…… …… – ……
…… …… – ……
Trigger ID768 (Preferred DataID) – Trigger signal768 for the operation
On / Off / On-Off /
Tigger Mode768 – Mode setting for the detection
Change
Event name768 (Preferred name) – Name of the trigger signal768
- 506 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Disturbance recorder
A phenomenon of fault occurring will be recorded in the disturbance recorder and its
phenomenon is recorded within 1ms accuracy. The recorder starts when TRC trip command is
issued, but recording will also be started if a relay of the recorder detects an abnormal
phenomenon. The relays of the recorder are such as overcurrent, overvoltage, etc. The recorder,
additionally, will be instructed by PLC function, so an instruction is managed with a setting.
The amount of recording time and the sampling time are adjustable. Therefore, measured
values, such as current voltage and frequency, are recorded in accordance with the amount and
the sampling time. Logic signals are also recorded together with disturbance phenomena. The
recorder can hold up to 256 logic signals. The number of disturbance phenomena to be recorded
is limited by the amount of recording period and the sampling time.
- 507 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 508 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1 243, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 400, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 204, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 390, ○
○ 2 NA,
1 sec 3 195, ○
○ 4 201, 3 342, ○
○ 4 333, 3 164, ○
○ 4 169, 3 315, ○
○ 4 324,
5 152
○ 5 255
○ 5 128
○ 5 248
○
1 84, ○
○ 2 NA 1 142, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 70, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 138, ○
○ 2 NA,
3 sec 3 67, ○
○ 4 69, 3 114, ○
○ 4 117, 3 56, ○
○ 4 58, 3 111, ○
○ 4 114,
5 52
○ 5 88
○ 5 43
○ 5 86
○
1 51, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 86, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 42, ○
○ 2 NA, 1 84, ○
○ 2 NA,
5 sec 3 40, ○
○ 4 41, 3 69, ○
○ 4 71, 3 33, ○
○ 4 35, 3 67, ○
○ 4 69,
5 31
○ 5 53
○ 5 26
○ 5 52
○
Note: The maximum number depends on the VCT types, which are defined in respective
Model1(○
1 ), Model2(○
2 ), Model3(○
3 ), Model4(○
4 ), and Model5(○
5 ) of Table 8.3-2.
8.3.4 Number of analog quantities and logical signals for disturbance recorder
Ten analog quantities and 256 logical signals are record in a disturbance phenomenon.
- 509 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 510 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.3-3 Setting list for logic signals of ‘3D’ software in Model5
[Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig.
Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins
Name] Name] Name]
[Binary Signal1] 4A3001 8000001B67 TRIP-1 TRC [Binary Signal91] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal2] 4A3001 8100001B68 TRIP-2 TRC [Binary Signal92] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal192] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal3] 4A3001 8200001B69 TRIP-3 TRC [Binary Signal93] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal193] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal4] 4A3001 8300001B6A TRIP-4 TRC [Binary Signal94] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal194] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal5] 4A3001 8400001B6B TRIP-5 TRC [Binary Signal95] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal195] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal6] 4A3001 8500001B6C TRIP-6 TRC [Binary Signal96] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal196] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal7] 413001 8100201B63 DIF-S1 DIF [Binary Signal97] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal197] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal8] 413001 8200101B63 DIF-S2 DIF [Binary Signal98] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal198] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal9] 413001 8F00301B60 DIF-2f DIF [Binary Signal99] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal199] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal10] 413001 8F00401B60 DIF-5f DIF [Binary Signal100] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal200] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal11] 414001 8000101B60 REF1 REF [Binary Signal101] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal201] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal12] 414001 8100201B60 REF2 REF [Binary Signal102] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal202] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal13] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal103] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal203] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal14] 45A001 8000101B65 OC1 OC [Binary Signal104] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal204] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal15] 45A001 8100201B65 OC2 OC [Binary Signal105] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal205] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal16] 45A001 8200301B65 OC3 OC [Binary Signal106] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal206] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal17] 45A001 8300401B65 OC4 OC [Binary Signal107] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal207] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal18] 45A001 8400501B65 OC5 OC [Binary Signal108] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal208] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal19] 45A001 8500601B65 OC6 OC [Binary Signal109] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal209] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal20] 45A001 8600701B65 OC7 OC [Binary Signal110] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal210] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal21] 45A001 8700801B65 OC8 OC [Binary Signal111] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal211] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal22] 45A401 8000101B60 EF1 EF [Binary Signal112] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal212] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal23] 45A401 8100201B60 EF2 EF [Binary Signal113] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal213] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal24] 45A401 8200301B60 EF3 EF [Binary Signal114] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal214] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal25] 45A401 8300401B60 EF4 EF [Binary Signal115] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal215] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal26] 45A401 8400501B60 EF5 EF [Binary Signal116] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal216] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal27] 45A401 8500601B60 EF6 EF [Binary Signal117] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal217] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal28] 45A401 8600701B60 EF7 EF [Binary Signal118] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal218] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal29] 45A401 8700801B60 EF8 EF [Binary Signal119] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal219] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal30] 45A801 8000101B60 EFIn1 EFIn [Binary Signal120] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal220] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal31] 45A801 8100201B60 EFIn2 EFIn [Binary Signal121] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal221] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal32] 45A801 8200301B60 EFIn3 EFIn [Binary Signal122] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal222] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal33] 45A801 8300401B60 EFIn4 EFIn [Binary Signal123] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal223] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal34] 480A01 8F00041C23 ICD ICD [Binary Signal124] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal224] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal35] 487001 8000101B60 MECH1 MECH [Binary Signal125] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal225] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal36] 487001 8100201B60 MECH2 MECH [Binary Signal126] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal226] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal37] 487001 8200301B60 MECH3 MECH [Binary Signal127] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal227] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal38] 487001 8300401B60 MECH4 MECH [Binary Signal128] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal228] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal39] 487001 8400501B60 MECH5 MECH [Binary Signal129] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal229] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal40] 487001 8500601B60 MECH6 MECH [Binary Signal130] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal230] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal41] 487001 8600701B60 MECH7 MECH [Binary Signal131] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal231] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal42] 487001 8700801B60 MECH8 MECH [Binary Signal132] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal232] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal43] 487001 8800901B60 MECH9 MECH [Binary Signal133] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal233] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal44] 487001 8900A01B60 MECH10 MECH [Binary Signal134] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal234] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal45] 487001 8A00B01B60 MECH11 MECH [Binary Signal135] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal235] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal46] 487001 8B00C01B60 MECH12 MECH [Binary Signal136] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal236] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal47] 487001 8C00D01B60 MECH13 MECH [Binary Signal137] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal237] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal48] 487001 8D00E01B60 MECH14 MECH [Binary Signal138] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal238] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal49] 487001 8E00F01B60 MECH15 MECH [Binary Signal139] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal239] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal50] 487001 8F01001B60 MECH16 MECH [Binary Signal150] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal250] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal51] 451401 8000101B60 THM-A THM [Binary Signal151] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal251] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal52] 451401 8100201B60 THM-T THM [Binary Signal152] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal252] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal53] 476A01 8200101B60 VPH-A VPH [Binary Signal153] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal253] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal54] 476A01 8300201B62 VPH-T VPU [Binary Signal154] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal254] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal55] 45AC01 8000101B60 OCN1 OCN [Binary Signal155] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal255] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal56] 45AC01 8100201B60 OCN2 OCN [Binary Signal156] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal256] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal57] 45AC01 8200301B60 OCN3 OCN [Binary Signal157] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal58] 45AC01 8300401B60 OCN4 OCN [Binary Signal158] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal59] 45B001 8000101B60 BCD-P-OPT BCD [Binary Signal159] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal60] 45B001 8100201B60 BCD-S-OPT BCD [Binary Signal160] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal61] 45B001 8200301B60 BCD-T-OPT BCD [Binary Signal161] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal62] 45B401 8000101B63 CBF1-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal162] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal63] 45B401 8000101B73 CBF1-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal163] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal64] 45B401 8100201B63 CBF2-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal164] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal65] 45B401 8100201B73 CBF2-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal165] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal66] 45B401 8200301B63 CBF3-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal166] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal67] 45B401 8200301B73 CBF3-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal167] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal68] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal168] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal69] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal169] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal70] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal170] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal71] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal171] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal72] 475A01 8000101B60 FRQ1-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal172] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal73] 475A01 8100201B60 FRQ2-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal173] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal74] 475A01 8200301B60 FRQ3-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal174] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal75] 475A01 8300401B60 FRQ4-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal175] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal76] 475A01 8400501B60 FRQ5-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal176] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal77] 475A01 8500601B60 FRQ6-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal177] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal78] 475A01 8000111B60 DFRQ1-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal178] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal79] 475A01 8100211B60 DFRQ2-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal179] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal80] 475A01 8200311B60 DFRQ3-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal180] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal81] 475A01 8300411B60 DFRQ4-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal181] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal82] 475A01 8400511B60 DFRQ5-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal182] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal83] 475A01 8500611B60 DFRQ6-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal183] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal84] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal184] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal85] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal185] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal86] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal186] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal87] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal187] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal88] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal188] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal89] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal189] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal90] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal190] (Not Assigned) - ….
- 511 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.3-4 Setting list for logic signals of ‘3E’ software in Model5
[Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig.
Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins
Name] Name] Name]
[Binary Signal1] 4A3001 8000001B67 TRIP-1 TRC [Binary Signal91] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal2] 4A3001 8100001B68 TRIP-2 TRC [Binary Signal92] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal192] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal3] 4A3001 8200001B69 TRIP-3 TRC [Binary Signal93] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal193] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal4] 4A3001 8300001B6A TRIP-4 TRC [Binary Signal94] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal194] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal5] 4A3001 8400001B6B TRIP-5 TRC [Binary Signal95] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal195] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal6] 4A3001 8500001B6C TRIP-6 TRC [Binary Signal96] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal196] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal7] 413001 8100201B63 DIF-S1 DIF [Binary Signal97] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal197] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal8] 413001 8200101B63 DIF-S2 DIF [Binary Signal98] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal198] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal9] 413001 8F00301B60 DIF-2f DIF [Binary Signal99] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal199] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal10] 413001 8F00401B60 DIF-5f DIF [Binary Signal100] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal200] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal11] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal101] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal201] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal12] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal102] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal202] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal13] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal103] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal203] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal14] 45A001 8000101B65 OC1 OC [Binary Signal104] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal204] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal15] 45A001 8100201B65 OC2 OC [Binary Signal105] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal205] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal16] 45A001 8200301B65 OC3 OC [Binary Signal106] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal206] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal17] 45A001 8300401B65 OC4 OC [Binary Signal107] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal207] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal18] 45A001 8400501B65 OC5 OC [Binary Signal108] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal208] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal19] 45A001 8500601B65 OC6 OC [Binary Signal109] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal209] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal20] 45A001 8600701B65 OC7 OC [Binary Signal110] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal210] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal21] 45A001 8700801B65 OC8 OC [Binary Signal111] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal211] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal22] 45A401 8000101B60 EF1 EF [Binary Signal112] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal212] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal23] 45A401 8100201B60 EF2 EF [Binary Signal113] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal213] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal24] 45A401 8200301B60 EF3 EF [Binary Signal114] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal214] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal25] 45A401 8300401B60 EF4 EF [Binary Signal115] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal215] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal26] 45A401 8400501B60 EF5 EF [Binary Signal116] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal216] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal27] 45A401 8500601B60 EF6 EF [Binary Signal117] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal217] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal28] 45A401 8600701B60 EF7 EF [Binary Signal118] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal218] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal29] 45A401 8700801B60 EF8 EF [Binary Signal119] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal219] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal30] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal120] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal220] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal31] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal121] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal221] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal32] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal122] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal222] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal33] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal123] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal223] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal34] 480A01 8F00041C23 ICD ICD [Binary Signal124] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal224] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal35] 487001 8000101B60 MECH1 MECH [Binary Signal125] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal225] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal36] 487001 8100201B60 MECH2 MECH [Binary Signal126] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal226] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal37] 487001 8200301B60 MECH3 MECH [Binary Signal127] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal227] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal38] 487001 8300401B60 MECH4 MECH [Binary Signal128] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal228] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal39] 487001 8400501B60 MECH5 MECH [Binary Signal129] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal229] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal40] 487001 8500601B60 MECH6 MECH [Binary Signal130] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal230] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal41] 487001 8600701B60 MECH7 MECH [Binary Signal131] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal231] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal42] 487001 8700801B60 MECH8 MECH [Binary Signal132] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal232] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal43] 487001 8800901B60 MECH9 MECH [Binary Signal133] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal233] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal44] 487001 8900A01B60 MECH10 MECH [Binary Signal134] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal234] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal45] 487001 8A00B01B60 MECH11 MECH [Binary Signal135] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal235] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal46] 487001 8B00C01B60 MECH12 MECH [Binary Signal136] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal236] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal47] 487001 8C00D01B60 MECH13 MECH [Binary Signal137] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal237] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal48] 487001 8D00E01B60 MECH14 MECH [Binary Signal138] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal238] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal49] 487001 8E00F01B60 MECH15 MECH [Binary Signal139] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal239] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal50] 487001 8F01001B60 MECH16 MECH [Binary Signal150] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal250] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal51] 451401 8000101B60 THM-A THM [Binary Signal151] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal251] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal52] 451401 8100201B60 THM-T THM [Binary Signal152] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal252] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal53] 476A01 8200101B60 VPH-A VPH [Binary Signal153] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal253] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal54] 476A01 8300201B62 VPH-T VPU [Binary Signal154] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal254] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal55] 45AC01 8000101B60 OCN1 OCN [Binary Signal155] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal255] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal56] 45AC01 8100201B60 OCN2 OCN [Binary Signal156] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal256] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal57] 45AC01 8200301B60 OCN3 OCN [Binary Signal157] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal58] 45AC01 8300401B60 OCN4 OCN [Binary Signal158] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal59] 45B001 8000101B60 BCD-P-OPT BCD [Binary Signal159] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal60] 45B001 8100201B60 BCD-S-OPT BCD [Binary Signal160] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal61] 45B001 8200301B60 BCD-T-OPT BCD [Binary Signal161] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal62] 45B401 8000101B63 CBF1-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal162] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal63] 45B401 8000101B73 CBF1-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal163] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal64] 45B401 8100201B63 CBF2-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal164] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal65] 45B401 8100201B73 CBF2-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal165] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal66] 45B401 8200301B63 CBF3-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal166] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal67] 45B401 8200301B73 CBF3-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal167] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal68] 45B401 8300401B63 CBF4-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal168] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal69] 45B401 8300401B73 CBF4-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal169] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal70] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal170] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal71] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal171] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal72] 475A01 8000101B60 FRQ1-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal172] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal73] 475A01 8100201B60 FRQ2-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal173] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal74] 475A01 8200301B60 FRQ3-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal174] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal75] 475A01 8300401B60 FRQ4-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal175] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal76] 475A01 8400501B60 FRQ5-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal176] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal77] 475A01 8500601B60 FRQ6-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal177] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal78] 475A01 8000111B60 DFRQ1-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal178] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal79] 475A01 8100211B60 DFRQ2-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal179] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal80] 475A01 8200311B60 DFRQ3-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal180] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal81] 475A01 8300411B60 DFRQ4-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal181] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal82] 475A01 8400511B60 DFRQ5-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal182] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal83] 475A01 8500611B60 DFRQ6-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal183] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal84] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal184] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal85] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal185] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal86] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal186] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal87] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal187] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal88] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal188] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal89] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal189] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal90] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal190] (Not Assigned) - ….
- 512 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Table 8.3-5 Setting list for logic signals of ‘3F’ software in Model5
[Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig.
Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins
Name] Name] Name]
[Binary Signal1] 4A3001 8000001B67 TRIP-1 TRC [Binary Signal91] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal2] 4A3001 8100001B68 TRIP-2 TRC [Binary Signal92] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal192] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal3] 4A3001 8200001B69 TRIP-3 TRC [Binary Signal93] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal193] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal4] 4A3001 8300001B6A TRIP-4 TRC [Binary Signal94] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal194] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal5] 4A3001 8400001B6B TRIP-5 TRC [Binary Signal95] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal195] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal6] 4A3001 8500001B6C TRIP-6 TRC [Binary Signal96] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal196] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal7] 413001 8100201B63 DIF-S1 DIF [Binary Signal97] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal197] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal8] 413001 8200101B63 DIF-S2 DIF [Binary Signal98] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal198] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal9] 413001 8F00301B60 DIF-2f DIF [Binary Signal99] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal199] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal10] 413001 8F00401B60 DIF-5f DIF [Binary Signal100] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal200] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal11] 414001 8000101B60 REF1 REF [Binary Signal101] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal201] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal12] 414001 8100201B60 REF2 REF [Binary Signal102] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal202] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal13] 414001 8200301B60 REF3 REF [Binary Signal103] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal203] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal14] 45A001 8000101B65 OC1 OC [Binary Signal104] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal204] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal15] 45A001 8100201B65 OC2 OC [Binary Signal105] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal205] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal16] 45A001 8200301B65 OC3 OC [Binary Signal106] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal206] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal17] 45A001 8300401B65 OC4 OC [Binary Signal107] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal207] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal18] 45A001 8400501B65 OC5 OC [Binary Signal108] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal208] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal19] 45A001 8500601B65 OC6 OC [Binary Signal109] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal209] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal20] 45A001 8600701B65 OC7 OC [Binary Signal110] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal210] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal21] 45A001 8700801B65 OC8 OC [Binary Signal111] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal211] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal22] 45A401 8000101B60 EF1 EF [Binary Signal112] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal212] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal23] 45A401 8100201B60 EF2 EF [Binary Signal113] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal213] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal24] 45A401 8200301B60 EF3 EF [Binary Signal114] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal214] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal25] 45A401 8300401B60 EF4 EF [Binary Signal115] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal215] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal26] 45A401 8400501B60 EF5 EF [Binary Signal116] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal216] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal27] 45A401 8500601B60 EF6 EF [Binary Signal117] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal217] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal28] 45A401 8600701B60 EF7 EF [Binary Signal118] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal218] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal29] 45A401 8700801B60 EF8 EF [Binary Signal119] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal219] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal30] 45A801 8000101B60 EFIn1 EFIn [Binary Signal120] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal220] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal31] 45A801 8100201B60 EFIn2 EFIn [Binary Signal121] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal221] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal32] 45A801 8200301B60 EFIn3 EFIn [Binary Signal122] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal222] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal33] 45A801 8300401B60 EFIn4 EFIn [Binary Signal123] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal223] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal34] 480A01 8F00041C23 ICD ICD [Binary Signal124] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal224] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal35] 487001 8000101B60 MECH1 MECH [Binary Signal125] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal225] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal36] 487001 8100201B60 MECH2 MECH [Binary Signal126] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal226] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal37] 487001 8200301B60 MECH3 MECH [Binary Signal127] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal227] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal38] 487001 8300401B60 MECH4 MECH [Binary Signal128] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal228] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal39] 487001 8400501B60 MECH5 MECH [Binary Signal129] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal229] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal40] 487001 8500601B60 MECH6 MECH [Binary Signal130] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal230] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal41] 487001 8600701B60 MECH7 MECH [Binary Signal131] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal231] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal42] 487001 8700801B60 MECH8 MECH [Binary Signal132] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal232] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal43] 487001 8800901B60 MECH9 MECH [Binary Signal133] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal233] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal44] 487001 8900A01B60 MECH10 MECH [Binary Signal134] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal234] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal45] 487001 8A00B01B60 MECH11 MECH [Binary Signal135] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal235] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal46] 487001 8B00C01B60 MECH12 MECH [Binary Signal136] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal236] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal47] 487001 8C00D01B60 MECH13 MECH [Binary Signal137] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal237] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal48] 487001 8D00E01B60 MECH14 MECH [Binary Signal138] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal238] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal49] 487001 8E00F01B60 MECH15 MECH [Binary Signal139] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal239] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal50] 487001 8F01001B60 MECH16 MECH [Binary Signal150] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal250] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal51] 451401 8000101B60 THM-A THM [Binary Signal151] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal251] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal52] 451401 8100201B60 THM-T THM [Binary Signal152] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal252] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal53] 476A01 8200101B60 VPH-A VPH [Binary Signal153] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal253] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal54] 476A01 8300201B62 VPH-T VPU [Binary Signal154] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal254] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal55] 45AC01 8000101B60 OCN1 OCN [Binary Signal155] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal255] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal56] 45AC01 8100201B60 OCN2 OCN [Binary Signal156] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal256] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal57] 45AC01 8200301B60 OCN3 OCN [Binary Signal157] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal58] 45AC01 8300401B60 OCN4 OCN [Binary Signal158] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal59] 45B001 8000101B60 BCD-P-OPT BCD [Binary Signal159] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal60] 45B001 8100201B60 BCD-S-OPT BCD [Binary Signal160] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal61] 45B001 8200301B60 BCD-T-OPT BCD [Binary Signal161] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal62] 45B401 8000101B63 CBF1-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal162] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal63] 45B401 8000101B73 CBF1-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal163] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal64] 45B401 8100201B63 CBF2-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal164] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal65] 45B401 8100201B73 CBF2-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal165] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal66] 45B401 8200301B63 CBF3-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal166] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal67] 45B401 8200301B73 CBF3-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal167] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal68] 45B401 8300401B63 CBF4-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal168] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal69] 45B401 8300401B73 CBF4-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal169] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal70] 45B401 8400501B63 CBF5-RETRIP CBF [Binary Signal170] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal71] 45B401 8400501B73 CBF5-TRIP CBF [Binary Signal171] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal72] 475A01 8000101B60 FRQ1-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal172] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal73] 475A01 8100201B60 FRQ2-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal173] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal74] 475A01 8200301B60 FRQ3-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal174] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal75] 475A01 8300401B60 FRQ4-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal175] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal76] 475A01 8400501B60 FRQ5-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal176] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal77] 475A01 8500601B60 FRQ6-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal177] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal78] 475A01 8000111B60 DFRQ1-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal178] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal79] 475A01 8100211B60 DFRQ2-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal179] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal80] 475A01 8200311B60 DFRQ3-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal180] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal81] 475A01 8300411B60 DFRQ4-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal181] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal82] 475A01 8400511B60 DFRQ5-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal182] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal83] 475A01 8500611B60 DFRQ6-OPT FRQ [Binary Signal183] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal84] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal184] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal85] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal185] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal86] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal186] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal87] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal187] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal88] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal188] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal89] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal189] (Not Assigned) - ….
[Binary Signal90] (Not Assigned) - …. [Binary Signal190] (Not Assigned) - ….
- 513 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Disturbance Record
10:48 1/2
_Record List >
Number of items
5/77
Clear Records +
Max. recording number for Disturbance phenomena
Operating counter
Figure 8.3-2 Running counter and Max number in the disturbance recorder
Disturbance Record
10:48 1/5
#1 2012-07-25 ○
a Disturbance record#1
10:48:21.223
#2 2012-07-21 ○
b Disturbance record#2
01:15:55.018
#3 2012/07/21 ○
c Disturbance record#3
Screen scroll down 13:11:29.621
#4 2012-07-02 ○
d Disturbance record#4
23:32:09.015
#5 2012-06-20 ○
e Disturbance record#5
09:37:48.915
- 514 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 515 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8.3.7 Setting
DRT_TP(Function ID: 4B2001)
Range Default
Setting items Unit Contents Note
1A rating 5A rating 1A 5A
OC-P-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger OC-P-DRT enable Off
0.10 - 0.50 -
OC-P-DRT A OC-P-DRT relay operating value 1.00 5.00
50.00 250.00
OC-S-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger OC-S-DRT enable Off
0.10 - 0.50 -
OC-S-DRT A OC-S-DRT relay operating value 1.00 5.00
50.00 250.00
OC-T-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger OC-T-DRT enable Off
0.10 - 0.50 -
OC-T-DRT A OC-T-DRT relay operating value 1.00 5.00
50.00 250.00
EF-P-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger EF-P-DRT enable Off
0.10 - 0.50 -
EF-P-DRT A EF-P-DRT relay operating value 1.00 5.00
50.00 250.00
EF-S-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger EF-S-DRT enable Off
0.10 - 0.50 -
EF-S-DRT A EF-S-DRT relay operating value 1.00 5.00
50.00 250.00
EF-T-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger EF-T-DRT enable Off
0.10 - 0.50 -
EF-T-DRT A EF-T-DRT relay operating value 1.00 5.00
50.00 250.00
2f-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger 2f-DRT enable Off
5f-DRT-EN Off / On – Disturbance Record Trigger 2f-DRT enable Off
- 516 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 517 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 518 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 519 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 520 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 521 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 522 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 523 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 524 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 525 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 526 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 527 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 528 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 529 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 530 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 531 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 532 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 533 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 534 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 535 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 536 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 537 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 538 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 539 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 540 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 541 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 542 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 543 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 544 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 545 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 546 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 547 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 548 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 549 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 550 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
9 Monitoring function
Contents Pages Pages
Accumulated time 571 Metering features –
Counter features – -Information 556
-Information in GCNT 570 -Diminishing small value 557
Demand features – -Flow settings for P, Q, S 558
-Information 564 -Measurement settings 557
-Demand cycle 567 -Information on the screen 553
-Resetting data in demand features 568 -Polarity setting for PF 559
-Max/Min/Ave information 567 Peak Demand features –
Dead band features – -Max/Min/Ave. information 569
-V, I, P, Q, S, PF, Frequency. 560 -Reset of peak-demand data 569
-Wh, Varh, Phase, Voltage difference 560 Power settings –
-GCNT 570 -Information on the screen 563
-Regulating power values 563
-Power values settings 563
- 551 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Outline
The monitoring function is provided to measure the number of power quantities and statistics
data obtained within the VCT and BI circuits†. When the measuring instruments start
measures power quantities, mathematical means is applied to the data from the VCT so that
the data are shown accurately on the IED screen. The monitoring function has several screens
together
†Note:The VCT/BIO structures and their features are discussed in Chapter Technical
description.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&N” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 9.1-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&N(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
9.1 Main features – – – – – –
9.2.2(ii) Unit setting for P,Q,S – – NA – – – –
9.2.4 Flow sets for P,Q,S – – NA – – – –
9.2.5 Polarity setting for PF – – NA – – – –
Bands for P/Q/SSD,
9.2.6(ii) – – NA – – – –
PFSD, Wh/varhSD
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 552 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-1CT].
I1-1CT, I2-1CT, I0-1CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT) for [Conn-1CT]= 2P
Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-2CT].
I1-2CT, I2-2CT, I0-2CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT) for [Conn-2CT]= 2P
Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-3CT].
I1-3CT, I2-3CT, I0-3CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT) for [Conn-3CT]= 2P
Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P [InType-VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect for the representative voltage (V-P)
V1-P, V2-P, V0-P [InType-VT]= 3PP: Metered exclusive voltages (Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P, V1-P, V2-P, V0-P)
Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S [InType-VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect for the representative voltage (V-S)
V1-S, V2-S, V0-S [InType-VT]= 3PP: Metered exclusive voltages (Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S, V1-S, V2-S, V0-S)
Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T [InType-VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect for the representative voltage (V-T)
V1-T, V2-T, V0-T [InType-VT]= 3PP: Metered exclusive voltages (Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T, V1-T, V2-T, V0-T)
I1-P, I2-P, I0-P Metered ones except symmetrical (I1-P, I2-P, I0-P) for [InType-CT]= 2P
I1-S, I2-S, I0-S Metered ones except symmetrical (I1-S, I2-S, I0-S) for [InType-CT]= 2P
I1-T, I2-T, I0-T Metered ones except symmetrical (I1-T, I2-T, I0-T) for [InType-CT]= 2P
- 553 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
f Frequency
P-P, Q-P, S-P, PF-P Active (real), Reactive, Complex (apparent) powers, and power factor in the primary
P-S, Q-S, S-S, PF-S Active (real), Reactive, Complex (apparent) powers, and power factor in the secondary
P-T, Q-T, S-T, PF-T Active (real), Reactive, Complex (apparent) powers, and power factor in the tertiary
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-1CT].
I1-1CT, I2-1CT, I0-1CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT) for [Conn-1CT]= 2P
Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-2CT].
I1-2CT, I2-2CT, I0-2CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT) for [Conn-2CT]= 2P
Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-3CT].
I1-3CT, I2-3CT, I0-3CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT) for [Conn-3CT]= 2P
Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-4CT].
I1-4CT, I2-4CT, I0-4CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT) for [Conn-4CT]= 2P
Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P [InType-VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect for the representative voltage (V-P)
V1-P, V2-P, V0-P [InType-VT]= 3PP: Metered exclusive voltages (Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P, V1-P, V2-P, V0-P)
Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S [InType-VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect for the representative voltage (V-P)
V1-S, V2-S, V0-S [InType-VT]= 3PP: Metered exclusive voltages (Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P, V1-P, V2-P, V0-P)
Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T [InType-VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect for the representative voltage (V-P)
V1-T, V2-T, V0-T [InType-VT]= 3PP: Metered exclusive voltages (Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P, V1-P, V2-P, V0-P)
- 554 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
f Frequency
Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-1CT].
I1-1CT, I2-1CT, I0-1CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-1CT, Ib-1CT, Ic-1CT) for [Conn-1CT]= 2P
Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-2CT].
I1-2CT, I2-2CT, I0-2CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-2CT, Ib-2CT, Ic-2CT) for [Conn-2CT]= 2P
Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-3CT].
I1-3CT, I2-3CT, I0-3CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-3CT, Ib-3CT, Ic-3CT) for [Conn-3CT]= 2P
Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-4CT].
I1-4CT, I2-4CT, I0-4CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-4CT, Ib-4CT, Ic-4CT) for [Conn-4CT]= 2P
Ia-5CT, Ib-5CT, Ic-5CT Metering currents flowing at the CTs set with the [Conn-5CT].
I1-5CT, I2-5CT, I0-5CT Metered ones except symmetrical (Ia-5CT, Ib-5CT, Ic-5CT) for [Conn-5CT]= 2P
Vab-P, Vbc-P, Vca-P [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN: Metered ones expect the representative voltage (V-P)
Vab-S, Vbc-S, Vca-S [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN: Metered expect for the representative voltage (V-S)
Vab-T, Vbc-T, Vca-T [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN: Metered expect for the representative voltage (V-T)
I1-P, I2-P, I0-P Metered ones except symmetrical (I1-P, I2-P, I0-P) for [InType-CT]= 2P
- 555 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
I1-S, I2-S, I0-S Metered ones except symmetrical (I1-S, I2-S, I0-S) for [InType-CT]= 2P
I1-T, I2-T, I0-T Metered ones except symmetrical (I1-T, I2-T, I0-T) for [InType-CT]= 2P
f Frequency
P-P, Q-P, S-P, PF-P Active (real), Reactive, Complex (apparent) powers, and power factor in the primary
P-S, Q-S, S-S, PF-S Active (real), Reactive, Complex (apparent) powers, and power factor in the secondary
P-T, Q-T, S-T, PF-T Active (real), Reactive, Complex (apparent) powers, and power factor in the tertiary
Metering KCT
10:48 1/59 10:48 1/12
Ia-1CT KCT1_DIF
12.345kA 123.45deg 123.456
Ib-1CT KCT2_DIF
123.456
12.345kA 123.45deg
KCT3_DIF
Ic-1CT
123.456
12.345kA 123.45deg
- 556 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Metering
10:48 1/2
Display Value +
Primary
I-Display Unit +
kA
V-Display Unit +
kV
- 557 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
set the level to diminish in % using settings [I-Valid Level] and [V-Valid Level], at which values
‘4.00’ and ‘0.30’ are set, as default, respectively. Thus, zero (0) will be displayed when the
applied quantities at the VCT, which are lesser than the setting levels.
II
(P<0)
I
(P>0)
II
(P>0)
I
(P<0)
V V (+)
III I
IV
(P>0)
III
(P>0)
I
IV
(P<0) (P<0)
a. Metering (P) for supplying power b. Metering (P) for absorbing power
[Power]=Send [Power]=Receive
Figure 9.2-3 Sign of the active power (P) ruled by setting [Power]
II
(Q>0)
I
(Q>0)
II
(Q<0)
I
(Q<0)
V
V
III
(Q<0)
I
IV
(Q<0)
III I
IV
(Q>0)
(Q>0)
a. Q (shown in quadrant IV) has a minus sign b. Q (shown in quadrant IV) has a plus sign because
because the Q is supplied by the outside source. the Q is absorbed by the outside source. The
The decision is made with the P (shown in the decision is based on the P (shown in the
quadrant IV, defined with [Power]=Send) having quadrant I, defined with [Power]=Receive)
“a plus sign” when the current lags the voltage. having “a minus sign” when the current leads
the voltage.
[Current]=Lag [Current]=Lead
- 558 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 9.2-4 Sign of the reactive power (Q) ruled by setting [Current]
(i) AP setting
When the sign of the PF value is required to match with the sign of the P value, set AP for the
setting [PF_sign].
II I II I
(PF <0) (PF>0) (PF <0) (PF <0)
[Power]=
V [Current
III
(PF <0)
I
IV III I
IV
(PF >0)
(PF>0) (PF >0) a. Q has a minus sign be
the outside. The dec
[Power]=Send [Power]=Send sending P having “a
[Current]=Lag [Current]=Lead lags the voltage.
[Current]=Lag
II I II I
(PF >0) (PF<0) (PF >0) (PF <0)
V
V
III
(PF >0)
I
IV III I
IV
(PF<0) (PF >0) (PF <0)
Figure 9.2-5 PF sign matched with the sign of the P value (i.e., [PF sign]=AP)
- 559 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
II I II I
(PF <0) (PF>0) (PF >0) (PF <0)
[Powe
V [Curr
III
(PF >0)
I
IV III I
IV
(PF >0)
(PF<0) (PF <0) a. Q has a minus sign
the outside. The d
[Power]=Send [Power]=Send sending P having
[Current]=Lag [Current]=Lead lags the voltage.
[Current]=Lag
II I II I
(PF >0) (PF<0) (PF <0) (PF >0)
V
V
III
(PF <0)
I
IV III I
IV
(PF>0) (PF >0) (PF <0)
- 560 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Lower limit
Repeat number
4
3
2
1
0 Time
a b c d e f g h i j k
- 561 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Metering
10:48 1/8
ISD +
5.00 %
VSD +
0.60 %
dVSD +
0.60 %
- 562 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Power Value
10:48 1/12
Wh+ -P +
0.0MWh
Wh- -P +
0.0MWh
varh+ -P +
0.0Mvarh
- 563 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Demand in phase-b flowing in 1CT set with [Conn-1CT] Ib-1CT Max, Ib-1CT Min, Ib-1CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 1CT set with [Conn-1CT] Ic-1CT Max, Ic-1CT Min, Ic-1CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ia-2CT Max, Ia-2CT Min, Ia-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ib-2CT Max, Ib-2CT Min, Ib-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ic-2CT Max, Ic-2CT Min, Ic-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ia-3CT Max, Ia-3CT Min, Ia-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ib-3CT Max, Ib-3CT Min, Ib-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ic-3CT Max, Ic-3CT Min, Ic-3CT Ave
Demand flowing in the first neutral CT(1NCT) In-1NCT Max,In-1NCT Min,In-1NCT Ave
Demand flowing in the second neutral CT(2NCT) In-2NCT Max,In-2NCT Min,In-2NCT Ave
Demand for primary in [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-VT]= Primary V-P Max, V-P Min, V-P Ave
Demand in phase-a for primary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Va-P Max, Va-P Min, Va-P Ave
Demand in phase-b for primary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vb-P Max, Vb-P Min, Vb-P Ave
Demand in phase-c for primary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vc-P Max, Vc-P Min, Vc-P Ave
Demand in phase-ab for primary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vab-P Max, Vab-P Min, Vab-P Ave
Demand value
Demand in phase-bc for primary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vbc-P Max, Vbc-P Min, Vbc-P Ave
Demand in phase-ca for primary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vca-P Max, Vca-P Min, Vca-P Ave
Demand in zero-sequence in primary with [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN/3PN/ 3PP V0-P Max, V0-P Min, V0-P Ave
Demand for secondary in [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-VT]= Secondary V-S Max, V-S Min, V-S Ave
Demand in-phase-a for secondary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Va-S Max, Va-S Min, Va-S Ave
Demand in phase-b for secondary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vb-S Max, Vb-S Min, Vb-S Ave
Demand in phase-c for secondary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vc-S Max, Vc-S Min, Vc-S Ave
Demand in phase-ab for secondary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vab-S Max, Vab-S Min, Vab-S Ave
Demand in phase-bc for secondary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vbc-S Max, Vbc-S Min, Vbc-S Ave
Demand in phase-ca for secondary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vca-S Max, Vca-S Min, Vca-S Ave
Demand in zero-sequence in secondary with [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN/3PN/ 3PP V0-S Max, V0-S Min, V0-S Ave
Demand for tertiary in [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-VT]= Tertiary V-T Max, V-T Min, V-T Ave
Demand in-phase-a for tertiary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Va-T Max, Va-T Min, Va-T Ave
Demand in phase-b for tertiary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vb-T Max, Vb-T Min, Vb-T Ave
Demand in phase-c for tertiary in setting [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vc-T Max, Vc-T Min, Vc-T Ave
Demand in phase-ab for tertiary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vab-T Max, Vab-T Min, Vab-T Ave
Demand in phase-bc for tertiary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vbc-T Max, Vbc-T Min, Vbc-T Ave
Demand in phase-ca for tertiary in setting [InType-VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vca-T Max, Vca-T Min, Vca-T Ave
Demand in zero-sequence in tertiary with [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN/3PN/ 3PP V0-T Max, V0-T Min, V0-T Ave
- 564 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Demand in phase-b flowing in 1CT set with [Conn-1CT] Ib-1CT Max, Ib-1CT Min, Ib-1CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 1CT set with [Conn-1CT] Ic-1CT Max, Ic-1CT Min, Ic-1CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ia-2CT Max, Ia-2CT Min, Ia-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ib-2CT Max, Ib-2CT Min, Ib-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ic-2CT Max, Ic-2CT Min, Ic-2CT Ave
Demand value
Demand in phase-a flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ia-3CT Max, Ia-3CT Min, Ia-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ib-3CT Max, Ib-3CT Min, Ib-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ic-3CT Max, Ic-3CT Min, Ic-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 4CT set with [Conn-4CT] Ia-4CT Max, Ia-4CT Min, Ia-4CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 4CT set with [Conn-4CT] Ib-4CT Max, Ib-4CT Min, Ib-4CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 4CT set with [Conn-4CT] Ic-4CT Max, Ic-4CT Min, Ic-4CT Ave
Demand for primary in [InType-VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-VT]= Primary V-P Max, V-P Min, V-P Ave
Demand for secondary in [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-VT]= Secondary V-S Max, V-S Min, V-S Ave
Demand for tertiary in [InType-VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-VT]= Tertiary V-T Max, V-T Min, V-T Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 1CT set with [Conn-1CT] Ib-1CT Max, Ib-1CT Min, Ib-1CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 1CT set with [Conn-1CT] Ic-1CT Max, Ic-1CT Min, Ic-1CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ia-2CT Max, Ia-2CT Min, Ia-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ib-2CT Max, Ib-2CT Min, Ib-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 2CT set with [Conn-2CT] Ic-2CT Max, Ic-2CT Min, Ic-2CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ia-3CT Max, Ia-3CT Min, Ia-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ib-3CT Max, Ib-3CT Min, Ib-3CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 3CT set with [Conn-3CT] Ic-3CT Max, Ic-3CT Min, Ic-3CT Ave
Demand value
Demand in phase-a flowing in 4CT set with [Conn-4CT] Ia-4CT Max, Ia-4CT Min, Ia-4CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 4CT set with [Conn-4CT] Ib-4CT Max, Ib-4CT Min, Ib-4CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 4CT set with [Conn-4CT] Ic-4CT Max, Ic-4CT Min, Ic-4CT Ave
Demand in phase-a flowing in 5CT set with [Conn-5CT] Ia-5CT Max, Ia-5CT Min, Ia-5CT Ave
Demand in phase-b flowing in 5CT set with [Conn-5CT] Ib-5CT Max, Ib-5CT Min, Ib-5CT Ave
Demand in phase-c flowing in 5CT set with [Conn-5CT] Ic-5CT Max, Ic-5CT Min, Ic-5CT Ave
Demand flowing in the first neutral CT(1NCT) In-1NCT Max,In-1NCT Min,In-1 NCT Ave
Demand flowing in the second neutral CT(2NCT) In-2NCT Max,In-2NCT Min,In-2 NCT Ave
Demand flowing in the third neutral CT(3NCT) In-3NCT Max,In-3NCT Min,In-3 NCT Ave
Demand in [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-1VT/2VT]= Primary V-P Max, V-P Min, V-P Ave
Demand in phase-a for primary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Va-P Max, Va-P Min, Va-P Ave
Demand in phase-b for primary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vb-P Max, Vb-P Min, Vb-P Ave
- 565 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Demand in phase-ab for primary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=3PN / 3PP Vab-P Max, Vab-P Min, Vab-P Ave
Demand in phase-bc for primary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vbc-P Max, Vbc-P Min, Vbc-P Ave
Demand in phase-ca for primary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vca-P Max, Vca-P Min, Vca-P Ave
Demand in zero-sequence with [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN/3PN/ 3PP V0-P Max, V0-P Min, V0-P Ave
Demand in [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-1VT/2VT]= Secondary V-S Max, V-S Min, V-S Ave
Demand in phase-a for secondary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Va-S Max, Va-S Min, Va-S Ave
Demand in phase-b for secondary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vb-S Max, Vb-S Min, Vb-S Ave
Demand in phase-c for secondary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vc-S Max, Vc-S Min, Vc-S Ave
Demand in phase-ab for secondary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=3PN / 3PP Vab-S Max, Vab-S Min, Vab-S Ave
Demand in phase-bc for secondary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vbc-S Max, Vbc-S Min, Vbc-S Ave
Demand in phase-ca for secondary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vca-S Max, Vca-S Min, Vca-S Ave
Demand in zero-sequence with [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN/3PN/ 3PP V0-P Max, V0-P Min, V0-P Ave
Demand in [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N with [Conn-1VT/2VT]= Tertiariy V-T Max, V-T Min, V-T Ave
Demand in phase-a for tertiary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Va-T Max, Va-T Min, Va-T Ave
Demand in phase-b for tertiary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vb-T Max, Vb-T Min, Vb-T Ave
Demand in phase-c for tertiary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 1PN/1PP/1N/3PN Vc-T Max, Vc-T Min, Vc-T Ave
Demand in phase-ab for tertiary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]=3PN / 3PP Vab-T Max, Vab-T Min, Vab-T Ave
Demand in phase-bc for tertiary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vbc-T Max, Vbc-T Min, Vbc-T Ave
Demand in phase-ca for tertiary in settings [InType-1VT/2VT]= 3PN / 3PP Vca-T Max, Vca-T Min, Vca-T Ave
Demand in zero-sequence with [InType-1VT/2VT]=1PN/1PP/1N/3PN/3PN/ 3PP V0-T Max, V0-T Min, V0-T Ave
- 566 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Demand Value
10:48 1/42
Ia-1CT Max
0.00kA
Ia-1CT Min
0.00kA
Ia-1CT Ave
0.00kA
Metering
10:48 21/23
PhaseSD +
0.50 deg
PeriodSD +
0
Demand_period +
10 min
- 567 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Demand Value
10:48 1/2
Demand Value >
Reset All Values +
- 568 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Peak Demand
10:48 1/2
Peak Demand Value >
Reset All Values +
- 569 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note:See Chapter General control function: Counter function for the general (GCNT)..
- 570 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Accumulated Time
10:48 1/1
ACT_TIME +
***d **h **m
- 571 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(ii) Communication
(For more information about the menu operation, see Chapter User interface: Monitoring sub-
menu: Communication. The communication features about the LAN port is discussed in
Chapter Communication protocol: LAN communication. The hardware information is
discussed in Chapter Technical description: Signal processing and communication module).
(iii) Binary IO
(For more information about the menu operation, see Chapter User interface: Monitoring sub-
menu: Binary I/O. The structure and its operation is discussed in Chapter Technical
description: Binary IO module).
(v) Diagnostics
(For more information about the menu operation, see Chapter User interface: Monitoring sub-
menu: Diagnostics sub-menu. The information about the diagnostics is discussed in Chapter
Automatic supervision).
- 572 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Setting
Metering settings in TP_MES (Function ID: 711006)
Unit Default
Setting item Range Contents Notes
s setting value
Display Value Primary / Secondary - Display selection of primary or secondary Primary
Power Send / Receive - Power setting for active power display Send
Current Lead / Lag - Current setting for reactive power display Lead
PF Sign AP / AP+RP - PF Sign AP+RP
I-Valid Level 0.10 - 5.00 % I Valid Level 4.00
V-Valid Level 0.10 - 5.00 % V Valid Level 0.30
I-Display Unit A / kA - Selection of display units kA
V-Display Unit V / kV - Selection of display units kV
P-Display Unit kW / MW - Selection of display units MW
Q-Display Unit kvar / Mvar - Selection of display units Mvar
S-Display Unit kVA / MVA - Selection of display units MVA
FSD 0.00 - 50.00 % F Sending Dead Band 0.50
Wh-Display Unit kWh / MWh - Selection of display units MWh
varh-Display Unit kvarh / Mvarh - Selection of display units Mvarh
ISD 0.00 - 50.00 % I Sending Dead Band 5.00
VSD 0.00 - 50.00 % V Sending Dead Band 0.60
P/Q/SSD 0.00 - 50.00 % P/Q/S Sending Dead Band 5.00
PhaseSD 0.0 - 90.0 deg Phase Sending Dead Band 0.5
PFSD 0.00 - 1.00 - PF Sending Dead Band 0.02
Wh/varhSD 0.0 - 999.9 - Wh/varh Sending Dead Band 1.0
PeriodSD 0-4 - Period of Sending Dead band 0
Note: The setting items above are just available in both the ‘3D’ software of Model3 and
the ‘3F’ software of Model5.
- 573 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 574 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 575 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 576 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 577 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 578 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 579 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 580 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 581 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 582 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 583 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 584 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 585 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 586 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 587 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
10 Automatic supervision
Contents Pages Pages
61850 irregular data 626 Interruption 602
A/D accuracy error on VCT 606 LAN error 623
Abnormal currents flowing on CTs 607 LAN pinging error 624
BIO module#1 error 610 LRE error 625
BIO module#2 error 611 MRAM memory error 598
BIO module#3 error 612 PLC Data error 620
BIO module#4 error 613 Power supply failure 619
BIO module#5 error 614 Program code error 600
BIO module#6 error 615 RAM error 596
BIO module#7 error 616 ROM and RAM mismatch 594
BIO module#8 error 617 RUN error 601
Check-sum error 595 Sampling error 603
Clock error 605 Setting error 604
Current error in zero-sequence 607 Trip circuit error 645
ECC memory error 597 Trip circuit supervision task 641
FPGA problem 599 Voltage error in negative-sequence 608
GOOSE publishing error 628 Voltage error in zero-sequence 609
HMI malfunction 618 VT error 622
- 588 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Tips: The alarms can be blocked when Off is set for the switch [A.M.F]. The switch can
be used to remove alarms during testing. See Chapter User interface: Test sub-
menu for more information.
- 589 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can see a current error information in Monitoring sub-menu† on the LCD screen†
(see Figure 10.1-1); Table 10.1-3 shows the six detail information, which the user can examine
carefully using the hexadecimal number. When two or more errors occur at the same time, an
error code is given by the summation of the error codes. That is, when X and Y errors (e.g., X-
error-code ‘00000002’ and Y-error-code ‘00000004’) occur, the sum value ‘00000006’ is screened.
CP1M(ROM/RAM) error 1/1 C u r r e n t e r r o r i n d i c a te d b y S u p e r v i s i o n
10:48 C u r r e n t l o c a l ti m e ( N o t E r r o r o c c u r r i n g ti m e )
[Serious error] E rro r d e g re e (le ve l) d is p la ye d
D e ta i l e d i n f o r m a ti o n i n H e x a d e c i m a l d u m p
[00000011] [01234567] 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
[01234567]
[01234567]
[01234567]
[00000000] [ “Top left” ][ “Top right” ]
[ “Middle left” ][ “Middle right” ]
[ “Bottom left” ][ “Bottom right” ]
Figure 10.1-1 Example error codes and detailed information on Diagnostics sub-menu
†Note:See Chapter User interface: Monitoring sub-menu: Diagnostics. It will not be
updated automatically. If new information is required, refresh LED screen again.
Table 10.1-3 Detailed information in Hexadecimal in the ROM and the RAM error (example)
Display Meaning of the detailed information
area Left column Right column
00000001: ROM read error
Top row ROM address
00000002: ROM RAM mismatch
Middle row RAM address ROM value
Bottom row RAM value (No information displayed)
- 590 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 591 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 592 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 10.2-2 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – – –
10.2.15 V2 error – – NA – – – –
10.2.16 VZ error – – NA – – – –
10.2.28 VT fail NA – – NA – – NA – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 593 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Middle
RAM address ROM value
row
Bottom
RAM value (No information displayed)
row
- 594 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 595 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 596 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 597 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 598 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 599 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 600 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 601 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 602 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 603 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 604 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 605 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 606 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
where,
Max (|Ia|, |Ib|, |Ic|): The largest amplitude among Ia, Ib, and Ic
Min (|Ia|, |Ib|, |Ic|): The smallest amplitude among Ia, Ib, and Ic
k0: 20% of the rated current†
†Note:When the VCT has two or more three-phase-CT circuits, the CT supervision may
be required to operate for respective CT circuits. The rated current above the
equation is defined with VCT setting. For more information regarding the VCT,
see Chapter Technical description: Transformer module for AC analog input.
Settings are required to respective groups of the three-phase currents.
- 607 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The voltage in negative sequence can be used to detect a failure within the voltage input
circuit in high sensitivity. It facilitates the detection of the incorrect phase sequence if cables
are irregularly.
|Va + 𝑎2 Vb + aVc |
1. ≥ 6.35 (V) (10.2-2)
3
where,
a = Phase shift operator of 120
- 608 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
|Va + Vb + Vc |
1. ≥ 6.35 (V) (10.2-3)
3
- 609 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 610 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 611 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 612 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 613 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 614 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 615 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 616 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 617 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 618 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 619 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
1For more information about the task and its kind, see Chapter PLC editing in PLC editor
(6F2S1904) separately.
- 620 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 621 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 622 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 623 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 624 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 625 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Data(cmmslv) error
10:48 1/1
[Minor error]
[00010004] [51200131]
[03011001] [4747494F]
[32245354] [7456616C]
- 626 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 627 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 628 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 629 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
10.2.35 Setting
Setting of CHK_SAMPLING (Function ID: 220701)
Setting item Range Contents Default setting value Notes
… … … …
- 630 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
…. …. …. ….
- 631 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 632 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
PING_IP_ADRS4 0 - 255 1
PING_IP_ADRS4 0 - 255 1
- 633 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 634 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3210111001 CHECKSUMC
32E0001001 CHK_POINT
3210201001 LOADERSUM
3210121001 PROG_SIZE
- 635 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 636 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 637 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 638 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
311000111A CONN_ERR
3110001215 CORDATERR
32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT
- 639 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 640 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Displaying error message founded by the TCS function is shown in Table 10.3-1; the error
is cleared when recovered
Table 10.3-1 Supervision items and error levels for Trip supervision
Detailed Error
Sec.No. Supervision items(Screen message) Info. Lvl LED
10.3.1 Trip circuit error (TC error) N/A 3 On
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of
hardware and the configuration of functions. Several IED models do not support certain
features. To determine whether a particular feature has been implemented within an IED,
identify the IED ordering number; check the order number for the “7” and “G&T” positions
whilst referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 10.3-2 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “7(hardware)” and “G&T(software)”
Application features 1 (Model1) 2 (Model2) 3 (Model3) 4 (Model4) 5 (Model5)
3D – – 3E – – 3F – –
– Main features – – – – TBD – –
: Applicable NA: Not applicable –: Not available TBD: To be determined
- 641 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
8000011BB1 t 0 0 t TC1_FAIL
800001EBB1 TC1_FAIL_SIGNAL2 1 0.4s 0.4s
8000011BB2
800001EBB2 TC1_FAIL_COND
OPT-On &
≥1
TCS1-EN On
8100021B60
8200031B60
8300041B60
8400051B60
8500061B60
≥1
8F00001B60
TC_FAIL
(ii) Applications
Example1
Figure 10.3-2 provides an application example of the TCS function. Two binary-input signals
are assigned to PLC connection points “TC1_FAIL_SIGNAL1” and “TC1_FAIL_SIGNAL2”.
When the trip circuit is healthy, a small current will flow in the BI circuits, the CB auxiliary
contacts, and the trip coil. This small current can be observed to flow in both the CB-open
condition and the CB-closed condition. If the small current supplied to the trip circuit is lost,
- 642 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
or if the connections between the trip circuit and the BI circuits become open circuit, a signal
"TC1_FAIL" is generated; then, the TCS1 logic will issue a Trip Circuit Fail alarm.
Note: A threshold setting voltage is required for the BI circuits. The user should set the
threshold to one-half of the value of the trip supply voltage. This is because in this
scheme there are two BI circuits connected in series. The supply voltage across the
BI circuit will be divided by two when the 52 contact is closed and the 52b contact
is open. Thus, the BI circuit may fail to operate if the BI sensitivity is only set in
response to the supply voltage. For example, the BI threshold voltage should be
set below 55V when a trip supply voltage of 110V is applied. For the TCS function,
the user should select two BI circuits from the BI2A module, because the BI
circuits of both of these modules can have lower threshold voltages than the BI
circuits that are available in other modules.
Trip circuit
()
Protection
8000011BB0
relay R
BI1 Binary input 800001EBB0 TC1_FAIL_SIGNAL1 1
circuit &
8000011B60
R 8000011BB1 t 0 0 t TC1_FAIL
Trip coil
()
LCP & GIS
Example2
In Example2 a binary input signal is assigned to PLC connection point “TC1_FAIL_SIGNAL1”.
With this arrangement if the CB is open, the small monitoring current will not be able to flow
in the BI circuit. Therefore, it is recommended that setting OPT-On is selected for the scheme
switch [TCS1-EN] and that a CB-closed-status signal is applied to PLC connection point
“TC1_FAIL_COND”. Monitoring is only enabled while the CB is in the closed position when
using this setting. This setting avoids unnecessary monitoring when the circuit breaker is open
when using this scheme.
- 643 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Trip circuit
()
Protection
8000011BB0
relay R
8000011BB1 t 0 0 t TC1_FAIL
800001EBB1 TC1_FAIL_SIGNAL2 1 0.4s 0.4s
52a
8000011BB2
800001EBB2 TC1_FAIL_COND
OPT-On &
≥1
CB closed TCS1-EN On
status signal
Trip coil
()
LCP & GIS
- 644 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 645 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
10.3.3 Setting
Setting of TCS(Function ID: 482001)
Note
Setting item Range Units Contents Default setting value
s
TCS1(Trip Circuit Supervision 1)
TCS1-EN Off / On / OPT-On — Off
enable
TCS2(Trip Circuit Supervision 2)
TCS2-EN Off / On / OPT-On — Off
enable
TCS3(Trip Circuit Supervision 3)
TCS3-EN Off / On / OPT-On — Off
enable
TCS4(Trip Circuit Supervision 4)
TCS4-EN Off / On / OPT-On — Off
enable
TCS5(Trip Circuit Supervision 5)
TCS5-EN Off / On / OPT-On — Off
enable
TCS6(Trip Circuit Supervision 6)
TCS6-EN Off / On / OPT-On — Off
enable
…. …. …. ….
- 646 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 647 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 648 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
11 Communication protocol
Contents Pages Pages
IEC 60870-5-103 operation – LAN operation –
-Interface 721 -IP address 651
-Interoperability 724 -Hot standby operation 652
-Operation 745 -PRP/HSR operation 659
IEC 61850 operation 671 -RSTP operation 663
-About protocol 671 -Monitoring (Hot standby) 654
-Communication service 674 -Monitoring (PRP/HSR) 661
-Engineering work 677 Protocol selection 650
-Goose monitoring status 701 RS485operation 750
-Protocol selection 698 USB operation 749
-Quality signal 699
-Setting 696
-Supervise 698
-61850 Editon1 option 673
-61850 Editon2 673
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note: The implementation of such protocols depends on the selection of protocols. Several
IED models do not have the protocols. To determine whether the protocols are implemented in
the IED, locate the IED ordering number; and check the order number at the “U position”
referring to the comparison table below. For more information, see Appendix: Ordering.
Table 10.3-1 Comparative table in respective ordering numbers
Ordering No. at “U”
Sec. Feature
1 2
11.2.1 TCP/IP ✓ ✓
11.2.2 Hot-standby ✓ ✓
11.2.3 PRP/HSR NA ✓1
11.2.4 RSTP NA ✓1
11.3 IEC 61850 ✓2 ✓
11.4 IEC 60870-5-103 ✓2 NA
✓: Applicable NA: Not applicable
1 LAN modules, designed for PRP/HSR/RSTP marked with “L or N” code at position “E”, shall
be mounted in IED, if network operation in PRP/HSR/RSTP is required.
2 Either 61850 or 103 shall be selected during the operation.
- 649 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 11.1-1 illustrates the LAN and USBCOM sub-menus are provided for the
connection to the LAN, whereas the SLAVE PROTOCOL sub-menu is for the selection of either
the IEC61850 or the IEC103 protocols. The IEC61850 sub-menu has its own settings, so does
the IEC103 menu. The RS485 sub-menu is screened when the IED has the one used for the
IEC103 in the serial communication.
Communication
10:48 1/6
LAN >
USBCOM >
RS485 >
SLAVE PROTOCOL >
IEC61850 >
IEC103 SLV >
Figure 11.1-1 Example of Setting menu ‘IEC61850, IEC103, RS485 and USB’
†Note:Selection and operation is dependent on the IED configurations, which the
customer has determined with the ordering code. Accordingly, the selection and
operation can be unavailable if the protocol is not provided in the IED. To examine
the IED configuration, check your ordering code referring Appendix: Ordering.
‡Note:We have discussed the specifications regarding the communication interface. See
Technical description: Signal processing and communication module.
§Note:The setting function is provided with the function ‘CNN_SLAVE’. The setting list
and Signal monitoring point (in Data ID) are shown below:
CNN_SLAVE (Function ID: 300001)
Setting item Range Contents Default setting value
Slave Protocol IEC61850 / IEC103 Protocol selection IEC61850
S-TestFlagCancel Off / On Canceling Test-flag in the slave communication Off
- 650 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LAN operation
11.2.1 LAN address (IP address)
The IED can have the communication with “Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP)”. The user can set IP addresses and other TCP/IP information. Table 11.2-1 shows
the setting items provided for the LAN†.
When wishing to change addresses, enter the new address at LAN setting sub-menu.
Figure 11.2-1 shows the setting menu provided to change the addresses‡.
LAN
10:48 1/6
IPADDRESS1 +
192.168.1.11
SUBNETMASK1 +
255.255.255.1
GATEWAY1 +
192.168.1.1
†Note:For the location of the LAN communication modules, see Chapter Technical
description: Signal processing and communication module.
‡Note:IP address setting is dependent on the selection of the communication protocols.
For setting [RedundantMode]=Hot-standby, an IP address should be assigned for
the both A and B pots (i.e., a single one is set for the both; see Table 11.2-4).
Similarly, for [RedundantMode]=PRP/HSR/RSTP, an IP address will be assigned
for the both (see Table 11.2-5).
When setting [RedundantMode]=Fixed, two IP addresses can be assigned for the
respective ports, provided two ports are sited (see Table 11.2-5).
‡Note:Chapter User interface: Setting sub-menu describes how to set the address on the
IED screen.
- 651 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note: When the user wishes not to operate Hot-standby, or the network is not ready for
the redundant, set Fixed for the [RedundantMode]. Port B (located at C12 if
provided) can only operate for the connection with the engineering tool (GR-
TIEMS®) or the PLC editor (MULTIPLOG®).
‡Note: See Chapter Technical description: Signal processing and communication
module.
(i) Overview
For the Hot-standby communication, the first communication module for Network is used as
the primary port, (i.e. Port A at C11) while a second communication module for Network, (i.e.
Port B at C12) is used as the secondary port; the IED will communicate using Port A for normal
operation. If a communications failure occurs at Port A, the IED can automatically switch
communication from Port A to Port B.
When the IED detects the occurrence of a communications failure, for which the LAN
module is unable to respond to the IED (i.e. a communications link is down), the IED starts a
timer. When the timer exceeds a setting [DownTime], the IED will switch ports. Thus, Port B
is then used for communications. (Note that Port A can be determined to be the secondary port
on the occurrence of the failure. If Port B is unable to continue to operate, then Port A will be
re-switched to run after a predetermined setting [UpTime]. Then, Port B will be discriminated
as the secondary port.)
- 652 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user should be aware of the following three facts prior to the Hot-standby operation:
1 The IED uses the IP/MAC address of Port A for the Hot-standby operation. The
IP/MAC address of Port B is not used even if communication is carried out on Port
B.
2 The user should ensure that an optical fiber is correctly connected when a 100Base-
FX module is used, otherwise a repeat communication failure (link-down) will be
experienced continuously. If the period for which the link-down is shorter than the
setting [DownTime], another port cannot be switched as the primary port. Thus,
the user should determine the setting value to be applied for [DownTime] on the
basis of the system requirement. It is allowable for the user to apply a setting of
zero for [DownTime] so that the switching of the ports will be performed
immediately; conversely, the user can set any value less than 3000ms in order that
the system need not experience chattering failures if the optical fiber were not
connected securely. Switching between the primary and the secondary ports is not
carried out during a value is setting for the [DownTime]. The user should consider
the setting approach for [UpTime] in the same manner as when setting [DownTime].
3 The auto-negotiation function is executed when the 100Base-TX modules establish
communication over the communications network. The auto-negotiation function
selects a mode for communication; the auto-negotiation function adjusts the
communication speed. In the case of a link-down condition, the auto-negotiation
- 653 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
function will run again immediately. The link-down condition continues until auto-
negotiation has been completed (it may continue for 1 or 2 seconds). The user can
apply a setting for [DownTime] for any value of time less than that required by the
auto-negotiation function in response to the system requirement (i.e. the user can
set [DownTime] to be zero milliseconds). In this case, switching between the
primary and secondary ports is performed immediately i.e. prior to the auto-
negotiation function running. If switching between ports is not required before the
completion of the auto-negotiation function, the user can set the setting
[DownTime] longer than the time required by the auto-negotiation function. The
user can consider the setting for [UpTime] in the same manner as when setting
[DownTime].
(vi) Monitor
LCD screen: The user can examine the statuses about the communion modules by
the monitoring function. Figure 11.2-2 shows the port status about the modules; terms
‘Up’ and ‘Down’ mean running and stopping, respectively. For menus operations, see
Chapter User interface: Monitoring sub-menu.
PortStatus PortStatus
10:48 1/2 10:48 1/2
*Port1_Link UP *Port1_Link UP
Port2_Link DOWN Port2_Link UP
Port 1 (i.e., Port A) is connected. Ports 1&2 (i.e., Port A&B) are connected.
Port 2 (i.e., Port B) is not connected.
Status signals for Port A and Port B: The user can also examine the LAN status
using PLC signal monitoring points ‘Port1_Link (3100061001)’ and ‘Port2_Link
(3100061001)’ of the HOTST function. For example, when the user wishes to monitor
the status of the Prot1_Link, use the ‘Port1_Link’. Consequently, the user can get the
physical information about the Port A: the value ‘1’ is issued when the communication
- 654 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
is made (Linkup), whereas value ‘0’ is issued when the communication is not made
(Linkdown).
When Hot_Standby is set for the [RedundantMode], the user can find a running port
using the PLC signal monitoring point ‘Using_CH (3100081001)’ of the HOTST
function. Value ‘1’ is provided when the Port A is running, whereas value ‘2’ is
provided when the Port B is running.
Monitor setting: The Hot-standby (HOTST) function can send PING packets to
remote devices thus enabling the Hot-standby function to monitor the state of the
network. The Hot-standby function checks for a response signal from the remote
device. If the Hot-standby function does not receive a response signal, the Hot-
standby function will switch to the other port. The operation is performed when
the user sets the [RedundantMode]= Hot_Standby and [NetMonitor_EN] = On.
Settings [Ping_IP1] to [Ping_IP12] are provided in the Hot-standby function for the
monitoring of remote devices on the network. When the user sets plural remote IP
addresses for the settings [Ping_IP*], and if the Hot-standby function does not receive
a response from any one of these remote devices, the Hot-standby function determines
that a communication failure has occurred. Table 11.2-3 shows the network
monitoring settings for Hot-standby operation.
The user should note that the use of network monitoring could increase the burden
on the network. This is because a number of PING packets are repeatedly transmitted
over the network. Thus, the user should choose the setting values carefully in
- 655 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
accordance with the network capacity, the burden, and the required time. Examples
1 and 2 below show the respective results using the network monitoring function with
for different settings.
Example1: There is a remote device on the network with the address Ping_IP1.
The Hot-standby function sends ping packets to the remote device every five
seconds; then the Hot-standby function waits for one second until the Hot-
standby function receives a response signal from the remote device. The Hot-
standby function will determine that a communication failure has occurred if two
sequential response signals are not received from the remote device. Subsequently,
the Hot-Standby function will switch from one port to the other port (See Figure
11.2-3). The following settings are required in this example 1:
・ The IP address of the remote device1 is set for setting [Ping_IP1]. (the setting of
IP addresses in the other remote devices is not required.)
・ One second is set for setting [Ping_Wait].
・ Number “5” is set for [Ping_Interval].
・ Number “2” is set for [Check_Count].
Local IED Remote device with
Ping_IP1 address
Ping_Interval Ping_Wait
: 5sec : 1sec Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1.
5sec
NG: due to no response
Switching LAN ports is
performed if a response signal is
Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1.
not received for setting
[Chk_Count]. 1sec
5sec
Example2: It is assumed that there are three remote devices on the network:
- 656 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ping_IP1, Ping_IP2, and Ping_IP3. The Hot-standby function sends a Ping packet to
every remote device every 10 second (i.e., the IED sends a ping packet to a remote
device every 30 second). Suppose that “1” is set for [Check_Count]. The Hot-standby
function can determine a communication failure after 30 seconds if one of the remote
devices is unable to send a response. Figure 11.2-4 shows the operation. Switching is
not executed, because the IED cannot confirm all no-responses from the remote
addresses in the milled of the figure. Switching is performed after no-response is
confirmed from all remote devices.
・ The IP addresses of the remote devices are set for [Ping_IP1] to [Ping_IP3].
(Setting IP addresses for other remote devices is not required.)
・ 10seconds is set for [Ping_Wait].
・ Number “5” is set for [Ping_Interval].
・ Number “1” is set for [Check_Count].
5sec
5sec
10sec
NG: due to no response
LAN switching is not performed because the IED has not confirmed a response from the IP3.
Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1.
LAN switching is performed because the IED has not confirmed all response.
- 657 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IP address at
Not applicable 192.168.1.12‡ 192.168.1.12§
Port B
†Note:Port A ‘192.168.1.11 (default)’ is ready for IEC61850 (GOOSE), but Port B is not
ready for IEC61850.
‡Note: Single IP address is generally set in SNTP. The user is not recommended to have
Time synchronization using different IP addresses with ‘Port A’ and ‘Port B’.
§Note: For the local PC engineering, the use of Port B (192.168.1.12, default) is
recommended, but the user can also use Port A (192.168.1.11, default) for that.
- 658 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(i) Overview
‘Parallel redundancy protocol (PRP)’ is designed for double LAN networks in order to construct
high availability automation networks. Figure 11.2-5 shows an IED (i.e., Source, IED1 with
Port A and Port B†) and a server (i.e., Destination, Substation computer with Port A and Port
B). They are connected through LAN_A and LAN_B. For duplicating data, the IED have Link
redundancy entity (LRE) so that the IED can transfer data with A-Frame packet and B-Frame
packet at the same time. At the destination, either frames being arrived later is removed.
Substation computer
CPU
Operator
workstation
Data
Port A Port B
Rx Tx Rx Tx
Destination RedBox‡
A-Frame
LAN_A
B-Frame
LAN_B
TOSHIBA
IN SER VICE
ER R OR
Tx Rx Tx Rx
RedBox‡
(C11) (C12) Tx Tx
Port A Port B
TOSHIBA
LAN module LAN module IN SER VICE
Data (C11) (C12) Rx
ER R OR
Tx
I Port A
R Data LAN module
L (C11)
CPU I
O Help Cancel ENTER
R
IED1 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 L Data
CPU
Source O Help Cancel ENTER
I
IED2 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
R
L
CPU
O Help Cancel ENTER
F3
IED3 F1 F2 F4 F5 F6 F7
Figure 11.2-5 PRP example for redundant LAN_A and LAN_B with DANP
†Note:For the locations about the LAN module, see Chapter Technical description:
Signal processing and communication modules.
‡Note: IED3 and Operator workstation (connected with singly attached node) can join
the network with Redundancy boxes (RedBox).
‘High-availability Seamless redundancy (HSR)’, for the ring topology, is designed to achieve
high reliability communication. Figure 11.2-6 illustrates IEDs connected over the ring LAN.
As doubly ports (Port A and Port B) are embedded in an IED, the IED can transfer the data
packet (A-Frame and B-Frame) for the destination over the ring LAN.
- 659 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Source Destination
TOSHIBA
IED1 IN SE R VICE
E R R OR Substation Computer Operator Workstation
CPU CPU
CPU
Data Data
Data
I Port B Port A Port B Port A
R
L Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx
Port B Port A
O Help Cancel ENTER
Rx Tx Rx Tx
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
B-Frame B-Frame
A-Frame A-Frame A-Frame
Ring LAN1
A-Frame A-Frame
B-Frame B-Frame B-Frame
TOSHIBA TOSHIBA
IN SE R VICE
IN SE R VICE
E R R OR
E R R OR
Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx
Rx
Tx
Rx
Port A Port B QuadBox QuadBox Port A Port B
LAN module LAN module LAN module LAN module
(C11) (C12) (C11) (C12)
Data Data
I I
R R
L Ring LAN2 L
CPU CPU
O Help Cancel ENTER
O Help Cancel ENTER
IED2 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 IED4 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
A-Frame
B-Frame
TOSHIBA
IN SE R VICE
E R R OR
Tx Rx Tx Rx
Port A Port B
LAN module LAN module
(C11) (C12)
Data
R
L
CPU
O Help Cancel ENTER
IED3 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
For Figure 11.2-5 example, the IED1 (Source) duplicates data by the LRE. The duplicated
data (in A and B-Frames) are transferred simultaneously over the LAN_A and LAN_B. In the
meantime, both frames cannot arrive at Substation computer (Destination). If the duplicated
frame is older than the setting [EntryForgetTime], the duplicated frame will be removed.
The [EntryForgetTime] has default 400ms setting, but the user can change it for an
appropriate value among 100 to 10,000ms. The setting value should be taken account of the
- 660 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
time after the entry removed from the duplicate table. The setting value also should be taken
account of the differences of the communication speeds between LANs.
(iv) Supervision
The communication supervisor function is available in PRP and HSR. The user can have
following settings:
Setting [LineCheckInterval]: is the setting of the interval time to send supervision frames
cyclically. The user is able to choice the time among 100ms to 100,000ms, but the
setting has default 2000ms values.
Setting [SV_Dst_MACAddr]: is for a reserved multicast address ’01-15-4E-00-01-xx’. By
default, ‘00’ is set for the ‘xx’. However, if conflict arises, the use can configure to
set any value between 0x00 and 0xFF for the ‘xx’.
Setting [SV_VLAN_EN]: can have On setting when the supervision frame is used in VLAN.
Additionally, the user can set identification specifying the VLAN to which the
supervision frame belongs and the priority of the supervision frame. Use the
settings [SV_VLAN_ID] and [SV_VLAN_Priority]. By default, Off is set for the
[SV_LAN_EN].
(v) Monitor
It is possible for the user to watch the communion statuses about Port A and Port B. Figure
11.2-7 shows the numbers of transferred packets via ports.
RedundantPacketNum
10:48 1/6
PortA_Send 12345
PortA_Recv 12345
PortA_ErrLANID 12345
PortB_Send 12345
PortB_Recv 12345
PortB_ErrLANID 12345
- 661 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 662 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(i) Overview
‘Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)’ is designed to achieve LAN bridge connections in stable.
The RSTP choose one of bridges as the root and BPDU data (called ‘Bridge Protocol Data Unit)
is exchanged periodically over RPST network. Each bridge can listen and learn the BPDU data
so that all bridges in the network can find the shortest path for the root location (we call it
“Path-cost”). Consequently, the RTSP operation clear and recover the network failure if
occurred; no temporary loop will not occur in the network (that is, all terminals can have loop-
free LAN).
(ii) Parameters
When RSTP is set for the [RedundantMode], the user should enter several PSTP parameters
so that the IED is able to enjoy the Spanning Tree topology by the RSTP:
Setting [BridgeHelloTime]: is used to set a BPDU transferring cycle for other terminals
(i.e., BPDU sending interval; they are sent for IEDs, Network bridges, etc.)
Setting [BridgeMaxAge]: instructs the terminal (IED) to listen to a BPDU cyclically. When
a terminal (IED) cannot listen to BPDUs within the setting, the terminal (IED) starts the
computation to make new spanning tree.
Setting [BridgePrioriy]: is allowed for the user to make priority tables in the IEDs. When
a terminal has the smallest number, the terminal can become the root bridge with high
possibility Note that a number can be set in 4096 steps.
Note: the user shall take the above settings based on the IEEE 802.1w equations below:
- 663 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Setting [PortA_PathCost]: is used to set the distance for the root bridge (path cost), when
the port is used in the LAN network, actually. As a rule, the setting value depends on the
communication bandwidth.
Setting [PortA_Priority]: is set a priority value for the port. Similar to the setting
[BridgePrioriy], a port having the smallest number can have the highest priority. Note
that a number can be set in 16 steps
†Note: Port A (connection for LAN_A) is located at C11 of IED. The second Port B
(connection for Port B) is located at C12 and has similar settings. See Table 11.2-6
for the IP addresses examples. The user can find the contents about LAN
communication module in Chapter Technical description: Signal processing and
communication module.
- 664 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
11.2.5 Settings
Setting of TCPIP_DRV (Function ID: 230201)
Setting item Range Units Contents Default setting value Notes
IPADDRESS1 0 – 255 – First IP address in the local IED 192.168.1.11
Port A SUBNETMASK1 0 – 255 – Subnet mask 255.255.255.1
GATEWAY1 0 – 255 – Gateway 192.168.1.1
IPADDRESS1 0 – 255 – Second IP address in the local IED 192.168.1.11
Port B SUBNETMASK1 0 – 255 – Subnet mask 255.255.255.1
GATEWAY1 0 – 255 – Gateway 192.168.1.1
- 665 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 666 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3111101001 RX2_CNT
3111111001 RX2ER_CNT
3111201001 TX2_CNT
3111211001 TX2ER_CNT
3211021001 PortB_Send frames sent over B(only HSR tagged or with PRP RCT)
- 667 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3211071001 PortB_Recv frames received over Port B(only HSR tagged or with PRP RCT)
- 668 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Remote
Monitoring
GPS
Communication Substation
Operator Network
Workstation Computer
Engineering
Workstation Printer Router/
Modem
GBU GRT GRG GBU GRL GRB GBU GRG GRZ GBU GRT GRL
GOOSE
†Note:When applying IEC 61850 communications, the user should map application
signals with the required logical-nodes (LNs) within the IED. In this manual, we
show the application signals as Data IDs; hence, the user is able to connect the
Data IDs with the required LNs using the engineering tool (GR-TIEMS) provided
by Toshiba. For the GR-TIEMS, see Chapter Engineering tool.
‡Note:Before using the IEC 61850 communications feature provided within the IED, the
user should verify its IEC 61850 capability by reviewing both the protocol-
implementation-conformance-statement (PICS) and the model-implementation-
- 669 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
conformance-statement (MICS). The MICS provides the user with information for
the LNs provided within the IED; the PICS provides the user with information to
enable the IED to communicate with both SAS and other devices. See
Appendix:IEC61850 MICS, PICS, PIXIT and TICS. It explains how the user can
obtain this information.
When TCP/IP operates, the IEDs can communicate with SAS computer, operator
workstation (OWS), engineering workstation (EWS), remote monitoring system, SNTP server.
In the SAS, the communication is served with the method of data transfer:
Report method of sending event messages like measurement, status, alarm and so on
GOOSE (Generic Object Oriented Substation Event) method of communication
between IEDs like interlock
Control method like controlling the circuit breaker (CB), the disconnector (DS), the
selector device (43), the transformer tap (TAP) and so on
- 670 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
For the IEC 61850 communication, the IED consists of multiple logical devices and logical
nodes. The user should configure the 61850 Data Model to perform a required function for the
protection and control.
Modular approach achieves data transfer between devices in the IEC 61850 standard. All
function in the IEC 61850 network are grouped into smaller objects called Logical Nodes (LNs),
which contains process objects related data and attributes of a logical device protection and
control function. Logical Node Zero (LLN0) represents specific information of the logical device.
Logical Node Physical Device (LPHD) represents specific information of a physical device. A
generic device is called Physical device (PD). The LPHD contains the properties of the PD. A
specific function in the IED is represented as domain specific LN. The domain specific LN
contains the essential function for target devices in the IEC 61850 network.
LN data model defines the abstract syntax and semantics of the information exchanged
between PDs. The relation between data object classes, data types, data attributes and
abstract data objects are provided in the LN data model. The LN data model is mapped to
Manufacturing Message Specification (MMS) and Generic Object Oriented Substation Event
(GOOSE) functions. Table 11.3-1shows the description of LNs.
All LN classes (LLN0 and domain specific LN) receive the mandatory data of the common LN
except LPHD. Table 11.3-2 exemplifies Function, Logical node and Communication service
used in the IEC 61850 communication.
- 671 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Harmonics
measurement
Measuring
Control / Monitoring Protection function
Physical Model
“Logical Node” “Communication Service”
IEC 61850 Model Physical Device
LN Physical Device
LN LPHD LN
GOOSE
CB XCBR CALH
LN Enhanced-security Control
LN
CSWI
IHMI
LN Buffered Report
LN
CT PTOC
LN IARC
GOOSE
PTRC
LN
Buffered Report
VT PTUV
LN Unbuffered Report
MHAI
LN GOOSE
Binary
SIMG
Input
Figure 11.3-2 Example of Physical model and its equivalent IEC 61850 model
- 672 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The user can handle LGOS with signals shown in Table 11.3-3. The signals are provided for
mapping in the 61850 Editon2. Figure 11.3-3 shows an example that they are mapped for the
LGOS.
- 673 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The LN contains data list with their attributes based on their functionality in SAS. A
data has a well-defined structure and information of SAS. The data and attributes of the LN
in a logical device are exchanged by the communication services according to IEC 61850
protocol. The communication services are implemented by SCSM using Ethernet TCP/IP
protocol.
The data structures of the GOOSE are illustrated in Table 11.3-4; they are grouped for
the system (say, SAS) and other logical devices (say, a relay); they are used in the applications
in the SAS and the IED.
- 674 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(iii) System
The data model in the LN named “System” is not allowed to modify (that is, a data model is
fixed; other LN data models are configurable to meet the system requirement). Mapping
signals to the GGIO1 is required when the GOOSE should send data faster.
- 675 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 676 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
IED
*IEC 61850-7-4
Logical device1 CONTROL
Logical Node
Current
Application
Data Logical device2
BIO ・・・ GOOSE GOOSE
DataSet
Binary
Control Block (outgoing)
Logical Node
Input
Binary
Input
2. Mapping 1. icd(cid)
data
GOOSE
GOOSE subscribe function
(incoming)
3. GOOSE subscribe
- 677 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Add Substation, Voltage level, Bay and IED to the project tree
(→cf. sec. 11.3.3(i))
- 678 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Selection of IED
When user’s project has been created or is opened, the user can add new IEDs.
Figure 11.3-7 illustrates new IED has been added on the project tree.
- 679 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Edition list
Edition 1
Edition1 display
Edition 1-Opetion
Edition1_Option display
Edition 2
Edition2 display
- 680 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 681 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Import CID/ICD
Export CID
Export ICD
- 682 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
should check whether the required signals are mapped in the default
configuration.
To verify the signals configured for the IEC 61850 protocol, the user should check
the mapped data, Dataset or Report Control list. If they have existed, the signals
in the signal list should be matched with the attributes of LNs.
Figure 11.3-11 shows an example to check if the signals are mapped in default
configuration. For example, to check for mapping of the primary element signal
in earth fault protection (EF1), follow the steps below:
1. To check if the EF1 signal is already mapped in the LN, key ‘EF1’ under Signal
Name in the Signal List screen.
Mapped data
- 683 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
3. To check, if the DataSet is already assigned to RCB, Right click on “LLN0” and
select Edit Report Control, then Report Control List screen appears as shown in
Figure 11.3-13.
- 684 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Mapped data
Drop
Drag
Signals
- 685 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 686 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Edit DataSet
Dataset can be edited or a new dataset can be added for the LNs as shown in
Figure 11.3-17. For editing the DataSet, follow the steps below:
1. Right click LLNO and select Edit DataSet, DataSet List window appears as
shown in Figure 11.3-17.
2. Choose the variables to be added to the DataSet and click OK.
*Note: 100 DataSets can be added in the DataSet List and each DataSet can have
maximum of 32 elements.
- 687 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 688 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
If the user wishes to assign the DataID for GOOSE operation, follow the steps
below:
1. Click GGIO1 and select Ind1 as shown in Figure 11.3-19.
2. Drag and Drop the required signals to be sent by GOOSE.
Note: The user can assign any signal to GGIO1->Ind1~16 for high-speed GOOSE, as
required.
Drop
Drag
- 689 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 11.3-20 shows the GOOSE Publish screen, where “System” is fixed and is
not configurable for GGIO1, whereas “Ctrl” (Control) and “Prot” (Protection) are
configurable. The user can add new variables from the “Logical Node” screen to
the GOOSE Publish screen using drag & drop* method. Figure 11.3-20 shows an
example for GOOSE Publish, where “System/GGIO2$Ind1$stVal” is added to the
GOOSE Publish screen.
*Note: Only “stVal” and “q” variables can be added to GOOSE Publish screen.
Drag
Fixed
Drop
- 690 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
In the example shown below, select the required variable and click Add. Similarly,
the user can delete the variables.
When the user adds a signal to the GOOSE subscribe list from the other IED,
then the same signal is automatically added in the Signal List of the current
IED.
List 2
List 1 List 2
- 691 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
For example, to let a device execute “Select”, “Operate” and “Cancel” commands
from the sever through “CSWI4” and transmit the information to an IED, the user
should map an input point (Data ID) to several variables of “CSWI4” (See Figure
11.3-22). Mapping period for Control shall be 100.
*Note: For more information of the input points, see chapter General control function or
Control and monitoring application, if available.
SBOW
Oper
DE V01_ CONTROL_ RE Q
Cancel
†Note:For more information for the BI, BO, see Chapter Technical description: Binary IO
module.
- 692 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 693 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Note: The user can check the edition number through on the LCD screen. Therefore, the
user should confirm the edition number written in the IED too. See sec. 11.3.3(vi)
to show the LCD screen.
- 694 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Scroll downward
- 695 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
†Note:For example, Figure 11.3-27 shows the signal flow between a substation computer
(SC), an IED and a target device (e.g. CB). If the requirement is to close the CB on
request of the SC, the SC will send the operation command “Operate” to the IED;
the time information (T) is also sent along with the operation command. When
receiving the operation command and observing that the CB has closed, the IED
will send a response signal “CommTerm” to the SC along with the time
information. However, this time information is not the actual operation time of the
CB, but the same time information originally sent with the operation command.
The IEC 61850 standard defines this rule; hence, general operations in the IEC
61850 standard are subject to this rule. However, the server communication
provided by Toshiba is able to accept the actual operation time; hence, the setting
‘CommTerm’ is required in the Toshiba communication. The user should also note
that Off is set for the scheme switch [TCMD] as the default setting.
- 696 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Command Open
Response
Process Closed
CommTerm+(T) Response
†Note:The user may wish to perform bad reception tests from a remote terminal using
the GOSNDBLK function. However, carrying out the GOSNDBLK function at a
remote terminal may influence the overall operation of other IEDs, because
communication packets will not be received from the remote terminal. In order to
avoid the influence, we recommend the user to test bad receptions for a particular
IED using the GOSUBBLK function. As a result, testing will only affect the
particular IED under test i.e. all other terminals will not be influenced by the
- 697 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
tests.
SLAVE PROTOCOL
10:48 1/1
Slave protocol +
IEC61850
Figure 11.3-28 Slave protection for the IEC61850 protocol (LCD setting menu)
†Note:The menu is just screened when the IED has IEC61850 and another (e.g.,
IEC60870-5-103). The above one will not be screened when the IED has only the
IEC61850.
- 698 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Qual_Validity
M/ Default
Attribute Name Attribute value O/
C1 value
- 699 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(i) Qual_validity
Qual_validity (61850: Signal No. 301001 3110041005) is a signal provided for a common quality
information. It can be useful if some ‘q’ attributes (it’s defined in Quality type) should belong
to a common quality. Both severe and non-severe errors are included; therefore, that signal
value will be changed whenever errors (including alarm and warning incidents) are detected.
In this quality signal, the Detail quality information—defined in the standard—is not set at
all.
Detail quality
Kinds of Value
operatorblocked
Validity
badReference
Good 00
outOfRange
inconsistent
Validity
inaccurate
Invalid 01
oscillatory
overflow
Kinds of
Questionable 11
oldData
source
failure
test
301001 3110041005
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Qual_Validity
220001 3110111001
SERI_ERR
≥1
220001 3110121001
MINR_ERR
201301 3100001190
Test Mode
- 700 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
On the LCD screen, the user can find either OK or NG message regarding other IEDs. The
OK/NG message is generated with the information of the GOOSE packet received. Table 11.3-7
illustrates the messages displayed on LCD screen and GR-TIEMS screen.
- 701 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
When the user wishes to see GOOSE outputs†, the user can see them by user’s PLC logic, but
the user should build its logic using the PLC function. Table 11.3-8 shows the GOOSE signals,
which the user can select. For example, in order to get the GRL200_Bay1_4 information, the
user should take the GOOSE content using SUB_QUAL#3 output.
Note: The option1 is designed to transfer the metering values during the fault on the
IEC61850 Edition1.
- 702 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
11.3.10 Setting
Setting of 61850(Function ID: 301001)
Unit Default setting
Setting item Range Contents Notes
s value
- 703 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 704 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 705 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 706 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 707 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 708 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 709 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 710 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 711 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 712 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 713 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 714 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 715 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 716 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 717 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 718 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 719 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 720 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
11.4.1 Overview
For the communication in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, the user should create the data with
regard the protocol, which is grouped into a slave and a master. The user can edit the slave
Data or the master Data using the GR-TIEMS.
(i) Management
As cited earlier, the IEC 60870-5-103 standard is grouped into the slave and the master. In an
IED the user should select either the master mode or the slave mode; the user should edit
either the master data or the slave Data. The both modes can provide the same functions
equally. The GR-TIEMS can provide the user the management means for the following data.
Data management
Import data are provided in the CSV file. The data are categorized as “adding items”,
“editing items”, “deleting items”, and “arranging items”.
Process management
Creation of the new data
Registration, clear, and change name of a slave IED
Registration and clear of signals
Edition of the dialog prototype
External Interfaces
Logging and Access Security
(ii) Configuration†
Table 11.4-1 and Table 11.4-2 show that the items should be programmed using the GR-TIEMS.
We shall see how to set and edit data of the IEC 60870-5-103 configuration in section 11.4.5
- 721 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 722 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Data request
Data request
Response frame
Figure 11.4-1 Ping cycles between the master station and the IED
- 723 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
11.4.3 Interoperability
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol provides a physical layer and an application layer for the
communication to secure the interoperability.
Optic interface
Several optic communication modules are available
- 724 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(iv) Commands2
The user can customize the supported commands. The IED can replay for unsupported
commands using the cause of transmission (COT) negative acknowledgement of a command.
1Note: With regard to the GI list, see Appendix IEC 60870-5-103 interoperability. When
the user wishes to understand the details, refer to the section 7.4.3 of the IEC
60870-5-103 standard.
2Note: For details, refer to the section 7.4.4 of the IEC 60870-5-103 standard.
3Note: For details, refer to the section 7.4.5 of the IEC 60870-5-103 standard.
4Note: For details, refer to the section 7.4.6 of the IEC 60870-5-103 standard.
- 725 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Measurand period
This setting is used to set the transmission cycle (s) of Measurand frame. The setting range
is 0 to 60s. If no Measurand frame is provided by measurand setting, this setting is disabled.
The test mode in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard is enabled by the operation on the IED
screen or the GR-TIEMS. When the set signal changes “ON” and Time-tagged message or
Time-tagged measured of spontaneous cause (COT=1) or measurand frame or cyclic
transmission (Type ID=3 or 9) occurs, its COT shifts COT=7 (Test mode).
The time (ms), which is from the establishment of a set signal to the detection of a
status change, is added the set frame as RET value. FAN (Fault number), attached the
frame of Type ID=2 or 4, has the same number during the set signal ON. (Whenever the set
signal is ON, the FAN increases.) When setting to “0”, RET value is always “0” (RET=0).
The default setting is set to the OR signal of elements operation. When Type ID=2 frame is
provided with OC trip as send condition, for example, the time from OC element operation
to OC tripping is attached to the frame as RET. Though, the RET of GI frame is always “0”
in spite of this setting.
T1
T2
T3 t
Signal “ON” Type ID=2 Type ID=4 Signal “OFF” Type ID=2
i occurs ii occurs iii occurs
Figure 11.4-4 Occurrences after the signal “ON”
When the “Time-tagged message” tab is selected, the “Time-tagged message” setting
screen is displayed on the start screen.
Type ID=1 (Time-tagged message) or Type ID=2 (Time-tagged message with relative
time) can be set in this screen. In one frame of Time-tagged message, the Type ID, INF,
FUN, DPI and COT must be set and the maximum 256 frames of Time-tagged message can
be set. The information number of the frame is determined by the INF setting. The most
left item “No.” is only serial number and can be skipped.
Common address is linked with the address setting† in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard.
†Note:For more information, see Appendix: IEC 60870-5-103 interoperability.
In the transmission format of Type ID=1 (Time-tagged message) and Type ID=2 (Time-
tagged message with relative time), customized items are shown in Table 11.4-3 and Table
11.4-4.
Table 11.4-3 Time-tagged message (Type ID=1)
Oct. Item Value Remarks
1 Start 68H
2 Length 14
3 Length 14
4 Start 68H
5 Control field 08H+ACD+D
FC
6 Address 1-254 Setting from the relay
7 Type identification (Type ID) 1 Customized by GR-TIEMS
8 Variable structure qualifier 81H
9 Cause of transmission (COT) 1/9/11/12 Customized by GR-TIEMS
Description
Any comment with maximum 16 characters can be entered. This setting does not affect the
function of IEC 60870-5-103 communication.
relay. If the setting value (signal No.) is “0”, all setting items related events are disable and
the frame is not provided.
†Note:A relevant Data ID is required to select; the description is obtained
automatically.
Type ID
Type ID=1 (Time-tagged message) or Type ID=2 (Time-tagged message with relative time)
is selected to set the frame type. It is recommended that the frame related to status is set
to Type ID=1 and the frame related to faults is set to Type ID=2. In Type ID=2, the trigger
signal for the relative time should be set. For the setting, see Section 11.4.5(i).
INF
Information number (INF) of the frame is set. The INF can be set to 0 to 255. When the
standard frame is provided, the INF according to the Appendix† is recommended. If the
frame out of standard is provided, the INF should be set referring Table 11.4-5 and the
Appendix†.
Table 11.4-5 INF category of Monitor direction
INF Category
0 to 15 system functions
16 to 31 Status
32 to 47 Supervision
48 to 63 earth fault
64 to 127 short circuit
128 to 143 auto-reclosure
144 to 159 Measurands
160 to 239 not used
240 to 255 generic functions
†Note:See Appendix: IEC 60870-5-103 interoperability: Semantics of Information
number.
FUN
Function type (FUN) is set referring to Table 11.4-6. The FUN can be set to 0 to 255. When
clicking the “Change all FUNs” on the Common setting screen, all FUNs are changed to the
setting values at Common setting.
Table 11.4-6 Semantics of Function type
0 - 127 private range
128 distance protection
129 not used
144 not used
145 not used
160 overcurrent protection
161 not used
176 transformer differential protection
177 not used
192 Line differential protection
DPI/Off, DPI/On
Double-point information (DPI) is set using the menu as follows:
DPI/Off: The frame is transmitted when the DPI/Sig.No. signal is OFF.
DPI/On: The frame is transmitted when the DPI/Sig.No. signal is ON.
Note: If selecting “-”(=don’t care), the frame is not transmitted even though the
DPI/Sig.No. signal set change to the set status. In general, the frames related
to tripping such as “Time-tagged message” and Time-tagged measurand”, etc.,
which are not an object of GI (General Interrogation), are not transmitted
when the DPI changes “On” to “Off”. In this case, set the “DPI/Off” to “-”(=don’t
care).
Note: When selecting “DP” for both “DPI/Off” and “DPI/On”, the DPI number is
transmitted as the number (=0/1/2/3) using the same information number
(INF). Regarding the frame related to a device control, the “undefined/failed”
status may be required in addition to the “close/open” status for the extension.
When selecting “DP”, “undefined(00)/close(01)/open(10)/failed(11)” status is
applied in the same information number (INF).
COT
Cause of Transmission (COT) of the frame is set. Not only one COT but also two or more
COT can be selected each No. (frame). COT setting pattern and COT supplemented the
frame are as follows:
(1) If two or all of COT=1, 11 and 12 are checked per No., each frame of the No. become
the following conditions.
Table 11.4-7 COT
COT Conditions
COT=12
TR[ms] after receiving any command of the IEC 60870-5-1031
(remote operation)
COT=11
TL[ms] after Key operation on the relay front panel1
(local operation)
COT=1 Conditions except above COT=11 and 12
(spontaneous) The relay is in test mode2, the COT=1(Spontaneous) is shifted to 7(Test mode)
1Note: TR and TL are set in Common setting.
2Note: Settings of the test mode is described later.
(2) If one of COT is specified per No., the frame is always supplemented with the
Table 11.4-8 shows the summary of (1), (2) and (3) above.
Table 11.4-8 COT setting pattern and COT supplemented frame
COT setting
pattern COT supplemented frame when status changes GI
1 9 11 12
Always “1” No
Events don’t occur. Yes
Always “11” No
Always “12” No
Always “1” Yes
“11” (cause at local) or “1” (other causes) No
“12” (cause at remote) or “1” (other causes) No
Always “11” Yes
Always “12” Yes
“11” (cause at local) or “12” (cause at remote) or “1”
(other causes) No
“11” (cause at local) or “1” (other causes) Yes
“12” (cause at remote) or “1” (other causes) Yes
“11” (cause at local) or “12” (cause at remote) or “1”
(other causes) No
“11” (cause at local) or “12” (cause at remote) or “1”
(other causes) Yes
“11” (cause at local) or “12” (cause at remote) or “1”
(other causes) Yes
Always “1” in spite of cause of event occurrence No
Note: When being in the test mode, the COT=1(Spontaneous) is shifted to 7(Test
mode)
When the “Time-tagged measurand” item is selected on the GR-TIEMS, the setting
screen is displayed.
Type ID=4 (Time-tagged measurand with relative time) can be set in this screen. In
one frame of Time-tagged measurand, the INF, FUN, Sig No., Rev, COT and SCL must be
set and the maximum eight frames of Time-tagged measurand can be set. The information
number of the frame is determined by the INF setting. The most left item “No.” is only serial
number and can be skipped.
In the transmission format of Type ID=4 (Time-tagged measurand with relative time),
customized items are shown in Table 11.4-9.
Description
Any comment with maximum 16 characters can be entered. This setting does not affect the
function in the IEC 60870-5-103 communication.
The frame cannot be set to the object of GI and cannot be transmitted even though the
status of set signal changes from ON to OFF. If the metering values at the newest fault
record are transmitted as the status change frame, select the Data ID of “F.Record_DONE”
or “FAULT RECORD DONE” in the signal list of the relay.
†Note:A relevant Data ID is required to select in the signal list. The description of the
Data ID is obtained automatically on the setting.
Inverse
This setting is used to invert the logic of the signal assigned to the Data ID above. If the
frame is transmitted when the signal assigned to the Data ID is ON, leave the Inverse check
box blank. If the frame is transmitted when the signal is OFF, click the inverse check box
to be marked with “”.
Type ID
Type ID=4 (Time-tagged measurand with Relative time) is fixed. In Type ID=4, the trigger
signal for the relative time should be set. For the setting, see Section 11.4.5(i).
INF
Information number (INF) of the frame is set. The INF can be set to 0 to 255. When the
standard frame is provided†, the INF according to the standard is recommended. If the fame
out of the standard is provided, the INF should be set referring Table 11.4-3 and the
Appendix†.
†Note:For more information, see Appendix: IEC 60870-5-103 interoperability.
FUN
Function type (FUN) is set referring to the Table 11.4-4. The FUN can be set to 0 to 255.
When clicking the “Change all FUNs” on the Common setting screen, all FUNs are changed
to the setting values at Common setting.
COT
Cause of Transmission (COT) of the frame is set. Not only one COT but two or more COT
can be selected each No. (frame). COT setting pattern and COT supplemented the frame
are according to Table 11.4-6. Though, the COT=9 (General Interrogation) cannot be
selected.
Coefficient
Set the conversion coefficient, multiplied the power system quantities by, using floating-
point number. The SCL is a value which the power system quantity specified as above is
multiplied by this setting value.
When the “General command” item is selected on the GR-TIEMS, the setting screen
is displayed.
The frame of Type ID=20 (General command) and Command ACK/NACK can be set
in this screen. In one command of General command, the INF, FUN and DCO must be set.
The Command ACK/NACK is for detail setting and must not be set usually. (If do not check
the Ext check box, the setting of Command ACK/NACK is disabled and the Command ACK
and Command NACK respond according to the default response.)
The maximum 32 frames of General command and Command ACK/NACK can be set.
The information number of the frame is determined by the INF setting. The most left item
“No.” is only serial number and can be skipped.
In this setting screen, if a Data ID except “0” is set to “Sig Off” and “Sig On”, the
command at INF setting value is provided and Command ACK or Command NACK is sent
back when receiving the command from upper station. If both “Sig Off” and “Sig On” have
“0”, the fixed length NACK is always sent back then and the command is not provided.
Though the command is provided, however, Command NACK is always sent back and
no control is performed in the following cases:
(1): When receiving any General command from the upper station before Command
ACK/NACK is sending back from the relay.
(2): Under Monitor direction block condition (“IECBLK” setting is “blocked”.) when
receiving General command.
(3): When receiving an incorrect value of DCO of General command, that is DCO is neither
“1” nor “2”.
Primary Secondary
station station
General
Command
ACK
Class 1
Command
ACK/NACK
In the transmission format of General command (Type ID=20), customized items are
shown in Table 11.4-10.
Any comment with maximum 16 characters can be entered. This setting does not affect
the function in the IEC 60870-5-103 communication.
Description
Any comment with maximum 16 characters can be entered. This setting does not affect the
function in the IEC 60870-5-103 communication.
Type ID
Type ID=20 (General command) is fixed.
INF
Information number (INF) of the frame is set. The INF can be set to 0 to 255. When the
standard frame is provided†, the INF according to the standard is recommended. If the
frame out of standard is provided, the INF should be set referring Table 11.4-12 and the
appendix†.
Table 11.4-12 INF category of Monitor direction
INF Category
0 to 15 system functions
16 to 31 status
32 to 239 not used
240 to 255 generic functions
FUN
Function type (FUN) applied to a command response frame is set referring to Table 11.4-13.
The FUN can be set to 0 to 255. When clicking the “Change all FUNs” on the Common
setting screen, all FUNs are changed to the setting values at Common setting.
DCO/Sig Off Name, Signal Off Desc., DCO Signal On Name, Signal On Desc.,
Inverse
“Sig off” and “Sig On” are used to set the Data ID of control object in General command.
(Hereafter, these are described as “command output signal”.) “Inverse” is used to reverse
the logic when controlling the command output signal.
When the command output signal is treated as two signals (Sig Off Sig On), the
control scheme is shown as the following table by the combination of the receiving command
DCO and Inverse setting.
For example, when the DCO=Off command is received under “Inverse” no-checked,
the command output signal of “Sig Off” is controlled to “1”. “Sig On” is not controlled.
Table 11.4-13 Control Scheme of Command Output Signal (Sig Off Sig On)
“Inverse” checked Checked No-checked
Control object
Signal specified Signal specified Signal specified Signal specified to
Receiving
to Sig.off to Sig.on to Sig.off Sig.on
command DCO
When the command output signal is treated as one signal (Sig Off Sig On), the
control scheme is shown in Table 11.4-14. For example, when the DCO=On command is
received under “Inverse” checked, the command output signals of “Sig On” and “Sig Off” are
controlled to “0”. “Sig On” is not controlled.
Table 11.4-14 Control Scheme of Command Output Signal (Sig Off = Sig On)
“Inverse” checked Checked No-checked
Control object
Signal specified Signal specified Signal specified Signal specified
Receiving
to Sig.off to Sig.on to Sig.off to Sig.on
command DCO
When setting the “Sig Off”, “Sig On” and “Inverse”, check the specifications of the
command output signals of communication and others, and then set them.
Valid time
Valid time is used to set the time (ms) to control the command output signal. The command
output signal is controlled based on the control scheme described in section 11.4.5(iv)-5 for
the setting time after receiving General command, and is reset by communication side after
the set time. However, if the time is set to “0”, the control is not reset and is continued. Set
the time with a margin for interface of other applications.
ACK/NACK / Ext
This setting is used to enable the extension setting of Command ACK/NACK response
scheme or not. If “Ext” is not specified (Ext check box is not checked.), Command NACK (in
cases of (1)–(3) of the section 11.4.5(iii) and Command ACK (in case of others) respond
according to the default response. If “Ext” is specified, the setting of Command ACK/NACK
described later is enabled and the response scheme can be customized. When required the
stricter handshake by using Command ACK/NACK, it is better to specify the “Ext”. This
setting is not influenced by the control scheme of the command output signal.
When the command response signal is treated as two signals (ACK Sig NACK Sig),
the judgment scheme is shown as the following table by the combination of the receiving
command DCO and Inverse setting. The judgment timing is when (1), (2), (3) or (4) in Table
11.4-15 is established. If the neither (1), (2), (3) nor (4) is established (that is ACK sig =
NACK Sig = 1 or ACK sig = NACK Sig = 0) for the period from the command receiving to
the timeout setting time, Command NACK responds at that time.
For example, when the DCO=On command is received under “Inverse” no-checked,
Command ACK responds in case of “ACK Sig = 0” and NACK Sig = 1”.
Table 11.4-15 Judgment Scheme of Command Response (ACK Sig NACK Sig)
“Inverse” checked No-checked Checked
When the command response signal is treated as one signal (ACK Sig = NACK Sig),
the judgment scheme is shown as the following table by the combination of the receiving
command DCO and Inverse setting. The judgment timing is after the timeout setting time
For example, when the DCO=On command is received under “Inverse” checked,
Command ACK responds in case of “ACK Sig = NACK Sig = 1” after the timeout setting
time.
Table 11.4-16 Judgment Scheme of Command Response (ACK Sig = NACK Sig)
“Inverse” checked No-checked Checked
When the “Measurands” item is selected on the start screen of the GR-TIEMS, the
setting screen is displayed.
In one frame of Measurand, the Type ID, INF, FUN settings, and its position setting
(Measurement Name/Measurement Description/Lower Limit/Upper Limit/Coefficient)
must be set. “No.” shows the position of power system quantity. (For details, describe later.)
The maximum 16 items of Measurands and the maximum 32 power system quantities per
one frame can be set.
In the transmission format of Measurand I (Type ID=3) and Measurand II (Type ID=9),
customized items are shown in Table 11.4-17.
Description
Any comment with maximum 16 characters can be entered. This setting does not affect the
function of the IEC 60870-5-103 communication.
Type ID
Type ID=3 (Measurands I) or Type ID=9 (Measurands II) can be selected to set the frame
type of Measurand frame. In general, the maximum MEA number of Type ID=3 uses 1 or 2
or 4 and that of Type ID=9 uses 9. (However, the maximum MEA number of both types can
extend up to 32 in the GR-TIEMS. In this case, there are no difference between the
transmission format of Type ID=3 and that of Type ID=9.)
INF
Information number (INF) of the Measurand frame is set. The INF can be set to 0 to 255.
When the standard frame† is provided, the INF according to the standard is recommended.
If the fame out of standard is provided, the INF should be set referring Table 11.4-3
and the appendix†.
FUN
Function type (FUN) of the Measurand frame is set referring to the Table 11.4-4. The FUN
can be set to 0 to 255. If click the “Change all FUNs” on the Common setting screen, all
FUNs are changed to the setting values at Common setting.
Name
Any comment with maximum eight characters can be entered. This setting does not affect
the function in the IEC 60870-5-103 communication.
If MEA value exceeds the full scale (if the value expressed as B1 to B12 is less than
4096 or more than 4095), the MEA is clamped at 4096 or 4095 and OV flag is established.
However, if IV flag is established, OV flag is not established.
Coefficient
Set the conversion coefficient, multiplied the power system quantities by, using floating-
point number. The MEA is a value which the power system quantity specified as above is
multiplied by this setting value.
SLAVE PROTOCOL
10:48 1/1
Slave protocol +
IEC103
Figure 11.4-11 Slave protection for the IEC103 protocol (on IED setting menu)
Note: The menu is just screened when a couple of communication protocols are
embedded in the IED.
- 745 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 11.4-12 shows the editing screen of the GR-TIEMS; the screen has a remark field
concerning to the IEC 60870-5-103 communication. Note the available length of the remark
field is up to 12 in the one-byte character. The remark field is utilized for the control of the
setting data.
- 746 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
11.4.8 Setting
Setting of 103_SLAVE (Function ID: 304001)
Unit Default setting
Setting item Range Contents Notes
s value
- 747 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 748 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
USB communication
The IED front panel has an USB receptacle in a B-type to connect with a local PC for
engineering. The user can select a transmission speed, which is shown below, by the operation
of the setting menu, as shown in Figure 11.5-1.
USBCOM
10:48 1/1
USBCOM_BRATE_SW +
921.6kbps
USBCOM_BRATE_SW 115.2 / 921.6 kbps Baud rate Switch for USB Com port 921.6
- 749 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
RS485 communication
When the IED has an RS485 module for the communication, the user can select and set its
transmission and error check parity codes. Figure 11.6-1 shows the setting screen when the
RS485 module (#1) operates.
RS485
10:48 1/2
RS485_1_BRATE_SW +
19.2kbps
RS485_1_BRATE_SW +
NONE
Module RS485_1_BRATE_SW 9.6 / 19.2 / 38.4 /57.6 / 115.2 kbps Transmission speed 19.2
#1 RS485_1_PAR_SW NONE / ODD /EVEN – Parity check code NONE
- 750 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
12 User interface
Contents Pages Pages
Outline 752 Time sub-menu 793
-Front panel 752 -Clock 793
-LCD screen 752 -Time zone 794
-LEDs 752 -Time synchronization 795
-Function Keys 753 -Display format 797
-Operation Keys 753 -Summer time(DST) 799
HMI operation 755 Test sub-menu 801
-General operation 755 -Test screen 801
-Main-menu and sub-menu 755 -Test mode screen 801
Record sub-menu 758 -Test flag enabling screen 805
-Fault record 758 -Mode change screen 806
-Event record 761 -Signal monitoring screen 806
-Disturbance record 763 Information sub-menu 807
Monitoring sub-menu 765 Security setting sub-menu 808
-Metering 765
-Binary I/O 765
-Communication 766
-Relay elements 768
-Statistics 769
-Goose monitoring 771
-Diagnostics 772
Setting sub-menu 773
-Setting method 773
-Confirmation dialog 777
-On/Off 780
- Group setting 780
-Function key 782
I/O setting 786
-AC analog input 786
-Binary input 787
-Binary output 789
-LED 791
- 751 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Outline
Users can perform maintenance on the IED from the front panel. Monitoring is also possible
locally by using a PC connected through the USB cable. This section discusses the
configuration of the front panel and the basic configuration of the screen-menu hierarchy of
the Human Machine Interface (HMI).
LEDs
LCD screen
Operation keys
Function keys
with LEDs
(iii) LEDs
As shown in Table 12.1-1, 26 LEDs, each having signal labels and colors, are defined:
- 752 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
. N/A N/A ✔ .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
261 N/A N/A ✔
1Note: LEDs are user-configurable. Users can use them with or without latch function.
2Note: For setting LEDs, see section 12.6(iv).
†Note: The user can program to light the LEDs by itself. Setting are similar to the ones
of the Table 12.1-1 (For setting, see section 12.6(iv)). Note the manufacture
programs to light the respective LEDs in default prior to shipping.
- 753 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
values is performed using these keys. The operation keys are tabulated in Table 12.1-3.
Table 12.1-3 Features of operation keys
Label Functions and Remarks
ENTER Enter edit mode, if item is active / Executive operation / Accept alarm
message.
CLEAR Clear all latched LEDs (Except [In service] and [Error] LEDs).
HELP Display the help message, for cases where the active item has a help
function.
L
R
Switch between Local mode and Remote mode.
MENU Switch for using MIMIC2 mode or for returning back to the menu screen.
MIMIC
This key is not provided for standard LCD screen2.
1Note: To scroll up or scroll down quickly, press keys ▲ or ▼ respectively along with key
►.
2Note: The MIMIC key is only available when Large LCD screen is mounted on the front
panel. The pixel resolution (dot) is 240(W) × 320(H). Note that this mode is only
provided when the user has programmed MIMIC feature using GR-TIEMS. See
chapter Engineering tool: MIMIC configuration tool.
- 754 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
HMI operation
By using the LCD screen, the operation keys and the function keys, the user can access
functions such as recording, monitoring, relay setting and testing.
Note: The operation of the LCD screen is more or less common in all IED models.
However, the contents of the LCD screen depend upon the IED model.
Sub-menu
An example of setting the sub-menu screen is shown in the right of Figure 12.2-1. By
using the key ▼ and the key ▲, the user can move the cursor downward or upward
to view all of the items. By using the keys ◄ ►, the user can return to a previous
level of hierarchy or go to the next level of hierarchy.
Screen structure
The screen is composed of a title area and a data area. The title area is fixed on the
top two lines. The first line displays the screen title. The second line on the left-hand
side displays local time, whereas the right-hand side displays either the current line
number, cursor position number and the maximum page number, or the item number.
For example, the display “2/4” means the current cursor position, which is at the
second item of a maximum of four items.
- 755 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Main Menu OC
10:48 1/8 10:48 2/4
_Record > OC1EN +>
Monitoring > On
Setting > _OC2EN +>
I/O Setting > On
Time > OC3EN +
Test > Off
a. Main Menu b. Sub Menu
Figure 12.2-2 shows the menu hierarchy. The menu consists of a Main-Menu and several Sub-
menus. Table 12.2-1 shows the configuration of Main-Menu.
Main Menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Main Menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu
Main Menu Record Record List Main Menu
Fault Record Clear Records
Event Record1 Record List Statistics Counter (GCNT01~
Clear Records Setting
Event Record2 Record List Function Key F1 Key ~ F7 Key
Clear Records
Event Record3 Record List Diagnostics Detail (CHK_ACC1, etc.)
Clear Records
Disturbance Record Record List
Clear Records
Clear All Records
- 756 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 757 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Record sub-menu
The Record sub-menu is composed of several sub-menus: fault record, event record,
disturbance record, and clearance of all records. In each sub-menu, the user can clear records
separately.
Record
10:48 1/6
_Fault Record >
Event Record1 >
Event Record2 >
Event Record3 >
Disturbance Record >
Clear All Records +
- 758 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Record
1). Move cursor to the Fault Record menu and press ►.
10:48 1/6
_Fault Record >
Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
Disturbance Record >
Clear all Records +
Fault Record
2). Fault Record screen is displayed. Press ► at the Record List sub
10:48 1/2 menu.
_Record List >
Clear Records +
Fault Record
3). Fault record list in the Fault Record screen is displayed. Move
10:48 1/6 cursor to a desired item by ▲ or ▼ and press ►.
#1 2012-07-25 >
10:48:21.223
#2 2012-07-21 >
01:15:55.018
#3 2012/07/20 >
13:11:29.621
Fault Record#2
4). Press ▲ or ▼ to move display items.
10:48 1/222
2012-07-21
01:15:55.018
DIFZA
- 759 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Record
1). Move cursor to the Fault Record menu and press ►.
10:48 1/6
_Fault Record >
Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
Disturbance Record >
Clear all Records +
Fault Record
2). Move cursor to Clear Records and press ENTER.
10:48 1/2
Record List >
_Clear Records +
Fault Record
3). Clear records if ENTER is pressed. Back to display of “Fault Record”
directly if CANCEL is pressed.
Clear records?
ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
Record
1). Move cursor to the Clear all Records sub menu and press ENTER.
10:48 1/6
Fault Record >
Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
Disturbance Record >
_Clear all Records +
Clear Records
2). Clear all records if ENTER is pressed. Back to display of “Record”
directly if CANCEL is pressed.
Clear All records?
ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
- 760 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Event record1
10:48 1/3
#1 2012-07-25
10:48:21.223
Set.Group change
2
#2 2012-07-25
10:20:21.021
Record
1). Move cursor to Event Record 1, 2, or 3 sub menu and press ►.
10:48 2/6
Fault Record >
_Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
Disturbance Record >
Clear all Records +
Event Record1
2). Event Record screen is displayed. Press ► at the Record List sub
10:48 1/2 menu.
_Record List >
Clear Records +
Event Record1
3). Press ▲ or ▼ to move display items.
10:48 1/3
#1 2012-07-25
10:48:21.223
Set. Group change
2
#2 2012-07-25
10:20:11.021
- 761 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Record
1). Move cursor to Event Record 1, 2, or 3 sub menu and press ►.
10:48 2/6
Fault Record >
_Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
Disturbance Record >
Clear all Records +
Event Record1
2). Event Record screen is displayed. Press ENTER at the Clear
10:48 1/2 Records sub menu.
Record List >
_Clear Records +
Event Record1
3). Clear all Event records if ENTER is pressed. Back to display of
Event Record directly if CANCEL is pressed.
Clear records?
ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
- 762 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Disturbance record
10:48 1/6
#1 2012-07-25
10:48:04.223
#2 2012-07-21
01:15:55.018
#3 2012-07-20
13:11:29.621
Record
1). Move cursor to Disturbance Record sub menu and press ►.
10:48 2/6
Fault Record >
Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
_Disturbance Record >
Clear all Records +
Disturbance Record
2). Disturbance Record screen is displayed. Press ► at the Record List
10:48 1/2 sub menu.
_Record List >
Clear Records +
Disturbance Record
3). Press ▲ or ▼ to move display items.
10:48 1/6
#1 2012-07-25
10:48:21.223
#2 2012-07-21
01:15:55.018
#3 2012-07-20
13:11:29.621
- 763 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Record
1). Move cursor to Disturbance Record sub menu and press ►.
10:48 2/6
Fault Record >
Event Record 1 >
Event Record 2 >
Event Record 3 >
_Disturbance Record >
Clear all Records +
Disturbance Record
2). Disturbance Record screen is displayed. Press ENTER at the
10:48 1/2 Clear Records sub menu.
Record List >
_Clear Records +
Disturbance Record
3). Clear all Disturbance records if ENTER is pressed. Back to
display of “Disturbance Record” directly if CANCEL is pressed.
Clear records?
ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
- 764 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Monitoring sub-menu
“Monitoring” sub-menu is used to display the current status of the IED. The data is updated
every second on the LCD screen. The user can view the following functions from the Monitoring
sub-menu:
i. Metering sub-menu
ii. Binary I/O sub-menu
iii. Communication sub-menu
iv. Relay Elements sub-menu
v. Statistics sub-menu
vi. GOOSE Monitoring sub-menu
vii. Diagnostics sub-menu
(i) Metering
The value and direction of current, voltage etc. can be displayed. The user can change the units
as required by using the appropriate setting. Figure 12.4-1 shows an example of the Metering
sub-menu.
Metering
10:48 1/25
Va
23.231kV 121.34deg
Vb
23.200kV 120.14deg
Vc
22.713kV 121.50deg
Slot#1
10:48 1/12
BI1 0 CB1 contact
BI2 0 DC power sup.
BI3 0 Trans-T Comm1
BI3 0 Trans-T Comm2
BI4 0 ARC-Block1
BI5 0 Indi. Reset
- 765 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Figure 12.4-3 shows the steps required to display the status of the binary inputs and outputs.
► ◄
Slot#1 Slot#1
10:48 2/12 10:48 1/12
BI1 0 CB1 contact ▲ BI1 0 CB1 contact
BI2 0 DC power sup. BI2 0 DC power sup.
BI3 0 Trans-T Comm1 BI3 0 Trans-T Comm1
▼
BI3 0 Trans-T Comm2 BI3 0 Trans-T Comm2
BI4 0 ARC-Block1 BI4 0 ARC-Block1
BI5 0 Indi. Reset BI5 0 Indi. Reset
(iii) Communication
The “Communication” sub-menu provides several sub-menus as shown in Figure 12.4-4.
61580STAT
LAN sub-menu: the communication port name and status are shown in a line.
When the IED has single communication module, or when the IED has
communication modules but a communication module is allowed to operate in
the IED, an operation status of the communication ports is shown, as shown
in Figure 12.4-5.
- 766 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LAN
10:48 1/2
PortStatus >
NetMonitor Inactive
The following two sub-menus are displayed to show the communication status
when the IED has dual LAN communication modules.
PortStatus PortStatus
10:48 1/2 10:48 1/2
*Port1_Link UP *Port1_Link UP
Port2_Link DOWN Port2_Link UP
- 767 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
61850STAT
10:48 1/6
255.255.255.255:0
0/ 0
255.255.255.255:0
0/ 0
255.255.255.255:0
0/ 0
255.255.255.255:0
0/ 0
255.255.255.255:0
0/ 0
255.255.255.255:0
0/ 0
OC
10:48 1/25
OC1-A 0
OC1-B 0
OC1-C 0
OC2-A 0
OC2-B 0
OC2-C 0
► ◄
OC
10:48 1/25
OC1-A 0
OC1-B 0
OC1-C 0
OC2-A 0
OC2-B 0
OC2-C 0
- 768 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(v) Statistics
“Statistics” sub-menu has several sub-menus.
Counter
Accumulated Time
Operation Time
Operation Counter
Total Time
Power Value sub-menu: With regard to statistics item, the name and its value
are shown below. The user can also change the unit of each value by the
setting1. It is allowed to reset or revise the statistics value2.
Power Value
10:48 1/4
Wh+ +
0.0MWh
Wh- +
0.0MWh
varh+ +
0.0Mvarh
- 769 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
and it is not "78,456kW" or "123,456kW". Note that the compensated value will be
affected when there is a change in CT ratio setting. That is, when the user key in a
value of "78MW" for the CT ratio of "2000:1" and later when the CT ratio is changed
from "2000:1" to "4000:1", then the value is displayed as "156MW" on the IED screen.
Therefore when the CT ratio setting is changed, the user should key in the value of
"78MW" again to display the compensated value.
Counter sub-menu: the name and number of statistical items are shown in
two lines. When an item is revised, a [+] mark is shown at the end of the first
line.
Counter
10:48 1/32
COUNT1 (No Assign) +
0
COUNT2 (No Assign) +
0
COUNT3 (No Assign) +
0
- 770 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
► ◄
CANCEL Counter
ENTER 10:48 1/32
Count1(No Assign) +
0
COUNT2 (No Assign) +
The data has been revised. 1
COUNT3 (No Assign) +
0
Accumulated Time sub-menu: Total time for which the IED has been running
is shown in “d (date) h (hour) m (minute)” format. The user can clear the total
time value by clear operation (reset), which is shown in Figure 12.4-14.
ENTER
- 771 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
GOOSE Monitoring
10:48 1/3
GRx200-11-603 OK
GRx200-21-603 OK
GRx200-31-603 NG
(vii) Diagnostics
Error message will be published in Automatic supervision. If there are no errors, an error
message is not displayed.
Diagnostics
10:48 1/2
PLC data error
>
Data(commslv) error >
- 772 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Setting sub-menu
"Setting" sub-menu is used to view and change settings for the following functions: Recording,
Metering, Communication interface, Relay application, and Monitoring. In this section, we
show the “Setting method for elements, switches, and list selection”, “Protection setting”, and
others. Furthermore, this section describes the confirmation of setting, and the “On/Off”
function that is used to hide some unnecessary settings.
Note: The meaning of settings and their setting process are beyond the scope of this
section. The figures in this chapter are examples only. The user should confirm
setting values after their values are changed.
Element Setting Mode: The “Element Setting Mode” is used for setting
numerical values. For each setting, the setting name, setting value and the
unit are displayed in two lines. Figure 12.5-1 provides an example of the
element setting mode.
OC1 OC1
10:48 2/8 10:48 2/8
_OC1-b + *OC1-b +
123.00000 124.00000
OC1-c + OC1-c +
1.00000 1.00000
OC1-angle + OC1-angle +
45 deg 45 deg
To begin the setting process, press the key ENTER. Once the setting has been
changed, the [*] mark will appear alongside the name of the setting. Once the
change is canceled or confirmed, the [*] mark will disappear automatically. For
the setting of a value, follow the steps as shown in Figure 12.5-21:
[▲] [▼]
[CANCEL] [CANCEL]
OC1 OC1
OC1
10:48 2/8 10:48 2/8
10:48 2/8
*OC1-b + [▼] *OC1-b + [ENTER] *OC1-b +
124.00000 124.00000
124.00000
_OC1-c + [▲] OC1-c +
OC1-c +
1.00000 1.00000 [ENTER] 1.00000
OC1-angle + OC1-angle +
OC1-angle +
45 deg 45 deg
45 deg
Table 12.5-1 Operation example when the operation keys are pressed.
Before Key After
1 2 6 7 9
1 2 6 8 0
[▲]
9 1 7 1 0 1 7
9 1 7 [▼] 1 0 9 1 7
9 . 1 1 0 9 . 1
6 7 5 6 7 5
[◄]
1 . 7 5 1 . 7 5
2 1 : 2 3 [►] 2 1 : 2 3
Switch Setting Mode: The “Switch Setting Mode” is a setting used for the
selection of two modes. Figure 12.5-3 provides an example of the switch
setting mode. For each setting, the setting name and the selected item are
OC1 OC1
10:48 24/56 10:48 24/56
_OC1-VTFBlk + *OC1-VTFBlk +
Non Block
OC1-UseFor + OC1-UseFor +
Trip Trip
OC1-OPMD + OC1-OPMD +
3POR 3POR
To begin the setting process, press the key ENTER. Once the setting is changed,
the [*] mark will appear alongside the name of the setting. When the change is
canceled or confirmed, the [*] mark will disappear automatically. Figure 12.5-4
shows the operation of the switch setting mode.
[CANCEL]
[ENTER] [ENTER]
OC1 OC1
10:48 24/56 10:48 24/56
*OC1-2fBlk + *OC1-2fBlk +
[▼] Block
Block
_OC1-UseFor + OC1-UseFor +
Trip [▲] Trip
OC1-OPMD + OC1-OPMD +
3POR 3POR
setting-screen, the setting name and the selected item are displayed. Press
the key ENTER to begin the setting process; the screen for selection list will
appear. Once a setting has been changed, the [*] mark will appear alongside
the name of the setting. When the change is canceled or confirmed, the [*]
mark will disappear automatically.
[CANCEL] [ENTER]
OC1 OC1
10:48 23/56 10:48 23/56
*OC1-2fBlk + [▼] *OC1-2fBlk +
Block-3P Block-3P
_OC1-VTFBlk + OC1-VTFBlk +
Non [▲] Non
OC1-UseFor + OC1-UseFor +
Trip Trip
Signal Selection Mode: Figure 12.5-6 shows the steps to select a signal.
[CANCEL] [ENTER]
F1 Key
10:48 1/2
*Signal +
423100 AF00001001
Logic +
Toggle
[►] [◄]
OC OC Trip
10:48 1/4 10:48 1/4 10:48 1/12
*OC1EN +> [ENTER] *OC1EN + [►] *OC >
On On UV >
OC2EN + OC2EN + ZS >
Off [CANCEL] Off [◄] ZG >
OC3EN + OC3EN + EF >
Off Off DIFF >
OC [CANCEL] OC Group1
10:48 1/4 10:48 1/4 10:48 2/3
*OC1EN +> *OC1EN +> [◄] x 2 Telecommunication >
Off Off *Trip >
OC2EN + [ENTER] OC2EN + Autoreclose >
Off Off
[►] x 2
OC3EN + OC3EN +
Off Off
[◄]
Protection Protection
[ENTER]
10:48 3/10 The changed Setting
Active group > Change setting?
is confirmed. ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
Copy gr.(A->B) >
_Group 1 >
Group 2 > The changed Setting
Group 3 > [CANCEL]
Group 4 >
is canceled.
[►] [◄]
[ENTER] [CANCEL]
IEC61850 Setting
Communication
10:48 1/6 10:48 2/5
*850BLK + [◄] [◄] Change setting?
LAN >
Block ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
*IEC61850 >
GSECHK + IEC103 >
ON Modbus >
[►]
SI1-1 + DNP >
254
Setting [ENTER]
The changed setting is
10:48 3/7
Record > confirmed.
Metering >
_Communication >
Protection > The changed setting is
[CANCEL]
Counter > canceled.
Function key >
“On” indicates that the setting is enabled; the mark [>] will appear. More detail of the
settings provided within the hierarchy are described later.
“Off” indicates that the setting is disabled; the detailed settings are hidden, the mark [>]
is not indicated. The following figure shows the usage of On/Off function.
OC OC OC
10:48 1/4 10:48 1/4
[►] / [◄] /
10:48 1/4
*OC1EN +> [ENTER] *OC1EN +>
[▲] / [▼]
*OC1EN +
On On Off
OC2EN + OC2EN + OC2EN +
Off [CANCEL] Off [►] / [◄] / Off
OC3EN + OC3EN + [▲] / [▼] OC3EN +
Off Off Off
[ENTER]
Protection OC
10:48 1/4
[ENTER] Change setting? *OC1EN +
The changed ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No Off
setting is confirmed. [◄] x 3
OC2EN +
Off
OC3EN +
Off
Protection OC
10:48 3/10 10:48 1/4
Active group > *OC1EN +
Copy gr.(A->B) >
Return to the “OC” Off
_Group 1 > setting screen. OC2EN +
Group 2 > Off
Group 3 > OC3EN +
Group 4 > Off
operation of the power system. In the “Protection” sub-menu, the user can change the active
group and can copy the group settings. Jump to the “Element Setting Menu” if a relay setting
is required.
Change active group: An example for changing the active group is shown in
the following figure.
[▲] x 2 [▼] x 2
Protection
Protection
10:48 5/11
Common
Change Setting? [ENTER]
ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No Active Group +
1
Copy Group (A->B) >
Group 1 >
Group 2 >
[ENTER]
Protection
10:48 1/10
Common
The changed [►]
Active Group >
setting is confirmed. Copy Group(A->B) >
Group 1 >
Group 2 >
Group 3 >
Copy group setting: The user can copy an active setting from one group to
another group. As an example, in the following figure “Group3” will be copied
to “Group2”, as shown in Figure 12.5-12.
Note: In the “Copy Group (A->B)” screen, the number displayed at A is the current active
group number.
GRT200 (Soft 03D, 03E, and 03F)
- 781 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[ENTER]
[◄]
Protection
Protection
10:48 1/11
Common
Active Group >
1
Copy Group(A->B) >
Group 1 >
Group 2 >
Change group settings: Upon shipment from the factory, the default settings
are set. Therefore, in each group, the user can change the settings of the
protection functions and other features. To change the settings in each group,
refer to the setting method discussed in section 12.5(i).
programmed using settings. Six screens are configured for six of the function keys (F1 to F6),
respectively, as the default settings shown in Table 5.6-3.
Screen jump function: To configure the screen jump function, follow the steps
as shown in the figure below.
Function Key F1 Key F1 Key Function
10:48 1/7 10:48 1/3 10:48 3/3
F1 Key > [►] *Function + [ENTER] Screen Jump
F2 Key > No Assign Assign Signal
F3 Key > Signal + _No Assign
[◄] [CANCEL]
F4 Key > No Assign
F5 Key > Logic
F6 Key > Instant +
[ ]x2 [▼] x 2
[ENTER]
[An Example]
OC F1 Key
The “Screen Jump”
10:48 1/4 Push [F1]
setting is _OC1EN +> for 3s. Register this screen
On to F1 Key?
confirmed. Do the
OC2EN +> ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
next step to select On
OC3EN +
a screen.
Off
[ENTER]
The selected screen is assigned to [F1].
On any screen, press the screen-jump function key to display a screen, refer to the
following figure:
Main Menu OC
10:48 2/8 10:48 1/4
Record > [F1] _OC1EN +>
_Monitoring > On
Setting > OC2EN +>
IO setting >
[F1] On
Time > OC3EN +
Test > Off
To cancel the screen-jump function, follow the procedure provided in Figure 12.5-15.
Note: 1) Once a screen is configured to a function key, it will not be deleted until a new
screen is configured for the same function key.
2) If a configured screen is disabled by “On/Off Function” setting (refer to section
12.5(iii)), the screen jump function is also disabled for the function key.
[▼] x 2 [▲] x 2
[ENTER]
The “Screen Jump” function is
canceled on F1 key.
Signal control function: To assign a test signal to a function key, follow the
steps as shown in Figure 12.5-16.
[▲] [▼]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
Setting F1 Key
[ENTER] [◄] x 2 10:48 1/3
The changed Change Setting? *Signal +
ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No
setting is confirmed. 123101AF00003001
Logic +
Instant
Selection of ratio: For example, Figure 12.6-1 shows how the channel
selection is made for the AC analog input on a VCT module (AI#1 = VCT#1).
Move the cursor by pressing keys ▲ and ▼. Then, press key ►to go to the
next level in the hierarchy.
[►]
AI#1
10:48 1/2
AI1_Ch1_Ratio +
2000
AI1_Ch1_Rating +
DEP
- 786 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
CH1 AI1_Ch1_Rating
10:48 1/2 10:48 1/3
AI1_Ch1_Ratio + DEP
2000.000 1A
AI1_Ch1_Rating + 5A
DEPAI#1
[►]
10:48 1/10
[►]
CH1 >
CH2 >
CH3 >
CH4 >
CH5 >
CH6 >
The user can activate or turn off the above timers and switches using the setting function.
To configure the binary input circuits, the user should follow the procedure in steps ((ii)-1 and
(ii)-2)
Selection of binary input circuit: For example, Figure 12.6-3 illustrates the
selection of a binary input circuit on a binary IO module. Move the cursor by
pressing keys ▲ and ▼. Then, press key ►to go to the next hierarchy.
- 787 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Common
10:48 1/2
THRES_Lvl +
Low
CMP_NUM +
4
For example, Figure 12.6-5 shows the CPL setting for binary input circuit (BI1).
The timer and the inverse switch can be activated when On or Off is set for setting
[BI1_CPL]. Press key ENTER to commence the setting of a switch or parameter.
BI1
10:48 1/1
BI1_CPL +
Off
- 788 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Selection of binary output circuit: For example, Figure 12.6-6 illustrates the
selection of a binary output circuit on a binary IO module. Move the cursor by
pressing keys ▲ and ▼. Press key ► to go to the next level in the hierarchy.
Binary Output Slot#6
10:48 1/2 10:48 1/8
Slot#5 > [►] _BO1 >
_Slot#6 > BO2 >
BO3 >
BO4 >
BO5 >
BO6 >
BO7 >
CPL Setting: For example, Figure 12.6-7 illustrates the setting of a binary
output circuit (BO1). Using setting [BI1_CPL] On, the CPL logic in BO1 is
available. Similarly, assigned signals, timers and switches can be set in this
menu. Note that detailed setting items are shown when On is keyed into
setting [BI*_CPL].
- 789 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
BO1
10:48 1/17
BO1_CPL +
Off
Input signal1 +
No Assign
Input Signal2 +
No Assign
Input Signal3 +
No Assign
Signal8 +
No Assign
LOGIC-SW
AND
On Delay Timer +
0.000 s
Off Delay Timer +
0.000 s
INVERSE-SW +
Normal
TIMER-SW +
Off
Logic Timer +
0.000 s
FF-SW +
Off
Reset Signal +
No Assign
- 790 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[►] [CANCEL]
Select Element
10:48 2/155
No Assign
_CO-OC-A 8000001B60
CO-OC-B 8100001B61
CO-OC-C 8200001B62
CO-EF 8300001B63
EXT.ARC_S 8300001B64
Selection of LED: Figure 12.6-9 shows the LED selection screen; the user can
select a setting item by pressing keys ▲ and ▼. Press key ► to go to the next
level in the hierarchy
- 791 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
LED
10:48 1/31
_LED3 >
LED4 >
LED5 >
LED6 >
LED7 >
LED8 >
LED26 >
F1 Key >
F2 Key >
:
Figure 12.6-9 LED selecting screen
LED Setting: As shown in Figure 12.6-10, the user can set the logical gate,
timer, color of LED and assign signals in this screen.
LED3
10:48 1/16
Color >
RED
Input signal1 +
No assign
Input signal 2 +
No assign
Input signal 8 +
No assign
Reset signal +
No assign
LOGIC-SW +
AND
INVERSE-SW +
Normal
TIMER-SW +
Off
On Delay Timer +
0.00 s
Off Delay Timer +
0.00 s
Logic Timer +
0.00 s
Color +
Figure 12.6-10 LED setting screen
- 792 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time sub-menu
In Time sub-menu, the user can change settings of Clock function, such as time zone, time
synchronizing source, format of time displaying and so on. Figure below shows the Time sub-
menu. (For more information, see Chapter Technical description: Clock function)
Time
10:48 1/5
Clock >
Time Zone >
Time Sync >
Display Format >
Summer Time >
Time menu
(1) Move cursor to the Time menu and press ENTER.
Clock
10:00 1/2
_[Time] +
2012-11-21 10:00:05
[Format]
YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss
[ActiveSyncSrc] >
SNTP
- 793 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
ActiveSyncSrc menu
ActiveSyncSrc can be shown by the following procedure.
(1) Move cursor to the [ActiveSyncSrc] menu and press ►.
Clock
10:00 1/2 *Note: When the active synchronizing source is not SNTP, the > is
[Time] +
2012-11-21 10:00:05 not shown in the screen.
[Format]
YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss
_[ActiveSyncSrc] >
SNTP
Time Zone
10:48 1/1
Time zone +
0.00hour
(1) Move cursor to the Time zone menu and press ENTER.
Time Zone
10:48 1/1 Time zone can be set by 0.25 hour. The user has to fill the Time zone
_Time zone +
0.00hour in accordance with UTC (Coordinate Universal Time).
- 794 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Time Sync
10:48 1/4
TimeSyncSrc +
SNTP
SNTP +>
On
BI SYNC +>
On
TimeSyncSrc menu
Time SyncSrc (Time Synchronization Source) can be changed by the following procedure.
(1) Move cursor to the TimeSyncSrc menu and press ENTER.
Time Sync
10:48 1/4
_TimeSyncSrc +
SNTP
SNTP +>
On
BI SYNC +>
On
By using time synchronization via Ethernet with a SNTP server, the user can connect up
to a maximum of four SNTP servers. If more than one SNTP is used, the priority of the servers
can be decided in ascending order of synchronized stratum value (in order of higher-accuracy)
and select the server with the smallest value.
- 795 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
SNTP menu
IP address of SNTP server can be set by the following procedure.
(1) To confirm that the SNTP synchronization function has been set
Time Sync
10:48 1/4 for On. Subsequently move cursor to the SNTP menu and press ►.
TimeSyncSrc +
SNTP
_SNTP +>
On
BI SYNC +>
On
SNTP (2) Move cursor to desired server number and press ENTER.
10:48 1/4
_Server1 +
0. 0. 0. 0
Server2 +
0. 0. 0. 0
Server3 +
0. 0. 0. 0
SNTP (3) The user can set IP address using ▲ or ▼ by each digit.
10:48 1/4 When the user has finished setting IP address of the server, press
Server1 +
0. 0. 0.176 ENTER.
Server2 +
0. 0. 0. 0
Server3 +
0. 0. 0. 0
BI SYNC menu
When the “BI SYNC” is set to On in Time Sync menu, the user can choose a binary input circuit
(BI) as a synchronization standard. Adjustment setting ‘SYNC_ADJ’ is provided.
Binary synchronization function can be set by the following procedure.
- 796 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Display Format
10:48 1/4
Date_fmt +
YYYYMMDD
Date_delimiter +
-
Time_delimiter +
:
- 797 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Date_delimiter
10:48 1/3 (2) Date delimiter can be selected by moving cursor to the desired
_-
/ format type.
.
Display Format
10:48 3/4 (2) The time delimiter mark is switched.
Date_fmt +
YYYYMMDD
Date_delimiter +
-
_Time_delimiter +
.
- 798 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Summer Time
10:48 1/13
Summer time +
Off
- 799 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Summer Time (1) Move cursor to the [Summer time] menu and press ENTER.
10:48 1/13 Summer time mode can be switched On/Off by pressing ► or ◄.
_Summer time +
Off After Summer time mode is set to On, the user can set summer time
in detail.
Summer Time (2) In this screen, details of summer time setting can be set.
10:48 1/9
IS_UTC_base +
On
Start_Month +
3
Start_Week +
5
The user can set the starting date and ending of summer time. The following procedure is a
case of starting weekday setting.
Summer Time (1) Move cursor to the [Start_Wday] menu and press ►.
10:48 4/9
Start_Month +
3
Start_Week +
5
_Start_Wday +
Sun
Start_SM(Wday)
(2) Move cursor to the desired weekday and press ENTER.
10:48
1/8
---
_Sun
Mon
Tue
Wed
- 800 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Test sub-menu
Test functions can be operated from the test screen available on the front panel of the IED.
(i) Test screen
The Test screen has functions such as Test Mode, Test Flag, Mode Change and Signal
Monitoring. The user can select any of these test functions using the following test screen.
Test
10:48 1/4
Test Mode +
Off
TestFlag-EN +
On
Mode Change >
Single Monitoring >
Test Mode
10:48 1/4
Test Option >
Function Test >
Binary Input >
Binary Output >
Test Option
10:48 1/65
S-TestFlagCancel +
Off
GOSNDBLK +
Off
GOSUBBLK +
Off
- 801 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Note: The user may perform bad reception tests from a remote terminal using the
GOSNDBLK function. However, carrying out the GOSNDBLK function at a
remote terminal may influence the overall operation of other IEDs, because
communication packets will not be received from the remote terminal. In order to
avoid that the user can simulate bad reception tests for a particular IED using the
GOSUBBLK function. As a result, testing will only affect the particular IED
under test i.e. all other terminals will not be influenced by the tests.
Function test screen: Function test screen is provided for testing; the use can
program test operations, which can be implemented in protection and control
functions. Figure 12.8-4 exemplifies the Test screen. Automatic supervision
will stop when the user sets Off for A.M.F (for more information about the
automatic supervision, see Chapter Automatic supervision).
Function Test
10:48 1/65
A.M.F. +
On
BU1_Exclusion +
Off
BU2_Exclusion +
Off
Binary input test screen: The user can have a virtual signal to a binary input
circuit using the binary input test screen. Figure 12.8-5 shows an example;
the user can select IO#1 or IO#3. (Actually, the content displayed will differ
depending upon the binary IO module inserted. Refer to Chapter Technical
- 802 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Binary Input
10:48 1/2
Slot#1 >
Slot#3 >
Slot#3
10:48 1/19
BIF OP +
Slot3-BIO1-SET +
Normal
Slot3-BIO2-SET +
Normal
Slot3-BI03-SET +
Slot3-BIO1-SET
10:48 1/3
Normal
Off
On
The user can then make the following selections on the screen and configure the
items required for simulation.
ON: BI1 output is set forcibly to ON(Logic level=high(1)) regardless of
the actual input signal.
OFF: BI1 output is set forcibly to OFF(Logic level=low(0)) regardless of
the actual input signal.
Normal: Actual inputs are applied.
Use the screen shown in Figure 12.8-7 only to configure the BI signals for the
- 803 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
The setting menu is shown in the manner of the screen illustrated in Figure 12.8-7,
if the user needs to configure an Input Circuit other than BI01 (BI02 to BI18 in the
screen shown in Figure 12.8-6); the user can configure each BI signal in a manner
similar to that described for BI01.
After selecting OP in Figure 12.8-6, use the following screen to start the simulation
test.
Slot#3
10:48
Press and hold ENTER
to operate
Press <- to return
To previous page
Slot#3
10:48
Press and hold ENTER
to operate
Operating..
Binary output test screen: The user is able to test a binary output circuit.
Figure 12.8-10 is an example of how to select a binary output from the Test
Mode screen.
- 804 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Binary Output
10:48 1/2
Slot#2 >
Slot#3 >
Slot#2
10:48 1/19
BO2F OP +
SLOT2-BO01-SET +
Normal
SLOT2-BO02-SET +
Normal
SLOT2-BO02-SET +
Figure 12.8-12 shows the Output Circuit configuration of BO01 at IO#2 (Slot#2).
The procedure for operation is similar to the operation of the binary input circuit.
(Refer to Figure 12.8-7 to Figure 12.8-9)
SLOT2-BO01-SET
10:48 1/3
Normal
Off
On
The user can configure the required settings for the simulation test of the binary
output circuit.
ON: Output signal for simulation test is ON
OFF: Output signal for simulation test is OFF
Normal: Actual inputs are applied.
- 805 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Mode Change
10:48 1/3
MDCTRL-EN +
Off
MDCTRL-SELRST +
30 s
MDCTRL-EXERST +
30 s
Signal Monitoring
10:48 1/3
Term A +
No Assign
Term B +
No Assign
Term C +
No Assign
When the user wishes to use monitoring jack A to monitor a signal-monitoring point,
select “Term A” in the signal monitoring sub-menu (Figure 12.8-15). The user can then assign
the signal monitoring point for Term A.
10:48 1/3
Input signal +
No Assign
- 806 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Information sub-menu
In the information sub-menu, the user can see the information about the IED. Those of the
information are set in a factory. Figure 12.9-1 shows the Information sub-menu. Table 12.9-1
shows detail of information that is displayed in this screen.
Information
10:48 1/9
[IED TYPE]
GRT200 __-00-111-22-33-
44-555
__-6666-777-88
[Serial No.]
View ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
F4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
F5 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
F6 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
F7 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Note: Sign “✔” shows that the user can operate the function. Sign “N.A” shows that the user
cannot operate the function. Password can be changed in Change-Password sub-menu in
- 808 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
For rack mounting, cable and electrical wiring, see a separate service manual entitled
Installation handbook for rack mounting, cable work, etc. (Document No. 6F2S1954).
See a service manual entitled Guide for replacement of inner modules depending on the
situation. (Document No. 6F2S1955 or 6F2S1956).
Handling precautions
Modules of the IED should be handled in the electro static charge free environment. That is,
the user shall use an anti-electrostatic-wrist-band; and it is grounded.
CAUTION
Before removing a module, ensure that you are at the same electrostatic potential as
the equipment by touching the case.
Handle the module by its front plate, frame or edges of the printed circuit board. Avoid
touching the electronic components, printed circuit board or connectors.
Place the module on an anti-static surface, or on a conducting surface connected to
the earth.
You have to check carefully the electronic circuitry for your handling area, which is defined in
the IEC 60747 standard.
- 810 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ordering positions
7 8 9 A B C D E F G H J K L
- 3 1 - 3 4 H - 0 0 - 6 6 - 3 0 - 2 6 A
- 811 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ordering positions
7 8 9 A B C D E F G H J K L
- 3 1 - 3 4 H - 0 0 - 6 6 - 3 0 - 2 6 A
VCT type (VCT49B)
Ia,b,c-1CT = 1A
Ia,b,c-2CT = 1A
Ia,b,c-3CT = 5A
The user can check the layout of the binary input and output modules (BI, BO, or BIO)
using the ordering codes. For example, the user can find BI3A and BO1A modules in IED
depending the ordering cords “4H” at Positions A&B. The user can also read the configuration
with IO configuration label. Additionally, the user can check terminal block types by seeing a
code at Positon ‘H’.
- 812 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ordering positions
7 8 9 A B C D E F G H J K L
- 3 1 - 3 4 H - 0 0 - 6 6 - 3 0 - 26 A
H Terminal block for BIO and PWS
Figure 13.3-3 IO configuration label example (viewing from the back in 3/4 size case)
Note: See Section IED case and module slot in Chapter Technical description to find the
structure of IED cases and terminals. For more information about the BI, BO, and
BIO circuits, see Section Binary IO module in the same chapter.
- 3 1 - 3 4 H - 0 0 - 6 6 - 3 0 - 26 A
- 813 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Positions
7 S G T E F U 9 V
- 3 0 3 D - 6 6 2 - 3 E
GRT200- --
Selected language
Selected protocol
Selected software
Flange covers
Figure 13.3-6 Flange covers and labels attached on IED
- 814 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Rack mounting type: flanges have to be screwed and fixed on the case, and countersunk screws
are provided for them. When wishing to place the IED case in a 19-inch rack, put white-
plastics-sheets on the countersunk screws to cover up (see Figure 13.3-7); they are bundled in
its package. Detach the flange from the case if combining cases is required with a mounting
kit. Remind that the user needs to put the white-plastic-sheet over the countersunk screws on
each side.
Left silver-flange Right silver-flange
White White
plastic Countersunk plastic
sheet Relay case sheet
screws
Figure 13.3-7 Covering the screw holes with white plastic sheets
Note: When the case is ordered in 1/1 size one; the flange is integrated so that the
countersunk screws and white-plastic-sheets are not provided.
Note: For more information about how to mount a case in a rack, see Installation
handbook for rack mounting, cable work, etc. (6F2S1954). The user can get a
mounting kit by ordering (see Appendix: Ordering).
Flush-mounting type: flanges are integrated at the both sides of the case. Thus, the white-
plastics-sheets are not bundled.
- 815 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- x 1 - x x x - x x - x x - x x - x x x
CAUTION
Note: A short-wire is connected between terminal screws No. 35–37; and that is done by
the manufacturer. The user shall remove that when the user undertakes the
dielectric voltage test for the IED; and the user shall connect again the terminals
with that after the test (See Appendix: Notes for the dielectric voltage test).
29 27 28
30
29 30
31
32 31 32
33 33 34
Short wire 34 Short wire
35 36
35
36 38
37 FG
38
39
40
FG
FG
- 816 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 817 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Hardware tests
Hardware tests should be carried out to ensure that there is no hardware defect in the IED.
Defects of hardware circuits can be detected in automatic supervision function when the DC
power is supplied.
Function tests
Function tests are software-based testing. Dynamic test set can be required in several
protection tests.
Conjunctive tests
After the hardware and function test in the IED, conjunctive tests can be carried out with
primary equipment, telecommunication and other external equipment. On-load test, Signal
test, and tripping CB test may be required.
- 818 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Cautions
(i) Safety Precautions
CAUTION
The IED rack is provided with a grounding terminal.
Before starting the work, always make sure the IED rack is grounded.
When connecting the cable to the back of the IED, firmly fix it to the terminal block
and attach the cover provided on top of it.
Before checking the interior of the IED, be sure to turn off the power.
Class 1 laser.
Failure to observe any of the precautions above may cause electric shock or malfunction.
Failure to observe any of the precautions above may cause damage or malfunction of the relay.
Before mounting/dismounting the PCB, take antistatic measures such as wearing an earthed
wristband.
Preparations
Test equipment
The following test equipment is required for the commissioning tests.
1 Three-phase voltage source
2 Single-phase current sources
1 Dynamic three-phase test set (for protection scheme test)
1 DC power supply
3 DC voltmeters
3 AC voltmeters
3 Phase angle meters
2 AC ammeters
- 819 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Relay settings
Before starting the tests, it must be specified whether the tests will use the user’s settings or
the default settings.
Visual inspection
After unpacking the product, check for any damage to the IED case. If there is any damage,
the internal module might also have been affected. Contact the vendor.
Relay ratings
Check that the items described on the nameplate on the front of the IED conform to the user’s
specification. The items are: relay type and model, AC voltage, current and frequency ratings,
and auxiliary DC supply voltage rating.
Local PC
To examine the IED with a PC locally, connect the PC with the IED using a USB cable. The
GR-TIEMS software is required to install in the PC.
During commissioning and maintenance, check wire connection and observe relay output
signals. The user can see the signals whether the relay operations are appropriate or not.
- 820 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Test operations
The user can change IED to for Test mode by the operations on the IED front panel with
Main/Sub menus, as shown in Figure 14.4-1.
Main Menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu
Main Menu Record
Monitoring
Setting
IO Setting
Control
Time
Information
Security Setting
Login/Logout
Figure 14.4-1 Structure of test menu
Note: The structure and the contents about sub-menus depend on the software.
- 821 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 822 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 823 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Setting
Setting for communication test
U
n
Default setting
Setting item Range i Contents Notes
value
t
s
TestFlag-EN Off / On - Change test flag on Protocol On
GOSNDBLK Off / On - GOOSE publishing block Off
GOSUBBLK Off / On - GOOSE subscription block Off
Test flag of slave communication protocol is
S-TestFlagCancel Off / On Off
canceled
- 824 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Signal
Signal monitoring point
TEST (Function ID: 201301)
Element ID Name Description
3100051197 SIM FAULT OUTPUT for Sim.Fault Display
- 825 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 826 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 827 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
C100_S8 2000641120 Constant value 100 expressed with signed integer in 8 bit
- 828 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
C100_S16 2100641121 Constant value 100 expressed with signed integer in 16 bit
- 829 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 830 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
C100_U16 3100641125 Constant value 100 expressed with unsigned integer in 16 bit
- 831 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
C100_U32 3200641126 Constant value 100 expressed with unsigned integer in 32 bit
- 832 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 833 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 834 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Unit: mm
/1
- 835 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Unit: mm
- 836 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Unit: mm
- 837 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Unit: mm
- 838 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
229.3
190.5
265.9
260.7
260.7
465 229.3 (64.4)
478 256.3
† The (64.4) means the height of
the tallest ring type terminal.
Unit: mm
- 839 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
441.5
437
256.3
229.3
190.5
265.9
260.7
260.7
465 229.3 (64.4)
478 256.3
† The (64.4) means the
height of the VCT terminal.
Unit: mm
Figure Trihedral figure (1/1 case size) with Ring lug type terminal
Figure 2-2.2 Trihedral figure (1/1 size case with dual VCTs) & Type using ring terminals
- 840 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
325
320
256.3
229.3
265.9
260.7
190.5
260.7
348 229.3 (64.4)
361 256.3
† The (64.4) means the height of
the tallest ring type terminal.
Unit: mm
- 841 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
218
214
256.3
229.3
265.9
260.7
190.5
260.7
242 229.3 (64.4)
255 256.3
† The (64.4) means the height of
the tallest ring type terminal.
Unit: mm
- 842 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Panel cutout
Unit: mm
Unit: mm
- 843 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Unit: mm
- 844 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Typical external
Model 4 GRT200-41-234-00-6L-30-111 Figure 3-7 (852)
connection diagram
- 845 -
1/1 size case (GRT200-31-234-00-6L-30-111)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11 11
(+) 13 13 (+) 13 13
(+) 15
C13 15
(+) 15 15
BI8 BO8(*4) BI8 16
Ib-2CT
(-) 16 16 (-) 16
17 (+) 17 17
BO9(*4) BI9
18 (-) 18 18
Ic-2CT
21 21 (+) 21 19
BO1(F) BO10(*4) BI10
22 22 (-) 22 20
Ia-3CT
2¥¥
23 23 (+) 23 21
BO2(F) BO11(*4) BI11 C14
24 24 (-) 24 22
Ib-3CT
25 25 (+) 25 23
BO3(F) BO12(*4) BI12
26 26 (-) 26 24
Ic-3CT
27 27 (+) 27 25
BO4(F) BO13(*4) BI13
28 28 (-) 28 26
In-1NCT
(+) 29 (+) 29
29 29 27
30
DC/DC BO5(F) BO14(*4) BI14
30 30 (-) 30 28
In-2NCT
(-) 31 31 (+) 31
31 C15
32 BO6(F) BO15(*4) BI15 IRIG-B000
32 32 (-) 32 30
A1
35
33 (+) 33 B1
33 SIG
36 BI16
BO7 BO16(*4) (-) 34 A2
34 34 DISUSE
37 B2
(+) 35 DISUSE
38 35 35
A3
37 BO17(*4) BI17
(-) 36 B3
36
GND
36 (+) 37
BO8 37
38 BI18
BO18(*4) (-) 38
38
GRT#6 (0.0)
Figure 3-1 GRT200 (Model3, BIO3A+BO1A+BI1A, 100Base-TX/1000Base-T, IRIG) in 1/1 size case & Type using compression terminals
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11 11
(+) 13 13 (+) 13 13
(+) 15
C13 15
(+) 15 15
BI8 BO8(*4) BI8 16
Ib-2CT
(-) 16 16 (-) 16
17 (+) 17 17
BO9(*4) BI9
18 (-) 18 18
Ic-2CT
21 21 (+) 21 19
BO1(F) BO10(*4) BI10
22 22 (-) 22 20
Ia-3CT
2¥¥
23 23 (+) 23 21
BO2(F) BO11(*4) BI11 C14
24 24 (-) 24 22
Ib-3CT
25 25 (+) 25 23
BO3(F) BO12(*4) BI12
26 26 (-) 26 24
Ic-3CT
27 27 (+) 27 25
BO4(F) BO13(*4) BI13
28 28 (-) 28 26
In-1NCT
(+) 29 (+) 29
29 29 27
30
DC/DC BO5(F) BO14(*4) BI14
30 30 (-) 30 28
In-2NCT
(-) 31 31 (+) 31
31 C15
32 BO6(F) BO15(*4) BI15 IRIG-B000
32 32 (-) 32 30
A1
35
33 (+) 33 B1
33 SIG
36 BI16
BO7 BO16(*4) (-) 34 A2
34 34 DISUSE
37 B2
(+) 35 DISUSE
38 35 35
A3
37 BO17(*4) BI17
(-) 36 B3
36
GND
36 (+) 37
BO8 37
38 BI18
BO18(*4) (-) 38
38
GRT#6 (0.0)
Figure 3-2 GRT200 (Model3, BIO3A+BO1A+BI1A, 100Base-TX/1000Base-T, IRIG) in 1/1 size case & Type using ring terminals
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11 11
(+) 13 13 (+) 13 13
(+) 15
C13 15
(+) 15 15
BI8 BO8(*4) BI8 Ic-2CT
(-) 16 16 (-) 16 16
17 (+) 17 17
21 21 (+) 21 19
25 25 (+) 25 23
27 27 (+) 27 25
(-) 31 31 (+) 31
31 C15
32 BO6(F) BO15(*4) BI15 IRIG-B000
32 (-) 32 30
32
A1
35
33 (+) 33 B1
33 SIG
36 BI16
BO7 BO16(*4) (-) 34 A2
34 34 DISUSE
37 B2
(+) 35 DISUSE
38 35 35
A3
37 BO17(*4) BI17
(-) 36 B3
36
GND
36 (+) 37
BO8 37
38 BI18
BO18(*4) (-) 38
38
GRT#3&5 (1.0)
Figure 3-3 GRT200 (Model4, BIO3A+BO1A+BI1A, 100Base-TX/1000Base-T, IRIG) in 1/1 size case & Type using compression terminals
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11 11
(+) 13 13 (+) 13 13
(+) 15
C13 15
(+) 15 15
BI8 BO8(*4) BI8 Ic
(-) 16 16 (-) 16 16
17 (+) 17 17
BO9(*4) BI9 Ie
18 (-) 18 18
21 21 (+) 21
25 25 (+) 25
27 27 (+) 27
(-) 31 31 (+) 31
31 C15
32 BO6(F) BO15(*4) BI15 IRIG-B000
32 (-) 32 30
32
A1
35
33 (+) 33 B1
33 SIG
36 BI16
BO7 BO16(*4) (-) 34 A2
34 34 DISUSE
37 B2
(+) 35 DISUSE
38 35 35
A3
37 BO17(*4) BI17
(-) 36 B3
36
GND
36 (+) 37
BO8 37
38 BI18
BO18(*4) (-) 38
38
GRZ/GRL (1.0)
Figure 3-4 GRT200 (Model4, BIO3A+BO1A+BI1A, 100Base-TX/1000Base-T, IRIG) in 1/1 size case & Type using ring terminals
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[IO#8] [IO#7] [IO#6] [IO#5] [IO#4] [IO#3] [IO#2] [IO#1] [VCT#1] [VCT#2]
T9 T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 VC1 VC2
BIO3 A BO1 A BI1 A C11 VCT44B VCT48B
PWS1 A
100BASE-TX
(+) 1 1 (+) 1 1000BASE-T 1 1
(+) 11 11 (+) 11 11 11
BI6 BO6(SF) BI6 Ia-2CT Vb-2VT
(-) 12 12 (-) 12 12 12
(+) 13 13 (+) 13 13 13
(+) 15
C13 15
(+) 15 15
BI8 BO8 BI8 Ic-2CT
(-) 16 16 (-) 16 16
17 (+) 17 17 17
BO9 BI9 Ia-3CT Ia-4CT
18 (-) 18 18 18
21 21 (+) 21 19 19
25 25 (+) 25 23 23
27 27 (+) 27 25 25
(-) 31 31 (+) 31
31 C15
32 BO6(F) BO15 BI15 IRIG-B000
32 32 (-) 32 30 30
A1
35 (+) 33
33 33 B1
SIG
36 BI16
BO7 BO16 (-) 34 A2
34 34 DISUSE
37 B2
(+) 35 DISUSE
38 35 35
A3
37 BO17 BI17
(-) 36 B3
36
GND
36 (+) 37
BO8 37
38 BO18 BI18
(-) 38
38
GRT#3&5 (1.0) GRT#5 (1.0)
Figure 3-5 GRT200 (Model5, BIO3A+BO1A+BI1A, 100Base-TX/1000Base-T, IRIG) in 1/1 size case & Type using compression terminals
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11 11 11
BI6 BO6(*2) BI6 Ia-2CT Vb-2VT
(-) 12 12 (-) 12 12 12
(+) 13 13 (+) 13 13 13
(+) 15
C13 15
(+) 15 15
BI8 BO8(*4) BI8 Ic-2CT
(-) 16 16 (-) 16 16
17 (+) 17 17 17
21 21 (+) 21 19 19
25 25 (+) 25 23 23
27 27 (+) 27 25 25
(-) 31 31 (+) 31
31 C15
32 BO6(F) BO15(*4) BI15 IRIG-B000
32 (-) 32 30 30
32
A1
35
33 (+) 33 B1
33 SIG
36 BI16
BO7 BO16(*4) (-) 34 A2
34 34 DISUSE
37 B2
(+) 35 DISUSE
38 35 35
A3
37 BO17(*4) BI17
(-) 36 B3
36
GND
36 (+) 37
BO8 37
38 BI18
BO18(*4) (-) 38
38
GRT#3&5 (1.0) GRT#5 (1.0)
Figure 3-6 GRT200 (Model5, BIO3A+BO1A+BI1A, 100Base-TX/1000Base-T, IRIG) in 1/1 size case & Type using ring .terminals
6F2S1924 (0.26)
TB1-5
6
7
8
9
CT 10
23
24
11
12
13
14
15
16
25
26
1
17 BI1
2
18
19 3
20 1 BI2 4
21 BO1 Semi-fast BO
2 5
22
3 BI3 6
BO2 4 Semi-fast BO
7
27
5 BI4
28 8
BO3 6 Semi-fast BO
9
1 7
BI5 10
2 BO4 Semi-fast BO
8
11
9
CT BI6 12
BO5 Semi-fast BO
10
13
11
BI7 14
20 BO6 12 Semi-fast BO
(FG) 15
13
BO7 BI8 16
1 14
2 BI1 15
21
BO8 16
3 BO1 Fast BO
BIO3A 22
4 BI2 17
23
BO9 18
5 BO2 Fast BO
BO1A 24
6 BI3 21
BO10 25
7 22 BO3 Fast BO
26
BI4 23
8 27
BO11 24
9 BO4 Fast BO
28
25
10 BI5 29
BO12 26
11 BO5 Fast BO
30
27
12 BI6 31
BO13 28 BO6 Fast BO
13 32
29
14 BI7 33
BO14 30
15 BO7 34
31
16 BI8 BO15 35
32
17 36
33
Programmable BI 18 BI9 BO16 37
34 BO8
21 BI1A
35
22 BI10 BO17 38
36
23
37
24 BI11 BO18 38
25
26 BI12
COM-A A1
27 B1
COM-B A2
28 BI13 B2 RS485 I/F
29 COM-0V A3 (option)
B3
30 BI14 RJ45
31 Ethernet LAN I/F (option)
BI15 COM
32 Optic I/F (option)
33
34 BI16 SIG A1
B1
35 DISUSE A2
B2
36 BI17 A3 IRIG-B (option)
GND B3
37
38 BI18
PWS
1A
RELAY 2
1
FAIL.DD FAIL. 4
DC (+) 29
30 +5Vdc 3
SUPPLY FAIL
31 RELAY FAILURE 1
(-) 32 DC-DC 1
0V
8
35
36 10
37
9
38 FAIL RELAY FAILURE 2
FG 7
E
Figure 3-8 External connection diagram for Model4: VCT44B, IO: BI1A, BO1A and BIO3A
- 852 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
21 21
(+)
BI10 (+) 21 (+) BI19 21 21 (+)
22 BI7 22
(−) (−) 22 (+) BI20 BO10 22 BO10(H) 22 (−)
(+) 23 23
BI11
(+) BI21 23 23 (+)
(−) 24 24 BO11 BO11(H)
(+) BI22 24 24 (−)
(+) 25 25 25
BI12 (+) (+) BI23 25 25
(−) 26 26 BI8 26 BO12 BO12(H)
(+)
(−) (+) BI24 26 26 (−)
(+) 27 27 27
BI13 (+) (+) BI25 27 27 (+)
(−) 28 28 BI9 28 BO13 BO13(H)
(−) (+) BI26 28 28 (−)
(+) 29 29
BI14
(+) BI27 29 29 (+)
(−) 30 30 BO14 BO14(H)
(+) BI28 30 30 (−)
(+) 31 31 31
BI15 (+) (+) BI29 31 31
(−) 32 32 BI10 32 BO15 BO15(H)
(+)
(−) (+) BI30 32 32 (−)
(+) 33 33 33
BI16 (+) (+) BI31 33 33 (+)
(−) 34 34 BI11 34 BO16 BO16(H)
(−) (+) BI32 34 34 (−)
(+) 35 35
BI17
(−) 35
(−) 36 36 BO17
(−) 36
37 37
(+)
BI18 (+) 37 BI12
(−) 37
38 38
(−) (−) 38 (−) BO18 38
40 FG†
Figure 3-9 In/Output arrangements for BI1A, BI2A, BI3A, BO1A and BO2A
(+) 1 1 (+) 1
BI1 (+) BI1 BI1
(−) 2 2 (−) 2
(−)
(+) 3 3 (+) 3
BI2 (+) BI2 BI2
(−) 4 4 (−) 4
(−)
(+) 5 5 (+) 5
BI3 (+) BI3 BI3
(−) 6 6 (−) 6
(−)
(+) 7 7 (+) 7
BI4 (+) BI4 BI4
(−) 8 8 (−) 8
(−)
(+) 9 9 (+) 9
BI5 (+) BI5 BI5
(−) 10 10 (−) 10
(−)
(+) 11 11 (+) 11
BI6 (+) BI6 BI6
(−) 12 12 (−) 12
(−)
(+) 13 13 (+) 13
BI7 (+) BI7 BI7
(−) 14 14 (−) 14
(−)
15 15 15
BO1(SF) (+) (+)
16 16 BI8 16 BI8
(−) (−)
17 17
BO2(SF) (+) BI9
18 18
(−)
21 21 21
BO3(SF) 22 (+) 22 BI10 BO1(F) 22
23 (−) 23 23
BO4(SF) 24 (+) 24 BI11 BO2(F) 24
25 (−) 25 25
BO5(SF) 26 (+) 26 BI12 BO3(F) 26
27 (−) 27 27
BO6(SF) 28 BO1(SF) 28 BO4(F) 28
29 29 29
BO7 30 BO2(SF) 30 BO5(F) 30
31 31 31
BO8 32 BO3(SF) 32 BO6(F) 32
33 33 33
BO9 34 BO4 34 BO7 34
35 35 35
37 37 37
BO10 36 BO5 36 BO8 36
38 38 38
- 853 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 854 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(MICS Edition 1)
(MICS Ed.1)
The GRT200 relay supports IEC 61850 logical nodes and common data classes as indicated in the following tables.
Logical nodes in IEC 61850-7-4
Logical Nodes GRT200 Nodes GRT200
L: System Logical Nodes GSAL ---
LPHD Yes I: Logical Nodes for Interfacing and archiving
Common Logical Node Yes IARC ---
LLN0 Yes IHMI ---
P: Logical Nodes for Protection functions ITCI ---
PDIF Yes ITMI ---
PDIR --- A: Logical Nodes for Automatic control
PDIS --- ANCR ---
PDOP --- ARCO ---
PDUP --- ATCC ---
PFRC Yes AVCO ---
PHAR Yes M: Logical Nodes for Metering and measurement
PHIZ --- MDIF ---
PIOC --- MHAI ---
PMRI --- MHAN ---
PMSS --- MMTR ---
POPE --- MMXN ---
PPAM --- MMXU Yes
PSCH --- MSQI Yes
PSDE --- MSTA ---
PTEF --- S: Logical Nodes for Sensors and monitoring
PTOC Yes SARC ---
PTOF Yes SIMG ---
PTOV Yes SIML ---
PTRC Yes SPDC ---
PTTR Yes X: Logical Nodes for Switchgear
PTUC --- XCBR Yes
PTUV Yes XSWI ---
PUPF --- T: Logical Nodes for Instrument transformers
PTUF Yes TCTR ---
PVOC --- TVTR ---
PVPH Yes Y: Logical Nodes for Power transformers
PZSU --- YEFN ---
R: Logical Nodes for protection related functions YLTC ---
RDRE Yes YPSH ---
RADR --- YPTR ---
RBDR --- Z: Logical Nodes for Further power system equipment
RDRS --- ZAXN ---
RBRF --- ZBAT ---
RDIR --- ZCAB ---
RFLO --- ZCAP ---
RPSB --- ZCON ---
RREC --- ZGEN ---
RSYN --- ZGIL ---
C: Logical Nodes for Control ZLIN ---
CALH Yes ZMOT ---
CCGR --- ZREA ---
CILO Yes ZRRC ---
CPOW --- ZSAR ---
CSWI --- ZTCF ---
G: Logical Nodes for Generic references ZTCR ---
GAPC Yes
GGIO Yes
(MICS Ed.1)
(MICS Ed.1)
LPHD class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
PhyName DPL Physical device name plate M Y
PhyHealth INS Physical device health M Y
OutOv SPS Output communications buffer overflow O N
Proxy SPS Indicates if this LN is a proxy M Y
InOv SPS Input communications buffer overflow O N
NumPwrUp INS Number of Power ups O N
WrmStr INS Number of Warm Starts O N
WacTrg INS Number of watchdog device resets detected O N
PwrUp SPS Power Up detected O N
PwrDn SPS Power Down detected O N
PwrSupAlm SPS External power supply alarm O N
RsStat SPC Reset device statistics T O N
LLNO class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
Loc SPS Local operation for complete logical device O N
OpTmh INS Operation time O N
Controls
Diag SPC Run Diagnostics O Y
LEDRs SPC LED reset T O Y
(MICS Ed.1)
PDIF class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start O Y
Str2 ACD Start O Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
TmAst CSD Active curve charactristic O N
Measured Values
DifAClc WYE Differential Current O Y
RstA WYE Restraint Current O Y
Settings
LinCapac ASG Line capacitance (for load currents) O N
LoSet ING Low operate value, percentage of the nominal current O N
HiSet ING High operate value, percentage of the nominal current O N
MinOpTmms ING Minimum Operate Time O N
MaxOpTmms ING Maximum Operate Time O N
RstMod ING Restraint Mode O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
TmACrv CURVE Operating Curve Type O N
PFRC class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Str5 ACD Start M Y
Str6 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
Op3 ACT Operate T M Y
Op4 ACT Operate T M Y
Op5 ACT Operate T M Y
Op6 ACT Operate T M Y
BlkV SPS Blocked because of voltage O N
Settings
StrVal ASG Start Value df/dt O N
BlkVal ASG Voltage Block Value O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time Time O N
(MICS Ed.1)
PHAR class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Settings
HarRst ING Number of harmonic restrained O N
PhStr ASG Start Value O N
PhStop ASG Stop Value O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
PTOC class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Str5 ACD Start M Y
Str6 ACD Start M Y
Str7 ACD Start M Y
Str8 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
Op3 ACT Operate T M Y
Op4 ACT Operate T M Y
Op5 ACT Operate T M Y
Op6 ACT Operate T M Y
Op7 ACT Operate T M Y
Op8 ACT Operate T M Y
TmASt CSD Active curve characteristic O N
Settings
TmACrv CURVE Operating Curve Type O N
StrVal ASG Start Value O N
TmMult ASG Time Dial Multiplier O N
MinOpTmms ING Minimum Operate Time O N
MaxOpTmms ING Maximum Operate Time O N
OpDITmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
TypRsCrv ING Type of Reset Curve O N
RsDITmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
DirMod ING Directional Mode O N
(MICS Ed.1)
PTOF class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Str5 ACD Start M Y
Str6 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
Op3 ACT Operate T M Y
Op4 ACT Operate T M Y
Op5 ACT Operate T M Y
Op6 ACT Operate T M Y
BlkV SPS Blocked because of voltage O N
Settings
StrVal ASG Start Value (frequency) O N
BlkVal ASG Voltage Block Value O N
OpDITmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
RsDITmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
PTOV class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T O Y
Op2 ACT Operate T O Y
Op3 ACT Operate T O Y
Op4 ACT Operate T O Y
TmVSt CSD Active curve characteristic O N
Settings
TmVCrv CURVE Operating Curve Type O N
StrVal ASG Start Value O N
TmMult ASG Time Dial Multiplier O N
MinOpTmms ING Minimum Operate Time O N
MaxOpTmms ING Maximum Operate Time O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
(MICS Ed.1)
PTRC class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Tr1 ACT Trip C Y
Tr2 ACT Trip C Y
Tr3 ACT Trip C Y
Tr4 ACT Trip C Y
Tr5 ACT Trip C Y
Tr6 ACT Trip C Y
Op ACT Operate (combination of subscribed Op from protection functions) C N
Str ACD Sum of all starts of all connected Logical Nodes O N
Settings
TrMod ING Trip Mode O N
TrPlsTmms ING Trip Pulse Time O N
Condition C: At least one of the two status information (Tr, Op) shall be used.
PTTR class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Measured Values
Amp MV Current for thermal load model O N
Tmp MV Temperature for thermal load O N
TmpRl MV Relation between temperature and max. temperature O N
LodRsvAlm MV Load reserve to alarm O N
LodRsvTr MV Load reserve to trip O N
AgeRat MV Ageing rate O N
Status Information
Str ACD Start O Y
Op ACT Operate T M Y
AlmThm ACT Thermal Alarm O Y
TmTmpSt CSD Active curve characteristic O N
TmASt CSD Active curve characteristic O N
Settings
TmTmpCrv CURVE Characteristic Curve for temperature measurement O N
TmACrv CURVE Characteristic Curve for current measurement /Thermal model O N
TmpMax ASG Maximum allowed temperature O N
StrVal ASG Start Value O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
MinOpTmms ING Minimum Operate Time O N
MaxOpTmms ING Maximum Operate Time O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
ConsTms ING Time constant of the thermal model O N
AlmVal ASG Alarm Value O N
(MICS Ed.1)
PTUV class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
Op3 ACT Operate T M Y
Op4 ACT Operate T M Y
BlkV SPS Blocked because of voltage O N
Settings
StrVal ASG Start Value (frequency) O N
BlkVal ASG Voltage Block Value O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
PTUF class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Str5 ACD Start M Y
Str6 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
Op3 ACT Operate T M Y
Op4 ACT Operate T M Y
Op5 ACT Operate T M Y
Op6 ACT Operate T M Y
BlkV SPS Blocked because of voltage O N
Settings
StrVal ASG Start Value (frequency) O N
BlkVal ASG Voltage Block Value O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
(MICS Ed.1)
PVPH class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Status Information
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T O Y
Op2 ACT Operate T O Y
Op3 ACT Operate T O Y
VHzSt CSD Active curve characteristic O N
Settings
VHzCrv CURVE Operating Curve Type O N
StrVal ASG Volts per herts Start Value O N
OpDlTmms ING Operate Delay Time O N
TypRsCrv ING Type of Reset Curve O N
RsDlTmms ING Reset Delay Time O N
TmMult ASG Time Dial Multiplier O N
MinOpTmms ING Minimum Operate Time O N
MaxOpTmms ING Maximum Operate Time O N
(MICS Ed.1)
CILO class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
Status Information
EnaOpn SPS Enable Open M Y
EnaCls SPS Enable Close M Y
CSWI class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
Loc SPS Local operation O Y
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Controls
Pos DPC Switch, general M Y
PosA DPC Switch L1 O N
PosB DPC Switch L2 O N
PosC DPC Switch L3 O N
OpOpn ACT Operation “Open Switch” T O N
OpCls ACT Operation “Close Switch” T O N
(MICS Ed.1)
GAPC class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
Loc SPS Local operation O N
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Controls
SPCSO SPC Single point controllable status output O N
DPCSO DPC Double point controllable status output O N
ISCSO INC Integer status controllable status output O N
Status Information
Auto SPS Automatic operation O N
Str1 ACD Start M Y
Str2 ACD Start M Y
Str3 ACD Start M Y
Str4 ACD Start M Y
Str5 ACD Start M Y
Str6 ACD Start M Y
Str7 ACD Start M Y
Str8 ACD Start M Y
Op1 ACT Operate T M Y
Op2 ACT Operate T M Y
Op3 ACT Operate T M Y
Op4 ACT Operate T M Y
Op5 ACT Operate T M Y
Op6 ACT Operate T M Y
Op7 ACT Operate T M Y
Op8 ACT Operate T M Y
Setting
StrVal ASG Start Value O N
(MICS Ed.1)
GGIO class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
EEHealth INS External equipment health (external sensor) O N
EEName DPL External equipment name plate O N
Loc SPS Local operation O N
OpCntRs INC Resetable operation counter O N
Measured values
AnIn MV Analogue input O N
Controls
SPCSO SPC Single point controllable status output O N
DPCSO DPC Double point controllable status output O N
ISCSO INC Integer status controllable status output O N
Status Information
IntIn INS Integer status input O N
Alm SPS General single alarm O N
Ind01 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind02 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind03 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind04 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind05 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind06 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind07 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind08 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind09 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
Ind10 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
:
:
:
Ind16 SPS General indication (binary input) O Y
(MICS Ed.1)
MMXU class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
EEHealth INS External equipment health (external sensor) O N
Measured values
TotW MV Total Active Power (Total P) O N
TotVAr MV Total Reactive Power (Total Q) O N
TotVA MV Total Apparent Power (Total S) O N
TotPF MV Average Power factor (Total PF) O N
Hz MV Frequency O Y
PPV DEL Phase to phase voltages (VL1VL2, …) O N
PhV1 WYE Phase to ground voltages (VL1ER, …) O Y
PhV2 WYE Phase to ground voltages (VL1ER, …) O Y
PhV3 WYE Phase to ground voltages (VL1ER, …) O Y
PhV4 WYE Phase to ground voltages (VL1ER, …) O Y
A1 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A2 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A3 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A4 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A5 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A6 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A7 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
A8 WYE Phase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3) O Y
W WYE Phase active power (P) O N
VAr WYE Phase reactive power (Q) O N
VA WYE Phase apparent power (S) O N
PF WYE Phase power factor O N
Z WYE Phase Impedance O N
(MICS Ed.1)
MSQI class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
EEHealth INS External equipment health (external sensor) O N
EEName DPL External equipment name plate O N
Measured values
SeqA1 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Current C Y
SeqA2 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Current C Y
SeqA3 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Current C Y
SeqA4 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Current C Y
SeqA5 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Current C Y
SeqV1 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Voltage C Y
SeqV2 SEQ Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Voltage C Y
DQ0Seq SEQ DQ0 Sequence O N
ImbA WYE Imbalance current O N
ImbNgA MV Imbalance negative sequence current O N
ImbNgV MV Imbalance negative sequence voltage O N
ImbPPV DEL Imbalance phase-phase voltage O N
ImbV WYE Imbalance voltage O N
ImbZroA MV Imbalance zero sequence current O N
ImbZroV MV Imbalance zero sequence voltage O N
MaxImbA MV Maximum imbalance current O N
MaxImbPPV MV Maximum imbalance phase-phase voltage O N
MaxImbV MV Maximum imbalance voltage O N
Condition C: At least one of either data shall be used.
(MICS Ed.1)
XCBR class
Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRT200
LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class M
EEHealth INS External equipment health (external sensor) O N
EEName DPL External equipment name plate O N
OpCnt INS Operation counter M Y
Controls
Pos DPC Switch position M Y
BlkOpn SPC Block opening M Y
BlkCls SPC Block closing M Y
ChaMotEna SPC Charger motor enabled O N
Metered Values
SumSwARs BCR Sum of Switched Amperes, resetable O N
Status Information
CBOpCap INS Circuit breaker operating capability M Y
POWCap INS Point On Wave switching capability O N
MaxOpCap INS Circuit breaker operating capability when fully charged O N
(MICS Ed.1)
SPS class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
status
stVal BOOLEAN ST dchg TRUE | FALSE M Y
q Quality ST qchg M Y
t TimeStamp ST M Y
substitution
subEna BOOLEAN SV PICS_SUBST N
subVal BOOLEAN SV TRUE | FALSE PICS_SUBST N
subQ Quality SV PICS_SUBST N
subID VISIBLE STRING64 SV PICS_SUBST N
configuration, description and extension
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 13
INS class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
status
stVal INT32 ST dchg M Y(*1)
q Quality ST qchg M Y
t TimeStamp ST M Y
Substitution
subEna BOOLEAN SV PICS_SUBST N
subVal INT32 SV PICS_SUBST N
subQ Quality SV PICS_SUBST N
subID VISIBLE STRING64 SV PICS_SUBST N
configuration, description and extension
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 13
(MICS Ed.1)
ACT class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
status
general BOOLEAN ST dchg M Y
phsA BOOLEAN ST dchg O Y
phsB BOOLEAN ST dchg O Y
phsC BOOLEAN ST dchg O Y
neut BOOLEAN ST dchg O Y
q Quality ST qchg M Y
t TimeStamp ST M Y
configuration, description and extension
operTm TimeStamp CF O N
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 13
(MICS Ed.1)
ACD class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
status
general BOOLEAN ST dchg M Y
dirGeneral ENUMERATED ST dchg unknown | forward | backward | both M Y
phsA BOOLEAN ST dchg GC_2 (1) Y
dirPhsA ENUMERATED ST dchg unknown | forward | backward GC_2 (1) Y
phsB BOOLEAN ST dchg GC_2 (2) Y
dirPhsB ENUMERATED ST dchg unknown | forward | backward GC_2 (2) Y
phsC BOOLEAN ST dchg GC_2 (3) Y
dirPhsC ENUMERATED ST dchg unknown | forward | backward GC_2 (3) Y
neut BOOLEAN ST dchg GC_2 (4) N
dirNeut ENUMERATED ST dchg unknown | forward | backward GC_2 (4) N
q Quality ST qchg M Y
t TimeStamp ST M Y
configuration, description and extension
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 13
(MICS Ed.1)
MV class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
measured values
instMag AnalogueValue MX O N
mag AnalogueValue MX dchg M Y
range ENUMERATED MX dchg normal | high | low | high-high | low-low |… O N
q Quality MX qchg M Y
t TimeStamp MX M Y
substitution
subEna BOOLEAN SV PICS_SUBST N
subVal AnalogueValue SV PICS_SUBST N
subQ Quality SV PICS_SUBST N
subID VISIBLE STRING64 SV PICS_SUBST N
configuration, description and extension
units Unit CF see Annex A O Y
db INT32U CF 0 … 100 000 O N
zeroDb INT32U CF 0 … 100 000 O N
sVC ScaledValueConfig CF AC_SCAV N
rangeC RangeConfig CF GC_CON N
smpRate INT32U CF O N
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 21
(MICS Ed.1)
WYE class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
phsA CMV GC_1 Y
phsB CMV GC_1 Y
phsC CMV GC_1 Y
neut CMV GC_1 Y
net CMV GC_1 N
res CMV GC_1 N
DataAttribute
configuration, description and extension
angRef ENUMERATED CF Va | Vb | Vc | Aa | Ab | Ac | Vab | Vbc | Vca | O N
Vother | Aother
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 21
(MICS Ed.1)
SEQ class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
c1 CMV M Y
c2 CMV M Y
c3 CMV M Y
DataAttribute
measured attributes
seqT ENUMERATED MX pos-neg-zero | dir-quad-zero M Y
configuration, description and extension
phsRef ENUMERATED CF A|B|C|… O N
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 21
(MICS Ed.1)
SPC class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
control and status
ctlVal BOOLEAN CO off (FALSE) | on (TRUE) AC_CO_M N
operTm TimeStamp CO AC_CO_O N
origin Originator_RO CO, ST AC_CO_O Y
ctlNum INT8U_RO CO, ST 0..255 AC_CO_O N
SBO VISIBLE STRING65 CO AC_CO_SBO_N_M N
SBOw SBOW CO AC_CO_SBOW_E_M N
Oper Oper CO AC_CO _M Y
Cancel Cancel CO AC_CO_SBO_N_M N
and
AC_CO_SBOW_E_M
and
AC_CO_TA_E_M
stVal BOOLEAN ST dchg FALSE | TRUE AC_ST Y
q Quality ST qchg AC_ST Y
t TimeStamp ST AC_ST Y
stSeld BOOLEAN ST dchg AC_CO_O N
substitution
subEna BOOLEAN SV PICS_SUBST N
subVal BOOLEAN SV FALSE | TRUE PICS_SUBST N
subQ Quality SV PICS_SUBST N
subID VISIBLE STRING64 SV PICS_SUBST N
configuration, description and extension
pulseConfig PulseConfig CF AC_CO_O N
CtlModel CtlModels CF M Y
sboTimeout INT32U CF AC_CO_O N
sboClass SboClasses CF AC_CO_O N
d VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 31
(MICS Ed.1)
INC class
Attribute Attribute Type FC TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRT200
Name
DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
control and status
ctlVal INT32 CO AC_CO_M N
operTm TimeStamp CO AC_CO_O N
origin Originator CO, ST AC_CO_O N
ctlNum INT8U CO, ST 0..255 AC_CO_O N
SBO VISIBLE STRING65 CO AC_CO_SBO_N_M N
SBOw SBOW CO AC_CO_SBOW_E_M N
Oper Oper CO AC_CO _M N
Cancel Cancel CO AC_CO_SBO_N_M N
and
AC_CO_SBOW_E_M
and
AC_CO_TA_E_M
stVal INT32 ST dchg M Y
Q Quality ST qchg M Y
T TimeStamp ST M Y
stSeld BOOLEAN ST dchg AC_CO_O N
substitution
subEna BOOLEAN SV PICS_SUBST N
subVal INT32 SV FALSE | TRUE PICS_SUBST N
subQ Quality SV PICS_SUBST N
subID VISIBLE STRING64 SV PICS_SUBST N
configuration, description and extension
CtlModel CtlModels CF M Y
sboTimeout INT32U CF AC_CO_O N
sboClass SboClasses CF AC_CO_O N
minVal INT32 CF O N
maxVal INT32 CF O N
stepSize INT32U CF 1 … (maxVal – minVal) O N
D VISIBLE STRING255 DC Text O N
dU UNICODE STRING255 DC O N
cdcNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
cdcName VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLNDA_M N
dataNs VISIBLE STRING255 EX AC_DLN_M N
Services
As defined in Table 31
- 879 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 880 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PICS Ed.1&Ed.2)
Introduction
The template of this document is “Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement for the
IEC 61850 interface in <device>” version 1.6 published by UCA International Users Group in
Nov 19, 2015.
This document specifies the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) of the
IEC 61850 interface in G2 series IED with communication firmware G2M850-01 series version
equal to or upper than F (G2M850-01-F). Each tables of this document is specified in IEC 61850-
7-2 Annex A.3 “ACSI models conformance statement”.
— ASCI basic conformance statement,
— ACSI models conformance statement,
— ACSI service conformance statement
Together with the MICS and the PIXIT, the PICS forms the basis for a conformance test
according to IEC 61850-10.
Note: Term “Ed” is mentioning the edition number of IEC 61850. Editon2 (Ed2) provides
backward compatibility for legacy Edition 1 (Ed1).
- 881 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PICS Ed.1&Ed.2)
ASCI basic conformance statement
The basic conformance statement is defined in Table A.1.
Table A.1 – Basic conformance statement
Client/ Server/ Value/
Subscriber Publisher Comments
Client-Server roles
Server side (of TWO-PARTY-APPLICATION-
B11 Y
ASSOCIATION)
Client side of (TWO-PARTY-APPLICATION-
B12 N
ASSOCIATION)
SCSMs supported
Client/Subscrib
er side is only
B21 SCSM: IEC 61850-8-1 used Y Y
GOOSE and
SNTP.
Deprecated
B22 SCSM: IEC 61850-9-1 used
Ed2
B23 SCSM: IEC 61850-9-2 used
B24 SCSM: other
- 882 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PICS Ed.1&Ed.2)
ACSI models conformance statement
The ACSI models conformance statement is defined in Table A.2.
Table A.2 – ACSI models conformance statement
Client/ Server/ Value/
Subscriber Publisher Comments
If Server or Client side (B11/12) supported
M1 Logical device N Y
M2 Logical node N Y
M3 Data N Y
M4 Data set N Y
M5 Substitution N N
M6 Setting group control N Y
Reporting
M7 Buffered report control N Y
M7-1 sequence-number N Y
M7-2 report-time-stamp N Y
M7-3 reason-for-inclusion N Y
M7-4 data-set-name N Y
M7-5 data-reference N Y
M7-6 buffer-overflow N Y
M7-7 entryID N Y
M7-8 BufTm N Y
M7-9 IntgPd N Y
M7-10 GI N Y
M7-11 conf-revision N Y
M8 Unbuffered report control N Y
M8-1 sequence-number N Y
M8-2 report-time-stamp N Y
M8-3 reason-for-inclusion N Y
M8-4 data-set-name N Y
M8-5 data-reference N Y
M8-6 BufTm N Y
M8-7 IntgPd N Y
M8-8 GI N Y
M8-8 conf-revision N Y
Logging N N
M9 Log control N N
M9-1 IntgPd N N
M10 Log N N
M11 Control N Y
M17 File Transfer N Y
M18 Application Association N Y
M19 GOOSE Control Block N Y
M20 Sampled Value Control Block N N
If GSE (B31/32) is supported
M12 GOOSE Y Y
M13 GSSE N N Deprecated Ed2
If SVC (41/42) is supported
M14 Multicast SVC N N
M15 Unicast SVC N N
For all IEDs
SNTP client functions
M16 Time Y N
are supported.
Y = service is supported
N or empty = service is not supported
- 883 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PICS Ed.1&Ed.2)
ACSI service conformance statement
The ACSI service conformance statement is defined in Table A.3 (depending on the statements
in Table A.1).
Table A.3 – ACSI service Conformance statement(1/3)
Ed Services AA: Client Server Comments
TP/MC (C) (S)
Server
S1 1 GetServerDirectory (LOGICAL-DEVICE) TP N Y
Application association
S2 1 Associate TP N Y
S3 1 Abort TP N Y
S4 1 Release TP N Y
Logical device
S5 1 GetLogicalDeviceDirectory TP N Y
Logical node
S6 1 GetLogicalNodeDirectory TP N Y
S7 1 GetAllDataValues TP N Y
Data
S8 1 GetDataValues TP N Y
S9 1 SetDataValues TP N Y
S10 1 GetDataDirectory TP N Y
S11 1 GetDataDefinition TP N Y
Data set
S12 1 GetDataSetValues TP N Y
S13 1 SetDataSetValues TP N N
S14 1 CreateDataSet TP N N
S15 1 DeleteDataSet TP N N
S16 1 GetDataSetDirectory TP N Y
Substitution
S17 1 SetDataValues TP N N
- 884 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PICS Ed.1&Ed.2)
Logging
Log control block
S30 1 GetLCBValues TP N N
S31 1 SetLCBValues TP N N
Log
S32 1 QueryLogByTime TP N N
S33 1 QueryLogAfter TP N N
S34 1 GetLogStatusValues TP N N
- 885 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PICS Ed.1&Ed.2)
Control
S51 1 Select N Y
S52 1 SelectWithValue TP N Y
S53 1 Cancel TP N Y
S54 1 Operate TP N Y
S55 1 CommandTermination TP N Y
S56 1 TimeActivatedOperate TP N N
File transfer
S57 1 GetFile TP N Y
S58 1 SetFile TP N N
S59 1 DeleteFile TP N N
S60 1 GetFileAttributeValues TP N Y
S61 1 GetServerDirectory (FILE-SYSTEM) TP N Y
Time
T1 1 Time resolution of internal clock 10 nearest negative power of 2 in
(1ms) seconds
T2 1 Time accuracy of internal clock T1 T0 (10ms)
T1 (1ms)
T2 (100µs)
T3 (25µs)
T4 (4µs)
T5 (1µs)
T3 1 Supported TimeStamp resolution 10 nearest negative power of 2 in
(1ms) seconds
- 886 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Edition1&2)
Note: The template of this document is “PIXIT template extracted from server test
procedures version 1.0 and updated according to TPCL version 1.2.6” published by
UCA International Using Group.
(Original document#: 6F2S1875 Ver. 0.11)
- 887 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
1. Introduction
This document specifies the protocol implementation extra information for testing (PIXIT) of
the IEC 61850 interface in G2 Series IED with communication firmware G2M850-02 series
version equal & upper than A(G2M850-02-A).
Together with the PICS and the MICS the PIXIT forms the basis for a conformance test
according to IEC 61850-10. The PIXIT entries contain information which is not available in the
PICS, MICS, TICS documents or SCL file.
Each table specifies the PIXIT for applicable ACSI service model as structured in IEC 61850-
10.
Note: Term “Ed” mentions the edition number of the IEC 61850. The editon2 (Ed2)
provides backward compatibility for legacy the Edition 1 (Ed1).
- 888 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
4. PIXIT FOR ASSOCIATION MODEL
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
Maximum number of clients that can set-up an
As1 1 6
association simultaneously
From 10 to 30 seconds
As3 1,2 Lost connection detection time
(TCP_KEEPALIVE + 10sec.)
Transport selector N
Session selector N
What association parameters are necessary for
As5 1,2 Presentation selector N
successful association
AP Title N
AE Qualifier N
- 889 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
5. PIXIT FOR SERVER MODEL
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
Validity:
Y Good,
Y Invalid,
N Reserved,
Y Questionable
Y* Overflow
Y* OutofRange
N BadReference
N Oscillatory
Which analogue value (MX) quality bits are
Sr1 1,2 Y* Failure
supported (can be set by server)
N OldData
Y* Inconsistent
N Inaccurate (OnlyHz)
Source:
Y Process
Validity:
Y Good,
Y Invalid,
N Reserved,
Y Questionable
N BadReference
Y Oscillatory
Which status value (ST) quality bits are
Y Failure
Sr2 1,2 supported
Y OldData
(can be set by server)
Y Inconsistent
N Inaccurate
Source:
N Substituted
Y Test
N OperatorBlocked
- 890 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
6. PIXIT for Data set model
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
Not limited by an internal
configuration parameter.
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
- 891 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
size)
$14.2.2.9)
- 892 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
9. PIXIT for Reporting model (continued)
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
What is the buffer size for each BRCB or how For example, LLN0$ST$Health
many reports can be buffered can be stored 408 events.
Rp7 1,2
What is the scan cycle for binary events More than 1.6 milliseconds
Rp10 1,2
Is this fixed, configurable Configurable
Does the device support to pre-assign a RCB to a
Rp11 1 specific client in the SCL N
After restart of the server is the value of ConfRev Restored from original
restored from the original configuration or configuration
Rp12 2 retained prior to restart
Rp14 2 Or
<additional items>
Is it supported to change LLN0.Mod online? N
Not applicable
- 893 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
11. PIXIT FOR GOOSE PUBLISH MODEL
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
Can the test (Ed1) / simulation (Ed2) flag in the
Gp1 1,2 N
published GOOSE be set
What is the behaviour when the GOOSE publish If the configuration is incorrect,
Gp2 1
configuration is incorrect the GOOSE isn’t published.
Published FCD supported common data classes All CDC/data types can be
Gp3 1,2
are published.
Y
Does Server or ICT refuse GOOSE payload
Gp9 1,2 Server Refuses the
dataset length greater than SCSM supports?
Configuration.
<additional items>
1,2 Is the DUT a test equipment N
- 894 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
12. PIXIT FOR GOOSE SUBSCRIBE MODEL
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
What elements of a subscribed GOOSE Y destination MAC address
message are checked to decide the message is = as configured
valid and the allData values are accepted? If Y APPID
yes, describe the conditions. Y gocbRef
N timeAllowedtoLive
Notes: N datSet
the VLAN tag may be removed by a Y goID
ethernet switch and shall not be =as configured
Gs1 1,2 checked N t
the simulation flag shall always be N stNum
checked (Ed2) Y sqNum
Y simulation / test
N confRev
Y ndsCom
N numDatSetEntries
N out-of-order dataset
members
When is a subscribed GOOSE marked as lost [message does not arrive prior to
(TAL = time allowed to live value from the last TAL]
received GOOSE message) GOOSE subscribe quality
information will become
QUESTIONABLE (=1100 0000
0000 0).
N Substituted
Y Test
N OperatorBlocked
- 895 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
12. PIXIT FOR GOOSE SUBSCRIBE MODEL (continued)
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
What is the behavior when a subscribed Refer to Gs3
Gs4 1,2 GOOSE message is out-of-order
(NOTE)
But each data size shall be less
than 32 bits.
Dataset including measurand
CDC listed above cannot be
subscribed.
- 896 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
12. PIXIT FOR GOOSE SUBSCRIBE MODEL (continued)
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
<additional items>
Are subscribed GOOSE with ndsCom=T GOOSE subscribe quality
Accepted. information will become
QUESTIONABLE |
INACCURATE (=1100 0000 0100 0).
1,2
GOOSE status change is ignored.
The behavior can be changed by
modifying PLC logic.
- 897 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
14. PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
What control models are supported DOns: Y
(compare ICD file enums for Ed2) SBOns: Y
Ct1 - DOes: Y
SBOes: Y
Is the control model fixed, configurable and/or Fixed
Ct2 1,2 dynamic
Is TimeActivatedOperate supported (compare Deprecated
Ct3 - PICS or SCL)
Is “operate-many” supported (compare Deprecated
Ct4 - sboClass)
Will the DUT activate the control output when Y
the test attribute is set in the SelectWithValue
Ct5 1 and/or Operate request (when N test procedure
Ctl2 is applicable)
- 898 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
14. PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL(Continued)
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
Which additional cause diagnosis are Y Unknown
supported Y Not-supported
Y Blocked-by-switching-hierarchy
Y Select-failed
Y Invalid-position
Y Position-reached
N Step-limit
Y Blocked-by-Mode
N Blocked-by-process
Y Blocked-by-interlocking
Y Blocked-by-synchrocheck
Y Command-already-in-execution
Y Blocked-by-health
Y 1-of-n-control
Y Abortion-by-cancel
Y Time-limit-over
Y Abortion-by-trip (only for BCPU)
Y Object-not-selected
Ct9 1,2
Edition 1 specific values:
Y Parameter-change-in-execution
How to force a “test-not-ok” respond with Set orCat with unsupported value.
SelectWithValue request See below “Which origin categories
Ct10 1,2
are supported?”
How to force a “test-not-ok” respond with Send SELECT request to the control
Ct11 1,2 Select request object which is not mapped to
control application.
- 899 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
14. PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL(Continued)
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
How to force a “test-not-ok” respond with DOns, SBOns, DOes:
Operate request [Example1]
Set orCat as unsupported value
-> Cause AddCause as “Not-
supported(1)”
[Example2]
Set ctlCat same as stVal
-> Cause AddCause as “Position-
reached(5)”
Ct12 1,2
SBOes: (Only Ed1)
Same as above. Or,
[Example3]
Set Oper parameters as different
parameter from the parameter of
SelectWithVal
-> Cause AddCause as “Parameter-
change-in-execution (6)”
maintenance (7): N
process (8): N
What happens if the orCat value is not DOns, SBOns, DOes, SBOes:
Ct14 1,2 supported or invalid “test-not-ok” IED respond
- 900 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
14. PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL(Continued)
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
Does the IED accept a Select/SelectWithValue SBOns: N
from the same client when the control object is SBOes: N
Ct17 1 already selected (Tissue #334)
Is for SBOes the internal validation performed Yes for both SelectWithValue and
Ct18 1,2 during the SelectWithValue and/or Operate Operate
step
Name a DOes point (if any) with a finite The timeout time is setting.
operate timeout and specify the timeout One example,
Ct26 1,2 (in milliseconds) DPSY01-RST
Default value is 300[ms]
(10[ms]-1000[ms])
Does the IED support control objects with DOns: N
external signals? SBOns: N
Ct27 2 DOes: N
SBOes: N
- 901 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
15. PIXIT FOR TIME AND TIME SYNCHONISATION MODEL
ID Ed Description Value / Clarification
What time quality bits are supported (may be Y LeapSecondsKnown
set by the IED) N ClockFailure
Tm1 1 Y ClockNotSynchronized
Describe the behavior when the time server(s) On one time server: IED tries to
ceases to respond synchronize with another time
server.
What is the time server lost detection time The lost detection time depends on
the network condition.
How long does it take to take over the new time 10 seconds
Tm3 1,2 from time server
Tm4 1,2 When is the time quality bit “ClockFailure” set RTC is out-of-order
When is the time quality bit “Clock not It depends on the condition of
Tm5 1,2 Synchronized” set synchronization. Typically from 1 to
10 minutes.
Is the timestamp of a binary event adjusted to Deprecated
Tm6 - the configured scan cycle
Does the device support time zone and daylight Yes for both.
Tm7 1
saving
Which attributes of the SNTP response packet Y Leap indicator not equal
are validated to 3?
N Mode is equal to SERVER
N OriginateTimestamp is
equal to value sent by the
SNTP client as Transmit
Tm8 1,2 Timestamp
Y RX/TX timestamp fields
are checked for
reasonableness
Y SNTP version 3 and/or 4
N other (describe)
Do the COMTRADE files have local time or UTC
Tm9 1,2 UTC time and is this configurable Not Configurable
- 902 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2)
16. PIXIT FOR FILE TRANSFER MODEL
(NOTE)
Ft1 1 At root directory in IED, the
directory “/COMTRADE/” is
Hidden. Therefore a client
shall directly access this
directory.
Are comtrade files zipped and what files are Not zipped
included in each zip file
Directory names are separated from the file
Ft2 1,2 name by “/”
The maximum file name size including path
Ft3 1 (recommended 64 chars) 64 chars
- 903 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(TICS Edition2)
Note: The template of this document is “Test Procedures Change List (TPCL) version
1.2.6 for IEC 61850 Edition 2 server test procedures revision 1.0” published by
UCA International Users Group Testing Sub Committee in April 3, 2018.
(Original document#: 6F2S1920 Ver. 0.1)
- 904 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(TICS Ed.2)
1. Introduction
This document provides a template for the Tissues conformance statement. According to the
UCA IUG QAP the Tissue conformance statement is required to perform a conformance test
and is referenced on the certificate.
This document is applicable for G2 series IED with communication firmware G2M850-02 series
version equal & upper than A (G2M850-02-A).
Note: Term “Ed” is mentioning the edition number of IEC 61850. Editon2 (Ed2) provides
backward compatibility for legacy Edition 1 (Ed1).
- 905 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(TICS Ed.2)
2. Mandatory Edition2 Tissues
Below tables give an overview of the applicable mandatory Tissues.
Part 6 Implemented
Description
Tissue Y/na
658 Tracking related features na
FCDA element cannot be a "functionally constrained
663 Y
logical node"
668 Autotransformer modeling na
687 SGCB ResvTms na
719 ConfDataSet - maxAttributes definition is confusing na
721 Log element name na
768 bType VisString65 is missing Y
779 object references na
788 SICS S56 from optional to mandatory na
789 ConfLdName as services applies to both server and client na
804 valKind and IED versus System configuration na
806 Max length of log name inconsistent between -6 and -7-2 na
807 Need a way to indicate if "Owner" present in RCB na
- 906 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(TICS Ed.2)
2. Mandatory Edition2 Tissues (continued)
Part 7-1 Implemented
Description
Tissue Y/na
828 Data model namespace revision IEC 61850-7-4:2007[A] na
simulated GOOSE disappears after 1st appearance when
1151 na
LPHD.Sim = TRUE
- 907 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(TICS Ed.2)
2. Mandatory Edition2 Tissues (continued)
Part 7-4 Implemented
Description
Tissue Y/na
671 mistake in definition of Mod & Beh Y
674 CDC of ZRRC.LocSta is wrong na
676 Same data object name used with different CDC na
677 MotStr is used with different CDC in PMMS and SOPM LN classes na
679 Remove CycTrMod Enum na
680 SI unit for MHYD.Cndct na
681 Enum PIDAlg na
682 ANCR.ParColMod na
683 Enum QVVR.IntrDetMth na
685 Enum ParTraMod na
686 New annex H - enums types in XML na
694 Data object CmdBlk na
696 LSVS.St (Status of subscription) na
712 interpretation of quality operatorBlocked na
713 DO Naming of time constants in FFIL na
724 ANCR.Auto na
725 Loc in LN A-group na
734 LLN0.OpTmh vs. LPHD.OpTmh na
736 PFSign na
742 GAPC.Str, GAPC.Op and GAPC.StrVal na
743 CCGR.PmpCtl and CCGR.FanCtl na
744 LN STMP, EEHealth and EEName na
773 Loc, LocKey and LocSta YPSH and YLTC na
774 ITCI.LocKey na
800 Misspelling in CSYN na
802 CCGR and Harmonized control authority na
808 Presence condition of ZMoT.DExt and new DOs na
831 Setting of ConfRevNum in LGOS na
838 Testing in Beh=Blocked na
844 MFLK.PhPiMax, MFLK.PhPiLoFil, MFLK.PhPiRoot DEL->WYE na
Presence conditions re-assessing in case of derived
849 statistical calculation na
877 QVUB -settings should be optional na
909 Remove ANCR.ColOpR and ColOpL na
920 Resetable Counter is NOT resetable na
932 Rename AVCO.SptVol to AVCO.VolSpt na
939 Change CDC for ANCR.FixCol na
991 LGOS: GoCBRef (as well as LSVS.SvCBRef) should be mandatory Y
1007 PTRC as fault indicator - Update of description required na
1044 TapChg in AVCO na
1077 Rename DOnames within LTIM na
Note: Tissues 675, 735, 772, 775, 776, 878 are not relevant for conformance testing
- 908 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
(TICS Ed.2)
2. Mandatory Edition2 Tissues (continued)
Part 8-1 Implemented
Description
Tissue Y/na
784 Tracking of control (CTS) na
817 Fixed-length GOOSE float encoding Y
834 File dir name length 64 Y
951 Encoding of Owner attribute Y
1040 More associate error codes Y
1178 Select Response+ is non-null value Y
- 909 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Appendix 5 Ordering
- 910 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 3 - - 0 0 - - 3 -
1† Model 3 is limited when ‘D’ is placed at positon ‘7’. To select the 3D, see p. 925.
Positions
[Software selection] 7 S G T E F U 9 V
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 3 0 3 - -
Relay function D
2† The operation of BI modules is intended to use while DC power source is being supplied to the
IED, and the operation of power supply module (PWS) of the IED is only guaranteed for DC
power source. Thus, the user should disable the PWS supervision function when AC power is
supplied to the IED so that the IED does not issue spurious alarms (see p. 433).
- 911 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 3 (2/4)
Positions
[Hardware selection in Model3] 7 8 - 9 A B - C D - E F - G H - J K L
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 3 - - 0 0 - - 3
(…continued from the previous page)
Outlines
Standard LCD, 1/2×19” rack for flush mounting 2
Large LCD, 1/2×19” rack for flush mounting 6
Standard LCD, 1/2×19” rack for rack mounting †3 F
Large LCD, 1/2×19” rack for rack mounting †3 J
Outlines
Standard LCD, 3/4×19” rack for flush mounting 3
Large LCD, 3/4×19” rack for flush mounting 7
Standard LCD, 3/4×19” rack for rack mounting †3 G
Large LCD, 3/4×19” rack for rack mounting †3 K
- 912 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 3 (3/4)
Positions
[Hardware selection in Model3] 7 8 - 9 A B - C D - E F - G H - J K L
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 3 - - 0 0 - - 3 -
(…continued from the previous page)
Outlines
Standard LCD, 1/1×19” rack for flush mounting 4
Large LCD, 1/1×19” rack for flush mounting 8
- 913 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 3 (4/4)
[CT configuration in Model3]
Positions
7 8 9 A B C D E F G H J K L
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 3 - - 0 0 - - -
(…continued from the previous page)
1A 1A 1
5A 5A 2
1A 5A A
5A 1A J
Tips:
The user can find the layouts of entering currents in the VCT49B in Chapter Technical description:
Transformer module for AC analog input.
- 914 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 4 - - 0 0 - - 3 - 0
1† Model 4 is limited when ‘E’ is placed at positon ‘7’. To select the 3E, see p. 925.
Positions
[Software selection] 7 S G T E F U 9 V
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 4 0 3 - -
Relay function D
2† The operation of BI modules is intended to use while DC power source is being supplied to the
IED, and the operation of power supply module (PWS) of the IED is only guaranteed for DC
power source. Thus, the user should disable the PWS supervision function when AC power is
supplied to the IED so that the IED does not issue spurious alarms (see p. 433).
- 915 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 4 (2/4)
Positions
[Hardware selection in Model4] 7 8 - 9 A B - C D - E F - G H - J K L
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 4 - - 0 0 - - 3 - 0
(…continued from the previous page)
Outlines
Standard LCD, 1/2×19” rack for flush mounting 2
Large LCD, 1/2×19” rack for flush mounting 6
Standard LCD, 1/2×19” rack for rack mounting †3 F
Large LCD, 1/2×19” rack for rack mounting †3 J
Outlines
Standard LCD, 3/4×19” rack for flush mounting 3
Large LCD, 3/4×19” rack for flush mounting 7
Standard LCD, 3/4×19” rack for rack mounting †3 G
Large LCD, 3/4×19” rack for rack mounting †3 K
- 916 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 4 (3/4)
Positions
[Hardware selection in Model4] 7 8 - 9 A B - C D - E F - G H - J K L
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 4 - - 0 0 - - 3 -
(…continued from the previous page)
Outlines
Standard LCD, 1/1×19” rack for flush mounting 4
Large LCD, 1/1×19” rack for flush mounting 8
Tips:
The user can find out the ordering number from the information menu on the LCD (see Chapter
User interface: Information sub-menu).
- 917 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 4 (4/4)
[CT configuration in Model4]
Positions
7 8 9 A B C D E F G H J K L
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 4 - - 0 0 - - - 0
(…continued from the previous page)
- 918 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 5 - - 0 0 - - 3 -
1† Model 5 is limited when ‘F’ is placed at positon ‘7’. To select the 3F, see p. 925.
Positions
[Software selection] 7 S G T E F U 9 V
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 3 0 3 F - -
Relay function F
2† The operation of BI modules is intended to use while DC power source is being supplied to the
IED, and the operation of power supply module (PWS) of the IED is only guaranteed for DC
power source. Thus, the user should disable the PWS supervision function when AC power is
supplied to the IED so that the IED does not issue spurious alarms (see p. 433).
- 919 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 5 (2/3)
Positions
[Hardware selection in Model5] 7 8 - 9 A B - C D - E F - G H - J K L
Configuration G R T 2 0 0 - 5 - - 0 0 - - 3 -
(…continued from the previous page)
Outlines
Standard LCD, 1/1×19” rack for flush mounting 4
Large LCD, 1/1×19” rack for flush mounting 8
- 920 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Model 5 (3/3)
[CT configuration in Model5]
Positions
7 8 9 A B C D E F G H J K L
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 5 - - 0 0 - - -
(…continued from the previous page)
- 921 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 -
- 922 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 923 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
[Software selection] 7 S G T E F U 9 V
Configurations G R T 2 0 0 - 0 3 - -
1†For PRP/HSR/RSTP protocol with the IEC 61850, choose “L” or “N” code at position E. For
hot/standby configuration or single port configuration with the IEC 61850, choose other codes at
position E (see p. 922 or 923).
2† Either RS485 or Fiber optic module is required for the operation of the IEC60870-103. It can
be selected an ordering code with the inclusion of RS485 or Fiber optic from the tables (see p.
922 or 923).
- 924 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ordering information
[Function Table for respective models]
Function Description Ordering No. (Position 'G & T')
Block 3D 3E 3F
2 x 3ph-CT ● ● ●
DIF 3 x 3ph-CT ● ● ●
Current differential protection
(87) 4 x 3ph-CT - ● ●
5 x 3ph-CT - - ●
REF Low-impedance restricted earth fault 2 Stage ● - ●
(87N) protection 3 Stage - - ●
Non-directional definite / inverse time
OC ●
overcurrent protection
(50/51/67) 8 stages ● ●
Directional definite / inverse time
-
overcurrent protection
Non-directional definite / inverse time
EF earth fault protection ●
(50G/51G/ (using phase currents)
8 stages ● ●
67G) Directional definite / inverse time
overcurrent protection -
(using phase currents)
Non-directional definite / inverse time
EFIn
earth fault protection 4 stages ● - ●
(50N/51N)
(using neutral current)
Non-directional negative-
● ● ●
OCN sequence overcurrent protection
4 stages
(46) Directional negative- sequence
-
overcurrent protection
BCD
Broken conductor protection — ● ● ●
(46BC)
THM THM trip
Thermal overload protection ● ● ●
(49) THM alarm
ICD
Inrush current detector function — ● ● ●
CBF CBF re-trip
Circuit breaker failure protection ● ● ●
(50BF) CBF trip
Under-frequency /
FRQ/DFRQ
Over-frequency / Rate of change of 6 stages ●(*1) ●(*1) ●(*1)
(81U/81O)
frequency protection
VPH V/f trip
Over-excitation protection ●(*2) ●(*2) ●(*2)
(24) V/f alarm
MECH. Trip and/or Indication of external
32 stages ● ● ●
TRIP devices
4 x three-phase CT +
5 x three-phase CT +
2 x zero-phase CT +
3 x zero-phase CT +
1 x three-phase VT
2 x three-phase VT
- 925 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Ordering
Hybrid type
No.†1 Selections of a BIO module
7 - - - 6 4 - 11 1xBIO1A
12 - - - 3 2 - 12 1xBIO2A
8 - - 6 - 2 - 13 1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
18 - - - - - - 15 1xBI1A
- 12 - - - - - 16 1xBI2A
- - 32 - - - - 17 1xBI3A
- - - - 6 12 - 18 1xBO1A
Note
†1 The code selected is set for A & B positions of ‘Hardware selection’.
Selction of 2xBIO modules, two slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No.†1 Selections of BIO module combination
- - 32 - 6 12 - 21 1xBI3A+1xBO1A
7 - 32 - 6 4 - 22 1xBI3A+1xBIO1A
12 - 32 - 3 2 - 23 1xBI3A+1xBIO2A
18 - - - 6 12 - 24 1xBI1A+1xBO1A
25 - - - 6 4 - 25 1xBI1A+1xBIO1A
30 - - - 3 2 - 26 1xBI1A+1xBIO2A
8 - - 6 6 14 - 27 1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
15 - - 6 6 6 - 28 1xBIO1A+1xBIO3A
7 - - - 12 16 - 29 1xBO1A+1xBIO1A
16 - - 12 - 4 - 2A 2xBIO3A
- - 32 - - - 16 2B 1xBI3A+1xBO2A
- 12 - - 6 12 - 2C 1xBI2A+1xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A)
20 - - 6 3 4 - 2E 1xBIO2A+1xBIO3A
12 - - - 9 14 - 2F 1xBO1A+1xBIO2A
8 12 - 6 - 2 - 2G 1xBI2A+1xBIO3A
Note
†1 The code selected is set for A & B positions of ‘Hardware selection’.
Selction of 3xBIO modules; three slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No. Selections of BIO module combination
15 - - 6 12 18 - 31 1xBO1A+1xBIO1A+1xBIO3A
20 - - 6 9 16 - 32 1xBO1A+1xBIO2A+1xBIO3A
23 - - 12 6 8 - 33 1xBIO1A+2xBIO3A
26 - - 6 6 14 - 34 ‡1 1xBI1A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
8 - 32 6 6 14 - 35 1xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
24 - - 18 - 6 - 36 3xBIO3A
25 - - - 12 16 - 37 1xBI1A+1xBO1A+1xBIO1A
36 - - - 6 12 - 39 2xBI1A+1xBO1A
- 24 - - 6 12 - 3A 2xBI2A+1xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
7 - 32 - 6 4 16 3C 1xBI3A+1xBIO1A+1xBO2A
7 - 32 - 12 16 - 3D 1xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO1A
- - 32 - 6 12 16 3E 1xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBO2A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
16 - - 12 6 16 - 3G 1xBO1A+2xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
26 - - 6 6 14 - 3J ‡1 1xBO1A+1xBIO3A+1xBI1A
- - 64 - 6 12 - 3K 2xBI3A+1xBO1A
14 - 32 - 12 8 - 3L 1xBI3A+2xBIO1A
- - 96 - - - - 3M 3xBI3A
8 12 - 6 6 14 - 3N 1xBI2A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - 32 - 12 24 - 3P 1xBI3A + 2xBO1A
36 - - - - - 16 3Q 2xBI1A+ 1xBO2A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
16 12 - 12 - 4 - 3S 1xBI2A+2xBIO3A
18 12 - - 6 12 - 3T 1xBI1A+1xBI2A+1xBO1A
12 - 32 - 9 14 - 3U 1xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO2A
Note
‡1 The difference between ‘34’ and ‘3J’ is the mount positons about BIO modules.
Selction of 4xBIO modules; four slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No. Selections of BIO module combination
26 - - 6 12 26 - 41 ‡1 1xBI1A+2xBO1A+1xBIO3A
32 - - 24 - 8 - 42 4xBIO3A
8 - 32 6 12 26 - 43 1xBI3A+2xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - 64 - 12 24 - 44 2xBI3A+2xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
54 - - - 6 12 - 46 3xBI1A+1xBO1A
20 - 32 6 9 16 - 47 1xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO2A+1xBIO3A
26 - - 6 12 26 - 48 ‡1 1xBO1A+1xBI1A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
20 - - 6 15 28 - 49 2xBO1A+1xBIO2A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
34 - - 12 6 16 - 4B 1xBI1A+1xBO1A+2xBIO3A
- - 64 - - - 32 4C 2xBI3A+2xBO2A
21 - 32 - 18 12 - 4D 1xBI3A+3xBIO1A
- - 128 - - - - 4E 4xBI3A
7 - 96 - 6 4 - 4F 3xBI3A+1xBIO1A
8 24 - 6 6 14 - 4G 2xBI2A +1xBO1A +1xBIO3A
- - 32 - 18 36 - 4H 1xBI3A + 3xBO1A
26 12 - 6 6 14 - 4J 1xBI1A + 1xBI2A + 1xBO1A+ 1xBIO3A
24 - 32 - 12 16 - 4K 1xBI3A+1xBO1A+2xBIO2A
15 - - 6 18 30 - 4L 2xBO1A+1xBIO1A+1xBIO3A
7 - - - 24 40 - 4M 3xBO1A+1xBIO1A
36 - - - 12 24 - 4N 2xBI1A+2xBO1A
8 - 64 6 6 14 - 4P 2xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
36 - - - 6 12 16 4Q 2xBI1A+1xBO1A+1xBO2A
44 - - 6 6 14 - 4R 2xBI1A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
Note
‡1 The difference between ‘41’ and ‘48’ is the mount positions about BIO modules.
Selction of 5xBIO modules; five slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No. Selections of BIO module combination
33 - - 6 6 6 32 51 1xBI1A+1xBIO1A+1xBIO3A+2xBO2A
44 - - 6 12 26 - 52 2xBI1A+2xBO1A+1xBIO3A
25 - 96 - 6 4 - 53 1xBI1A+3xBI3A+1xBIO1A
8 - 96 6 6 14 - 54 3xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
62 - - 6 6 14 - 56 3xBI1A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - 96 - 12 24 - 5B 3xBI3A+2xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - 128 - 6 12 - 5E 4xBI3A+1xBO1A
- - 160 - 6 12 - 5F 5xBI3A
44 12 - 6 6 14 - 5G 2xBI1A + 1xBI2A + 1xBO1A + 1xBIO3A
15 - - 6 24 42 - 5H 3xBO1A+1xBIO1A+1xBIO3A
- - 64 - 18 36 - 5J 2xBI3A+3xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - 30 60 - 5L 5xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
42 - - 18 6 18 - 5P 1xBI1A+1xBO1A+3xBIO3A
41 - - 12 12 20 - 5Q 1xBI1+1xBO1+1xBIO1+2xBIO3
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
8 12 64 6 - 2 16 5S 1xBI2A+2xBI3A+1xBIO3A+1xBO2A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
36 24 - - 6 12 - 5U 2xBI1A+2xBI2A+1xBO1A
Selction of 6xBIO modules; six slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No. Selections of BIO module combination
51 - - 6 18 30 - 61 2xBI1A+2xBO1A+1xBIO1A+1xBIO3A
8 - 96 6 12 26 - 62 3xBI3A+2xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - 128 - 12 24 - 63 4xBI3A+2xBO1A
8 - 128 6 6 14 - 64 4xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
52 - - 12 - 4 32 69 2xBI1A+2xBIO3A+2xBO2A
52 - - 12 12 28 - 6A 2xBI1A+2xBO1A+2xBIO3A
36 - - - 24 48 - 6B 2xBI1A+4xBO1A
36 - 64 - 12 24 - 6C 2xBI1A+2xBI3A+2xBO1A
44 - - 6 18 38 - 6D 2xBI1A+3xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - 160 - 6 12 - 6E 5xBI3A+1xBO1A
7 - 160 - 6 4 - 6F 5xBI3A+1xBIO1A
8 - 64 6 - 2 48 6G 2xBI3A+1xBIO3A+3xBO2A
26 - 64 6 - 2 32 6H 1xBI1A+2xBI3A+1xBIO3A+2xBO2A
8 12 64 6 6 14 16 6J 1xBI2A+2xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO3A+1xBO2A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
Selction of 7xBIO modules; seven slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No. Selections of BIO module combination
80 - - 6 12 26 - 71 4xBI1A+2xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
8 - 96 6 18 38 - 73 3xBI3A+3xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- 60 - - 6 12 16 78 5xBI2A+1xBO1A+1xBO2A
- - 160 - 12 24 - 79 5xBI3A+2xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
54 - 64 - 12 24 - 7B 3xBI1A+2xBI3A+2xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - 128 - 18 36 - 7D 4xBI3A+3xBO1A
7 - 160 - 12 16 - 7E 5xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO1A
- - 192 - 6 12 - 7F 6xBI3A+1xBO1A
7 - 192 - 6 4 - 7G 6xBI3A+1xBIO1A
- - 224 - - - - 7H 7xBI3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
8 - 96 6 - 2 48 7L 3xBI3A+1xBIO3A+3xBO2A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
Selction of 8xBIO modules; eight slots are assigned in the IED case.
Number of circuits on a module
Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO)
Hybrid type
No. Selections of BIO module combination
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - 160 - 18 36 - 83 5xBI3A+3xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- 60 - - 6 12 32 87 5xBI2A+1xBO1A+2xBO2A
8 - 128 6 18 38 - 88 4xBI3A+3xBO1A+1xBIO3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - 256 - - - - 8C 8xBI3A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
7 - 224 - 6 4 - 8G 7xBI3A+1xBIO1A
- - 192 - 12 24 - 8H 6xBI3A+2xBO1A
7 - 192 - 12 16 - 8J 6xBI3A+1xBO1A+1xBIO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
7 - 96 - 30 52 - 8M 3xBI3A+4xBO1A+1xBIO1A
- - 128 - 24 48 - 8N 4xBI3A+4xBO1A
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
- - - - - - - (N/A) -
[Optional accessories]
[Label sheet]
Accessory names Quantity per order Codes
Pocket sheet label for LEDs(White) 10 EP-211-00
Pocket sheet label for function keys(White) 10 EP-212-00
[Rating jumpers]
Accessory names Quantity per order Codes
Jumpers to change rated current 20 EP-221
[Monitoring plugs]
Accessory names Quantity per order Codes
Plugs for monitoring jacks on the front 4 EP-222
[Engineering tools]
Accessory names Quantity per order Codes
GR-TIEMS 1 license EP-251
PLC-EDITOR 1 license EP-261
- 935 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Technical data
Analog Inputs
Rated current In Either 1A or 5A (selectable by settings)
Rated voltage Vn 100V to 120V
Rated Frequency Either 50Hz or 60Hz (fixed when the ordering is performed)
Overload Rating
Current inputs 4 times rated current continuous
5 times rated current for 3 minutes
6 times rated current for 2 minutes
30 times rated current for 10 seconds
100 times rated current for 1 second
250 times rated current for one power cycle (20 or 16.6ms)
Voltage inputs 2 times rated voltage continuous
2.5 times rated voltage for 1 second
Burden
Phase current inputs 0.1VA at In = 1A, 0.2VA at In = 5A
Earth current inputs 0.3VA at In = 1A, 0.4VA at In = 5A
Sensitive earth fault inputs 0.3VA at In = 1A, 0.4VA at In = 5A
Voltage inputs 0.1VA at Vn
Power Supply
Rated auxiliary voltage 24/48/60Vdc (Operative range: 19.2 – 72.0Vdc)
48/125Vdc (Operative range: 38.4 – 150.0Vdc)
110/250Vdc (Operative range: 88.0 – 300.0Vdc)
Superimposed AC ripple on DC supply 15%
Power Supply Interruption Withstand Period 110/250Vdc rating : 50ms
(IEC60255-11)
Power consumption 15W (quiescent)
25W (maximum)
Binary Inputs
Input circuit DC voltage 24/48/60Vdc (Operating range: 19.2 – 72Vdc),
110/125/220/250Vdc (Operating range: 88 – 300Vdc)
Note: Pick-up setting is available in BI2 (range: 18V – 222V)
Capacitive discharge immunity 10μF charged to maximum supply voltage and discharged
into the input terminals, according to ENA TS 48-4 with an
external resistor
Maximum permitted voltage 72Vdc for 24/48/60Vdc rating,
300Vdc for 110/250Vdc rating
Power consumption 0.5W per input at 220Vdc
Binary Outputs
Fast operating contacts
Make and carry 5A continuously
30A, 290Vdc for 0.2s (L/R=5ms)
Break 0.15A, 290Vdc (L/R=40ms)
Operating time Typically 3 ms
Semi-fast operating contacts
Make and carry 8A continuously
30A, 240Vdc for 1s (L/R=5ms)
Break 0.1A at 250Vdc (L/R=40ms)
0.2A at 125Vdc (L/R=40ms)
Operating time Typically 6 ms
Auxiliary contacts
Make and carry 8A continuously
30A, 240Vdc for 1s (L/R=5ms)
Break 0.1A at 250Vdc (L/R=40ms)
0.2A at 125Vdc (L/R=40ms)
Operating time Typically 8 ms
Hybrid contacts (10 A breaking)
Make and carry 8A continuously
10A, 220Vdc for 0.5s (L/R=5ms)
Break 10A, 220Vdc (L/R=20ms)
10A, 110Vdc (L/R=40ms)
Operating time 1 ms
Durability ≥ 10,000 operations (loaded contact)
≥ 100,000 operations (unloaded contact)
- 937 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Mechanical Design
Installation Flush mounting
Weight Approx. 10kg (1/3 size), 12kg (1/2 size), 15kg (3/4 size), 25kg
(1/1 size)
Case color 2.5Y7.5/1 (approximation to Munsell value)
LED
Number 26 (Fixed for “In service” and “ERROR”)
Color Red / Yellow / Green (configurable) except In service (green)
and Error (red)
Function keys
Number 7
Local PC Interface (front port)
USB Type B
Maximum cable length 2 meters (less than)
Terminal block structure
VCT Ring type terminal
Wire thickness: 2.5mm2 through 5.5 mm2
Termination: M3.5 ring tongue insulated
- 938 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 939 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Operation accuracies
Overcurrent protection
Pick-ups 3% of setting value (at I ≥ 0.5pu)
Operating time with definite timer typical 35ms + BO operating time (*1)
Operating time with inverse timer IEC curve:5% of theoretical value
for 2 Multiple of threshold value 10 and TMS=1
IEEE curve: 10% of theoretical value
for 2 multiple of threshold value 10 and TMS=1s
Earth fault protection
Pick-ups 3% of setting value (at I ≥ 0.5pu)
Operating time with definite timer typical 35ms + BO operating time (*1)
Operating time with inverse timer IEC curve:5% of theoretical value
for 2 Multiple of threshold value 10 and TMS=1
IEEE curve: 10% of theoretical value
for 2 multiple of threshold value 10 and TMS=1s
Thermal overload protection
Pick-ups 5% of setting value
Operating time 10% of setting value
Over/Under frequency protection
Pick-ups 0.03Hz (at f0±1Hz)
Start time Typical 150ms (at 60Hz,4H/s)
Typical 180ms(50Hz,4Hz/s)
Overexcitation protection
Pick-ups 2% of pick-up voltage at f0 2%
Start time Typical 150ms
(*1)Typically 3—6ms
- 940 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Environmental performance
Atmospheric Environment
Temperature IEC 60068-2-1/2 Operating range:–25C to +55C.
IEC 60068-2-14 Storage / Transit:–25C to +70C.
Cyclic temperature test as per IEC 60068-2-
14
Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 56 days at 40C and 93% relative humidity.
IEC 60068-2-78 Cyclic temperature with humidity test as per
IEC 60068-2-30
Enclosure Protection IEC 60529 IP52 - Dust and Dripping Water Proof
IP20 for rear panel
Mechanical Environment
Vibration IEC 60255-21-1 Response - Class 1
Endurance - Class 1
Shock and Bump IEC 60255-21-2 Shock Response Class 1
Shock Withstand Class 1
Bump Class 1
Seismic IEC 60255-21-3 Class 1
Electrical Environment
Dielectric Withstand IEC 60255-27 2kVrms for 1 minute between all terminals
and earth.
2kVrms for 1 minute between independent
circuits.
1kVrms for 1 minute across normally open
contacts.
High Voltage Impulse IEC 60255-27 Three positive and three negative impulses of
IEEE C37.90 5kV(peak), 1.2/50s, 0.5J between all
terminals and between all terminals and
earth.
Voltage Dips, IEC 60255-11, 1. Voltage dips:
Interruptions, IEC 61000-4-29, 0 % residual voltage for 20 ms
Variations and Ripple IEC 61000-4-17 40 % residual voltage for 200 ms
on DC supply IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 70 % residual voltage for 500 ms
2. Voltage interruptions:
0 % residual voltage for 5 s
3. Ripple:
15 % of rated d.c. value, 100 / 120 Hz
4. Gradual shut-down / start-up:
60 s shut-down ramp, 5 min power off, 60s
start-up ramp
5. Reversal of d.c. power supply polarity:
1 min
Capacitive Discharge ENA TS 48-4 10μF charged to maximum supply voltage
and discharged into the input terminals with
an external resistance
- 941 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Environmental performance
Electromagnetic Environment
High Frequency IEC 60255-22-1 Class 3, 1 MHz burst in common / differential modes
Disturbance / IEC 61000-4-18 Auxiliary supply and I/O ports: 2.5 kV / 1 kV
Damped Oscillatory IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 Communications ports: 1 kV / 0 kV
Wave
Electrostatic IEC 60255-22-2 Class 4, Contact: 2, 4, 6, 8kV
Discharge IEC 61000-4-2 Air: 2, 4, 8, 15kV
IEEE C37.90.3-2001
IEC 60255-26 Ed 3
Radiated RF IEC 60255-22-3, Sweep test ranges: 80 MHz to 1 GHz and 1.4
Electromagnetic GHz to 2.7 GHz.
Disturbance IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Spot tests at 80, 160, 380, 450, 900, 1850 and
IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 2150 MHz.
Field strength: 10 V/m
IEEE C37.90.2-1995 Field strength 35V/m for frequency sweep of
25MHz to 1GHz.
Fast Transient IEC 60255-22-4 5 kHz, 5/50ns disturbance
Disturbance IEC 61000-4-4 Auxiliary supply and input / output ports: 4 kV
IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 Communications ports: 2 kV
Surge Immunity IEC 60255-22-5 1.2/50µms surge in common/differential
IEC 61000-4-5 modes:
IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 Auxiliary supply and input / output ports: 4, 2,
1, 0.5 kV / 1, 0.5 kV
Communications ports: up to 1, 0.5 kV / 0 kV
Surge Withstand IEEE C37.90.1-2002 3kV, 1MHZ damped oscillatory wave
4kV, 5/50ns fast transient
Conducted RF IEC 60255-22-6 Sweep test range: 150 kHz to 80MHz
Electromagnetic IEC 61000-4-6 Spot tests at 27 and 68 MHz.
Disturbance IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 Voltage level: 10 V r.m.s
Power Frequency IEC 60255-22-7 50/60 Hz disturbance for 10 s in common /
Disturbance IEC 61000-4-16 differential modes†
IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 Binary input ports: 300 V / 150 V
Power Frequency IEC 61000-4-8 Class 4 Field applied at 50/60Hz with strengths of:
Magnetic Field IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 30A/m continuously,
300A/m for 1 second.
Conducted and IEC 60255-25 Conducted emissions:
Radiated Emissions EN 55022 Class A, 0.15 to 0.50MHz: <79dB (peak) or <66dB
EN 61000-6-4 (mean)
IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 0.50 to 30MHz: <73dB (peak) or <60dB (mean)
Radiated emissions
30 to 230 MHz: < 40 dB(uV/m)
230 to 1000 MHz: < 47 dB(uV/m)
Measured at a distance of 10 m
†For differential mode, ‘CMP_NUM’ setting utilized.
- 942 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 943 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Functional data
Metering Function
AC current Accuracy 0.5% (at rating)
AC voltage Accuracy 0.5% (at rating)
Energy (Wh, varh) Accuracy 1.0% (at rating)
Power (P, Q, S) Accuracy 1.0% (at rating when power quantities being fed)
Power factor (PF) Accuracy 0.5% (at rating)
Frequency Accuracy 0.03%
Time Synchronisation
Protocol SNTP
Cabling
The table below shows the recommended cables in the cross-section and rated-voltage for the
connection with the transformer module (VCT), the binary IO module (BI, BO, and BIO), and
the power supply module (PWS). Rated-voltage required for the cable is 600Vac.
Table Cables for the connection with module
Fuses
The table below shows the required fuse in the PWS. DO NOT change the fuse by the user.
The fuse is complies with IEC60127-2 Sheet 5.
Table Fuse specification in PWS
Specification Description
Rated current 3.15A
Rated voltage 500Vac & 400Vdc
Cutoff velocity Type “T”
Manufacture Littelfuse, Inc.
Type 04773.15XP
- 948 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Appendix 7 CT requirement
- 949 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
For the operation of the GRT200 series, the user does not need to consider dedicated CTs nor
CTs with an identical ratio. It is allowed to share CTs with other protections for the operation;
the different ratios can be adjusted using settings.
or,
where,
Ks: Ratio of CT knee point voltage to CT secondary probable voltage under the
maximum through-fault current:
Vk
Ks= (1–3)
IFmax
(R CT +R L +R B +R O )×
CT ratio
Tc: D.C. time constant of primary circuit
Vk: Knee point voltage of CT
RCT: Resistance of CT secondary winding
RL: Loop resistance of cable between CT and relay
RB: Ohmic load in the relay
(i.e. 0.1 ohm for 1A rating and 0.012ohm for 5A rating)
RO: Ohmic load of other series-connected relays (if any)
IFmax: Maximum through-fault current
800 800
Ks= = = 3.0 (1–4)
40000 270
(5.0 + 3.0 + 0.1 + 0)×
1200
Equation (1-4) shows that we have the operation correctly for all the faults under the condition
that the D.C. time constant of the primary circuit is less than 200ms.
- 950 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
- 951 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
Dielectric voltage testing shall be carried out after reading the below notices carefully.
Cable connections
1. Type using compression terminal
Figure-8.A illustrates external connection around the power supply module (PWS). During dielectric
voltage testing, two short-wires attached on the PSW shall be carefully handled; follow the below
instructions (1) and (2).
2
4
3
FAIL1
1
8
10
9
FAIL2
7
(1) (+) 29
30
DC/DC
(-) 31
32
35
36
37
y
38
(2)
FG
Figure-8.A Short-wires, around the PWS, for type using compression terminals
- 952 -
6F2S1924 (0.26)
2
4
3
FAIL1
1
8
10
9
FAIL2
7
(1)
(+) 29
30
DC/DC
(-) 31
32
35
36
37
y
38
(2)
FG
Figure-8.B A short-wire and a short-bar, around the PWS, for type using ring terminals
- 953 -
Revision-up Records
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared
Change place and contents Checked by
Date (page) by by
0.00 First issue F. Kawano G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
July 30 2016 July 30 July 30 July 29
Chap. 4.3 Added the notice that the local mode will be G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
canceled when key operations are not carried out. Aug. 8 Aug. 8 Aug 8
0.01 Chap. 5.5 Added the contents of threshold setting for G. Suzuki M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Aug. 8, 2016 dropping DC voltage generated in the PWS Aug. 8 Aug 8 Aug 8
Chap. 10.2.25 Revised the contents for the occurrence of Power G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
errors; added the info. about PWS threshold set Aug. 8 Aug. 8 Aug 8
Chap. 1.4 Corrected the description about PLC connection G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
point with regard for this instruction manual Aug. 18 Aug. 18 Aug 18
Chap. 11.2.3 Added the contents of PRP protocol G. Suzuki M. Okai T. Kaneko
Sep.30 Sep. 6 Sep 5
Chap.10.2.35 Added the contents of LRE error in PRP protocol G. Suzuki M. Okai T. Kaneko
0.02 Sep.30 Sep. 6 Sep 5
Sep. 30, 2016 Chap.10.2.37 Added the DataID table in the CHK_FPGA G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
function Aug 18 Aug 18 Aug 18
Appendix 6 Revised the range (–10° to +55°C) of the operating T.Sugamoto T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
temperature for the new one (–25° to +55°C). Sep. 1 Sep. 1 Sep. 1
Appendix 7 Revised the contents of the CE to comply with 2014 G. Suzuki T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
rules Sep.30 Sep. 30 Sep. 6
Chap5 Revised the name ‘CPU2’ module to ‘CPU’ module T.Sugamoto T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Chap5.2.1etc. Unifying several type names of VCTs to one name Y. Sonobe Y. Sonobe T. Kaneko
Appendix 5 (e.g., VCT type xxB→VCTxxB) Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Chap. 5.2.5 Changed a short-wire to a short bar to the VCT be T.Sugamoto T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
frame-granding Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Chap. 5.3.2 Revised the connection wirings on the GIO cable in T.Sugamoto T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
Fig 5.3-4 Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Chap. 5.5 Revised the expression about the threshold levels T.Sugamoto T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
in Figure 5.5-2 Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Chap. 7.1 Added the notice to purchase a license before using F. Kawano M. Ueda T. Kaneko
the PLC editor Oct. 11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
0.03 Chap. 10.2.8 Added the contents of RUN error T. Kawasaki T.Kawasaki T. Kaneko
Oct. 15, 2016 Oct. 11 Oct. 11 Oct. 11
Chap. 10.2.32 Added the contents of LAN error T. Kawasaki T.Kawasaki T. Kaneko
Oct. 11 Oct. 11 Oct. 11
Chap. 10.2.33 Integrating the descriptions about ping1 and ping2 T. Kawasaki T.Kawasaki T. Kaneko
errors at Lan1 and Lan2 modules Oct. 11 Oct. 11 Oct. 11
Chap. 13.1 Added the address for Toshiba sales agent M. Ueda M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Appendix 5 Revised the expressions to select a rated current in G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
the ordering Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Appendix 5 Added the ordering codes about GR-TIEMS and M. Ueda M. Ueda T. Kaneko
PLC editor in the ordering Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Appendix 5 Corrected the ordering code for the communication M. Ueda M. Ueda T. Kaneko
module at Position F (i.e., U→V) Oct.11 Oct.11 Oct. 11
Chap. 10.1 Corrected the PSW contact outputs in Serious G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
0.04 error Nov. 1 Nov. 1 Nov 1
Nov. 1, 2016 Chap. 10.2 Revised the list orders in Table 10.2-1; G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
rearranged the order of error contents Oct. 30 Oct. 30 Oct 14
Chap. 5.4 Corrected BIO circuits w.r.t inversion signals in G. Suzuki X. Tung T. Kaneko
0.05 Fig. 5.4-1 and 5.4-5 Nov.15 Nov. 11 Nov. 11
Nov. 15 2016 Chap. 5.6 Corrected LED circuits w.r.t inversion signals in G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Fig. 5.6-2 Nov.15 Nov.15 Nov. 14
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared
Change place and contents Checked by
Date (page) by by
Chap. 3.2 Revised the range of REF setting (i.e., REF- G. Suzuki G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Slope=10, fixed) Dec. 13 Dec. 13 Dec. 12
Chap. Revised the usage note of the DPI qualifications S. Katayama S. Katayama T. Kaneko
11.4.4(ii) regarding in FUN and INF Dec. 7 Dec. 7 Dec. 6
0.06 Chap. 12.1 Added the information about screen resolution of K.Kobayashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
Jan. 12 2017 MIMIC Dec. 28 Dec. 28 Dec. 26
Chap. 13 Revised all contents in Chapter Installation and M. Ueda M. Ueda T. Kaneko
replacement Jan. 6 Jan. 6 Dec. 26
Appendix 5 Added new BIO codes K.Kobayashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Dec. 28 Dec. 28 Dec. 26
Chap. 8.2 Added the notice about displaying the event K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
information on GR-TIEMS Jan.30 Jan.30 Jan. 26
0.07 Chap. 10 Added time information (i.e., current time) in the T. Kawasaki T. Kawasaki T. Kaneko
Apr. 7 2017 error screen in Fig. 10.1-1 Jan. 18 Jan. 18 Jan. 18
Chap. 12.5 Added new pillars and beams for minor changed K. Oohashi F. Yamazaki T. Kaneko
IED cases Apr.7 Apr.7 Apr. 3
Cover sheet Revised the notice how to recognize the software K.Kobayashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
codes on the nameplate Apr.26 Apr.26 Apr. 26
0.08 Chap. 12.3 Revised the check method about the software code K.Kobayashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Apr. 27 2017 using ordering codes Apr.26 Apr.26 Apr. 26
Chap. 12.5 Revised the contents for removal and attachment; K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
Removed the contents for conventional IED cases Apr.26 Apr.26 Apr. 26
Chap. 10.2 Corrected Function ID number of CHK_PLC_DAT K.Kobayashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
June.6 June.6 June 6
Chap 12 Inserted missing cover sheet (Index) “User K.Kobayashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
0.09 interface” May 24 May 24 May 16
June 7, 2017 Chap. 11.3 Corrected the definitions of quality bits in K.Kobayashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
IEC61850 June.6 June.6 June 6
Appendix 4 Corrected the “Sr1” and “Sr2” validity values “ in K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
the PIXIT table June.16 June.16 June 14
0.10 Appendix 9 Added the notes for Dielectric voltage test K.Kobayashi T.Sugamoto T. Kaneko
Aug 9, 2017 Aug. 3 Aug. 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 10.2 Modified the LRE error message K.Kobayashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
Sep. 20 Sep. 20 Sep. 7
Chap. 11.2 Added HSR and RSTP protocol K.Kobayashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
Sep. 20 Sep. 20 Sep. 7
Chap. 13.1 Added an explanation of white-plastic-sheets for K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
0.11 covering the screw holes on the case sides Sep. 28 Sep. 28 Sep. 27
Oct. 2, 2017 Appendix 5 Added RPR/HSR, RSTP ordering ‘4’ at position ‘U’ K.Kobayashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
in Software selection; Remove selection of ‘3’ code Sep. 20 Sep. 20 Sep. 7
Appendix 7 Revised the contents of rack mounting kits; K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
modified the contents about rack mounting Sep. 28 Sep. 28 Sep. 27
-- Republished under the spin-off company K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
Sep. 28 Sep. 28 Sep. 28
Chap. 1 Allowed G2 relay function to operate in Model5 K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Chap. 2.1 Revised 3F software operates in Model5 in K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Comparative table 2.1-1 Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Chap. 3 Revised 3F software operates in Model5 in K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
0.12
Comparative tables in Table 3.1-1 and others Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Nov. 20,2017
Chap. 4 Revised 3F software operates in Model5 in K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Comparative tables in Table 4.1-1 and others Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Chap. 5 Deleted the contents about GIO module K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Chap. 10 Revised 3F software operates in Model5 in K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared
Change place and contents Checked by
Date (page) by by
Comparative tables in Table 10.2-2 and 10.3-2 Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Chap. 10.1 Corrected the notice about 61850 quality value in K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
Table 10.1-1 Oct. 12 Oct. 12 Oct. 12
Chap. 11.2 Added IP addresses setting examples for Hot K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
stand-by, PRP, and HSR operations Nov. 20 Nov. 20 Nov. 20
Appendix 5 Applicable to select 3F software in Ordering; K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Added new BIO codes Nov. 20 Nov.18 Nov. 15
Chap. 5.4 Revised the FG cables on BI2A module in Fig 5.4- K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
8 Jan. 15 Jan. 12 Dec. 26
0.13 Chap.10.2.27 Refined the contents about PLC data error K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Feb. 15,2018 Dec. 18 Dec. 18 Dec. 15
Appendix 5 Corrected the table about COM modules K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Dec. 21 Dec. 21 Dec. 21
Chap. 3.2 Corrected the setting point of REF characteristic K. Oohashi M. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
in Fig. 3.2-6; Corrected the text in Eq, (3.2-4) Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Mar. 14
Chap. 3.21 Deleted unsupported PROT_COM contents in K. Oohashi M. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Chapter 3 Mar. 7 Mar. 7 Mar. 6
Chap. 9.2 Corrected typos in Figure 9.2-1 K. Oohashi H. Amoh T. Kaneko
Mar. 30 Mar. 30 Mar. 30
Chap. 9.2.17 Corrected the direction of inequality symbol in Eq. K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
(9.2-3) Mar. 7 Mar. 7 Feb. 7
Chap. 10.2 Deleted CB and DS supervision tasks not to be K. Oohashi M. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
0.14 implemented in the IED Mar. 7 Mar. 7 Mar. 6
Mar. 30, 2018 Chap. 10.2 Corrected the direction of inequality symbol in Eq. K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
(10.2-2) and (10.2-3) Mar. 7 Mar. 7 Feb. 7
Chap. 11 Revised the corresponding table for K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
PRP/HSR/RSTP protocol Mar. 26 Mar. 26 Mar. 23
Chap. 11.3 Corrected 61850 attributes ‘Good & Questionable’ K. Oohashi K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
regarding ‘Alarm and Warning’ in Table 11.3-5 Feb. 20 Feb. 20 Feb. 20
Chap. 12.2 Deleted unsupported PROT_COM screen in HMI K. Oohashi M. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
menu tree Mar. 7 Mar. 7 Mar. 6
Appendix 5 Revised the selection for PRP/HSR/RSTP protocol K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
in Ordering sheet Mar. 26 Mar. 26 Mar. 23
Chap. 5.2.2 Corrected incorrect CH numbers in VCT49V in K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Figure 5.2-3 June 20 June 20 June. 20
Chap. 5.3 Deleted unrequired contents about CPU K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
configuration switch in GRT200 Apr. 16 Apr. 16 Apr. 16
Chap. 11.2 Revised the IP addresses settings and their setting K. Oohashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
examples for Hot stand-by, PRP,etc Apr. 16 Apr. 16 Apr. 16
0.15 Chap. 11.2.4 Corrected typos regarding IEEE number applied K. Oohashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
July 7, 2018 in RSTP protocol (IEEE802.1D) June 20 June 20 June. 20
Chap. 14.3 Added the contents about LED testing using arrow K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
keys on the front panel May 21 May 21 May 18
Appendix 5 Deleted unused P and R code in the tables about K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
BIO modules Apr. 16 Apr. 16 Apr. 16
Appendix 5 Added new BIO code (8N) K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Apr. 16 Apr. 16 Apr. 16
Chap. 3.17 Added the test operation content in VPH K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Aug. 6 Aug. 6 Aug. 4
Chap. 6 Remove the contents about MIMIC configuration K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
0.16 Aug. 6 Aug. 6 Aug. 4
Aug.24, 2018 Chap. 11.3 Added the contents about the setting of edition K. Oohashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
selection in IEC61850 Aug. 24 Aug. 23 Aug. 23
Chap. 14.3 Added the operation contents about test settings K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Aug. 6 Aug. 6 Aug. 4
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared
Change place and contents Checked by
Date (page) by by
Chap.5.4.4(vi) Added the notice about Latch output during power K. Oohashi H. Amoh T. Kaneko
0.17 turn on/off Sep. 3 Sep. 3 Sep. 1
Sep.21,2018 Chap. 8.4 Added signals for transferring fault record K. Oohashi K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
information in IEC61850
Sep. 19 Sep.18 Sep. 18
0.18 Chap. 3.1.1(i) Added PLC connection points used for Zero K. Oohashi G.Suzuki T. Kaneko
Ampere control function in DIF
Oct. 1,2018 Oct. 1 Sep.28 Sep. 28
Chap. 3.3 Revised the contents of reset time of IDMT and K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
reset illustration of Fig. 3.3-8 in OC function Oct. 31 Oct. 31 Oct. 30
Chap. 3.4 Revised the contents of reset time of IDMT and K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
reset illustration of Fig. 3.4-6 in EF function Oct. 31 Oct. 31 Oct. 30
Chap. 3.5 Revised the contents of reset time of IDMT and K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
reset illustration of Fig. 3.5-4 in EFIn function Oct. 31 Oct. 31 Oct. 30
Chap. 3.6 Revised the contents of reset time of IDMT and K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
reset illustration of Fig. 3.6-7 in OCN function Oct. 31 Oct. 31 Oct. 30
Chap. 3.11 Corrected the number of decimal places about K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
curve coefficient in Table 3.11-2 in OV function Nov. 9 Nov. 9 Nov. 8
Chap. 3.12 Corrected the number of decimal places about K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
curve coefficient in Table 3.12-2 in OVS function Nov. 9 Nov. 9 Nov. 8
Chap. 3.13 Corrected the number of decimal places about K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
curve coefficient in Table 3.13-2 in OVG function Nov. 9 Nov. 9 Nov. 8
Chap. 3.14 Corrected the number of decimal places about K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
0.19 curve coefficient in Table 3.14-2 in UV function Nov. 9 Nov. 9 Nov. 8
Dec. 14, 2018 Chap. 3.15 Corrected the number of decimal places about K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
curve coefficient in Table 3.15-2 in UVS function Nov. 9 Nov. 9 Nov. 8
Chap. 3.16 Removed the contents about the trip decision K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
timing in FRQ function Nov. 9 Nov. 9 Nov. 8
Chap.5.6.3 Corrected F7 setting names of Table 5.6-6 in HMI K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
contents Oct. 25 Oct. 25 Oct. 24
Chap. 13.3 Modified the inquiry address at Toshiba Energy K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Systems & Solutions Corporation Oct. 1 Oct. 1 Oct. 1
Chap. 13.8 Corrected required wire thickens in Table 13.8-1 K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Nov. 22 Nov. 22 Nov. 22
Appendix 5 Added new BIO codes(2F ,4R, 5P, 5Q). Added K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
missing BIO code (74) Dec. 11 Dec. 10 Dec. 10
Appendix 5 Revised the notice regrading DC rated voltage K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
when AC power source is applied Oct. 31 Oct. 31 Oct. 31
Appendix 6 Corrected the technical information about Power K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
supply data in Technical data Dec. 7 Dec. 7 Dec. 5
Safety Corrected warning message at Fiber optic K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
precautions (Invisible laser radiation → Class 1 laser product) Feb. 19 Feb. 18 Feb. 18
Chap. 3.1 Corrected DIF scheme logics in Fig. 3.1-16 and 17 K. Oohashi G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Jan. 28 Jan. 26 Jan. 21
Chap. 3.10 Added PLC connection points in Fig. 3.10-3 (CBF) K. Oohashi G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Feb.6 Feb. 6 Feb.5
Chap. 3.19 Revised the contents about TRC function; added K. Oohashi G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
alarm signal generation logics in Fig. 3.19-4 Jan. 28 Jan. 26 Jan. 21
0.20
Chap. 8.4 Revised the contents of FLTM signal mapping K. Oohashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
Feb. 28, 2019
regarding Ed.1_Op and Ed.2 in Recording fun. Feb. 20 Feb. 19 Feb. 4
Chap. 11.3 Revised the operation steps to selection of 61850 K. Oohashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
editions in Fig. 11.3-7 & -23; Added Ed2 contents Feb. 20 Feb. 19 Feb. 4
Chap. 13.7 Revised the content about optical cable handlings K. Oohashi M. Ueda T. Kaneko
and Fig. 13.7-6 Feb. 19 Feb. 18 Feb. 18
Appendix 4 Revised and added the information about 61850 K. Oohashi M. Okai T. Kaneko
Ed.2 Feb. 20 Feb. 19 Feb. 4
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared
Change place and contents Checked by
Date (page) by by
0.21 Chap. 4.1 Added the content about setting [QBLK] in H. Amoh K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
June14, 2019 Common controls June 4 June 3 June 3
Chap. 1, 2, 3, Type “Model1” is neglected in the GRT200 series H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
and 4 Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 5.1 Added case types of ring terminals at outline H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
sections in Chapter Technical description Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 5.2 Deleted the information of VCT35B due for the H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Model1 is neglected. Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 5.3 Deleted the implementation rules of COMs, added H. Amoh K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Appendix 6 slot address in BIO codes of Appendix Ordering Oct. 1 Sep 30 Sep. 30
Chap. 5.4 Deleted the information of BIO4 module H. Amoh K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 5.5 Added the information of ring terminals of PWS in H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Chapter Technical description Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 6.2 Revised the contents how to connect a PC with the H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
IED in Chapter Engineering tool Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 13 Modified the name of Chapter 13 from ‘Installation H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
and replacement’ to ‘Installation and setting’ Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 13.5 Revised the contents of ring terminals w.r.t. PWS H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
thresholds etc. in Chapter Installation and setting Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
0.22 (Chap. 13.6&7) Removed how to replace the IED modules; H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Oct. 31, 2019 transferred them for maintenance manuals Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Appendix 2 Deleted the figure of one-thirds case in Appendix H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
case outline Oct. 25 Oct. 15 Oct 15
Appendix 2 Added trihedral figures for cases using ring H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
terminals in Appendix of Case outline Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Appendix 3 Added schematic diagrams for cases using ring H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
terminals in Appendix of external connection Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Appendix 4 Revised the contents of PIXIT based on 6F2S1875 H. Amoh M. Okai T. Kaneko
rev 0.11 Oct. 25 Jul. 12 Jul. 11
Appendix 5 Deleted ordering codes including BIO4A,whilst H. Amoh M. Ueda T. Kaneko
added new codes:18,2G,3T,3S,5G,5S,6G,7L,7M Oct. 25 Sep. 5 Sep. 5
Appendix 5 Added ordering codes for ring terminals H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Appendix 6 Added cable information for ring terminals in H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
Appendix Technical data Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
(Appendix 7) Removed rack mount information; transferred H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
them for maintenance manuals Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Appendix 8 Added dielectric voltage test when the IED case H. Amoh G. Suzuki T. Kaneko
has ring terminals Sep. 5 Sep 3 Aug. 2
Chap. 2.1 Corrected incorrected setting names (Replica) in H. Amoh Y. Sonobe T. Kaneko
section 2.1.7 Feb. 19 Feb. 19 Feb. 16
Chap. 3.12 Corrected incorrected phase names (UVS) in Fig Y. Sonobe K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
3.12-5 Dec. 9 Dec. 9 Dec. 9
Chap. 3.14 Corrected incorrected phase names (OVS) in Fig Y. Sonobe K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
3.14-5 Dec. 9 Dec. 9 Dec. 9
Chap. 4.3 Corrected the information at signal monitoring H. Amoh T. Utsumi T. Kaneko
0.23
point of LRSW01_LR_ST_RMT in Table 4.3-5 Jan. 31 Nov. 25 Nov. 25
Mar. 2, 2020
Chap. 5.1 Added case layouts for Dual VCTs in Fig. 5.1-3 and H. Amoh T. Sugamoto T. Kaneko
Fig. Fig. 5.1-7 Feb. 19 Feb. 19 Jan. 30
Chap. 7.4 Added delay timer settings [UTM] in PLC function H. Amoh K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Feb. 18 Feb. 17 Jan. 30
Chap. 10.1 Added new information about [ErrorLED_cond] to H. Amoh K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
turn off In-service for the occurrence of minor error Feb. 14 Feb. 13 Sep. 27
Chap. 10.2 Revised the contents about Commslv error H. Amoh M. Okai T. Kaneko
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared
Change place and contents Checked by
Date (page) by by
information in Automatic supervision function Dec. 13 Dec. 11 Dec. 11
Chap. 12.2 Revised the setting menu hierarchy to include PLC H. Amoh K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
timer settings in Figure 12.2-2 Feb. 18 Feb. 17 Jan. 30
Appendix 5 Revised ordering sheets H. Amoh Y. Takubo T. Kaneko
Feb. 26 Feb. 25 Feb. 25
Appendix 7 Added the table of operation accuracies for the H. Amoh K.Kobayashi T. Kaneko
protection function Feb. 12 Feb. 12 Feb. 11
Chap. 7.3 Revised information about U16_00 and U16_01 H. Amoh K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
0.24 information Mar. 27 Mar. 19 Mar. 17
Mar.27, 2020 Chap. 11.3 Revised information about quality signals in H. Amoh K. Oohashi T. Kaneko
IEC61850. Mar. 27 Mar. 19 Mar. 17
0.25 Appendix 5 Added new BIO code (3U). H. Amoh M. Ueda T. Kaneko
June 15,2020 May. 7 May. 7 Apr. 14
Chap. 11.3 Revised the information about Quality_Validity in H. Amoh K. Kobayashi T. Kaneko
Figure 11.3-29 July. 8 June. 25 June. 25
0.26 Appendix 5 Added new BIO codes (5U, 6H, 6J). H. Amoh M. Ueda T. Kaneko
Jul 17,2020 July. 8 June. 18 June. 18
Appendix 6 Corrected and revised about the 100Base-FX and H. Amoh X. Tang T. Kaneko
other comm. data in Appendix Technical data June 18 June 18 June 16
Archive: G2 manuals' word files (all) 20200714rev0